




ii nun en 


B | 40 028 583 ¢ University of Chicano , i 


~ Studies In 
eck x Pt Phrases 


ba, 
ie : toa secs ie év. 


4 bas tit 3) ane 
a is =o Ut Bia } 
f me ERP * J 





A DISSERTATION 


susmrrrep TO THE FACULTY OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
- LITERATURE IN CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF 
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

(DEPARTMENT OF GREEK) 





| 
i Sele 
: | ur 
: : BY: 
t EMILY HELEN DUTTON 

A Private Edition 

“+. Distributed by 

The ie Uaiversity of Chicago Libraries 

es hear 


le On, ¥ 


b\ 
Oo 
A 
< 
os 
oO 
al 
aa 


























ord 
a 
oh 
~ 7 ; 
| . 





Che University of Chiragn 


Studies In 
Greek Prepositional Phrases 


OLA, ATO, ék, els, ev. 


A DISSERTATION 
SUBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
LITERATURE IN CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF 
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 
(DEPARTMENT OF GREEK) 


BY 
EMILY HELEN DUTTON 


A Private Edition 
Distributed by 
The University of Chicago Librarics 
1916 


The Collegiate Jiress 
Grorce BANTA PUBLISHING COMPANY 
MENASHA, WISCONSIN 


PREFACE 


I wish to take this opportunity gratefully to acknowledge my 
indebtedness to the members of the classical department of The Uni- 


oe tt 
faa k, 
ia at 
ERRATA " ae & 

fe 6, note 17, read eis for dis 
/ P. 6, note 18, read évrwv for eter Ae 


Vv P. 37, 1. 12, read aidvos for aiwvos 
V P. 92, note 17, read Ar. de for Arde 
“ P. 105, 1. 28, read eds for es 

VP. 150, 1. 12, read é for ed 

VP. 155, 1. 29, read eis for es 

/ P. 156, 1. 10, read xara for kara 

. P. 161, 1. 33, read ray for tax 

~ P. 202, 1. 14, read wivew for rive 


Vv 


N.—Nauck, Tragicorum Graec. Fragmenta. 


RP—Ritter-Preller, Historiae Philosophiae Graecae, 8th ed. Goethae 
1898. . 


371126 





PREFACE 


I wish to take this opportunity gratefully to acknowledge my 
indebtedness to the members of the classical department of The Uni- 
versity of Chicago with whom I have studied,—to Professors Abbott 
and Capps now of Princeton University, to Professors Hale, Buck, 
Merrill, and Tarbell, and especially to Professor Paul Shorey, at 
whose suggestion and under whose general direction this dissertation 
has been prepared. 


The abbreviations used will ordinarily be understood from the 
context. The following are noted for convenience: 


Anth. Lyr.—Anthologia Lyrica, ed. Bergk-Hiller, 1877. 

B. L.—Butcher and Lang, translation of the Odyssey. 

Diels’—-V orsokratiker, 2te Aufl. 

GMT.—Goodwin, Syntax of Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. 
K—Kock, Com. Att. Frag. Leipzig, 1880-1888. 

K. G.—Kiihner-Gerth, Gramm. d. griech. Sprache, 1898. 

L. L. M.—Lang, Leaf and Myers, translation of the Iliad. 

L. and S.—Liddell and Scott, Greek-English Lexicon. 
N.—Nauck, Tragicorum Graec. Fragmenta. 


RP—Ritter-Preller, Historiae Philosophiae Graecae, 8th ed. Goethae, 
1898. 


371126 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2008 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/studiesingreekprOOduttrich 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Introduction, pp. 1—13. 
Part I 
bua 
Introduction, p. 14. 
A. Homer. 
I. Prepositional idioms. A.c.Gen. a) With nouns, p. 15; b) With adjectives, 
p. 16. B.c. Acc. a) With nouns, p. 16. 
II. Temporal, p. 17. 
II. Adverbial, p. 17. 
BV Shapes Ave. Gen, pol: By. Acc; pals. 
V. Use of preposition. Variation between Gen. and Acc., p. 18. 
B. Literature after Homer. 
A: c: Gen: 
I. Idiomatic phrases. a) With nouns, p. 18; b) With pronouns and adjectives, 
p: 19: 
Il. Proverbial phrases, p. 20. 
III. Technical. 1. Military, p. 20. 2. Legal, p. 20. 3. From the field of Rhet- 
oric, p. 21. 4. Of Games, p. 21. 
[V. Temporal. 1. Phrases for day and night, season, etc., mainly of extent 
through a period of time, p. 21. 2. 6a xpévov and related phr. mostly of 
an interval of time, p. 22. 3. Adv. Phr. of continuance, p. 22. 
V. Adverbial. a) With nouns: 1. Mainly abstractions, p. 24. 2. dca c. gen. of 
medium of communication expr. manner, p. 26. b) With adjectives: 1. Almost 
or quite pure adverbs, p. 26. 2. Quantitative phr. of space or time, p. 26. 
VI. Periphrasis. a) With verbs of motion, p. 29; b) With verbs of being and 
related verbs, p. 30. 
VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Instrumental, p. 31. 2. Distributive, 
p. 32. 3. Pregnant, p. 32. 4. Plastic, p. 32. 
Ba, ACG: 
I. Idiomatic phrases, p. 32. 
II. Abstractions, really causal but sometimes with adverbial force, p. 32. 
III. Pronominal expressions, p. 33. 


Part II 


, 


a7o 
Introduction, p. 34. 
A. Homer. 
I. Idiomatic phrases, p. 34. 
II. Temporal, p. 35. 
III. Adverbial, p. 35. 
IV. Tags. 1. Military, p. 35. 2. Semi-tech. from the race-course, p. 36. 
3. Literal, but slight id. tinge, p. 36. 4. Lit. and plastic, p. 36. 5. Pronomi- 
nal, p. 36. 6. Lit. but elsewhere idiomatic, p. 36. 
V. Noteworthy uses of the preposition: 1. Local, p. 37. 2. Partitive, p. 37. 
3. Temporal, p. 37. 


vi TABLE OF CONTENTS 


B. Literature after Homer. 
I. Idiomatic phrases. a) With nouns, p. 37; b) With adj. of quantity, p. 39. 

Il. Proverbial phrases, p. 40. 

Ill. Technical. 1. Military, p.41. 2. Legal, p.41. 3. Political, p.41. 4. From 
the race-course, p. 41. 5. From the field of games, p. 41. 6. From the field 
of religion, p. 41. 

IV. Temporal. 1. Of the starting point in time: a) With nouns, p. 42; b) With 
pronouns, p. 43. 2. Of immediate consecution, p. 43. 

V. Adverbial. a) With nouns, p. 43; b) With adjectives, p. 44; c) With 
participle, p. 45; d) With articular adverb, p. 45; e) Adv. phrases of direction, 
p. 46. 

VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Instrumental, p. 46. 2. Causal, p. 46. 
3. Pregnant, p. 46. 4. Plastic, p. 46. 5. Of the starting-point, p. 46. 6. 
Metaphorical motion from, p. 46. 7. Change from one condition to another, 
p. 46. 8. Of a state of separation, p. 47. 9. a7é and é& in antithesis, 
p. 47. 10. Of price or value, p. 47. 

VII. Local designations, p. 47. 
VIII. Phrases of comparison with as and &o7ep, p. 48. 


Part III 
éK 
Introduction, p. 49. 
A. Homer. 
I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 50; b) With adjectives, p. 50. 
Il. Elliptical phrases, p. 50. 
III. Temporal. 1. Of the starting-point: a) With nouns, p. 50; b) With pro- 
nouns, p. 50. 2. Of immediate succession, p. 51. 3. Of a date, p. 51. 
IV. Tags: 1. Military, p. 51. 2. Literal and plastic, p. 51. 3. Lit. but might 
easily have become phr., p. 52. 4. Miscellaneous, p. 52. 
V. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 1. Local, p. 52. 2. Partitive, p. 52. 
3. Material, p. 52. 4. Succession, p. 52. 
VI. Prepositional compounds, p. 53. 
B. Literature after Homer. 
I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 53; b) With adjectives, p. 55; c) With 
participles, p. 56. 
II. Proverbial, p. 56. 
III. Technical: 1. Military, p. 57. 2. Legal, p. 57. 3. Political, p. 58. 4. 
From the field of Rhetoric, p. 58. 5. Of logic, p. 58. 6. From the race-course, 
p. 59. 7. From navigation, p. 59. 8. From the field of religion, p. 59. 
IV. Elliptical, p. 59. 
V. Temporal. 1. Of the starting-point: a) With nouns, p. 60; b) With adj., 
p. 62; c) With pronouns, p. 62. 2. Of immediate consecution, p. OSumES: 
Of a date, p. 63. 4. & xpévou c. adjectival modifier, p. 63. 
VI. Adverbial. a) With nouns, p. 64; b) With adj.: 1. Almost or quite pure 
ady., p. 69; 2. Quantitative expressions of space or time (only partly adver- 
bial), p. 73; c) With participles, etc., p. 74; d) With articular adv., p. 75. e) 
Adv. phr. of direction, p. 76. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS vii 


VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. Of change from one condition to another, 
p. 77. 2. Of an existing situation or plight, p. 78. 3. Of means or instrument, 
p. 78. 4. Causal, p.78. 5. Oforigin, p.78. 6. Ofsource,p.79. 7. Of agent 
viewed as source, p. 79. 8. Of separation or removal, p. 79. 9. Partitive w. 
added meaning of choice or distinction, p. 79. 10. Of material, p. 79. 11. & 
and 476 in interchange and antithesis, p. 79. 12. Plastic, p. 79. 13. Local w. 
idiomatic tinge, p. 79. 14. é« where simple Gen. would suffice, p. 80. 15. Of 
succession, p. 80. 
VIII. Pronominal expressions, p. 80. 
IX. Local designations. 1. Noun of place omitted, p. 81. 2. Descript. & 
phrases, p. 81. 3. Article omitted, p. 81. 
X. Phrases of comparison, p. 81. 


Part IV 
eis 
Introduction, p. 82. 
A. Homer. 
J. Prepositional idioms: a) With nouns, p. 82; b) With adjectives, p. 84. 

II. Elliptical expressions, p. 84. 

IlJ. Temporal. 1. Of a limit in time determining a period, p. 84. 2. Extent of 
time, p. 85. 3. Setting a date, p. 85. 

IV. Adverbial and temporal, p. 85. 

V. Tags. 1. Military, p. 86. 2. Local designations slightly idiomatic, p. 86. 
3. Familiar and freq. local desig., p. 86. 

VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. eis after verb of motion c. acc. of person, 
not of going ‘against’ but simply ‘to’ the person, later ws, p. 87. 2. eis within 
reach of, p. 87. 3. Pregnant, p. 87. 

B. Literature after Homer. 
I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 87; b) With adj., p. 92. 

Il. Imprecations and curses, p. 96. 

III. Proverbial, p. 97. 

DV. Dechnical; 1) Military, sp: 985 25 Legal} p: 1005 3. Political, p: 102: 
4. Commercial, p. 102. 5. Fishing, p. 102. 6. From the race-course, p. 102. 
7. From athletics, p. 102. 8. From games, p. 103. 

V. Elliptical, p. 103. 

VI. Temporal. 1. Of a limit in time determining a period, p. 104. 2. Extent of 
time, p. 105. 3. Setting a date, p. 105. 4. Phr. c. xpévos, p. 107. 5. Adver- 
bial: a) With nouns, p. 107; b) With adjectives, p. 107; c) With participle, 
p. 108; d) With temporal adv., p. 108. 

VII. Adverbial phr. (For temp. adv. phr. v. supra). a) With nouns, p. 109; 
b) With adjectives, p. 112; c) With participles, p. 117; d) With adverbs, 
p. 117; e) Adv. phr. of direction, p. 117. 

VIII. Quantitative idioms, p. 120. 

IX. Periphrasis type. 1. Verbs of motion with eis and an abstraction, p. 121. 
2. Affinity of certain verbs for eis in fig. expressions. Bdézewv eis, EXabverr eis, 
Epxeabat, etc., els A6yov, NOyous; Kafiornu, tr. and intr., receiv eis, Pepe eis, 


p: 123: 


vill TABLE OF CONTENTS 


X. Noteworthy uses of prep. 1. els of tendency, end or purpose, sometimes half 
idiom. or half adverbial, p. 127. 2. To express relation, meaning ‘in regard to,’ 
‘in respect to,’ ‘as to,’ ‘concerning,’ p. 129. 3. els where dative might have been 
used, p. 130. 4. eis= ‘against,’ p. 130. 5. els of tendency towards, not purpose, 
p. 130. 

XI. Pronominal expressions: a) To such an extent, p. 130; b) To the same place, 

p. 131; c) Temporal, p. 131; d) Use of prep., p. 131. 
XII. Local designations. 1. Places in the Athenian market named from the wares 
sold, p. 131. 2. Noun of place omitted, p. 132. 3. Omission of article, p. 132. 


Part V 
&y 
Introduction, p. 134. 
A. Homer. 
I. Prepositional idioms: a) With nouns, p. 135; b) With adjectives, p. 138; 
c) With demonstrative, p. 139; d) With participle, p. 139. 

II. Proverbial expressions, p. 139. 

Til. Technical: Military, p. 139; From the race-course, p. 140. 

IV. Elliptical, p. 140. 

V. Temporal, p. 140. 

VI. Adverbial, p. 140. 

VII. Tags. 1. Military, p. 140. 2. Expressions meaning ‘in the heart,’ ‘in the 
mind,’ etc., p. 141. 3. Local designations: a) ‘in the house, the halls,’ terms 
for parts of the house, p. 142; b) Of the place of a wound, p. 143; c) Miscel- 
laneous, p. 143. 

VIII. Local use transferred to Abstractions, p. 144. 

IX. Noteworthy uses of prep., p. 145. 

X. & 6€as adv., p. 145. 

XI. Prepositional compounds, p. 145. 

B. Literature after Homer. 
I. Idiomatic phrases: a) With nouns, p. 145; b) With adjectives, p. 156; 
c) Pronominal, p. 160; d) With participles, p. 161. 

II. Imprecations and curses, p. 162. 

III. Proverbial, p. 162. 

IV. Technical. 1. Military, p. 164. 2. Legal, p. 165. 3. Of forms of punish- 
ment, p. 166. 4. From the field of politics and government, p. 166. 5. From 
the field of rhetoric and logic, p. 167. 6. Commercial, p. 167. 7. From the 
field of athletics, p. 168. 8. Musical, p. 168. 

V. Elliptical, p. 168. 

VI. Temporal: a) Phrases for day and night, time of day, season, p. 170; b) With 
xpévos expressed or understood, p. 171; c) Expressions for various periods of 
life, p. 172; d) General phrases of time, p. 173; e) Pronominal, p. 174; f) With 
participle in adv. force, p. 174; g) With articular adv. without xpérq, p. 175; 
h) With articular adv. partly temporal, partly spatial, p. 176. 

VII. Adverbial: a) With nouns, p. 177; b) With adjectives. 1. Neut. adj. c. 
éori impersonal, p. 183. 2. Adj. c. wovetobar, ridecOar év, p. 184. 3. Other adv. 
phr. with adjectives, p. 185; c) With articular adverbs, p. 191; d) Adv. phr. 
of direction, p. 192. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS ix 


VIII. Periphrasis type. 1. a) Abstractions c. efvar év, yiyveoOa, etc., p. 193; 
b) Similarly verbal nouns and expressions, p. 195; c) & of a pursuit or calling, 
elvae usu. expressed or implied, p. 196. 2. Local use transferred to abstractions, 
p. 196. 3. Affinity of certain other verbs for év in periphrasis and allied phe- 
nomena. a) Abstractions c. éxewv, movetoPar, etc., p. 197; b) riWevar, riPecAar ev, 
‘to reckon, regard, consider as,’ p. 198; c) xaOiornuc év, trans., intr., p. 199; 
d) & vow exer, p. 199; e) mimrecy év, p. 199. 

IX. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 1. Instrumental, p. 199. 2. Circumstan- 
tial but mainly causal, p. 200. 3. év of attendant circumstance, p. 200. 4. w= 
Lat. coram, p. 200. 5. Forensic éy, p. 201. 6. év= Lat. penes, p. 201. 7. Of 
the object of the action or feeling, p. 202. 8. Idiomatic, p. 202. 9. Plastic, 
p. 202. 

X. Pronominal expressions. 1. Personal pronouns, p. 202. 2. Demonstratives, 
p. 202. 3. Relatives, p. 203. 4. év rots with superlatives, etc., p. 204. 

XI. Local designations. 1. Noun of place omitted. a) sc. xwpiw; b) sc. xwpa; 
c) sc. kAévy, p. 204. 2. Half phrases or tags, p. 204. 3. Places in the Athenian 
market colloquially named from the articles sold, p. 205. 4. Omission of article, 
p. 205. 5. Fig. and semi-tech., p. 207. 6. Descriptive prep. phr. with art., 
p. 207. 

XII. Phrases of comparison: a) From the field of games, p. 208; b) From paint- 
ing, p. 208; c) From various fields, p. 208; d) ws é introd. an adv. expression, 
p. 208. 

XIII. Expansions and tags, p. 209. 

Bibliography, p. 210. 





STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
INTRODUCTION 
bud, aid, els, Ex, ev. 


On the grammatical and etymological side prepositions have been 
fully discussed in the grammars, particularly those of Brugmann and of 
Kiihner-Gerth. The use of prepositions by individual Greek authors 
has been the subject of numerous dissertations and articles (see accom- 
panying bibliography), many of which are largely devoted to enumera- 
tion and statistical tables of the occurrence of certain prepositions in a 
given author. But there has not heretofore been made such a study of 
prepositional phrases as we propose, the main purpose of which is the 
consideration of Greek usage from the point of view of idiom. Several 
of the treatises referred to above include for one author, or a group of 
authors, a few of the uses here dealt with, so notably Lutz on the Attic 
orators; adverbial uses particularly are cited by Lina (for Plato), Hel- 
bing (Herodotus), Golisch (Thucydides), Sobolewski (Aristophanes). 
The idiomatic side is considered briefly in the introduction of textbooks 
of Greek composition where short lists of prepositional phrases are some- 
times given. But none of these, nor even Auden’s Phrase Book, cite 
the passages from which the phrases are drawn, and a@raé deyoueva are 
not designated, but are given equal authority with frequently used 
expressions; they furnish, therefore, no basis for the study of any particu- 
lar phrase, while all such lists are limited to the immediate purposes 
of the textbook. The best work on Greek idiom is still the old book of 
Viger, (1627) (ed. Hermann 1834), whose chapter on the prepositions 
most nearly approaches the attitude of this collection, which has been 
independently made and which, we trust, may, from its greater fullness, 
have added value in the field it covers. 

The notes of certain editors are rich and suggestive in quotation and 
comparison of groups of related phrases and in the application of them 
to the interpretation of their author. This is true always of Jebb, so, 
too, of Starkie in his first edition of the Wasps (Macmillan 1897). All 
editions of Blaydes abound in such citations, but they are not always 
used to so good advantage as by Jebb and the comparisons are sometimes 
extended so far as to lose their aptness. It has been thought that such 
lists as are here given would furnish a convenient source of reference in 
the interpretation of authors that have not been edited by a Jebb or a 


2 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Blaydes. On the other hand, they may give help in Greek composition 
as being more complete not only than the phrase books, but in some 
cases than even any of the lexicons. 

The field chosen for these studies is the period of classical Greek 
literature from Homer to the time of Aristotle. In order not to extend 
the limits of this paper unduly by dealing with the large class of technical 
phrases found in his works, Aristotle has not been included except for 
occasional passages that seemed interesting by way of comparison. Later 
literature has sometimes been drawn upon in the same way. 

Similar collections have been made for all the prepositions through- 
out this period, and it is hoped that the rest may be published at a later 
date. In dealing with such a mass of material as has been collected, it 
is inevitable that there should be mistakes and omissions despite pains- 
taking endeavor. There is room, moreover, for difference of opinion 
in regard to the inclusion of certain phrases, but in questionable cases 
the intention has been to err on the side of fullness rather than other- 
wise, although the limits of such a paper as this preclude the claim of a 
thoroughly exhaustive treatment of the subject. 

dca was selected first for discussion for the sake of considering in a 
preposition which governs more than one case, the historical relation of 
different cases.1 damé and éx were taken in connection with each other 
because of their close kinship in meaning. eis and év belong together, 
since they are really one preposition which appears in Attic in two forms. 

A prepositional phrase, like an idiom, is not easy to define, but every 
one understands what an idiom is, and although no attempt will be made 
at a formal definition of the term prepositional phrase, yet the meaning 
here given it will be sufficiently clear from a statement of the criteria 
that have been employed in its use: an idiomatic,’ proverbial,’ or fami- 

16.4 in Attic prose and later Greek shows almost a reversal of the Homeric usage. 
Whereas in Homer 6:4 c. acc. is frequent, later, owing to the disappearance with that 
case of the spatial and temporal uses, 6:4 c. acc. becomes mainly restricted to the 
causal force, while the genitive is much more frequent and is used in nearly all idiomatic 
expressions. 

°E. g., 6c’ obdSevds moveiy ‘to make of no account’ Soph. O. C. 584; 51a yAwoons 
(del) éxev ve Eur. Andr. 95, parallel with ava oroua, cf.61a ordua Ar. Lys. 855, dca 
orduaros Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25; ard orduaros eireiv, ‘to speak from memory’ Xen. Mem. 
3.6.9; am’ obaros G5e yevorro Il. 18. 272 ‘heaven forfend,’ &7é Oywod . . . . Ever 
Il. 1. 562 ‘you will be alienated from my heart,’ ék @vuov ‘from the heart’ ‘sin- 
cerely,’ Lat. ex animo, Il. 9. 343, Aesch. Ag. 48, so éx ppevds, Aesch. Sept. 873, etc., cf. 
rand kapdias Eur. I. A. 475 (v. &, ad, pp. 54, 38); & odds ‘out of the way’ 
Pind. Nem. 7. 67; & wot ‘before our feet,’ i. e., ‘close at hand.’ Pind. Py. VIII, 
32; Soph. Ant. 1327, etc.; és dicxovpa éXecrr70, Hom. Il. 23,523 ‘he wasa whole disk- 


INTRODUCTION 3 


liar tone,’ metaphorical uses often repeated until the figurative meaning 
becomes associated with the phrase,> technical association,® frequent 





cast behind,’ és xeipas é\Oeiv, etc., ‘to engage in hand to hand conflict,’ Aesch. Sept. 
680, cf. €v Thuc. 4. 43. 2., etc., cf. extension by Eur. Her. 429, eis xeipa ya ovwvqpav 
‘they came close to land.’ mpayy’ és xépas AaBdvra of taking a matter in hand, 
undertaking it, Eur. Hec. 1242 cf. dca xetpds éxeww Thuc. 2, 13, & xepi (Plat. Theaet. 
172 E), xepotv (Soph. Ant. 1345), xepoléxew Hdt. 1. 35. 7. 5. (sing., dual and plural 
used with no apparent difference in meaning, cf. other phrases w. xelp v. infra); 
els dpas Od. 9. 135, ‘every season as it comes around,’ i. e., ‘at the appointed time’, 
cf. h. Hom. XXVI. 12, but és ras dpas ‘for all time to come,’ ‘hereafter,’ Ar. Ran. 
380, etc., & pp Od. 17. 176 ‘at the proper time,’ Hdt. 1. 31. ‘in due time,’ 
‘in good season,’ etc.; @& mavrt joav wy Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 29, ‘they were in 
extreme fear lest;’ imprecations—és xépaxas, Ar. saepe, és p9dpov, Aesch. Sept. 252, 
és paxaplay, Ar. Eq. 1151, és 6dfSiay Com. Fr. adesp. 1092, eis srixov 
(Menand.) és kepadjy oot Ar. Pax 1063, cf. & Kopdxecot. kai & POdpw 
Theogn. 833, etc., etc. 

3E.g., dua updos ievac Xen. Symp. 4. 16 (cf. Eng. ‘to go through fire and water’); 
caoa yas . . . & Tprkuulas Tou Aoyou Plat. Euthyd. 293 A; dpxous eye yuvarkds 
els twp ypadw Soph. Fr. 742; eis ppéara re kal macav amropiay éurixtwy Plat. 
Theaet. 174 c, cf. & ¢peare ib. 165 Cc (so éwi); ornvar & rpiddm of a person in 
doubt, Theogn. 911, Plat. Legg. 799 c; & r@ Kapt xuwdvvebew Eur. Cycl. 654, 
Plat., etc. It may be questioned whether proverbial phrases are really prepositional 
phrases, but they are of such closely allied interest as to warrant the inclusion here 
of those observed in the literature studied. 

4. g. dud Dearay Il. 3. 263; &v ayxddacs (v. sub, &, so eis, érl ,); am’ df0adpyav 
Il. 23. 53 ‘away from their sight,’ after Hom. in various uses, cf. am’ duparos, dupatwv 
€ odfartuav, els dy, els mpdcwmov, els Supa, Oupata, év odfadpyots év Spupact, 
etc. Most of these and many similar expressions vary from a merely familiar 
or from a plastic and picturesque use to clear idioms. This is not a separate cate- 
gory, but idiomatic usages constantly start either in familiar or metaphorical expres- 
sions. 

5In Hom. 4¢’ immow, irrwv always of fighting from the chariot, so é& trrwy I]. 
5. 163, xa6’ txmwy Il. 5. 111;6. 232; odk ad oxorov . . . prbetrar, Od. 11. 344 
‘not away from the mark,’ so Xen. Symp. 2. 10, Plat. Theaet. 179 c (elpnxer), etc. 
xepds ék Sopuradrov ‘on the right hand’ Aesch. Ag. 116, so es dépv ‘to the right’ 
Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, so with other preps. opp. é€7’, map’ aomida, rap’ aomléos (Aesch. 
Sept. 624); also jéav eis ddpv, ‘rushed to arms,’ so eis domld’ jEev Eur. Phoen. 
1326, & domiow ‘in battle’ Eur. Suppl. 572; & dpdve ‘in darkness’=‘at night’ 
Pind. Ol. I. 73 et saepe, so 5’ dppvas Eur. Suppl. 994, but és dpdvay Eur. H. F. 352 of 
the nether world; & edppovy ‘in the kindly time’ for ‘at night’; v. sub. év, history of 
phrases éy omapyavous, &vy yadatw, p. 172, ftn. 134, original meaning entirely lost 
sight of in later use, so in late uses of é& yp@, p. 163, ftn., etc., etc. 

8K. g., dd vioons ‘from the start’ (of the foot-race) Il. 23. 758, e& viccn ‘at 
the turning post’ (of the chariot race) Il. 23. 338, 344; military terms: of am’ ovpas 
‘those from the rear’ Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18; & trav drwy ‘from the camp’ Thuc. 1. 111; 
mapayyéANee eis ta SrdAa ‘to arms,’ Xen. An. 1. 5. 13; & Smrdos elvac ‘to be 


+ STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


repetition until the expression becomes or approaches a tag,’ phrases 
used adverbially, often directly equivalent to an existing adverb; here 
the force of the preposition frequently fades until it serves merely as an 
instrument to turn the noun or adjective into an adverb.’ The omission 





under arms’ Eur. Bacch. 303 et saepe; évi oradin ‘in close combat’ Il. 7. 241, é& 
redéegou ‘in squadrons’ II. 11. 730, etc.; év wAaolw rérax0ae Thuc. 7. 78, cf. 6. 67., etc., 
év peta ‘in line’ often in Xen., etc.; legal: Sixas ard EvuBdrAwy dbyiv Sexatopévous 
Antiphon 138. 78; é wapax\noews Dem. 275. 143; eis avdxpiow Aesch. Eum, 365, Isae. 
VI, 13, etc., of & airtg Dem. 631. 36; also from the courts in the orators, év 7 éu@ 
véarc, ‘in the time allotted to my speech,’ Dem. 274. 139; political, oi & 7é\e of the 
magistrates Soph. Ai. 1352, similarly oi & dpxais, oi & Sduvduer, & Tats, of & Tots 
mpayuacw of the publicmen; és ddiyous wadov Karéornoay ‘set up a more oligarchical 
government’ Thuc. 5. 81. 2, etc.—from various fields. 

7In Homer particularly, large numbers of these have been collected, v. infra; 
in later literature cf. especially local designations omitting the article with familiar 
words, oixos with all preps., so duos, ayopa, etc., etc. 

8E. g., amd orovdys, ‘in earnest’ Il. 7. 359; 12. 233; but Attic 6d oovdys 
‘hastily,’ Eur. Bacch. 212, Thuc. 6. 69. 1, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 28; é& ayxiuddoro ‘from 
near at hand’ Il. 24. 352; é atrocxedins ‘off-hand,’ h. Merc. 55,—these three are 
not found afterwards. é @uyod v. supra. n. 2; és Tédos ‘at last’ ‘finally’ h. Merc. 
462, Hes. Op. 218, 294, 664 often later, so és reXevrqy ‘at the end,’ ‘at last’ h. 
Hom. VII. 29, Hes. Op. 333, Theogn. 201, Pind., Soph.; & poipy ‘rightly’ ‘duly,’ 
‘fitly,’ Il. 19. 186, Od. 22. 54, cf. Plat. Legg. 775 C, cf. the Homeric xara potpav 
constantly repeated; ev jovxin=jobxws h. Merc. 356, cf. Hdt. 5. 92, etc. é atpuov 
‘to-morrow’, Il. 8. 538, Od. 7. 318, but also ‘until to-morrow’ Od. 11. 351; és tarepov 
‘thereafter’, Od. 12. 126 the preposition has little force, cf. Hes. Op. 351, Hdt. 5. 41. 
74, etc.; és dricow ‘in time to come’, Od. 18. 122; 20. 199, cf. és 76 dricw mostly 
spatial, ‘backwards’ ‘behind’ Hdt. 4. 42, etc., v. infra. Numerous examples might 
be given of the fading of the prepositional force in such phrases. A few will suffice 
here, but there will be occasion again to mention further illustrations. é mapépyou 
Lat. obiter, Thuc. 1. 142. 9 does not differ from e rapépyw; é Plat. Polit. 300 A, 
amd rioxns, Lysias 21. 10; & trixn Aesch. Ag. 685, kara rixnv saepe, etc. vary little as 
far as the meaning of the preposition is concerned; so ék Bias ‘by force’ Soph. Ph. 
563, dca Bias Plat. Phileb. 58 A and the frequent zpds Biav; és 7d Nourdv ‘for the 
future’ Aesch. Pers. 526, etc., eis ra Noura Menand. Sam. 434 (Capps) (perhaps 
metri causa), & Tov oro} Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 9, etc., & trav Aowray Isocr.. XVII. 15, 
Plato, might be replaced by 76 dourdy, Ta ovra, Or Tov Aotrov except where 
it would interfere with the metre. In Eur. Phoen. 1210, rodr’ cis tromrov elras, the 
phrase has become a pure adverb and the preposition merely expresses manner. So 
prepositions with adverbs often add no meaning to the simple adverb, but the same 
expression may show the force of the preposition at any time (cf. supra, és aijptov, és ope 
merely ‘late,’ Thuc. 8. 23. 2, but id. 3. 108.3 ‘until late’ and many others); both 
uses of such phrases are usually found and it is natural to think that they started in 
cases where the preposition was needed and that afterwards it became so associated 
with the adverb that it was used when not necessary, but this cannot be proved by 
historical evidence. 


INTRODUCTION 5 


of the article,’ the ellipsis of the noun," the absence of a modifying geni- 
tive are often indicative of the familiarity of an expression. 

The variation of phrases is one of the interesting points to be noted 
and may sometimes be a sign of idiomatic tendency. Singular, dual 
and plural occur with no difference in meaning." Different prepositions 
with the same noun expressing virtually the same meaning show a blunt- 
ing of the original force of the preposition which may be due to a feeling 
for the phrase as a whole.” Often a wide variety of phrases denote the 
same idea.” 


°Cf. familiar English, ‘to town’ ‘to market,’ etc., and see below large classes 
of similar local designations in Greek. (v. also Gildersleeve, Synt. Class. Gk. Part II. 
§§ 568, 569). But it is not only in such spatial uses that the lack of the article serves 
as a criterion of familiarity, but throughout these pages it will be seen that the article 
is commonly omitted in idiomatic phrases, although the same phrase often varies in 
this respect. 

10F, g., éx, els, €v with a genitive which is not governed by the preposition but is 
commonly explained (but v. n. év p. 168) as depending on some familiar omitted noun 
like oikos, Sduos, iepdv, etc., are familiar from Homer on (v. é« pp. 50, 59, 60, 
els pp. 84, 103, 104 & pp. 140, 168, f). Interesting cases are & yerrévwy ‘from the 
neighbors’ or ‘next door’; also kéoruw od e& abrov Ar. Vesp. 642 v. & p. 169. 
Certain frequently recurring nouns of place which may be easily supplied are often 
omitted, as xwplov, xwpa, vin, etc. 

NCf. n. 2, &y xeupi xepotv, xepol exe ; n.3, els TO Norwdv, TA AoLTa, EK TOU AoLTOU, 
Tav dourav; Hom. Il. 11. 789 6 6€ meicerar eis ayabov wep ‘for his profit’ (cf. 
9. 102 also sing.), but 23. 305 wuBeir’ cis ayaba gpovewy where the plural 
cannot be explained on metrical grounds; sometimes the plural refers back to a plural 
antecedent, sometimes it suggests a repetition of the act or a recurrence of the condi- 
tions, but there are not infrequent cases which admit no such explanation. 

“This has been illustrated above (n. 8) under adverbial phrases. Temporal 
adverbial phrases also give some interesting variations, particularly for ‘by night’ 
and ‘by day.’ The preposition may at any time retain its meaning but ‘at night’ is 
expressed by 6ca vixra Hom. Il. 8.510; 10. 101; Od. 19. 66; (cf. evi vuxri Tl. 8. 529), 
later the gen. Plat. Criti. 117 E we’ quépav kai dca vuxrds; Theogn. 460 moddakes éx 
vuxr@v ; Aesch. Cho. 288 pwaraious ex vuxrav poBous (cf. Od. 12. 286) (the pl. here is 
probably due to a recurrence of the conditions); eis vixra Aesch. Suppl. 769 (but 
Thuc. I. 51. 3, ‘until night-fall’); év vuxri Aesch. Ag. 653, etc.; so amd péowy vuKrey 
‘at midnight’ Ar. Vesp. 218; ‘at even’ ad’ éorepas Ar. Vesp. 100, eis éowépay Ar. 
Pl. 998; é& juepas, ‘by day’ Soph. El. 780 parallel with vuxrés ‘by night’; é& juepe 
Eur. Bacch. 488 referring back to ped’ quépay in 485 and contrasted with vixtwp; 
Tro. 446, balanced with vuxrés. But in the early poetry the night appears to be 
thought of as an object which may be gone through (cf. sub. Hom. frequent use of 
dua vixra w. verbs of motion); perhaps this notion is behind 6:a vuxrés in Anth. 
Lyr. Ion. 2. 7; so the winds arise ‘‘out of the night”? Od. 12.286, and in Aesch. Cho. 
288 there may be a slight suggestion of the coming of the fears ‘‘out of the night.”’ 
If the use of the local prepositions in such phrases began in this conception the transi- 
tion to the meaning “‘at night” was easy and the extension of the use could readily 


6 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Certain verbs have a marked affinity for certain prepositions in figura- 
tive expressions, an appreciation of which often assists in interpreting a 
given passage (cf. e. g. Jebb on Soph. Ajax 799). This is often only a 
periphrasis and may sometimes be resorted to for metrical reasons; 
but it regularly adds some meaning to the idea which would be given 
by the simple verb and this meaning may at any time be pressed, increas- 
ing the idiomatic tone which is commonly present. Hence such cases 
are included here, although many of them are not strictly phrases and 
for this reason there is no attempt to treat them exhaustively. 

dua c. gen., usually of an abstraction, is frequent with a more or less 
colorless verb of being or motion" as a periphrasis for the action or state 
which might be described by the verb indicated by the noun in the 
phrase. eis shows zecety eis,° gepew eis, eis NOyous, Noydv Cc. EpxecOat 
and similar verbs; xafiornm eis tr. and intr., ‘to bring into,” “to come 
into,” “to be in a given state,”!® also with é but less often; a like peri- 
phrasis is seen in verbs of motion with eis and an abstraction,!7a favorite 
device of Euripides both for increasing the poetic effect and for the sake 
of the metre. 

A very large class is eivar &, yiyvecOa év'8 with abstractions, with 
verbal nouns, and with adjectives merging into adverbial phrases, 


follow. Variation of preps. may be metri causa, so instead of the usual a¢’ imrwy, 
we have the variants é£ trmwv and xa§’ immwv in the Iliad (v. supran. 5). Examples 
might be greatly multiplied, but may be found in the text by cross-reference. 

8Instances are given under nn. 2, 4, 5, but may best be seen in the text. 

4E. g. Eur. Hel. 978 eet d1a paxns o@ ovyydvw, Soph. Ant. 742 da dixns 
idy warpl, ‘engaging in controversy with’ cf. Thuc. 6. 60. 3, ‘to go to law,’ Soph. 
O C 905 e& wey & dpyns jeov (vb. nearly=elvac), Eur. Or. 757, 51a 6Bov 
yap Epxouat so dca wOfov etc., etc.; w. eivar, yiyvecOat, Exew, NaBetv,—Ar. Ran. 1412 
dv €xOpas obderéepw yernooua; Ar. Eccl. 888 Kei yap 6’ 8xdov ovr’ éorl, 
‘to be’ or (c. yiyveo#ar) ‘to become troublesome’, Thuc. and Plato; Hdt. 1. 
206, wavrws paddov 7} dc’ Hovxins elvar. 

56E. g. ‘to fallinto evil’ ‘misfortune,’ ‘extremity,’ eis trvov wéon Soph. Ph. 826, 
sO & tv rece Pind. Is. IV. 41, cf. old Eng. ‘to fall on sleep’ Eur. frg. 140 els gowr’ 
cf. Eng. ‘fall in love,’ eis dpyiv meceiv Eur. Or. 696 ‘to fall into a rage.’ 

6K. g. Thuc. 1. 82. 4 & drévoay katasrhoavtas aitobs, ‘making them desperate,’ 
so els €xOpav, xivdvvor, aicxivny, etc., but intr. Thuc. 7. 67. 4 €s dwévoray kaberrhKaow 
‘became desperate’, etc. 

VE. g. els réppw efuc Eur. I. T. 797, cis GOupiay adixeod’ id. Bacch. 610, 
= Oabuar’ éeiv Ion 248, eis xpeiay c. gen. é\dew Alc. 719, etc. 
5 18K. g. & dbuuig joav Thuc. 6.41.2, cf. & ravtic. gen. 7.55. 1 & mavri 64 GBupias joa 
fin utter despair;’ & gpovnware dvres c. inf. ‘aspiring to’ id. 5. 40. 3; & dpun 
evrwy Xen. An. 2. 1. 3; & xad@ éort Eur. Her. 971; & edpapet éori id. I. A. 969, 
eLC., CLC. 


° 


INTRODUCTION 7 


Also éxew, movetcOa, TilecPar év'® mainly with abstract notions, “to 
hold, regard, consider as.” 

A more or less idiomatic é« type denotes change from one condition 
to another, e. g. Soph O T 454, ruddds yap ex dedopKdros. 

a6 and éx of immediate consecution in time begin with amo deimvou 
‘immediately after supper’ in Il. 8. 54, and continue in Hdt. 1. 126 
et saepe, éx deitnvwy Eur. Hec. 915, é£ dpiorov Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 18, etc. 

Pronominal expressions vary from mere tags to real idioms. 

Some uses of prepositions with idiomatic tone, even though not quite 
phrases, are noteworthy, e. g. amd kad\w tapamdewv Thuc. 4. 25, ‘to sail 
from’ or ‘by a rope,’ i. e. ‘to be towed along the shore’; a76 with 
pregnant force, xptceov amd parotnpos ornoa, Anth. P. 7.5 ‘from a 
hammer,’ i. e. ‘to set up a statue in beaten gold.’ Half cases are seen 
in eis of the metaphorical end or purpose and others. Other phenomena 
allied to various phrases under consideration are also added. 

These tests have not been so strictly applied to Homer, but under 
the head of tags are grouped many frequently occurring expressions, 
some of which develop into phrases, others which might have done so 
but did not, others which gain interest from their mere repetition, and 
still others which occur in Homer and not in later literature. Partly for 
this reason and partly for convenience of comparison, Homeric usages 
have been kept separate from those of later times and a section devoted 
to them will precede each chapter. 

The object of this paper is by no means theoretical, as is perhaps 
already evident from this statement of the class of material included. 
Theories of the development of the use of various prepositions from 
original local or spatial meanings are set forth in the grammars and in 
special treatises on the subject and need not be here dealt with in detail. 
Whatever may seem probable as to the way in which these uses would 
be likely to grow up, the question arises how did they in fact develop? 
The only foundation for an answer to this question must be obtained 
from the actual instances as they occur in literature from Homer down. 
The evolution of the Greek language as we know it starts in Homer. 
Much has already happened before that time, but, however plausible a 
theory may be, we cannot really go back of the Iliad. If, therefore, 
an idiom is found already developed in Homer or evidently on the way 
to become an idiom, it has been traced to its source for the purposes of 
Greek literature. 

WE. g. & adovin éxwy Hdt. 6. 75, & alcxp@ bécOac te Eur. Hec. 806, 
cf. Soph. Ph 875, etc. v. & pp. 184, 197 f. 


8 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


A moment’s consideration of our own or any other language will 
remind us that the origin of an idiom frequently cannot be defined or 
explained, and, in most cases, is at any rate soon forgotten. Often the 
original force early becomes blunted or almost wholly lost. Its meaning 
however, as commonly used, is of prime importance for the understanding 
of the language. This may best be seen in Greek by an examination and 
comparison of the usages in chronological order from the time of their 
earliest appearance in literature. This we have considered our chief 
aim. The material herewith presented is therefore arranged in accord- 
ance with this purpose. Thus the first mention of a phrase gives its 
earliest occurrence, unless it begins in Homer, when it is so stated in the 
text. Except that it has proved more convenient to group together 
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides and Aristophanes, and Herodotus and 
Thucydides, the only violations of the chronological order are clearly 
made for immediate comparison of like uses. 

Each preposition has a brief etymological and grammatical intro- 
duction,—following the grammars, chiefly Kiihner-Gerth—in which is 
presented the usual classification into spatial, temporal and metaphorical 
uses. The purpose of this is merely to clear the way and to put in con- 
venient form before the reader the general force and use of the preposi- 
tion as a whole. This grouping is thereafter mainly disregarded and no 
attempt is made to pursue any theory beyond the presentation of the 
material in historical sequence under specific phrases in such order as 
their meanings suggest. 

The sections on Homer and the early literature are classified sub- 
stantially as follows: (1) Phrases which seem to be real idioms, whether 
with a noun, adjective or participle. (2) Phrases less clearly idiomatic, 
but approaching idioms, or the apparent beginning of phrases which 
later developed real idiomatic force. (3) Technical expressions from 
various fields of human life, (4) Elliptical phrases, (5) Temporal and 
adverbial expressions, (6) Tags, more or less idiomatic, or plastic, 
picturesque and pleonastic, local designations and others, especially 
those connected with later phrases, (7) Special uses of the preposition. 

In general the arrangement of the phrases from later literature is 
similar, with such additions and variations as develop naturally out of 
the material, although certain difficulties present themselves in its 
selection and classification. Literal uses merge off into idiom and the 
idiomatic feeling may not always be recognized. The vividness of the 
Greek imagination and language leads to frequent expressions that are 
only plastic and picturesque, but sometimes to our mind approach idiom. 


INTRODUCTION 9 


Some of these, as has been seen, are quoted. It is not always easy to 
distinguish unusual and peculiar uses of the preposition from real phrases 
and numerous cases of this kind are given as of related interest. On 
the other hand, many phrases quoted may be subject to the criticism 
that it is the use and meaning of the substantive or adjective governed 
by the preposition rather than the phrase which is discussed or which is 
the ground for its citation. Sometimes this has been noted (cf. év ayau 
in Hom.), but usually the meaning of the noun and the phrase are so 
closely interwoven that no effort has been made to separate them. 
So many phrases start in metaphorical uses of nouns with a preposition 
that it is not always clear when such cases become phrases; many prepo- 
sitional expressions have been rejected as merely metaphors, others 
have been included where the idiomatic force might be a matter of 
opinion. 

Phrases resist hard and fast categories and are therefore often dif- 
ficult to classify. Almost any given phrase that occurs many times 
really belongs under several categories. This is frequently true of 
adverbial phrases, many of which will be found under other heads. 
Comparison of kindred phrases, which has been considered one of the aims 
to be sought, also occasionally interferes with a logical arrangement. 
But it has seemed to be on the whole easiest to group together, 
under:some one of the types in which they are included, phrases in which | 
a preposition governs the same word and to give cross references under 
other headings. Large groups arearranged alphabetically where this does 
not interfere too seriously with the chronological order. 

A few typical instances may serve to illustrate further the character 
of the information that is gained from these studies. 

A definite answer may be given, for example, to such questions as 
whether év with dpx7 is used only in the singular to mean ‘in the be- 
ginning’ (although kar’ apxas in this sense is regular), and only in 
the plural? to mean ‘in office’,—Plat. Legg. 671 A has é dpxais ‘in 
the beginning,’ Thuc. II.37.3, Isae. VII.34, é apxn “in office’, al- 
though both these uses are rare; yet the singular is used with els (particu- 
larly with xaSioracOa of entering upon office) and émi (Ar. Pol. 1284” 2 
yeveoOar én’ apx7s). 


20Tt is noticeable that adpxal meaning ‘officers,’ Plat. Rep. 460 B et al. has oi & 
d&pxats as a variant, a sense which is arrived at only by way of a different meaning of 
the noun, i. e. ‘those in power, in office.’ 

27, and S. give neither of these. 


10 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


The history of certain phrases is well known, as of the Homeric eis 
ueoov Teva (Il. 23. 704), ev péeow xeioOar (Il. 18. 507) of a prize set 
up or lying in the midst for which all may contend, recurring a number 
of times in Attic” and always suggesting the ancient custom. Their famil- 
jarity and Homeric association make it almost a matter of surprise 
to find each of these phrases actually occurring but once in Homer. 
Even a stereotyped expression, like “standing in the midst to speak,” 
gains some interest from the consciousness of its history from Homer on, 
while the mere collection and comparison of other idiomatic uses of & 
péow and eis péoov™ for instance, throw light upon the meaning of some of 
the passages. 

&y éavOpwros with a superlative, or related notion, (colloquial “in 
the world’’) has a continuous history beginning in Homer, which, so 
far as we know, has never been so fully traced. It seems to start in Od. 
1. 391, 4 dhs TovTO KaktoTov & avOpwrovoe teTbxXPar and appears in 
Theogn., Soph., Eur., Hdt., Andoc., Antiphon, Xen., Plato, Aesch., 
Dem., (v. & p. 146, f.) often with a partitive genitive, as Theogn. 273, 
Tav TéavTwv dé KaKLoTOV év avOpwros. The best known and most striking 
case is Plato, Lys. 211 E, rov dpiorov ev avOpwros dptvya ‘the best 
quail in the world.’ The usage is also extended to ef avOpwruv. 

& avépaow although found in Homer, does not gain idiomatic force 
until Euripides, who uses it frequently meaning “to count as a man,” 
an idea which seems to come not merely out of the characteristic signifi- 
cance of av#p, but to be helped by the fusion of other expressions, cf. 
Hat. 3.120, od yap & avipav Oyu (sc. ef), Eur. Andr. 590, 591, od yap 
per’ avopav, & KaKLoTE KaK KaK@v; / col TOU METETTW ws Ev aVdpaaw hOYoU ; 

& xa@pa begins in Ll. 23. 349, et xapp / eer’ ‘sat down in his 
place,’ i. e., his proper place, appears in Bacchyl. V. 80, o7aéi 7’ 
& xwpa ‘stay where thou art,’ is similar in Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 23, then, 
from the military association, ‘they fell fighting at their posts’ (Hell. 
4. 2. 20; 8. 39); parallel and more frequent is kata xwpay eivat, peverv. 

Another local but idiomatic phrase with a long history is & rair@ 
weve; the earliest use noted is in Xenophanes, and it is repeated (v. 
é p. 160), evidently with familiar connotation, on down until Plato 


Cf. (eis) Dem. 488. 102, (&) Theogn. 994, Anth. Lyr. p. 307. 36, Bacchyl. XIV. 
53, Ar. Pax 1118, Xen. An. 3. 1. 21, Dem. 41. 5, cf. Lat. Ter. Phorm. Prol. 16; cf. also 


Soph. Tr. 516. 
*Interesting are such idiomatic developments as I]. 23. 574 és pécov audoréporoe 
dudooare about =‘impartially, é pecov xargoro Hdt. 3. 83, of taking 


no part in a contest, & péow eivae Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52; Dem. 682. 183 w. gen. of 
articular inf. ‘to stand in the way of,’ i. e., to prevent one from doing something. 


INTRODUCTION 11 


where it is used of the argument which ‘goes around in a circle and 
won’t stay in the same place,’ or which does ‘stay in the same place’ 
and makes no progress (Euthyphro 11 C, Phaed. 86 E, Euthyd. 288 A). 

Some real phrases in Homer occur only once and are not repeated 
later, e. g. & melon (v. &v p. 136) Od. 20. 23, & doy ‘in doubt,’ Il. 9. 
230, (occurs also Callim. Iov. 5) év xapds atoy Il. 9. 378, ‘I hold him in 
the measure of,’ i. e. ‘not worth a hair’ (v. & p. 135), but both this 
and év meion are much debated because they are so idiomatic and lack 
the light which would be thrown upon them if they were used else- 
where. 

It will be seen that Euripides greatly extends the use of prepositional 
idioms, largely through metaphorical expressions, some of which remain 
peculiar to him and are not really developed into phrases, e. g. Bacch. 
848, avnp eis Bodov kabiorara ‘falls within the cast of the net,’ 
so Rhes. 730%; again, a metaphor from the race-course, Eur. El. 659, 
mTadw Tou pvOov eis Kaurny aye ‘bring your speech to its turning point,’ 
which Way aptly translates ‘yet toward thy goal turn thou thy speech’; 
Med. 766, xeis 6ddv BeBjxapev i. e. ‘we have come toa way of action.’ 

In the case of these five prepositions Euripides, however, does not 
add so many adverbial phrases as Sophocles. The adverbial phrase is 
already well developed in Homer, (v. n. 8), but limited to comparatively 
few expressions,—these five prepositions show less than twenty includ- 
ing the Homeric hymns. Pindar nearly doubles the number previously 
found, Aeschylus adds about as many more as Pindar. Sophocles has 
nearly twice as many new ones. Euripides and Herodotus each increase 
the list nearly as much as Sophocles. Almost twice as many adverbial 
phrases with these prepositions start in Thucydides as in any other 
author, but a large proportion of them are purely formal in character 
and of the same type, like év davepw, ev Tw Euavet. &Y ahavel, Ex, ATO 
tou eiféos, amd Tov mpopavovs, phrases with articular adverbs, & T@ 
avTiTepas, €k Tov, els TO Tapaxpyua, and local and military phrases like 
ek TAaylov, €v TAatciw. Menophon adds many of this last class. About 
half as many are seen for the first time in Plato and Xenophon respectively 
as in Thucydides. In Aristophanes the number drops again by nearly 
half and other authors add comparatively few. These few statistics 
show how rapidly the tendency to the adverbial use of prepositional 
expressions increased,—between three and four hundred different 
phrases of this kind have been noted for these five prepositions in this 


*This illustrates eis in the sense coming ‘within reach of’ which is to be dis- 
tinguished from coming ‘into.’ 


Be STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


period. The question suggests itself, whether the extension of prepo- 
sitional idioms by Euripides and of adverbial phrases by Thucydides, 
who also shows many other prepositional phrases, is due wholly to the 
style of the authors or partly to the period in which they lived, which 
might naturally have been a time of growth in the language. 

But it is not due to the best type of growth and to real enrichment 
of the language that these phrases are so greatly extended in the later 
literature, into which it would be exceedingly interesting to continue 
these studies. A few examples which have been cited from the later 
period will illustrate the manner in which many phrases developed away 
from their original meaning (v. év xe@ & p. 163, ftn. 108 and év yadaéuw 
év p. 172, ftn. 134), Rossberg™ has recently shown the great extension of 
prepositional usages during the Alexandrian age, both in colloquial 
speech and in official documents. The inscriptions also offer suggestive 
material (v. Giinther”). These studies are confined mainly to litera- 
ture and inscriptions are included only by the way.?’ 

An examination of the evidence will show that certain words tend to 
form idiomatic and adverbial phrases with different prepositions. A 
collection of many of the same phrases under the governed word, which is 
withheld until it can include the other important prepositions, would 
illustrate this most convincingly, but the cross references in the text 
under any of the large groups for a single word, make it sufficiently clear. 
The use of a phrase with one preposition seems to help its extension to 
other prepositions. 

Certain ideas, on the other hand, tend to idiomatic expression, so 
that a variety of phrases are often found for the same notion. Many 
of these appear in corresponding idiomatic prepositional phrases in other 
languages. A few parallels with Latin and English have been noted. 

*De Praep. Gr. in chartis Ptolem. aet. aegypt. usu., Jena, 1909. 

*Die Prap. in d. griech. Dialektinschriften, Strassburg, 1906. 

*7Prepositional phrases in the theory of literary criticism and in rhetoric would 
furnish a subject for a paper by itself; a few only have been noted and are cited from 
Spengel Rhett. Graeci by volume, page and line. 

*8Cf. for example, a few of the English idioms for which Greek phrases are here 
given: ‘in season’ ‘in the nick of time,’ ‘on the whole,’ ‘on the spot,’ ‘on the 
spur of the moment,’ ‘on a sudden,’ ‘to have a word with some one,’ ‘reduced to 
straits,’ ‘in straits,’ ‘in a corner,’ ‘on a level,’ ‘on an equality,’ ‘to have a matter 
in hand,’ ‘in place’ (of a proper place), ‘to be out of one’s head,’ ‘to come to one- 
self,’ etc. Modern English novels furnish not only ‘on one’s own,’ but ‘in the 
know’ developed to ‘in the very utmost know’ ‘a dock policeman on the make,’ 


and other phrases which illustrate the growth of present day idiom on lines analogous 
with the Greek. 


INTRODUCTION 13 


These might be greatly increased and others will occur to the reader 
not only from these languages, but also from German or any other 
language with which he is familiar. 

The consideration of such usages not only leads to a more intimate 
and sympathetic understanding of the Greek language in general, 
but also gives a new appreciation of its picturesque vividness and enables 
one to enter as it were into its secrets and approach some of the sources 
of its inner life and growth. 


PARTS 


6ua 


It is generally said that the fundamental meaning of 64 from an 
original idg. *dis,! formed on the analogy of wera, with disappearance of 
intervocalic sigma (* é:[o]a, Lat. dis-, bis, Ger. zwei, zwischen, etc.), 
is apart, hence, between, between and through. Its primary meaning 
apart is still seen in certain compounds, e. g., dvacxifw, Lat. discindo; 
diayvyvwoxw, Lat. dignosco. It may be thought of as applied to the 
interval which keeps objects or periods apart; thus its 

A. I. Spatial uses with the Genitive’are usually referred to three heads, 
1.) of motion directly through a space from one end to the other, or through 
and out again, sometimes emphasized in Homer by the addition of é& or rpé, 
duek weyapoo . . . avaxwpnoev, Od. 17. 460, cf. Od. 18.386; dcampo, Il. 14. 
494; 

2.) of extension through a space not in a line, Il. 11.398, ddbvn 6é dvd 
xpods HAD’ aNeyervy, ‘through all his frame’; 

3.) of an interval of space, Hdt. 7.30, da cradiwv ws révre, at ‘an interval 
of five stadia’. 

II. Similarly in temporal uses, 1.) of extent through a period of 
time. 2.) of an interval between two points of time. 

III. From these meanings and their extensions and figurative 
uses develop various causal notions: 

a) origin (rarely), b) condition, state, sitution, c) means,—of 
both persons and things, d) material, e) manner, f) value. 

B. With the Accusative, the spatial and temporal uses are mainly 
confined to the poets, chiefly Homer, while the causal force, which may, 
as a rule, best be given by a translation ‘owing to’ the person or thing 
through which anything happens, in later literature, and especially in 
prose, came to refer to a more remote and less immediate cause than 
6a with the Genitive.’ This distinction was a growth and is not found 
in early literature, nor consistently maintained in the poets.* 


\Walde, Lateinisches Etymologisches Worterbuch, 2°° Aufl. Heidelberg, 1910. 
Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. S. 478 § 616. But Gr. Gr. (1900) §512, derivation fr. *dui, 
cf. Ger. ‘zwei’ still doubtful. 

*Kiihner-Gerth, II. 1. 485 ff.; Brugmann Kz. vergl. Gr. 1. c. 

3In addition to the Grammars referred to above, v. Gildersleeve, A. J. P. XI. 
372; Chas. F. Adams, Selected Orations of Lysias, ad Lys. XII. 87. 

‘Aesch. Ag. 447. 


~ 


PART I 6a 15 


For our purposes, however, it is futile to try to reduce all instances 
to these formal heads, since, as we have already stated, we are approach- 
ing the subject from a different point of view and are dealing largely 
with idiom and idiomatic tendencies which defy all rule. 


A. HOMER 


The essential facts about the use of 6:4 in Homer are given in the 
Grammars.? 

A comparison of the use of cases shows that whereas in later Greek 
and in Attic prose the Genitive is used much more freely than the Accusa- 
tive and almost all idiomatic expressions have the Genitive, in Homer 
the Accusative is very frequent, a difference which is largely due to the 
disappearance after the early poetry of the spatial and temporal uses of 
6ua with the Accusative. 

The Genitive is used in a spatial sense with the notion of going through 
and beyond or out again,® Il. 3. 263, 6a Zxav ‘through the Scaean 
gates’; in wounds of the spear passing through and out, Il. 4. 481, 
6.’ &uou (very frequent); cf. Il. 22. 309, redtovde Sud vepéwv ; ud mpomaxwv 
and 6c’ duidou often, of making one’s way through the press. 

The Accusative with 6:4 in the spatial use in Homer denotes the 
space or object through which motion takes place. Even in Homer, the 
temporal use is chiefly limited to the phrase 6va vix7a’ and the spatial 
point of view is probably at the base of this expression. The night 
seems to be thought of as an object through which motion takes place 
and by far the larger number of occurrences are with verbs of motion. 

dua with the Accusative is also used to denote cause or agency, but 
the Genitive does not occur with this meaning in Homer or Hesiod. 

Only a few idiomatic uses with 5a have developed by the time of 
Homer. 

I. Prepositional Idioms 


A. c. Gen. a) With nouns, (omission of tuAawy). Tl. 3. 263, ra 6é dra 
Lkarwv rediovd’ Exov wkeas immous. The omission of ruAdwy gives an idio- 
matic touch suggesting that the familiarity of the name of this gate 
made the expression of the substantive unnecessary. In other cases 
the noun is closely implied in the context or supplied by a pronoun 


5—D. B. Monro. A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. Oxford, 1891. $$ 214-216, 
Ebeling. Lexicon Homericum, Leipzig, 1885. 

‘For apparent violations of this principle, v. Monro. §216. 

7Ebeling says entirely. Monro includes Il. 2. 40, dua xparepas douivas, ‘lasting 
through hard fights.’ 


16 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


whose antecedent has shortly preceded: Il. 5. 752 =8. 396, 61’ abrawy xev- 
Tpnvexéas Exov immous (i. €., tuAawy); cf. Il. 7. 340=439. Od. 19. 564, 
of pev kK’ Ewa dra mproTov EdehavTos ; 566, of bé dia EeoTa@v Kepawy ENOwor. 

6c’ ayavos (not an idiom, but might have become so), Il. 23. 696, 
ol uy ayov &’ ayavos,i. e., ‘through the assembly met to see the con- 
tests,’ the transition is easy to the later meaning of the contests them- 
selves. (v. sub é aya, p. 135). An idiom might easily have devel- 
oped from this, especially in the meaning found in tragedy, ‘trial’, ‘danger’. 

b) With adjectives. 61a mavrwv, Il. 12. 104, 6 8 empere xal dra 
mavrwy ‘and he was conspicuous even among all.’”® Some edd. com- 
pare Pind. Is. III. 55, adX’ "Ounpos ror reriwaxev bu’ avOpwrwv, i. e. apud 
omnes homines. 54 may be translated “among” in both these cases, 
but they are really different. In the Iliad its meaning is helped by the 
verb and approaches the partitive force of é« wavrwv; in Pindar it has 
none of the sense of preéminence, but really is about equivalent to 
‘Homer sang his praises (i. e. the praises of Ajax) throughout the 
world.’ 

B.c. Acc. a) With nouns. 

dua oroua, Il. 10. 375 literal, but Il. 14. 91, wifov dv ob Kev avnp ye 
dua ordua taumray &yo.ro is anidiom which survives in this form and shows 
also the variants of 6:4 c. gen., and ava c. acc., the latter already in 
Hom. Il. 2. 250. cf. Aesch. Sept. 51, ofkros 6’ otis jv dua ordua; Ar. Lys. 
855, del yap 9 yurn o” Exe bud oTdpma. 

But Aesch. Sept. 579, Neyer 6€ rovr’ eros 61d oroua, and Eur. Or. 103, 
avaBog dua oroua are merely plastic, not idiomatic. We should 
expect the Genitive here and should doubtless have had it in prose; 
but in all these cases later than Homer 6a oroua occurs at the end of 
an iambic line and the Accusative is probably metri causa, although 
possibly helped by familiarity with the Homeric phrase. 

Cf. pl.: Hes. Th. 65 (of the Muses), éparjv 5€ 614 orduar’ docay, 
leioar, merely a poetic periphrasis. 

Cf. for var. c. gen. (in more literal, plastic sense) Theog. 18, rovr’ 
éros abavatwv AOE bia cTouaTwy, and for the idiom, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25, 
mavres Tov Kipov 6a otdmartos exe Kal év Noyw kal év wdais; later, Theocr. 
12. 21, maou dtd crduaros of the ‘common talk’; cf. ava oroua exe, 
Il. 2. 250; Eur. Andr. 95, ava orop’ det kal 61a yAwoons éxew (strength- 
ened by the variant 6a yAwoons, note 6a c. gen. v. p. 18); El. 80; 
Xen. Hier. 7.9. 


®Ebeling: inter omnes, paraphr. duerpewe ev maow, non recte sch. V, drép Tavrww; 
but K-G. ‘vor allen hindurch.’ 


PART I dua 17 


II. Temporal Phrases 


dca vixra, Il. 8. 510; 10. 101; Od. 19. 66 seem not to mean much 
more than ‘in the night-time,’ differing little from émi vuxri, Il. 8. 
529, ‘at night-time,’ and zapa vixras, Il. 9. 470. 

With stronger force of prep. as if the night were an object through 
which motion could take place: Il. 10. 297, Bay p’ wep . . . dud vixra 
meéedavav, cf. Hes. Th. 788; Bony dua vixra weNauvay (c. levac) Il. 10. 394, 468; 
(c. tdor70) Il. 24. 366, 653; (c. adadnoBar) Od. 12. 284; cf. Hes. Th. 481; 
Il. 2. 57, 7\Ov . . . ap Bpooiny dra vixra; 10. 41, 142; 24. 363; 
Od. 9. 404; 15. 8; Od. 15. 50, vixra dia dvodepny edXaay, cf. Theogn. 
672; cf. Anth. Lyr. Ibyc. 3, 61a vixra paxpav; vixta 6c’ dpdvainrv 
(c. €pxecOar) Il. 10. 83. 386; (c. idetv) 276; (jnyeuoveve) Od. 9. 143; 
(nmeporever) h. Merc. 578 cf. in Eur. 6c’ dpdvns. In Attic Greek 61a 
vixra becomes 61a vuxrds, v. p. 21. 


ITI. Adverbial 


Abstraction which, although strictly causal, approaches adv. force, 
Od. 19. 523, 6.’ appadias, ‘in his folly,’ usually expressed by dat. pl. Il. 5. 
649; 16. 354; dat. sing. Il. 2. 368, cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 93, adpadin ‘un- 
wittingly,’ others, ‘in their folly.’ In mock heroic line (pl.) Ar. Pax 
1064. (éy might have been used with these datives, cf. Il. 9. 491, etc.) 


IV. Tags 
A. c. Gen. 

6.’ aidépos, Il. 2. 458; 17. 425 c. adj.; (cf. 14. 288;) 19. 351; Od. 
15. 293; h. XX XIII. 13; cf. in fig. sense h. Cer. 67 axovoa 6’ aifépos 
arpuyeroo’ cf. Il. 22. 309, dra vedewy epeBevvar. 

Expressions for ‘through the press’ or ‘the thick of the fight’: 

a. 6c’ dpidov, Il. 12. 191; 17. 293, eéwattas 60’ 6u.; 13. 204, jKe 
eduEdpevos du’? du.; 11. 147, KvdAiwsecPae 6c’ ou. ; but Il. 6. 226 simply ‘in’ 
or ‘amid the crowd.’ Cf. é’ 6uidov, Il. 11. 546, cf. ets, ev, etc. 

b. 61a mpopaxwv, Bn 6€ Gta mpouaxywy: Il. 4. 495; 5. 562, 566, 
681; 17. 3, 87, 124, 592; 20. 111. Ove dtd mpouaxwr: Il. 5. 250; 11. 
342; 20. 412; dxero 61a rpou. Il. 11. 358; vce dca rpou.: Il. 16. 582; 
17. 281. cf. &. 

c. dra 6€ Tpwwy meter’ 76’ éxckovpwr, Il. 13. 755. 


®Something of this feeling seems to be present c. gen. in Anth. Lyr. Ion 2. 7. 

107], 10. 276, although ‘through the dark night’ is probably all that is meant 
here, the later meaning of 6:4 c. acc. is suggested both here and inh. Merc. 578, ‘owing 
to the dark night.’ 


18 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Be Ace 


dua Bovdas (c. gen. or adj.): Od. 11. 437, éxOnpe yuvarkelas 61a Bovdas; 
Il. 15. 71, ’A@nvains da Bovdds, cf. 10. 497, dra pnrev ’AOHrys, h. Cer. 
414, Kpovidew muxiuyy bua pwnrw; Hes. Op. 71, Th. 572, Kpovidew dra 
Bouras; Od. 8. 82, Ards peyadov 6a Bovrtas, so Hes. Op. 122; Th. 
465; Od. 11. 276, Oeav 61a Bovdas; Hes. Sc. 318, ob dca 8.; Id. Th. 653, 
nueTtepas Ora B. 

dua Kpatepas vopivas, Il. 2. 40; Hes. Th. 631, 712. cf. kara Il. 2. 345. 

dud peyadupov ’AOnvnv, Od. 13. 121, cf. the Hesiodic tag, év didornte 
dua xpvoenv ’Adpodirnv, Th. 822, 962, 1005. 

Local designations: 

dua Sua, Od. 7. 139; 16. 276; 18. 153, 341; pl. Od. 4. 24, 679; 6. 
50; 10. 546; 15. 109; 17. 479, but in Il. 1. 600" and Od. 22. 495 it does 
not mean ‘through and out of the house,’ but ‘about in the house.’ 
Later, dv’ oixwv, Soph. Tr. 864; Eur. Med. 1139. 


V. Use of Preposition 
Variation bet. Gen. and Acc. 


h. Merc. 421, 61a dpévas 7dve’ iwn. Later the gen., Aesch. Sept. 
593, Babciav ahoxa da ppevds kaprovpevos; cf. Soph. Ant. 1060, dpcers 


12 


Me TaKivnTAa Ola hpevav dpacat. 


B. LITERATURE AFTER HOMER 


A.c. Gen. I. Idiomatic Phrases. 


a. With nouns. 

dua yAwoons, Eur. Andr. 95, éureduxe yap / yuvatl réepyis Tov mapeo- 
TwTov Kaxav / ava orop’ dei Kal dvd yAwoons Exewv, reénforcing the id. ava 
oroma; cf. c. dévar, Eur. Suppl. 112, répas yap otdev wn dia yAwoons tov 
‘without using the tongue,’ probably more literal. 

Cf. dud ordmaros éxev, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 258 v. supra, Hom. p. 16. 

dua xeupos Exev, ‘to have in hand,’ i. e., ‘under one’s control,’ so 
‘to have a work in hand’ i. e., to take care of it. Ar. Vesp. 597, &\X\a 


Ebeling: hic illic in aedibus. 

"Ebeling gives Il. 7. 247, €& 6€ 6a rrbxas 7\e as a case where the poet had the 
choice of gen. or acc., cf. Il. 20. 269. Homer probably avoids the gen. for metrical 
reasons. 

Cf. Dion. H. de Lys. 10, 6.’ dxAov yap H6y TovTo yé ‘for already this is in the 
mouths of the people.’ 


PART I 6va 19 


gudarTeEL, dua xerpds Exwv, ‘keeping us carefully in hand.’"* So Thuc. 
II. 13. 2., 7a trav oumpaxwy bia xerpds Exwv (cf. bc’ abrod re exeuw, 
etc.) cf. (pl.) Ar. Pol. 1308" 27; Eur. Hec. 673, js amnyyedOn trados/ 
mravTwv "Axa@v dua xepds orovdiy exe, ‘is receiving attention at the 
hands of all the Greeks,’ looks like this phr., but is not, although it 
might have been used here without ozovdnv, the insertion of which dig- 
nifies what would otherwise have been a rather trivial and familiar 
phrase. 

b. With pronouns and adjectives. 

du’ avrov, abrav, cf. dud xerpos Exew: Isae. VI. 35, éoxérovy dws 
5 6c’ abtav éoorro 4 olaia, ‘should be in their hands,’ ‘ under their 
eyateal’ in sua potestate, id. VIII. 16, dN’ abrés 6’ €avrov rav7’ éxoiet, ‘but 
he did everything by the hands of his own household’; id. VIII. 37, 
dv abrov movetoPat te ‘to place something under his control.’ Cf. 
Dem. 1234. 22: [Dem.]. 1172.15, kai rd adpyipiov rovd’ aay ecixev airtos 
dv’ €avtov 6 avOpwros, ‘had under his exclusive control’; cf. Dem. 605. 38, 
oliep éxet Ou’ EavT@y elxov meTa TOUTOU TO BovAevTipiov. Cf. Ar. Pol. 1301> 12; 
THY ev KaTaoTacW TpoapovyTar THY adTiy, dv abtav 5 eivar Bovdovrar 
ravrnv; 1293* 28, 6 abrav exew; 1318° 34, al re yap adpxal did Ta 
Bedtiorwy Ecovtrat; 1306° 16, rHs wodtTelas 6’ OALywv ovens; Ath. Pol. c. 
29, 1.9, €ay dv’ Oi yav rornowvTar THY ToALTetay ; cf. ib. c. 2. 1. 6, 7 5€ taca 
yn 6u’ odtywr jv, so c. 4. 1. 24,7 xwpa bu’ Od ywr jv. (v. Eucken, Sprachgebr. 
des Ar. p. 38). 

6ua ka0apov, Hdt. 1. 202, pee dua xafapov sc. xwpov (of a river 
whose course is clear and open), cf. év xafapg, Hom. Il. 8. 491; 10. 
1OO 2S ile CLC. Ve Pps L5G, 150: 

dia pécou, 1. Hata Hdt. 1. 104, ad’ &y 76 bcd pécou Ovos abta&y éaore 
‘between’; Thuc. V. 64. 4, EvvexAne yap dca peoouv ‘for he shut off and 
intercepted them’; Xen. Cyr. VI. 3. 3, dua wéecou rovobpevor TA oKEvoddpa ; 
Plat. Alcib. II. 139 A; Gorg. 455 E (used as adj.), so Meno 82 C; cf. 


ty. Starkie ad Joc. L. and S. are wrong in interpreting this passage literally, 
although it may be a printer’s error, for the position of the citations Ar. Vesp. 597, 
Thuc. II. 76 should be transposed (v. xep IT. 6. c.). 

Cf. Democr. frg. 279 (Diels? p. 435), rots masol wadtora Sareioba Ta xpnuara, kal 
Gua éripedetobar abtav, un TL aTNpov Trovewor bia XeLpds ExovTes, which Diels translates 
‘dass sie mit dem, was sie in Hainden haben, keine Tollheit begehen,’ but we find no 
other case of 6a xerpds Exewv in the sense of possession, as of holding something in 
the hand as Diels takes this. Ought it not to be ‘keeping them in control’ repeating 
the idea in émmedeic@ar, even if this necessitates the emendation of éxovres to 
éxovras? 


20 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Rep. 474 E; cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 343 K., ot Arrov obte waddov obre dud 
MécoU. 

2. Temporal, Hdt. 9. 112, & 6€ rovrw rw dia yéeoou xpovy ‘interven- 
ing’; Thuc. IV. 20. 1, mpiv re avqxeorov dua wécou yevouevov nuas KaTradaBetr ; 
V. 26. 2, riv dca péoou EbuBaow, “the interim agreement.’ Cf. é pp. 158, 
159. 

3. of da péoov of the moderate or neutral party (id. and semi- 
tech.): Thuc. VIII. 75. 1, b76 ra&v 61a weoov Kwdvbevres “by those of the 
moderate party’; Xen. Hell. V. 4. 25, efoBovvro, kai rods dca péoov dé. 

du’ ovdevos rovetcAar, Soph. O C 584, 7a 6’ ev peow / } AjoTW ioxeELs 
Ou’ obdevds oret, ‘thou dost make of no account,’ the only instance of 
this phr. instead of ovdevds or map’ oddey roetcfar; cf. also & ovdevi 
Noyw erornoaro, Hdt. 3. 50 v. p. 197 ff. also wepi roddov sroretcBat, etc., 
saepe. 


II. Proverdial Phrases 


dua wupos, 1. Eur. Andr. 487, dua yap zupds 70’ érepw AEexer (Way: 
‘As fire is her jealousy burning’); El. 1183, 61a aupds guodov & Tadawa 
Marpl Tad’. 

2. But Ar. Lys. 133, kav pe xpn, dua Tov rupds ew Badifew(w. art.); 
cf. 136. As a test, cf. Eng. ‘to go through fire and water,’ Xen. 
Symp. IV. 16, éy@ yotv wera KXeuviou kav 61a. rupds loinv; Oec. 21.7 (of success- 
ful generals), GAN’ of dy SbvwrvTar éurrornoat Tois oTpatiMTats aKovAovOnTEOV 
eivar Kay dua Tupos Kal dua wavTos Kuvdbvovu ; ‘through fire and swords’, Posi- 
dipp. 1.10 K., ay eis obtoci / bua Tay waxatpav Tov -Trupos 7’ ednrvoer,'® 
cf. Ovid, Met. 8. 76, ire per ignes et gladios ausim. 

3. But Dem. 1269. 40, ouvtew 61a amupds ‘to swear at the altar 
upon which the sacrificial fire was burning.’ 


Later, (cf. also other preps. with dvvé): Plut. 2. 128 E, 7 per ov 
dxpibys opddpa Kal du’ Svuxos Aeyouevn Siatta, of a most careful, close life. 


Cf. év dvuxt, p. 163. 
ITI. Technical 
1. Military: 60’ drdwv, Plat. Rep. 557 A, éav re kal du’ StAwWY yervnrat 
éav Te Kai dra PdPov (note juxtaposition of dua c. gen. and c. acc.). 


2. Legal: 61a mpoxdAnoews eveBadovro, Dem. 1111. 31; pl.: oda 
dvd mpokAnoewv Kpiverat, Hyper. I. I. I. 8. Cf. & p. 57. 


16Cf. Zenob. 3. 19, dua waxarpav kai rupds pimreyv dei ext rov tapaBaddopervwy Kal 
pupoxlyévva rrovobvrwy, so Apostol. 6. 2. 


PART I 6a 21 


3. From the field of Rhetoric: 6a rap eixdrwv Tas amrodeiEers Tovoupevors 
Noyors. Plat. Phaed. 92 D. 

Cf. ib.6 . . . Noyos du’ drobecews atias amodetacOar elpyrat. 

4. From the field of games: Plat. Theaet. 181 A, domep of & rais 
TadatoTrpas dua ypaupns maifovres, of a game played by two parties 
pulling against one another across a line.” 


IV. Temporal 


Commonly either of extent throughout a period of time, or of an 
interval of time, usually. ‘after an interval.’ 

1. &’ uepas, ‘through the day,’ i. e., ‘all day long’: Telecleid. 
Incert. 28; Hermipp. 4. 6, 6’ juepas donuépar ‘all day and every day’; 
Pherecr. 64 K; Ar. Nub. 1053, @ raév veavioxwy del du’ juépas NadobyTwv ; 
Eccl. 63, Pax 56, cf. 27; Ran. 260, 265; Vesp. 485;18 Hdt. 1. 97; 2. 173; 
7. 210. 2; Thuc. VII. 82. 1; but cf. II. 29. 3, 6u’ quépwv rodrdGv ‘at a 
distance of many days’; Apolloph. Incert. 6 K. 6’ auépas ; Plat. Legg. 758 
A; cf. Rep. 343 B, 6ua vuxrés kal nuepas ‘night and day’, i. e., ‘through’ 
or ‘by’; but 61a zpirns juepas Hdt. 2. 37, et al. ‘every third day’ (cf. 
dua xpovov); cf. dua tpirns Ael. N. A. 457 ‘in the course of the third 
day.’ Amphis 43 K, rivovo’ éxaorns juepas 6c’ nuépas; Timocles 8. 13 K. 

Cf. Eur. El. 909, 6c’ dp9pwy ‘each morning early.’ 

6.’ érous, Ar. Vesp. 1058, ‘all the year round’; cf. Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 
4, évi iuatiw 6’ Erous rpocebivecba. 

éua vuxrds, Anth. Lyr. Ion 2. 7, irw dca vuxrds dowdy, ‘let the 
song go through the night’ (as if piercing it).1° 

Xen. An. 4. 6. 22, kai éxavov mupa moda dvd vuxrds, ‘during, in 
the course of, the night.’ Plat. Criti. 117 E, we@’ qyepar kal 61a vuxros, 
differs slightly, if at all, from the use of various other prepositions with 
vo&, cf. web’ juépay here. 

6.’ dpdvns (Dor. dpdvas), a poetic variation for vuxros, ‘through 
the darkness of night,’ hence, ‘through the night.’ Eur. Suppl. 
994, Rhes. 697, 774 (c. adj.) ruxvns 6x’ dpdvns. 

dud xeucavos, ‘in the course of,’ during the winter,’ Plat. Tim. 74 C 
(cf. w. art. Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 9.). 


Cf. a6 Theocr. 6. 18, rdv ard ypaumas kwet Mov, where, however, the metaphor 
appears to be from the game of weogol (v. Cholmeley, ‘and moves out the piece on 
the centre line’). 

18y, Starkie ad loc. 

The night seems to be thought of as an object. Cf. 6:a vixra in Homer. 

20Cf. use by Eur. of other preps. with the same noun, év Ion 955, Rhes. 69, 587; 
els H. F. 352, xara Rhes. 678. 


22 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


2. 61a xpdvov, usually ‘after an interval.’ Soph. Ph. 758, #xee 
yap arn 6d xpovov, ‘from time to time,’ ‘intermittently’; but 
ib. 285, 6 wer xpodvos 67 dtd xpovov mpotBawe por, ‘one space of time 
after another,’ ‘day after day.’ Eur. I. A. 636 (if these verses are genu- 
ine) dua ypovov ‘at last,’ i. e., ‘after an interval,’ note in close 
proximity (640) wod\A\@ xpovw, var. with same meaning; but in I. A. 
1172 6:4 does not have this meaning, but 6:a paxpas arovoias=‘ during 
a long absence.’ Pherecr. 132 K; Telecl. 38 K; Ar. Lys. 904; Pax 570, 
710; Plut. 1055, (in 1045 emphasized by an adj., fouxe 51a moddov 
xpovov oa” éopaxevar, so Vesp. 1476, cf. Hdt. 3. 27); Vesp. 1252; Hat. 
4, 1, dtd yxpovov rocotrov xariovras; Thuc. Il. 94; Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1; 
4.4.5; Lys. I. 12; Plat. Phaedr. 247 D; Parm. 136 E; Rep. 328 C; Charm. 
153 A; Tim. 22 D (note pl. and adj.) 6:4 paxpa@v xpovwr; Politic. 269 B, 
dua dé xpovov (note intrusive particle); Euthyd. 273 B; Hipp. Mai. 281 A, 
as dua xpovov nuiv Katnpas eis Tas ’AOnvas (strong idiomatic tone) ‘what 
an age it is since you put in at Athens!’ Tim. 26 A; 38 A. Isocr. 
IV. 46 (6ta zoddov xpovov, so Aeschin. III. 59; Menand. 13 K) cf. 
Aeschin. III. 220, 76 61a xpovov Neve ‘at intervals,’ ‘intermittently.’ 
Cf. for meaning ‘after an interval,’ Plat. Tim. 23 A. 60’ elwhdrwy érav 
et al. 

Cf. 6u’ érovs méeumrov, Ar. Pl. 584 (of the Olympic games); Xen. 
Reip., Ath. 3. 5. cf. ava Hdt. 8. 65; 6.’ &avrov méurrov Plat. Criti. 
119 D; ca revrernpidos, Hdt. 3. 97; 4. 94. Cf. Plat. Legg. 334 E, 
dua wéeuttwv érav, 624 B,du’ évarov Erous, etc. du’ evvavrov, Ar. fre. 569 
K; Xen. Reip. Ath. 3. 6; Antiphon frg. 28. 

3. Adv. phr. of continuance. 

dv’ ai@vos, ‘forever,’ ‘for all time to come.’ Aesch. Ag. 554, 
tls 6€ Any Bea / dravt’ anyway Tov bv’ aia@ves xpdvov (note adj. use); cf. 
Cho. 26; Eum. 563; Soph. El. 1024; Eur. Alc. 475; Dem. 1390. 6.7! 
But Diels, Vorsokr., 204. 2 (frg. Emped. B. 110)” = ‘throughout your 
lifetime’. 

&u’ odlyou, v. infra p. 28. 

dia wavrés, ‘from the beginning to the end,’ ‘continually,’ ‘for- 
ever,’ ‘throughout.’ Aesch. Prom. 283, rovs cobs 5€ révous / xpyfw dra 


2Cf. R P §68 fr. Philolaus, ¢ ai@vos és aigva, ‘from everlasting to everlasting.’ 
In Aesch. Sept. 219, éudv xar’ ai@va, although xara differs little in force from é4, 
the modifying possessive prevents it from being a phrase. 6a Blov ‘throughout 
life,’ Plat. Rep. 586 A et al., Bato Aivwd. K. III. p. 326, seems to have a tang of 
familiarity, perhaps not more than a tag. 

™Text corrupt. 


PART I 6a 23 


mavtos axovoa: ‘from the beginning to the end,’ (virtually synon. w. 
dua TéAovs ib. 273); Cho. 862, i wavy Once ’Avapeuvoviwy /oixwv ddrcOpov dra 
ravros; ib. 1019, ovis pepdrwy dows Blorov / dia mavTds amnuov’ 
duelwer cf. dead Tédous in Eur. Hec. 1193, H. F. 103, Suppl. 270). Aesch. 
Eum. 975 ‘forever’; Soph. Ai. 705, ’Amo\Awy . . . / euol Evvein da 
ravros edpwv, similar although, instead of xpdvov, the ellipsis 
might be thought of as 7ov Biov ‘through all my life.” Eur. Alc. 888, 
éEdv aréxvous / ayapous 7’ elvar dud mwavros, here although zav7és is neut. 
it seems to be equal to dia mavros tov Biov.2 Eur. I. T. 1117 
‘continually’; Hdt. 1. 122, me re rabvrnv aivéewy dia mavros; Ar. 
Pax G98, ora. mavros del; Thuc: I..38, 76, 84, 85; U.. 16, 49. 
6. (‘continually,’ ‘by night as well as day’); III. 58. 3, 93. 2; IV. 
Gietto. 3. Vo 09. t. 105. 2: VIl-6, 1, 61s 2: Xen? An: 7, 8.11: Rerp: 
Lac. 11. 8; Plat. Cratyl. 416 B; Phaedr. 240 E, dudarrouérw ba mavros 
‘continually’; Polit. 294 C (=semper); Rep. 407 D ‘throughout’ 
(adj. use); 429 C (b7s); 430 B; 433 A, 561 D; Prot. 327 D; Tim. 18 B, 
40 B (adj. use); 49 E, rip 76 61a ravros TovovToy Kai dav ; 88 E; Alcib. I. 
108 B; Legg. 836 C; Axiochus 366 C; eis aywyn ’AdXxw. XIV.; Dem. 
263. 110; 668. 144; Philemon 131 K; cf. Phoenicid. 4. 5 K décaravtés; 
Dem. 301. 219, ‘completely,’ ‘altogether.’ 

But pl. 6a mwavtwy,4 semi-tech. Crat. 157 K, dca ravtwv aywr, 
explained by Bekker, Anecd. 91, 10 as equivalent to 6 éoxaros v. Kock 
I. p. 62, n. Cf. Plat. Rep. 580 B, aomep 6 dca Tavtwy KpiTns aropaiverat 
usually translated, ‘as the judge gives his opinion after going through all 
the evidence’ ;* id. Soph. 253 C (=ommnino, cf. 6’ d\wy in same passage with 
same meaning); ib. 254 B, xowwvety . . . addAnjros . . . Ta pe 
én’ ONlyov, Ta 6’ Ext moda, TA 5é Kal dud TavTwy obdéy KwALELY TOLsS TAL 
kexovwxevar ‘altogether.’ 

dua 7edous, ‘from the beginning to the end,’ ‘continually,’ ‘com- 
pletely:’ Aesch. Prom. 273, ws wadnte dua Tedovs 7d Trav, ‘from the be- 
ginning to the end’; Eum. 64, 6a rédous b€ cor ptdak / éyyis TapecTas, 
‘continually’; Soph. Ai. 685; Eur. Hec. 1193; H. F. 103 (if verse is 
genuine); Suppl. 270; Bacch. 1260 (w. dei); frg. 275. 3; 287. 1577 (a 
commonplace in this often repeated thought); frg. 953. 15;°° Mosch. 


%3y. Earle ad loc. 

*4Contrast Hom. II. 12. 104 supra, p. 16. 
%y. Stallb. 

*Similarly kara wavtwyv Tim. 60 B. 
27Nauck ed. Teubner. 

28Nauck, Trag. Fr. 2d ed., 1889. 


24 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


10. 2; Antiph. V. 42 (67s) 50,51; Andoc. I. 9; Lys. VI. 30; XTX. 11; XX. 14; 
DOM. 19; KXV L7; Isocr. TE.255-V., 24° VE XW i Sa G: 
XIX. 4; Xen. An. VI. 6. 11; Plat. Soph. 237 A, ‘from the beginning to 
the end’; Phileb. 36 E, 60 C (w. dei); Alcib. II. 142 B; Rep. 519 C; 
Tim. 38 C, 85 E ‘completely’; Legg. 635 B, 646 C, 687 C, 721 C, 807 E, 
865 A, Epist. 353 A; Antiphanes 134. 2 K; Alexis 125. 16 K; 237 K; 
Amphis 33. 4 K; Timocles 8. 5 K; Lycurg. 16; Dem. 216. 17; 668. 145;?° 
Menand. 325. 16; 349. 4 K; Hegesipp. 2.3K. Cf. pp. 86, 112, 167, 183. 


V. Adverbial 


a. With nouns, 1. mainly abstractions. 6v’ aidovs, equiv. adv. 
aidoiws, Eur. Bacch. 441, kaya 6c’ aidots eizov, ‘with reverence,’ 
‘respectfully.’ 

' 6’ aia@vos, v. supra p. 22. 

6u’ axpiBelas, adv. axpiBas, ‘with minuteness’ or ‘precision,’ freq. 
in Plato. Plat. Theaet. 184 C; Polit. 295 B; Rep. 414 A; Tim. 23 D, 
52 C, 56 C, 73 B, 89 D; Legg. 763 B, 807 B, 818 A, cf. 876 C, 61a raons 
axpiBeias. Cf. Legg. 809 E, eis dxpiBeav . . . iréov; 983 C, 
eis axpiBeay . . . mopevecOac; 769 D, mpos rHv axpiBeav, 807 E, 
axpiBas, etc. So Rhett. Spengel III. 334. 20, em’ axpiBeias. 

- But Plat. Legg. 844 B, éay 6é (sc. tdwp) du’ axpiBelas 7% Kal Tots yelrouot 
‘if water was scarce,’ a different and rare meaning which in this phr. 
occurs only here. 

du’ doeBetas, adv. doeBas (late pr.) Isocr. IX. 25, rapackevacyvar 
du’ aoeBeias, pie peragi non posse (Didot ed.). 

dv’ dogadeias . . . axouv, Thuc. 1. 17, adv. dcdadas. 

dua Bias, so 6’ éxdvrwy in same passage, Plat. Phileb. 58 A, 
mavra yap vd’ airh (i. €., ) Tov weiBew Texvn) Sova dv’ ExovTwY, ANN’ ob 
dvd Bias rovoiro, ‘voluntarily not forcibly,’ adv. Bratws. 

6c’ evAoyias, Eur. H. F. 356, turncoat . «S.Ct edAOias. 

6u’ evrereias, ‘easily’ =adv. ebmwerds, Eur. Phoen. 262. cf. per’ 
elveretas Plat. Tim. 64 D; xa7’ ebréreray Dion. H. 6. 52. 

6’ e@nutas, ‘euphemistically,’ Plat. Legg. 736 A cf. adv. eboquws. 

Cf. 6vd kaprepias, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 20, ai 6€ dua Kaprepias émiuéderae 
=adj., ‘through patience,’ i. e., long-continued exertions. 

6a Koop.oTnTOs = Kooplws, Dem. 1372. 80. 

dua weOns, Plat. Symp. 176 E, ovyxwpeiv ravras jin bua weOns romnoacbar 
THY EV TH TapovTL Guvovatay. 


Lutz, Prap. bei d. attischen Rednern, S. 64 states that this is the only occurrence 
in Dem., apparently overlooking 216. 17. 


PART I Ota 25 


dua vouwv (nv, Plat. Legg. 780 A ‘in conformity to law,’ an exten- 
sion of dca c. gen. to express manner, probably influenced by 61a ragews 
in same sentence (v. 6:4 c. eiva, p. 30f.). The use of vouos (sing. 
and pl.) c. xara, mapa, év, helps the tendency to extend the phr. to other 
preps. 

du’ opyns, dat. adv. opyf, Soph. O. T. 807, maiw 6’ dpyns ‘in 
anger’; so Thuc. II. 11. 4.% 

(W. modifying adj.) 6c’ odtyns mapackevns, ‘at short notice,’ ‘off- 
hand’, Thuc. IV. 8. 8. 

Cf. R P §62 (Porphyr. v. Pyth. 53), 7a wev kapriua oderepioacba 
dua Bpaxetas emcoxeuys, ‘with slight alteration.’ 

dua medayous, Thuc. VI. 13, ‘out at sea’ opp. to rapa ynv jy Tes 
Ep. 

dua miotews, adv. moras, ‘with good faith,’ Ken. An. 3. 2. 8, 
TOUS OTpaTNHYOUS, Ol dia TloTEWs avTOLs EaUTOUs EvExElpLoAV. 

dua ovyys, dat. adv. ovyn, Plat. Gorg. 450 C; cf. wera ovyns Soph. 
264 A. 

dud oxorous, fig. expression nearly equiv. to adv. Xen. An. 2. 5. 9, 
avev dé gov Taca pev ba oKOTOUs 7 OO0s SC. éo7L,1.e., ‘is dark and obscure.’ 

dud oovdns, ‘in haste,’ ‘hastily,’ dat. adv. omovd7. Eur. Bacch. 
212, Mevfeds rpds olxous bbe 61a orovdys wepa, so Thuc. VI. 69. 1; Xen. Hell. 
6. 2. 28, dua orovdns opp. to kab’ jovxiav; cf. ék, p. 68. But contrast 
amo romol, {359+ 12.233" in’ eamest,’v. p35: 

dca cwhpootvyns adv. cwhpovws. Aeschin. I. 159. 

dua Taxous, Taxewy=adv. tTaxéws, no apparent difference in use 
of sing. and pl. dca raxous: Soph. Ai. 822, cf. 853 obv raxer twit; 
Tr. 595; Thuc. I. 63. 2; If. 18. 4; IIT. 18. 2; 109. 3; IV. 25. 2; 85. 2; 106. 4; 
ROO ONS O82 OF We Ws 2222529. 22 VAL eo 12. 33 1522: 
Plat. Polit. 271 A; Legg. 812 E; Dem. 1145. 20; 1154. 50; 1208. 6; 1210. 
12; 1379. 100. dca raxéwy: Thuc: I. 80. 3; II. 13. 2; IV. 8. 4; 96. 1; 
Wi oon 2: Livs. Mis 265 Tsockx V1L.69 XT 202; VIL. 73, Epe- 7.133. Xen. 
ite lon: > Plat: Apal,.32, 1D. Isae, Vil.) 15; Dem. 867. 14; 1162: 76: 
1247. 5; Aeschin. I. 145, etc. (freq. in Orr. from Isocr. on). So raxos 
w. other preps., ao p. 44, eis p. 111, & p. 183, xara, wera, ctv, also 
adv. acc. 

dua Tédous, V. Supra, p. 23. 

Cf. w. above uses, 6v’ bmovowdv, Alciphro 2. 4. ‘by insinuation,’ 
‘covertly,’ so kara, 6.’ bzrovolas, év brovoia in late prose. 


3°Cf. adv. phr. w. other preps. with this noun; perhaps also 6a c. acc. Aesch. 
Eum. 981. 


26 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


2. 6a c. gen. of the medium of communication, expressing manner 
and practically equivalent to adv., closely allied to previous group: 

Soph. Tr. 1131, répas row 61d kaxav éomioas (sc. Adywv) ; Eur. Hel. 
309, woAN’ Gv yéevorto Kal dua Wevdav ern. Plat. Polit. 272 B, 76 wh 
povov avOpwros a&d\dNa Kal Onpiows ba NOyav SbvacdBar EvyyiyvecBar; cf. 
Symp. 176 E, jyas 6€ 61a Ndywy GAAHAOLs ouvEtvar TO THUEpOY et al. Minos 
320 B, ad\X’ Fv abrn n cuvovaia, Hamep eym heyw, dua AOywv Eri Tratdelg els 
apernv (probably a reminiscence of 7 dsarpi8 Ta modda ev Novos, Lysis 
204 A), cf. Isocr. Ep. I. 2, 61a ypapparwy rovetobar thy cvvovatay. Aeschin. 
I. 147, wa 6é kal 61a Tov pétpov Tas Yyapuas axobonTe TOU ronrov. Plat. 
Legg. 773 C is a little different, ratra 6% da NOyou pév vouw TpooTaTTEY, 
‘to prescribe by express provision of law.’ 

du’ aivvypay épetv, Ar. Ran. 61 (almost a phr., but may be taken 
literally); cf. Plat.;"Tium. 72:5; Aeschin. tity 1215 


b. With adjectives: 

1. Almost or quite pure adverbs. 

du’ damoppnrov, ‘secretly,’ ‘in secret,’ late adv. amoppytws. Dem. 
1372. 79 (cf. 80, & amopphrw Kai 51a Koou.dTnTos, Where év seems to be 
used merely for variety). So pl. 6’ dmroppyrwy, Plat. Rep. 378 A 
(axovew); Aeschin. IIT. 96; Lycurg. 85. Cf. & p. 185. 

éu’ eiOetas, ‘directly’ (late), Plut. 2. 408 E ovvrépws xal ard@s kal 60’ 
eifetas cf. Rhett. Spengel IIT. 120. 16 (note for comparison w. other 
preps. azo p. 45, é& p. 70 also éri). 

6v’ icov, Plat. Rep. 617 B, a&ddas dé Kabnuevas repré bu’ toov pets, 
‘and three others sitting around at equal distances.’ This adj. more 
closely equiv. to adv. with other preps. cf. azo p. 45, é& p. 71, & p. 
188, eis p. 113. 

dua kevys, ‘to no purpose,’ ‘in vain,’ ‘idly,’ adv. xevas. Eur. 
Tro. 758, dua xevns dpa / ev orapyavors ce waotos e&eOpey’ d6e ; Ar. Vesp. 929, 
iva ph KeKdayyw dua Kevns GAdws &yw (defined && mapaddHdov by adda) ; 
Thuc. IV. 126. 5, 4 re dca xevns Eravacerots Tav OrAWY Exe TVA OHAWoW 
ames (as adj.), ‘the empty flourishing of arms’; Plat. Com. Frg., 
174. 21 K. parny . . . bud Kxevns; cf. duaxevns Alexis 174. 10 K. 
Timocl. 27.5 K.; Menand. Samia 403, 470 (Capps); cf. Ar. Probl. 881° 
39, dua Kevns pimrey. cf. év p. 189, kara (v. L. and S.). 

2. Quantitative phrases of space or time, mostly with adv. force: 

dua Bpaxeos, Thuc. IT. 83. 5, 61a Beaxéos tapayvyvopevor, ‘being close 
at hand,’ (sc. xwpiov) of an interval of distance like 6.’ ddtyov. So 
Thuc. IV. 14. 1; 76. 5. But dia Bpaxéwy (sc. doywr), ‘briefly,’ in the 


PARTI dua . PH 


Ormwand Plats: Lys, OXI, 57: XVI. 3} Isocr, VIL. 325-201... 9; XIV. 
Soe. Gero tlo-celat, Phedet. 172 D> Polit; 279° C;Prot, 336A: 
Gorg. 449 A (in 449 B, xara Bpaxt has same meaning); Rep. 424 B; 
TFimt 17.823 B;.69 A, 90; Minos 319'C,.321 C; Legg. 791 -B; Dem. 
460. 11; 479. 75; 641. 64; 667. 144; 772. 8; 852. 25; 1075. 73; 1098. 60; 
1430. 19; Aeschin. I. 109; III. 9, 60, 69, etc. 

dua Bpaxvtrarwy ‘as briefly as possible,’ regularly, both in the Orr. 
and Plato, with as dy dtvwuar, ws av oids 7’ &, or ws: Lys. XII. 62; 
eV in Oe IV. 45) Tener, XXT. 2; Plat. Theaet. 170 A; .Gorg: 
449 B, D; Tim. 89 E; Dem. 814. 3; 817. 12; 945. 3; 967. 3; 1055. 18; 1102. 
2; 1257. 2; 1422. 2. Cf. (sing. w. Adyou expressed) Dem. 654. 102, 
wa 6’ ws dua BpaxuTatov hoyou Sndov 6 BobAowat rworjow. In contra- 
distinction are 6va waxpay, ‘fully,’ and 6rd waxporépwy (v. infra). 

du’ EXdoaovos, ‘at less distance,’ Thuc. III. 51. 2. 

dv’ €Xaxiorov, Thuc. IIT. 39. 4, elwhe 62 trav modewy ais dy wadtora Kal 
dv’ é\axlorov (sc. xpdvov) amrpocddkynTos edrpayia ENO, és UBpw Tperev. 
Cf. late use, Rhett. Spengel, IIT. 140. 11, 6’ €Xaxtiocrov cupmdoxai. 
But (pl.) Lys. XII. 3, duws 6€ repdoouar buas e& apxns ws dv dbvwpyar bv’ 
éhaxiorww (sc. Noywr) didaEat, ‘as briefly as possible’ (very rare for the 
usual formula of the Orr. 61a Bpaxurarwr). 

dua axpov, Eur. Hec. 320, da paxpod yap  xdpus ‘that is a favor 
that lasts a long time’;*' this use is infrequent, but occurs again Eur. 
I. A. 1399, ratra yap pynueta pou / da paxpov. But Phoen. 1069 diva 
Maxpov wev, aA’ duws / eee ‘after a long time,’ ‘long delayed’; I. T. 
480, ws 6a paxpov uev THVvd’ érdeboate xOova, / uaxpay 6’ am’ olkwy xOovds 
éoecO” del xarw;®? Thuc. VI. 15. 4, ot 6ca waxpod, ‘not long after’; so ib. 91. 
3 and Plat. Alcib. II. 151 B; *:d*arrov dé cal od dud waxpov méeupouer cor. 
cf. &é’ odiyou Thuc. V. 14. 1, etc.; cf. és waxpdov (Pind.), és uwaxpar, 
p. 108. Pl. dua waxpay, Eur. Frg. 424, dpas rupavvovs 614. waxpaov nvénuevous ws 
mikpa 7a opdddovra ‘through a long time,’ like 6ca paxpod; but Plat. 
Gorg. 449 B, 61a paxpay robs Aoyous rovetoPar, ‘at length’; so Theaet. 
172 D, Euthyd. 282 D. Cf. Anth. Lyr. Sem. 10. 1, ri ratra paxpav dra 
oywr avédpayov, showing possibly an earlier step in the history of the 
phrase. Such phrases may have started in cases where the omitted 


3. and S. are wrong in interpreting this ‘after a long time,’ ‘long delayed.’ 

2]. T. 480: this might refer to time or distance. Most edd. apparently take it 
of the latter and translate ‘a long journey’; to make it refer to time, ‘after a long 
interval,’ as Phoen. 1069, would seem to fit the antithesis better, although perhaps 
somewhat illogical. Is this a woman’s lack of logic, as she thinks of the time she has 
been waiting? 


28 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


noun was clearly implied in the context, cf. dua matpwy, Aesch. 
Frg. 99. 4 v. infra. 


Sia axporépwr, ‘more fully’ (of arguments or discussions): 
Lys. XOXIE 7; Isoer. TV.°106; VIER 275%. 22:01 113, ox V5 Epics 
10. Plat. Phileb. 28 C; Dem. 1206. 2; cf. Ar. Pol. 1279. 11, pixp@ dra 
wakporépwr, ‘at somewhat greater length.’ 6.’ odiyou. Spatial:® Eur. 
Phoen. 1098, ws 7@ voootvre Terxéwy ein Sopds / adxy bt’ ddtyou (sc. xapov) 
‘at a short distance,’ Thuc. II. 89. 9; III. 21. 4, 43. 4; V. 66. 1; 
VII. 15. 2, 36. 5, rv yap avaxpovow ovk EcecBar Tots ’APnvaiors EEwHoumevors 
&ddoce H és THY av, Kal Tabrnv dv’ ddiyou Kal és dAtyov; ib. 71. 3.%4 
Temporal: Thuc. I. 77. 6, eimep ota kal tore mpds tov Mnédov de’ ddiyou 
Wynodpevor bredelEaTeE, duota Kal viv yrooeobe ‘for a short time’; id. IV.95, 
du’ dNLyou ev 7) Tapaiveots yiyverar= Lat. brevis; V. 69. 2, eiddres Epywv ex 
TOAD pEdeTHV TrELW ow@tovcav 7} oywv dv ddlyoU Kahos pyDEetcay Tapai- 
veow (note ék zoAdov in antithesis); so II. 85. 2, otk dvririevtes rHv 
’AOnvatwy éx moNdov éurreplav THs oherepas du’ Odiyou pederys. But Thuc. 
V. 14. 1, kal dc’ ddAtyou aibeus év ’Auduroder of an interval of time, ‘shortly 
afterwards’; so VI. 11.4; VII. 39. 2. Cf. Dion. H. 6. 34, xai 61’ ddtyou 
Taca ) Tos qv akoopulas tAnpys Kal BopiBov. But pl. 6’ ddJywr, (sc. 
hoywv) = paucis verbis, cf. dua Bpaxewy supra. Plat. Phileb. 31 D, ei det 
du’ odiyav rept peylorwv bre TaxLoTAa pyOnvar; so Legg. 778 C. But cf. 
R P § 149 (Plut. Nic. 23. 3), awdppyros ere kal 6.’ ddiywr (of something 
communicated to a few). 

6 é\uyiorwv, Plat. Ep. 351 D, rairov 6) Kai Aiwa eogpnre 6’ 
odvytorwy, Lat. aliquantulum. 

dud Tabpwv, cf. dua Bpaxéwy, 6’ dAtywv. Aesch. Frg. 99. 4 (Nauck), 
iw’ oty Ta TOANG KEetva Ova Tabpwy Eyw.* 

6ua woAdov, Thuc. VI. 11. 1, ‘at a great distance.’ But cf. later of 
time, Luc. Necyom. 15 (sc. xpdvov), ‘through,’ i. e. ‘lasting a long 
time,’ but Nigr. 2, ‘after a long interval.’ 


Cf. Aesch. Sept. 762, werakd 5’ adxa de’ ddéiyou | Telver rbpyos & edpet, which Flagg 
renders ‘But between’ (us and the waves of battle) ‘defence for little space extends, 
a tower in width’ (6:4 of the interval, the intervening space). aAxaé 6.’ dAlyou is MS. 
reading, but the text is corrupt and disputed; édxap (M. Schmidt, Rh. M. XIX. 627) 
86’ ddNiyw W. 

%4A late use c. mera is interesting, R P §151 (Simpl. Phys. 155. 23), wer’ ddiyor 
- 2 « per’ ddtya, ‘a little further on’ (in a book). 


Interesting for comparison in the history and growth of such phrases. This 
might easily have become a phr., but did not maintain itself. 


PART I dta 29 


&a mdelovos, Thuc. I. 124. 2, rys 6’ am’ abrod 6a mdelovos elpiyns 
ériBuunoavres (sc. xpovov), ‘lasting through a longer time.’ Pl. da 
mAeovwr, Isocr. III. 17 of discussing a thing at large, fully. Cf. Isocr. 
XE,.25 el 182. 

dua wAelorov, Thuc. II. 97. 2, rav7n yap dua mrelorou (sc. xwpiov) 
ard Oaddoons avw éeyiyvero, ‘for by this route the distance from the 
sea into the interior was the greatest’; id. IV. 115. 3, kai wadtora ot dra 
mNeicrou . . . guyn . . . @pynoav, ‘those at the greatest 
distance’; so Thuc. VI. 11. 4, ra yap 6a wrelorov ravTes topev Oav- 
patoueva. But id. VI. 11. 6, 60m kal wepl mdeiorou Kai dua meloTou 
ddtav dperns pedeT@ow (sc. xpovov), (Jowett: ‘the rather because they 

have labored so earnestly and so long to win a name for valor’). 
da tocovTou, ‘at so short a distance,’ Thuc. Ii. 29. 
VI. Periphrasis 

Prepositional phrases with a more or less colorless verb of being or 
motion used as a periphrasis for the action or state described by the verb 
indicated by the noun in the phrase. 

a. Verbs of motion c. 6sa and a Gen. most frequently of an abstract 
noun: 

Aesch. Pr. 121, rév maou Oeois / du’ avexOeias Ov’, where it appears 
to mean ‘hated by all the gods’; this, the earliest case, is the only one 
with this passive and objective meaning. 

Aesch. Suppl. 475, 6ca waxns Ho 7édovs (c. dat.) ‘through the issue of 
battle’ like the later dua uaxyns édMeiv, etc., e. g. Eur. Hel. 978, edbetv 
dua paxns o@ avyyovw; Hdt. 1. 169 (aduxveicar); 6. 9. 4 (EpxecBar); 
so Thuc. If. 11. 3, etc. Cf. Ken. An. 3. 2. 8, da mavrds modeuou tevat ; 
allied is Eur. Phoen. 754, kai évoraevta dca paxns €édety dopt. 

Soph. Ant. 742, 61d dixys iay warpi, ‘engaging in controversy with,’ 
so ‘to go to law,’ cf. Thuc. VI. 60. 3. 

Soph. El. 1509, 6.’ edevBepias wodes eEnAOes. This is at the same time 
idiomatic and admits of a literal interpretation which is helped by the 
force of e¢ in the compound.* 

Soph. O C 905, ef ev 5x’ dpyas Axor js 85’ dévos, the meaning of the verb 
is here blunted until it has little more force than efvac ‘if I were in 
such wrath as this man deserves’; this phr. is frequent with verbs of 
being, an extension of the idiom found first in Hdt. and Eur. 


%Jebb’s note here, that 64 in this idiom usually denotes a course of action and 
not a state, is misleading and not in harmony with Soph. O C 905 and with examples 
from Eur. cited below. The difficulty in this passage arises from the blending of the 
literal and idiomatic uses. 


30 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Soph. O T 773, dua rixns revacd’ iw, here more lit. than some of the 
later cases; not an emotion, but an actual plight; the adj. modifier also 
lessens the idiomatic feeling, cf. Eur. Hippol. 543. 

Eur. Phoen. 20, kai ras ods otkos Bhoerar 6’ atparos, local metaphor 
partially faded, ‘steeped in blood,’ not ‘wade through blood.’ 

In Phoen. 479, Euripides combines the abstract and concrete, 
kal pi) bu’ &xOpas rade kai dovov podwy ; cf. Hippol. 1164 (advypevos), cf. 
also c. yiyveoOar, Ar. Ran. 1412; cf. further, Eur. Phoen. 384, dvd zéfov 
SeAprvda; Andr. 416, rarpl ro o@ bra didquatwy iwy; Or. 757, 6a 
oBov yap épxopae (cf. c. eivar infra); Alc. 874, 6.’ ddbvas (=7s) Bas / cag’ 
ol6a= El. 1210, cf. Eng. idiom, ‘they went through great trouble’ and 
‘they have been through everything’ (of trouble); Xen. An. 3. 2. 8, 
ai’rots dua gidAlas iévac ‘to enter into friendship with them,’ (but 
Xen. Reip. Ath. 2. 5, 61a dudias tévar, ‘through a friendly country’); 
cf. Plat. Pol. 304 E; Prot. 323 A, ded dtxaroobvns ievar. 

Allied phenomena: 

Eur. Med. 872, éy 8’ éuavtq bud Oywv adixdunv, ‘I held converse 
with myself’; Tro. 916, éyw6’, do’ otwar 61a Noyes tév7’ Euod | Karnyopjcev, 
‘to come to open speech’; cf. Suppl. 112, wépas yap obdév py dua yAwoons 
lov. 

b. 6a c. gen. of a state or condition with a verb of being (eiva., 
ylyveoOar), or with éyew, aPetv, an extension of da c. gen. and a 
verb of motion. Cf. also eiva & pp. 193 ff. 

Eur. I. T. 683, rair’ ody doBovpor kal du’ aicxbvys exw; Hec. 851, ce 

du’ olkrov xetpa 6 ixeciay Exw; cf. Suppl. 194, 6’ oixrov ras 
éuas NaBely tUXaS. 

Ar. Ran. 1412, 6c’ €xOpas ovderepw yernooua, ‘I won’t become an 
enemy to either of them.’ Eccl. 888, kei yap 6.’ dxdou TovT’ ett, ‘if 
this is a bore to the spectators’=éxAnpov eivac; so Thuc. I. 73. 2; 
Plat. Alcib. I. 103 A. Cf. dca poxOwv eivar, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 25. 

Hat. 1. 206, ravrws waddov 7 dc’ jovxins etvor, cf. Thuc. II. 22. 1. 

Hdt. 2. 91, d1a wdons aywvias exovra, ‘extending through every 
kind of contest.’ 

Thuc. II.60.4,xaléué7re . . . Kaidpasatrols . . . 60 airias 
éxere ef al. cf. Dion. H. 1. 70, eivar 6c’ aitias=airracba. Cf. &v, p. 165. 
Thuc. I. 40. 4, &’ dvoxwyns yiyvecOat tu, ‘to be at truce with one’; 
id. IT. 11.4, &dy\a yap 7a Trav ToNEuwy, Kal €E ON’yoU Ta TONKA Kal bu’ dpyns 


37 Cf. Pearson ad loc. 
88 Cf. Isocr. XVIII. 28, dca cwvOnxay civar ivi; for prep. idioms c. ovvOnxn, Vv. &, p. 68. 


PART I 6ta 31 


at émtxerpnoes yiyvovrar; cf. 37. 2, 64. 1; V. 46. 5 (c. eve); id. VI. 
34. 2, alei d1a oBov eioi, so VI. 59. 2 cf. pl. Plat. Legg. 791 B. 

Thue. IT. 81. 4, dua dudaxys Exovres (absol. no object acc.) ‘keeping 
a look-out,’ semi-tech.; so id. VII. 8. 3; cf. VIII. 39. 3, ta dudakas 
Tomodpevor c. acc. cf. & pudaxy eivar, Exe infra. 

Xen. Hier. 9. 2, 51’ aexelas yiyveoOar, cf. c. eeiv supra.  Ib., 
dta xapitwr elvar, yiyveo9ar, but id. Reip. Lac. 2. 12, da xapirwy rh dpa 
XPavTar. 

Plat. Phaed. 82 E, 6’ émdupias eivac; id. Tim. 88 A, 60’ épidwy kai 
pidoverkias yuyvouevwy ; cf. Plut. Caes. 33, 6.’ épidwy qv; Plat. Legg. 780 
A, wavra dia rakews . . . rylyveoat, ‘to be orderly in all respects.’ 
Isocr. IV. 138, 61a puas yerynrar yvmpns Isae. VIL. 14, dy exeivos 

du’ émipedeias eixev, Lat. fovere.*° 
Allied i is Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6, kai dua révOous 7d yypas braywr. 
Somewhat different is Soph. Ant. 639, ojrw . . . xpi bid orépvwr 
éxew, @ periphr. for dpovety or draxetoOar.”” 


VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition 


1. Instrumental: 6:4 yeods and 6a xep@y in certain literal uses 
are clearly instrumental, in others they may be so translated, or may 
be interpreted with slight idiomatic tinge. E. g. Aesch. Sept. 513, dca 
xepds Bédos ddeywv (cf. ib. 433); so Pers. 239, worepa yap totovdkos 
aixun dua xepds Naois mpemwer; and Suppl. 193, ixrnpias . . . ceuvars 
€xovoar Sia xepav evwvduwv ‘in their left hands.’ Closely related is Soph. 
OC 470, rparev ev ipas && derpttrov xoas/kphyys eveyKov, br’ dciwy xerpav 
Ouyav. Cf. Soph. Ant. 916, cai viv dyer pe dia xepGv otTw aBwr, 1. e. 
forcibly. Cf. ib. 1258, uvny’ emionyoy dua xerpos éxwv; Thuc. Ii. 76. 4, 
adlecay thy doxov . . . Kal od da xeupos Exovres, ‘no longer 
grasping it firmly.’ 

2. Distributive: Soph. Ph. 285, 6 weév xpovos 67 dia xpdvov rpotBarve 
wor; Eur. Andr. 1248, Baordhéa 6’ 2x rovde xp /addov dc’ Gddov OvaTepay 
Modogcias, ‘one after another.’ 


89Cf. later, Luc. Amor. 13, 6c’ evuapetas ov» éoriv. Hdn. 2. 2. 17, dca reps Te Kal 
Oabuaros éoxere. Different but a slight phr., is Diog. L. X. 12. rods yrwpipmous (i. e., the 
pupils of Epicurus) cai 6:a prquns exew ra éavrod cvyypampara. 

40Jebb: The gen. does not here, as in other cases, denote a state or act of the 
mind, but the mind itself, and oJ7w with éxew shows that the verb is intr., whereas 
usually in such phrases éxeu is trans. 

41. and S., so Mills and Marchant, are wrong here in translating fig. ‘to have in 
hand,’ i. e., ‘undercontrol.’ For suchidiomatic uses of 6:a xerpds Exe V. supra, p. 18. 


32 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


3. Pregnant: Ar. Nub. 583, Bpovry & éppayn 6’ aorparys, ‘thunder 
burst through the lightning,’ i. e. ‘through the rift cloven by the lightning,’ 
quoted from Soph. frg. 520. 2 (Nauck). 


4, Plastic and picturesque. Aesch. Cho. 56, céBas 6’ Guaxov, ab4- 
marov, aroNeuov 76 rpiv /du’ Srwv hpevos Te Sauias wepatvoy/viv adiorarat, 
‘that filled the people’s ears and minds’; Soph O C 1250, &’ duparos/ 
doraktt NelBwr Saxpvov wd’ ddorropet; Ant. 1188, kai pe POdyyos oixeiouv 
kakov /Badre 6.’ Srwv; cf. El. 737; O T. 1387; cf. sing. El. 1439; 
cf. Eur. Rhes. 294, 566, (sing. Theocr. 14, 27). 


B.. €. AGG. 
I. Idiomatic phrases 


Idioms with 61a c. acc. are rare in Attic Greek. 
ei bua Sw Sw, “Lys. XII. 60, ef pu) 60 &vdpas ayabous, ‘had it not 
been for good men’; Plat. Gorg. 516 E, ei uy 61a roy rpbravu, everecerv 
av, ‘had it not been for the Prytanis’; so Isocr. VII. 92, ei wi dua Kipov 
av éobadynoav; Dem. 364. 74, od yap ws ef uy dtd Aaxedatyoviovs, 
: ots’ ws ef uh bv’ “Hyhourmor, 008’ ws ei wu} bud. 76 Kal 76 (as if it had 
not been for this or that’) éowOnoay av ct Pwxets so 370, 90; 375, 172; 
680, 180. In Latin this is absquec. abl. Plaut. Capt. 754. absque hoc 
esset, ‘had it not been for this man,’ so Trin. 832, apsque foret te, so 
1127, Bacch. 412, Men. 1024, Pers. 836; Ter. Hec. 601, Phorm. 188, etc. 


S 


dua oroua, Aesch. Sept. 51, cixros 8’ obris jv bua ordua; Ar. Lys. 
855, del yap 7 yuvn o’ Exec 61a oToya. V. supra sub Hom. p. 16. 

Possibly a slight id. feeling in Thuc. I. 140.5, as 6ca urxpov erodeunoare 
‘for a trifle.’ 

éu’ avayxnv, as used in Ar. Nub. 377, while not a phr. was a catch- 
word of the philosophy of the time, semi-tech. of what we call ‘natural 
laws’; Democr. said that ravra kat’ avaykny yiyvecba. 


II. Abstractions 


c. 6a, really only causal use of prep., but sometimes with more or 
less adv. force; very frequent, a few examples only wiil be cited: cf. 
Hom. &’ adpasdias, p. 17. 

Plat. Rep. 465 C, ra ye my ouixpdrata rev Kaxav di’ ampererav oKve 
Kal eye; du’ aoxodiavy, ‘because of business’ Eubul. 119 K. cf. &; 
Thuc. IV. 40, xai rivos épomévov . . . du’ axOndova ‘for the sake of 
teasing: Plat. Rep. 358 A, 6 pucbay 0 evexa Kai evdokiujoewr dra dogav 
emiTnoevteov ; cf. Menex. 247 B; Rep. 466 C, 6ca dtvayuy emi 76 Grravra 7a ey 


PART I 6a SS 


Th mode oixecovcOa, cf. other preps. which do show phrases with 6dfa 
and dbvaus; Thuc. I. 71.5, Mover yap orovdds obx ot bu’ Epnuiay addows 
mpooovtes ‘from being left alone’; 6’ evoéBeay Aristophont. frg. 
12. 5 K; &’ dépynv, Dem. 527.41; Ar. Eth. N. 1138*. 9; dca cvvjGevav, Plat. 
Soph. 248 B; dua roxnv, Isocr. IV. 132; EX. 45; Philemon 99 K.; Menand. 
426 K.; Ar. Pol. 1368” 34; Phys. 195° 32; so card, but Ar. usually has 
amd toxns; dua roxas Ar. Pol. 1303*° 3, cf. amd, p. 44, ek, p. 69, 
5’ UBpw, Dem. 527. 42; dca didiay ‘through friendship’, Xen. An. 
5. 5. 15; Thuc. I. 91. 1; dua doBov, Xen. Hier. 1. 38, etc. 

Cf. adj. as abstraction: Eur. Fr. 642. 3, wevia 6€ codiav édhaxe dra 
To ovyyeves. Eubul. Incert. 114 K., kat yap 6 rads dua 70 omanov 
Pavpacerac ‘owing to its rarity’ (slight id.). 

III. Pronominal expressions 


A few pronominal expressions in which 6:4 has the same causal 
meaning are so often repeated as to become equivalent to conjunctions. 

Su’ Sep, ‘wherefore,’ Thuc. I. 130. 2, 140. 1; Xen. Mem. 3, 10. 14 
eb ai. Ck. dtorep Isocr. V. 131; XV. 322. 

dua ri, ‘why?’, ‘wherefore?’, Ar. Nub. 58; Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 25; 
Plat. Prot. 355 C; Alexis 244 K. ef saepe. 

6’ &\Xo me ‘for some other reason’ Plat. Euthyphro 3 D. Cf. 
Phueolihe 1.3. 

ua rovro, ‘on this account,’ ‘therefore,’ often followed by 67. Xen. 
Meme 2-13: 6; tb. 6. 3: 3/5. 13, 7. 2, 12..5;-An. 4. 1. 21 ef saepe’ Lys: 
yay ot to oLV. 14 ef ai. Aeschin. e277, 73, -126, 105; 11. 35; TU 


SEL IG ort. 2 =a ota tour; ids Lb. J3, ota rovTa =”, 
dre so IIT. 229; etal. Also with the particles, d7ws, iva, e. g. dca TovTO 
émws Aeschin. II. 123; 6a rovro . . . walLys. XXXII. 


22 Neschin. 111, 135. 

ua Tatra, ‘on account of these things,’ ‘for these reasons,’ ‘there- 
tore.’ Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 7; 2. 1.3, ui 6a ravra, ‘not for these reasons,’ 
to be distinguished from the idiom e wi 61a noted above; ib. 3. 10. 14; 
An. 4. 1. 24. But in these cases it is hardly felt beyond its literal force, 
while in its constant use in Plato, although it really retains its lit. mean- 
ing, it seems to have become practically an illative conjunction, Plat. 
Rep. 341 E; Prot. 327 B, 328 B et saepe. So in the Orr.; cf. Alexis 242 K. 


42y, Adams ad loc. 


PART CI 
ard 

Idg. *apo, Gr. a7, epic aati, Ai. Apa, Ital. *ap, Lat. ab, abs, Got. 
af, cf. Eng. of, off. meaning from, away from.! 

azo and é often have a similar meaning, but in general azo refers to 
motion away from, éx out of a place or object; a6 does not imply previous 
place within the object, whereas éx means proceeding from within it; 
the one bears a more external relation than the other. So amé may indi- 
cate removal from the region of, éx from the midst of, the city or battle. 
Hence in the causal relation azo ordinarily is used of a more remote, 
éx of a more immediate cause, yet even in Homer they are sometimes 
used together with the same meaning, e. g. Od. 10. 350, yiyvovra 6’ apa 
Tal y’ & Te Kpnvewy amd 7’ adoéwy /éx 0 lepoy ToTapar. 

With both ao and ex the Genitive is Ablatival.? 

The ordinary classification’ of the uses of aé is substantially the 
following: I. Spatial: 1. removal from a place or object with verbs 
of motion. 2. Absence from a place or object with verbs of rest. It is 
possible to refer various metaphorical uses to one or the other of these two 
groups. 

Ii. Temporal, from a point of time, after, sometimes of immediate 
consecution. 

III. Causal and figurative: 1. of origin and source; 2. partitive; 
3. of the author or agent of an act, approaching t76 with the Genitive; 
4. of cause; 5. of material; 6. of means and instrument, 7. of man- 
ner. 

Or, 1. starting point; 2. separation; 3. remoteness; 4. origin. 


A. HoMER 
I. Idiomatic phrases 
amo d0éns, ard oxorov, Il. 10. 324, col 6 eyw obx &dtos cKomds Ergomat 
ovs’ aro dogs, i. e. ‘contrary to your expectation of me’; but in 
Od. 11. 344, ob wav fuw ard cxorov od’ ard Soéns / pvOetrar Bacidea 
mepippwv, ‘not contrary to our opinion,’ i. e. the opinion of the person 
speaking. Here also the phr. ad cxomod,' ‘away from,’ ‘wide of the 


'Walde, Prellwitz, Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. 

?Monro § 224; Kiihner-Gerth § 430. For force in composition, v. Monro. 
$K-G.; L. and S. 

‘For question of accent, v. ftn. 16 a6 rpérov p. 39. 


PART II amo 35 


mark’; this idiom continues in later Greek, v. p. 38, cf. also in 
Attic ard yvwuns, aro tporov. Cf. in Attic mapa ddéar. 

amd Ovpyov / uwaddov euol ~oear, Il. 1. 562 ‘you will be alienated from 
my heart,’ (L-L-M ‘thou wilt be the further from my _ heéart’);5 
cf. Il. 23. 595, éx Quuot mwecéew, éx still fig., but more nearly lit. with 
verb of motion. 

am’ ovatos,Il. 18. 272, am’ otaros abe yevorro, ‘may it never strike 
my ear,’ i. e. ‘Heaven forfend’; so Il. 22. 454, at yap am’ ovtaros 
éuev Eros. 

ad’ immwv, in the sense of fighting from the chariot, Il. 5. 13 
(balanced by am6 xOovds),7a pev ad’ imrour, 6 6’ amd xOovds HpvuTo TeEfOs ; 
so 5. 19; 15. 386; Od. 9. 49. Cf. caf’ trmwr Il. 5. 111 and 6. 232 of 
leaping down from the chariots, and é€ immwy Il. 5. 163, ‘he thrust 
them both from out their chariots,’ where xara and é have precisely 
their own force. 

In contrast with a@’ trrwy is amo reixeos, Il. 9. 353 of fighting ‘far 
away from the wall,’ i. e. ‘from the plain’; also Il. 18. 256 of position 
far away from the wall, ‘for we are far off from the wall.’ Il. 18. 
215 is a little different, ‘standing away from the wall,’ ‘clear of 
it’; cf. 22. 16. None of these refer to fighting from the wall in the 
sense of on it; they indicate remoteness, not the starting point. We 
find this, however, in Il. 12. 390 ‘an arrow from the wall.’ 

IT. Temporal 

Il. 8. 54, azo 6’ atrod (i. e. detrvov), ‘immediately after supper.’ 
This is the only case in Homer of transference of a6 from the local 
to the temporal use. From Hdt. on amo 6eirvov is frequent, v. 
infra, p. 43. &k deimvwy also occurs, v. p. 63. 


III. Adverbdial 


amd omovdys, Il. 7. 359; 12. 233, ‘in earnest,’ cf. Attic Greek for 

use with other preps., but with the meaning ‘in haste,’ v. pp. 25, 68. 
LY el aes. 

1. Military: 

amo kNioins, Il. 10. 151, ‘they found him away from his tent.’ 

aro vnav, Il. 24. 401, ‘they went away from the ships.’ 

amo veupns, veupndw, ‘the arrow from the cord,’ plastic and pic- 
tiresque.) 1.500, 309°°110476, 604--13. 585315. 313; 16. 773; 21. 
113. Cf. Hes. Sc. 409. 


5So Ap. Rhod. 2. 253, @eois dd Oupod éoesOar. Cf. ib. 863, éwel uada rodddv dr’ 
éArldos éreTo végros. 


36 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


From the battle, or the thick of the fight: am6 mrod€uouo, ‘remain- 
ing away from, aloof from, the war,’ Il. 18. 64. ard orparov, orpardgr, 
Il. 10. 336, 341, 347, 385 et al. amd PdduoBov, Il. 5. 322; 10. 416. cf. éx 
Il. 5. 469, etc. 

2. Semi-tech.: 

From the race-course, a6 vicons, ‘from the start’, Il. 23. 758; 
Ode 8.121. Ch pal: 

3. Literal, but perhaps with slight idiomatic tinge: 

ard pynorns adoxov, ‘far from,’ or ‘torn away from,’ Il. 11. 242; cf. 
Il. 2. 292, yevwv amo 7s adoxoo of absence from. 

an’ 6¢0adyav ‘away from their sight’ Il. 23. 53. 

ano mpariéwv, ‘away from my midriff,’ ‘my heart,’ Il. 22. 43; 
24. 514. 

amd mronuos, Il. 4. 514. 

ano oxomiys, Il. 4. 275; Od. 4.524. Cf. Plat. Rep. 445 C, womep 
amo oKoTLas. 

amd xeipos, Il. 10. 371 might express agency and might mean 
‘from my hand,’ ‘thou shalt not long escape destruction at my 
hand.’ 

4, Literal and plastic: 

ao Kpatos Te Kal @uwr, Il. 5. 7. 

dro 6€ Kpntnpos, Il. 10. 578. 

Oupos ao pedewy, I]. 7. 131; 13. 672; Od. 15. 354. 

ard tacoddov, Il. 5. 209; 24. 268; Od. 21. 53, so Pind. Ol. I. 26. 
Ci..éx p: 51. 

aro oTouatwv, Od. 12. 187. 

an’ Gpov, HW. 5. 7; 7. 122:15. 544: ci. Archil. 38 (21), freq. in Eles: 
Th. 671, Sc. 468, etc. 

5. Pronominal: 

am’ avroduy, Il. 11. 44. 

ao roto ‘from that,’ Il. 16. 587. 

6. Literal, but elsewhere idiomatic: 

Tl. 22. 126, ob pév ws viv tor ad Spvos ots’ ard TEeTpNS/TH dapLfeuEvat, 
‘now is no time for dalliance from oak tree or from rock,’ here is 
used with literal meaning,® a phrase which elsewhere has idiomatic 

6It is unnecessary to read into this passage, as does Mr. Walter Leaf, allusion 
to some unknown ancient fable. The phrase has given rise to much discussion, v. 
A. B. Cook, CR XV. 322, but we disagree with Mr. Leaf in thinking its literal use here 
out of harmony with Homer or Greek. A familiar expression such as this may be 


used at one time literally and again idiomatically, cf. Eng. “stocks and stones” and 
its use by Browning quoted by Miss Stawell, Homer and the Iliad, p. 77, n. 


PART II a70 ag 


force as shown by its recurrence with other prepositions and quo- 
tation by Plato; Od. 19. 163, ob yap ad dpvds éoor Tadaparov ovd’ ard 
métpys, quoted by Plato, Apol. 34 D, and alluded to in Rep. 544 D, 
where Plato uses éx. Cf. Hes. Th. 35, wepi dptv 7 repi reérpnv. 

V. Noteworthy uses of preposition 

1. Local. Il. 14. 154, “Hp 6’ elcetde xpvadPpovos 6¢0aduoior/arac’ 
& OtAbprovo azo piov, ‘out from Olympus away from the peak,’ inter- 
esting parallel use of é and amo. 

2. Partitive. Od. 5. 40, Aaxav ard Anibos aicar. 

3. Temporal. In Il. 24. 725, dvep, am’ aimvos véos wdeo, ‘fresh 
from life,’ az’ ai@vos is not a phrase, but if the text could be trusted 
the evidence of Hesiod would indicate that it later became so. Cf. 
Hes. Th. 609, 7@ 6€ 7’ am’ alavos Kakdy EoO@ avtidhepéefer / Eupevar’ where 
it equals dei and is a true adv. phr., but the text is uncertain.? Even 
if genuine here, this form did not become frequent, but gave way 
before 6.’ ai@vos, v. sub dra, p. 22 


B. LITERATURE AFTER HOMER 
I. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns. 

amd yAwoons, Theogn. 63, ard yAwoons didos eivat, i. e. ‘superfi- 
cially,’ contrasted w. @idov & Ouyyov; but Hes. Op. 322, contr. w. 
Bin, 7 by’ (i. €. BABov) ard yAwoons Aniooera; cf. lit. but plastic, Pind. 
Ol. VI. 13, aivos . . . dy & dixa/amd yAwoons "Adpacros . . ./ 
pbeyéar.® ee Py. III. 2; but also, ‘by word of mouth,’ Hdt. 1. 123; 
Thuc. 7. 10; cf. Aesch. Ke 813, dixas yap ovk ard yAwWoons Heol /KAvovTes, 
‘for the gods, hearing the cause pleaded (but not by the tongue)’ 
(Goodwin). But Cratinus 122 K. ‘by word of mouth’ as opp. to 
reading =‘from memory,’ cf. amd orduaros infra, adda wa Ac’ od« oid’ 
eywye ypaupat’ od’ ériorauat,/adr’ aro yAwTTNS Ppdow gor pvynuovebw 
yap kadha@s. (v. Bekk. Anecd. 436. 6 et Suid., a6 ordparos). 

amo yvayns, Aesch. Eum. 674, 45n xeXebow tobad’ ard yrouns pepe / 
Yndov dikatay, ‘I charge you (these men here) to cast a just vote in 
accordance with your judgment’;!® but Soph. Tr. 389, adn’ ete 


7Schoemann reads &’ aidvos. 

8L. and S. mistranslate. Fennell ad Pind. O. VII. 13 gives a slightly different 
force, ‘friendly in speech.’ 

® Gildersleeve: “‘He flung it off—‘roundly,’ ‘freely’ ”’; Fennell, ‘readily,’ ‘frank- 
ly.’ Gildersleeve compares O. VII. 1, agvecas aro ae which there, as he says, 
has the connotation of ‘freely.’ 

10 Cf. later the dicasts’ oath, Dem. 652. 96, yraun 77 Suxacorary Sixacev dumpoxacu. 


38 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


kal yap ovK amo yvouns eyes, 1. e. ‘not contrary to my judgment,’ but 
this may also have a wider meaning, as if ‘not contrary to the general 
judgment,’=‘not unadvisedly.’ Cf. amo dd&s Od. 11. 344, v. p. 34. 

amo Ths doéns recetv [av], Hdt. 7. 203. 2 Lat. spe excidere. 

dd Katpov= dxaipws, Plat. Theaet. 187 E cf. eis p. 111, & p. 178. 

amd kapdtas, Eur. I. A. 475, xarouvu’ . . . / phy epew oor 
Taro Kapdias cadas/Kal uy ’rirndes undev GAN doov Ppove, so Eur. Fr. 416. 
3. Lat. ex animo. Later, Theocr. 29. 4, didecev pw’ . . . ard 
kapolas; ék Tns Kapdias, Ar. Nub. 86, v. p. 54. Cf. &« ppevos v. p. 54; 
also cf. infra p. 39, ovk am’ a&kpas ppevos Aesch. Ag. 805. 

arorndjoavtes amd tov doyou, almost lit., but partly figurative, 
Plat. Theaet. 164 C, ‘away from the argument.’ 

am’ Suparos, Oupatwv, Aesch. Suppl. 210, idovro dn7a mpevpevods am’ 
duparos, not quite a phr., but the whole expression is equivalent to 
an adv., or a Dative might have been used, ‘from a gracious 
eye,’ ‘graciously’, Ag. 988, weifouar 6’ am’ oupatwy/vooroy is similar, 
almost instrumental use of prep. Soph. O C 15, as am’ duparun, 
‘if I see right,’ ‘to judge from the eyes,’ (id. phr.), Lat. ex odtutu, 
cf. ad 77s OPews infra Soph. Frg. 161 (Nauck), dupartwy daro/hOoyxas now 
(metaph. in \oyxas, ouparwy azo lit.); Eur. Med. 216, oiéa yap moh- 
hods Bporav / ceuvors yeyaras, Tos mev dupatwv aro, / Tobs 6’ ey Ovpators” 
ot 6’ ad’ Hobyou odds /SbokNevav éxthoavTo Kat pabvyiay, is a much de- 
bated passage,!! but both dupatwy aro and ad’ jobxou modes are meta- 
phorically used as idiomatic phrases. But cf. é&, p. 54. 

an’ dpews, Lysias XVI. 19, dare obx a&ov am’ dpews . . . obTE 
purely ore wuceiv ovdéva, Eng. ‘for his looks,’ is really a causal use of 
prep.; but Antiphanes, 33 K. amo ras. . dWews ‘Ednrixds, ‘to judge by 
his looks’ is more id. cf. az’ 6upatwy Soph. O C 15, supra. cf. é&, p. 54. 

aro Tov Tpayyuatos, Dem. 701. 6, éorar 6€ TavT’ovk ad™ Tov TpayyuaTos, 
‘irrelevant,’ cf. Ar. Ran. 1179, €&@ tov ddyov. 

amo putnpos, Soph. O C 900, azeviety azo putjpos, ‘at full galop;’* 
ch. Dion 124.852 Vik! 332 Dioda ao: 26. 

am oxorov, first in Hom., Od. 11. 344, v. supra, p. 34; Xen. Symp. 
II. 10 (w. art.); Plat. Theaet. 179 C, otk a6 cxoroi eipnxew; Tim. 25 E; 
cf. rapa oxorov, Pind. O. 13. 134. 


"See edd. ad loc. 

” For variation of accent in MSS cf. p. 39, n. 16, azo rpomov. 

13 Jebb explains, “away from,” i. e., ‘unchecked by the rein,” quoting Phrynich. 
ap. Bekk. Anecd. p. 24, a6 futipos rpéxew immov™ olov aro xadwov 7 avev xahwov. 


PART II a6 39 


amo arouaros, Hes. Th. 97, yAukepq of ad orduaros peer aldn, merely 
lit. and plastic, apparently a reminiscence of Homer, II. I. 249, rot cal 
amd yAwoons péedTOs yAuKiwy peev adn; but amd ordyuaros eimeiv, a phr., 
“byword soe mouth.) 1: 6..“from ‘memory, Xen.. Symp. 3: 6, 
kal viv duvaiuny av “INada Odnv kal ’Odtooeray amd oropatos ceive; 
so Mem. 3. 6. 9; Plat. Theaet. 142 D, otxovv ottw ye amd orouaros. 
Cf. supra, amd yAwoons, Cratin. 122 K.so Philemon 48 K., ard orduaros 
amravt’, av BovdAnod’, épw. But ad tov orouatos, Xen. An. 3. 4. 42, 
tech. of the van of the army, opp. to amo trys obpas. ws ad’ evos 
orouaros, Anth. P. 11. 159 cf. é£ évds crduaros, ‘with one voice,’ p. 55. 

Cf. also dm pas dpuns, Thuc. 7. 71. 6, etc., v. p. 43 with which cf. 
pea Opun Xen. An. 3. 2. 9. 

amo tporov,!® ‘unreasonable, absurd,’ Plat. Crat. 421 D; Theaet. 
143 C; Phileb. 34 A; Rep. 470 B (antithesis in C, rpds rporov); Tim. 
89 E; cf. aad tov tporov Com. Fr. Adesp. 143 K.; also Thuc. I. 76, 
amd Tov avOpwreiov tpdrov. Cf. also Call. Ep. 43. 5, ovk amd propo, 
‘not without reason.’ But cf. é, p. 68. 

amd tpvyes, ‘from the dregs’=‘to the bottom,’ Archil. 4. 3. 

ovk am’ axpas dpevos, Aesch. Ag. 805, ‘not from outside of the 
heart,’ i. e. ‘from the inmost heart,’ cf. aad xapdias, supra, p. 38, 
€x ppevos, Ek Puuov, etc., p. 54. 

b. With adjectives of quantity, (slightly idiomatic, but not quite 
phrases): 

¢nv amd Ta&v Odywr, ‘to live on a little,’ Theogn. 1156, cf. Hdt. 
1216; 2. .36;,4. 22,° to, live on fish, game, barley,’ etc: Ar. Pax 
850, f@ow amo TovTwy tives, Cf. awofaw. Cf. Xen. Cyr. 3.2.25, eiPopevor 
amo moNeuou Biorevey. Isocr. XV. 158, az’ €Xatrovwy Cartes, cf. Dem. 
1045. 22. Cf. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 14, ndecar 6€ Lwxparny an’ édaxiorwv 
Mev Xpnuatwy av’tapkeatata favrTa. Cf. Thuc. II. 65. 2, an’ ehacacdvwv 


4,, and S. compare 476 xetpés as a similar half adverbial phr., Ar. Vesp. 656, 
Aoyica dairws* 7) Whpors, GAN’ ad xeLpds ‘to calculate roughly,’ ‘off-hand,’ so Blaydes, 
but Starkie’s interpretation as lit. and instrum., ‘not with counters, but on your 
fingers,’ ‘by means of the hand,’ is preferable. 

Kock: Bekk. Anecd. 436. 6 et Suid. avocroparifew’ ws juets, TO w1) bid Ypaupatwr, 
&XN’ ard pvquns. 

Some edd. accent aro Tpomov, azo Katpov, etc., SO amo S6&ns, aro ckorov in Il. 
10. 324, Od. 11. 344 et al., following MS readings based on a theory of the Greek 
grammarians that a7é suffered anastrophe when it was equivalent to arodev, procul a 
v. Stallb. ad Plat. Theaet. 143 C, Phileb. 34 A, Rep. 470 B; Bast. ad Gregor. Corinth. 
p. 210, Hesych. Th. 1360, Bekk. Anecd. ITI. 931. 19; Chandler, Greek Accentuation, 
2d ed. §919. Ebeling, Lex. Hom. aré. 


40 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


dpuwpevos, ‘setting out, beginning with smaller means’ (cf. azo of 
starting point); Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 17, am’ é\axiorwr dpympeva; cf. Thuc. 
I. 144. 4, otk awd roovie épumpevor. 

amd moAN@v, (partitive use, almost id., a familiar expression of the 
Greeks where change or choice was made of little from much or of a 
little.after much): Aesch. Pers. 1023, Bara y’ ws ard tod\dGv; Soph. 
Ph. 647, add’ éorw ay dei, Kaizep ov moAN@y aro, ‘Aye there are some 
things that I need, though the choice is not large’ (Jebb.); 
Thuc. I. 110, ddtyo. ad woNN@v =... €owOnoav, so VII. 87. 6. Cf. 
Thuc. III. 24. 2, avopes dwdexa kal dtaxdcror ad reLovwr, ‘from more,’ 
i. e. originally there were more. 

II. Proverbial phrases. 

ad’ éorias, Aesch. Pers. 866, ot6’ ad’ éorias ovfeis, ‘not departing 
from his hearth,’ i.e. from his home. But asa prov. Ar. Vesp. 846; 
ad’ ‘Eorias apxouevos ;\”7 Plat. Euthyphro 3 A, arexvas yap pou Soxet ad’ 
éotias apxecOat Kakoupyely THY TodW, éemtxepwv aédixety oé; cf. Crates 
ite: O21. 

aro pnxavns, Lat. deus ex machina, Dem. 1025. 59, Tipoxparns 
6€ wovos, WoTep aro pnxavys, maptupec; Alexis 125. 19 K., kal Oarrov 
arroTeuWouar Tovs @VOULEVOUS | aro NXavyns TwAovYTEs WaTrep Ot Oeot. Menand. 
227 K., a6 pnxavns Geds éredarns,'® cf. 278 K. Cf. lit. use, Ar. Poet. 
1454.° 2. 

an’ ovov wecetv, Ar. Nub. 1273, ri dn7a Anpets Horep am’ Svov KaTa- 
meowy; prov. for an act of stupid clumsiness; Plat. Legg. 701 C, 
KaTa THY Tapoiulay amo Twos dvov meceiv.!® Cf. a perversion of it in Ar. 
Vesp. 1370, &orep ard—ripBov mecdv.” 


ly, Starkie, ad loc. who quotes Eustath. ad Hom. Od. 1579. 43, werjxrar dé 
6 Novos ék T&Y lep&v" Eos yap ‘Eotia tp&tov ardpxeobar: so in Dion. Chrys. (Dindorf) 
Vol. I p. 182. 32, torepov jyavaxrovy éxi trois wempaypévors, eéov ad’ Eorias KwAveww 
(Schmid A#t. I. p. 120), cf. Soph. frg. 658, & mp@pa doiBns ‘Eotia, k\bes Ta5€; Strabo 
I. 11. 20 (Meineke), az’ dAdns éorias re kal dpx7s. 

vy. Kock: éai trav ampocdokntws éx’ apedrela Kal cwrnpia datvouevwr, Schol. 
Plat. 394, 

There seems to have been some confusion about this prov. Bodl. MS Legg. 
701 C reads vod; Schol. on Ar. Vesp. 1370, kat rovro as eis yepovra att Tov vod KaTaTrecwr ; 
‘jostled from one’s wits’ would be a tempting perversion from dm’ évov. Merry ad 
Nub. 1273: it is thought that a pun is intended here between am’ évov and a7é voi, 
‘not off your Ned!’ but ‘off your head.’” For the proverb Zenobius (Leutsch II. 57) 
quotes also from Eupolis écrep ax’ bx00v wecwv and daomep ard xOovds Tecwr. 

207, Starkie ad loc. 


PART II amo 41 


IIT. Technical 

1. Military: 

amd dayoocias, Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 4, rav aro dapyocias, ‘those from 
the king’s tent,’ so of wepi dayociay, ib. 4. 5. 8; Lac. 13. 7 ‘the 
king’s council.’ 

of am’ ovpas, ‘those from the rear,’ Xen. Hell. 6.5.18; An. 3. 4. 42 
(w. art.); cf. ovpa with other preps. Cf. amd rov orduaros, ‘from the 
van’ Xen. An. 3. 4. 42. 

Ta ard oTpatrorésov, Plat. Charm. 153 C. 

2. Legal: 

amd ~vypBordwv, Antiphon V. 78, dixas ao EvpBorwy byiv dixafopéevors ; 
cf. Aristot. frg. 1541.° 10, ai aad cupBddrwv dixar; cf. 1541.” 3; cf. id. 
Pol. 1275.°10. V.L.and 5S. cipBoror II for explanation of these terms. 

3. Political: 

Plat. Rep. 557 A, kai as 76 odd ard KAjpwv ai apxai ev ath yiyvovrat. 

THY amd TyuunmaTav . . . modelay, Plat. Rep. 550 C; cf. Isocr. 
XII. 131, rHv aro trav tipnuatwv (w. art.); cf. & Tyunuatwy Xen. Mem. 
4. 6. 12; Plat. Legg. 698 B; later, aad tiunuatwy Ar. Pol. 1278.* 23. 
sing. dr ryujuaros ib. 1294.” 3, 10; 1306.” 7, cf. Rhett. Spengel I. 185.31, 
ATO TLUNLaTwY avayKatoyv ToLnoacba Tas eiadopas, Cf. ib. 241. 28, od\vyapxiav 
6€ elae OU TpoTroL’ 7} yap é& éETaLpeias 7} AO TY TLunuaTwv (note antithesis of 
é€ and azo), v. also sub ex p. 58; cf. Diod. 18.18. Cf. Xen. Reip. Ath. 
1.11, d70v yap vauTixy divapis Ear ad xpnuatwy ; cf. 3. 3. (but less tech., 
illustrates use of prep.). 

4. From the race-course: 

amo BadGidwr, ‘from the start,’ lit. of the line where the racers 
started, Ar. Eq. 1159, extended to any start, Eur. H. F. 867; Ar. 
Vesp. 548, evOis y’ ard BadBidwy ; cf. amd vicons Il. 23. 758; Od. 8. 121, 
v. p. 36. Cf. Plat. Phaedr. 254 E, &orep ard tordnyos avarecwr, 
‘he drops at the very start;’ cf. Luc. Catapl. 4. 

5. From the field of games: 

Semi-tech. of the way in which the cottabus was thrown, az’ ayxiXns 
inov, Bacchyl. fr. 24 (Blass 17); Cratin. 273 K. (Mein. 16 uz v. n.). 

6. From the field of religion: 

Formula of dedication in thanksgiving for victory: Dittenb. 
Syll.? n. 31. 2, dexarav ard Tap Todeuiwy; six examples are extant in 
inscrr. from 6th to 2nd cent. B. C.: Ditt. 15. 1, of i[a]ns amd [z]ov 
toneuiov ; Cf. 97. 3; Fouilles d’Epidaure I. p. 39, n. 18; Bull. de corr. 
Hell. I (1877) p. 84, n. 17; XV. (1891) p. 629; cf. Ditt. 3 (no prep.); 
also Paus. V. 24. 7, 76 6€ émiypappa Oo én’ aitd Tols &y Kyidw 
Xeppovnsious ard avdpav avabeivar Trodeuiwy dyno. 


42 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


IV. Temporal 

Temporal phrases c. aré show three uses, 

1. Of the starting point in time, 

2. Of immediate consecution, 

3. Setting a date. 

All of these are illustrated by aq’ éowépas, Ar. Vesp. 100, ‘at 
even-tide,’ the same as éomepas, cf. de nocte, de die; cf. Thuc. VII. 
29.2; Xen. An. 6. 3. 23, apparently merely ‘at evening,’ ‘at night.’ 
So Ar. Vesp. 218, dao péowy vuxray, ‘at midnight,’ not ‘in the time 
after midnight.’ But Thuc. III. 112, aro éorépas eifis ‘just after 
night-fall,’ so VIII. 27. 6; but Xen. Hell. II. 4. 24, a¢’ éozepas 

apos dpPpov. In Hdt. 2. 31 it is used not of time, but direc- 
tion, ao éorépns Te Kal [nALov] dvtpewr. 

1. dmoof the starting point in time. 

a. With nouns: 

am’ avarodav érl duouas, Plat. “Opo. 411 B; cf. am’ avarodns emi 
Stow, ’Evoaywy) ’Adk. XIV. cf. ib. ard dboews Ex’ avatodnv; so at’ 
épOpov, Plat. Legg. 951 D. 

an’ apxns, cf. €&€ apxns p. 60. Usually its meaning does not 
differ from é& dpyys, but é& begins in Homer, az’ not until Hesiod; 
é§ shows a somewhat wider variety of meanings; az’ is frequent, but 
é& far moreso. Hes. Th. 425; Xenoph: 28. 1;: Pind. P: VIIL.253; 
Aesch. Suppl: 343; Soph. Ai, 1097; Eur.-Ale: 111551. A. 15405 Arm 
Vesp. 1031;71 Eq. 322, Ran, 1030; Pax 84; Hdt. 2.104; 9-46) maNar 
am’ apxns, antiquitus, ab initio; Plat. Theaet. 206 D, 6 ym eveds 7 Kwdos 
am’ apxns ‘from his birth,’ (so é in Hdt. 7. 203;) Phaedr. 264 A; 
Tim. 48 D; Isocr. IV. 26; Dem. 91. 6; 286. 175; 396. 177; 442. 315; 
518. 12; 932. 27; 1108. 25; Anaxilas 22.8 K., etc. But Antiphanes 73 
K is different, yépwv, am’ apxns Aaouédwy xadovyevos.2 Cf. amd Tedeut7s 
éx’ apxnv, Plat. Soph. 268 C; Phaedr. 264 A. 

am’ Evknelbov &pxovros, ‘beginning from the archonship of Eucl.’ 
Andoc. I. 87 (6 times), cf. éxi regular for ‘in the archonship of.’ 

dudi Ta TEVTE Kal TpLaKovTa Eryn amo yeveas, ‘about thirty five years 
from’ birth, i. e. of age,’ Ken: An. If: 6, °30;Cyr-1. 2: 8: But isoce: 
XII. 120, evOds aro yeveas, cf. ard yeverns lambl. v. Pyth. (Nauck) 125. 
9; 156. 13, cf. é p. 61. Cf. am’ apxns supra, Plat. Theaet. 206 D, etc. 


"ly, Starkie: for é, a6 found only in cantica and anapaests, cf. Sobol. Praep. 
p. 95. 

Kock: am’ dapxis, i. e. a regia dignitate Laomedon ut pédwy tov daod dicitur. 
But Herm. et L. Dind. yépwr aropyhs senex morosus pro am’ dps (Hunzicker). 


PART II amo 43 


amd deidns, ‘from the hour of afternoon,’ Arist. H. A. 564.* 19. 

aro dlaews V. Supra p. 42. 

ad’ HBns, Ta déexa ah’ HGys (i. e. at Sparta twenty-eight years of age), 
Xen. Hell. II. 4. 32; III. 4. 23; IV. 5. 14, 16; 6. 10; V. 4. 13, 40; VI. 
4A (is); “Ages. 1.9315’ Cf. ‘eis p. 104. 

an’ dpOpou, V. supra, p. 42. 

ard Taidwy aptauevor, Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 11, cf. & p. 61. 

b. With pronouns: 

ad’ ov, Lat. a quo (tempore), ‘from the time when,’ ‘since,’ 
like am’ apxns not found in Homer, who uses éé od and é£ apxns. Cf. €& 
ov, pp. 50,62. ad’ ot, Soph. O T 758; Ant. 562; Ai. 600; Ar. Plut. 968, 
1113, 1173; frg.31 K. Hdt. 2. 44 (note 2 od in same paragraph, no 
apparent difference in use); Thuc. I. 14. 3, 18.1; Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 20; 
Mem. 3. 5. 4; An. 3. 2. 14; Cyr. 1. 2. 9 (cf. 13, ad’ 08 xpévov); Plat. 
Phaed. 76 C; Symp. 172 C; Minos 320 B; Isae. 6. 14; Dem. 110. 1; 
Aa 5d L133 980.00: (bzs)er- al. 

ag’ ovmep, Aesch. Pers. 177; Isocr. XII. 98, 148, etc. 

amo rovdt, Ar. Nub. 431, 76 Nourév y’ ao rovdi, ‘from this time on.’ 

amo tovrov ‘from this time on,’ Xen. An. 2. 6. 5, etc., cf. & rovrov. 
To 6€ aro Tovrov, ‘after this,’ Hdt. 1. 4; cf. 8. 23; so 76 dé amo rTovde, 
weitere this.s “next, ~Hdt, -2: 99,~ch. Xen. ‘Cyr. 704.11; 2:9: ek a. 

2. Of immediate consecution. 

amd deirvov, ‘immediately after supper’ first in Hom. Il. 8. 54; 
Hat.) 126,153" 25.78. 5. 18:6, 129: 9. 16;-Ar: Weck, 694; Pax 839; 
cf. Antiphon I. 17, rpo deirvov . . . amo deirvov. Cf. ex deirrvwv 
Eur. Hec. 915. Cf. am’ apicrov Menand. 264 K. 

aro doprnotov, Ar. Vesp. 103, ‘immediately after supper time.’ 

azo Toxov, Xen. Lac. 15. 5, ‘just after birth.’ 

am’ aittas ev@vs 7 Tyuwpia, Dem. 640. 63. 

V. Adverbial 

a. With nouns. 

amo KeNevVouaros, Com. Fr. Eubul. 8 K. azo évos xedevoparos, ‘all 
at once,’ Thuc. II. 92. 1, cf. Diod. 3.15. Cf. ard pias dppys, Thuc. 
Wie TG.” Ct ees p: 66: 

amo Kparous, ‘at full speed’ (late). Diod. 17. 34; but ava xparos, 
wen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23 et saepe. 


*3Meisterhans, Gr. d. att. Inschr. S. 212. 5 states that av6 and é& are interchange- 
able in inscrr. of the starting-point in time. 


44 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


amo mrapayyédAcews ‘at the word of command,’ Xen. An. 4. 1. 5.% 
Cf. a6 xeivov xphovos, ‘at his bidding,’ Pind. O. XIII. 76. 

amd tapacxeuns, Thuc. I. 133; cf. Antiphon V. 22; Lysias XXI. 
10 (w. art. and adj.)., Cf. é, p. 66. 

amd mepwovcias, ‘with plenty of other resources,’ Lat. ex abundanti, 
Thuc, V.103: cit Demi.de Cor, 226.3). Vv. p.20i- 

amd mpovoias Tav ’Eperpimv, ‘by their precautions,’ Thuc. VIII. 
95.4. Cf. w. ex, meaning ‘purposely,’ p. 67. 

amd ovvOnwatos, Lat. ex composito, ‘by agreement,’ Hdt. 5. 74; 
Thuc. IV. 67. 4; VI. 61. Cf. é& p. 68. Cf. with same meaning, amo 
fuuBacews, Thuc. III. 67.5; IV. 130. 6; cf. later, dorep aro ovytatews, 
Plate 2:816-B- 

Cf. w. dua taxous, eis Taxos, etc., Xen. An. 2. 5. 7, a6 roiov raxous. 

amo tvxns, ‘by chance,’ Lys. XXI. 10 (opp. to a6 rapackevns); 
Dem. 1193. 31; Ar. Eth. N. 1105° 23; freq. in Ar. who usually has 
ard Tbxns, but sometimes Sra rbynv, Rhet. 1368 34; rbyas, kara toxnv ; 
in wider sense generally joined w. a’royatov, ard tab’rouatov kai amo 
rixns, Phys. 196° 31; cf. de part. an. 641” 22; Met. 1032? 29; but 984° 
14 dat.; opp. to é dvay«ns, Phys. 196° 12 de interpr. 18.° 5, 16, etc. 
Lat. fortwito. Cf. &, p. 69. 

Entire phr. adv. rather than the prep. expression: doy kal aod 
Bons évexa (€vexa pleonastic), ‘as far as sound went,’ ‘only in ap- 
pearance,’ Thuc. VIII. 92. 9 (opp. to r@ aAnOei); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 31. 

b. With adjectives: 

am’ aupotépwv = dudorepwhey, Lat. ex utraque parte, ‘on both sides,’ 
i é. ‘by both. parents,’ Eur. Ale, 920; Hdt: 7. 97;ehts irom wor 
‘on both sides,’ cf. Eur. Hipp. 758; Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17, ovyy 
an’ audorépwr ; so Ages. 2. 10. 

ano Tov apxatou, Hdt. 4,117. “in ‘olden style; ci. fhuc, 1. 
15. 5; cf. ib. 15. 1, a6 rod ravu apxaiov. 

amo Tov alrouarov, ‘spontaneously,’ ‘accidentally’: Hdt. 2 66.; 
Thuc. IT. 77; V1: 36. 2; Xen. Hell. I. 7.32; Mem. 4. 2.2,4; An. 1. 2.17; 
6. 4. 18 (cf. 1. 3. 13 where é replaces do); Plat. Apol. 38 C, 41 D; 
Cratyl. 397 A; 402-BAlab:"2:118'C: Buthyd: 282.C. Prot. 323.6: 
Rep. 498 E; Dem. 139. 31; 738. 121; 1287. 14; 1301. 9; Aeschin. 1; 


*4An unusual phr. is found in Polyb. 22. 21. 9 (Biittner-Wobst XXI. 38), 7 ueév ard 
vebatos mpocéraéer, ‘from a nod,’ i. e. ‘she bade him by a nod.’ 

7). and S. dpxatos IIT. 1. make this = dpyxaiws, in the sense of ‘anciently’; 
but it should be rather under their ITT. 2 ‘in olden style.’ 


PART II a6 45 


127; Menand. Perikeir. 31 (Capps) e¢ al. freq. in Aristot. e. g. Phys. 
196° 31; Metaph. 1032* 29 parallel with dé rixns. Cf. é, p. 70. 

amo tov eiOéos, Thuc. III. 43. 2, rayaba amo tov eiféos Neyopueva, 
‘spoken straight out,’ later, cf. am’ ed#eias, Plut. 2. 57 A; id. Fab. 
Nam oa52 Choos, (po 20.0 ps 10. Cl Rhett, Spengel: IIL, 11,43; 
59. 7, én’ e’Meias (of a sentence expressed ‘directly’), but é ib. 12. 
285 133.293 06a 120.-16,-v.. ppt 26,71: 

amo ths tons, Lat. ex aequo, ‘equally,’ ‘on an equal footing’: 
Thuc. I. 15. 2; III. 40. 6; Dem. 179. 6, az’ tons* (no art.). am’ icov, 
Thue. III. 84. 1, cf. é p. 71, & p. 188. amd rod igov, ‘on an equal 
footing,’ ‘on equal terms,’ ‘equal’: Thuc. I. 77. 3 (c. duedetv, so III. 
ele) ales ds 499) 2: AO. 5+ 143. 3. FE 80. 2-/ TEP, 10; 4:37; 4342 Ss 
IV. 19. 2; V. 101,104. amo rav iowv, Plat. Rep. 343 D; cf. amo rap 
dpotwy, Thuc. VIII. 89. 3, ‘competing with his equals.’ 

amd Tov Kowov, ‘by public authority,’ Hdt. 5. 85; 8. 135; but 
amo Tov Kowov AaBwy ‘from the common stock,’ Thuc. VI. 17. 3; cf. 
(without art.) Xen. An. 4. 7. 27; dé xowov, ‘at public expense,’ 
Men wAu sd 12070182" (Cite ps 12 cis pa 114, &, pz 190: 

amo Tov Kpatiorov (late), ‘in good earnest,’ ‘seriously,’ Polyb. 
8. 19. 4; but cf. xara 76 Kpatiorov ‘in the best way,’ Dion. H. 2. 22. 

amo madatov, ‘from very early times,’ Thuc. I. 2.6. Cf. e Hdt. 
POS erate. pe 2: 

amo Tov tpodavovs, ‘openly,’ Thuc. I. 35. 4, 66; II. 93; ILI. 82. 7; 
V. 9. 4; cf. & III. 43. 3; VI. 73. 2 e¢ al. v. p. 72. Cf. amd tov davepov 
(late), Dion. H. 4. 4.8; cf. & ib. 6. Cf. & p. 73, eis, p. 117, & p. 191. 

ard mpwrns (apxns or opuys might be supplied, but v. ftn.* on 
dm tons.)2 nue, i773 chs VITO 432 5) Gv. art.) Antiphon V. 56. 

Phr. used as adj.: Thuc. VI. 34. 8, r@ ddoxnrw waddov ay katar)a- 
yelev 7 TN AO TOV GAnOours duvapel. 

c. With participle: a7d trav mapovrwy, Thuc. VI. 23. 3, cf. & 
VII. 62. 1 v. p. 74, & p. 175, es p. 108. 

d. With articular adv. (v. also sub adv. phr. of direction): eye 

ae amo Tov Tapaxpyua, ‘off-hand,’ Xen. Hell. 1.1.30. Cf. eis 
pediy exp. 15; ep: 19%: 

*®Rehd. Index, Rehd.-Blass. Dem. p. 69, on am’ tons, amd mpwrns, EK Kawis, &K 
vens, é& vorépys, & THs Wéns, etc.:-Die Erginzung bestimmter Subst. feminin. verwirft 
Lobeck Paralip. 363 u. sagt: sic potius existimandum videtur Graecos a notionibus 
simplicibus progressos maximeque obviis, quae sunt situs viae et directionis, hinc simili- 
tudinem traduxisse ad actionum humanarum directiones et modos. 


*7For explanation of amd xowov and é Kowov as gramm. terms v. Apoll. 
Constr. 94.9; 122. 14-- 124. 7; Rhett. Spengel III. 76. 25; 256. 11. 


46 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


e. Adv. phr. of direction: tiv ad’ Alov Bodtov/KeNevbov Soph. Ai. 
877. amd éorepns te Kal [jAlov] duouéwy, Hdt. 2. 31, v. supra p. 42. 
Cf. amo dtcews ‘from the west,’ C I 1755. 

ard tov def&ov . %§ . amd Tov evwriwov, Thuc. VIII. 105. 2. 
Cf. é p. 76, & p. 192, ets p. 118. 

amo Tov Katavtous, ‘down-hill,’ Xen. Hell. 3. 5. 20 (cf. ib. els 76 
xaravres for distinction in use of prep.); id. Eq. 8. 8. Cf. es p. 118, 
ty p. 192 émi, Plat. Tim. 77 D. 

With artic. adv.: amd trav evOevde, Plat. Rep. 529 A. Oéwow ed aod 
TaY KaTW, ATO b€ THY avw wn, ‘from the lower part of the race-course,’ 
‘from the upper,’ Plat. Rep. 613 B. 


VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition. 


1. Instrumental: a6 kaw mwapamdeiv, ‘to sail from’ or ‘by a 
rope,’ i. e. ‘to be towed along the shore’ (idiomatic tinge), Thuc. 
IV. 25.5. Cf. with different force, Ar. Ran. 121, pia (i. e. one route 
to the house of Hades) pév yap éorw ard Kadw Kai Opaviou, /KpeuaoarvTe 
oavuTor. 

2. Causal: dm’ dfews ‘for his looks,’ i. e. ‘because of’ Lys. 
OVI MOV SU PTO. aps So: 

3. Pregnant: Democr. frg. 235, Diels®, 427, dco. am6 yaorpos Tas 
yoovas moveovrar, of pleasures from eating, but é ‘yaorpds, ‘from 
infancy,’ v. é p. 61. 

XpvcELov ATO pacoTnpos otnoat, ‘from a hammer,’ i. e. ‘to set up a 
Statue in, beaten gold,’ Anth: P.. 7. 5. 

4. Plastic: Aesch. Ag. 1630, 6 wey (i. e. Orpheus) yap qye wav’ 
ard dboyyns xapa, ‘with his voice,’ ‘by delight from his voice.’ 

5. Of the starting-point: Plat. Euthyd. 301 E, do cov yap det 
apxecOar, redevtav 6’ eis EiObdnuov rovde. Cf. Trag. Fr. (Nauck) 
Theod. 7, p. 804, aro ra&v Oeav apxiy b€ rovetcOar tperov (for which 
Nauck prefers éx). V.also sub local desig. Plat. Ep. 358 B, ¢avdous 
avOpwro, ot ok amd Tov BeXTioTOU Tpds TA KOLA TpOGEPXOVTAL. 

6. Metaphorical motion from: Plat. Phaed. 98 B, azo 67 Gavpaorns 
é\ridos . . . w@xounv depopevos, ‘I was dashed down from my hope,’ 
a slight variation, as Burnet suggests, from the usual phr., which 
would have xareBd7Onv or katérecov. Cf. Euthyphro 15 E, az’ édridos 
be KaTaBadwv peyadys. For possible reminiscence in depdpevos of Il. 1. 
592, v. Burnet ad Phaed. 98 B. 

7. Change from one condition to another, cf. e p. 77. Aesch. 
Cho. 262, amd ouxpov 6’av dpevas weyay/douov. Eur. Heracl. 613, rov 


PART II aro 47 


nev ad’ tWnr\av Bpaxdv dkioe, ‘fate brings one man swiftly from high to 
low estate.’ 

8. Of a state of separation: Xen. Reip. Lac. 7. 1, of 6€ kai amo 
Texvav tpepovrar, ‘apart from the professions.’ Cf. amd Ovyov, am’ 
ovatos, etc., supra Hom. p. 35. 

9. Parallel and contrasting use of amé and éx: 

Eur. Frg. 1044. 2 (Nauck Trag. Fr.), or’ & xepos mebevTa KapTepov 
hidov / paov Katacxeiv ovr’ ard yAwoons oyov. Democr. frg. 242 
Diels’, p. 428, rdéoves & aoxjovos ayabol yivovrar } ad piavos, ‘more 
are good from practice than from nature.’ Thuc. I. 124. 2, « 
ToNéuou pev yap eipyvn waddov BeBarovtat, ad’ jovxias dé wh TodEunoat 
ovX OMolws aKivduvor. 

An interesting deliberate contrast of a76 and é in antithesis, 
a6 of remote, é of immediate ancestry, is Isocr. XII. 81, rovs 
udev ard Bear, rods 5’ &E ab’ray Tav Hedy yeyovdras, cf. Hdt. 7. 150, and for 
amo of remote ancestry cf. Aesch. Pr. 853. 

10. Of price or value: 

a6 and é are both used in inscriptions to give the value or price of 
a thing (v. Meisterhans, Grammatik der attischen Inschriften, Berlin 
1888, S. 212. 6) Ditt. Syil2 50. 11=CIA I. 59, Hicks and Hill, Man. 
Gr. Inscrr. 148. 74 (B. C. 410-9), rounoa [c 6€ Tov otépavoy amo XiALwy 
Sp] axuav. Cf. Ditt. 152. 64, 76; 153. 30, 31, etc. For additional 
cases, v. Meisterhans J. c. But Ditt. Sy/J.2 107. 15, 16=Hicks and 
Hill 134 (102), [oredlavacar Mataowddov pev [ex daplexav wevTnKovta, 
"Aprelucolny] 6€ ex Tpinxovta dapel[t]Kav. 

VII. Local designations 


amo yns, Ar. Pax 159; Plat. Tim. 90A e¢ al. 

476 Oaddcons:a. of the starting-point: Hdt. 2. 9, 15, 97; Thuc. 
II. 97. 2, etc. b. of remoteness: adzd Oadaoons . . . @xiobncar, 
finland? ‘Thue. [..7: 146.4; Xen. An. 7.3. 16, ‘a journey of 
twelve days away from the sea.’ 

am’ tmmov, tmmwv ‘on horseback,’ cf. éri. Hdt. 1. 79; 9. 62; 
Ar. Lys. 679; Xen. An. 1. 2. 7; 3. 3. 10 (pl. w. art.); Plat. Rep. 328 A 
(pl. bis); Legg. 834 D (pl.) etc. But in Homer it means ‘from the 
chariot,’ v. supra, p. 35. 

ax’ olxov, Thuc. I. 99. 3, tva uh am’ olxov dor. Cf. other preps., 
especially éx’ oixov. am’ cikwy, Soph. Ai. 762. 

ard wepatwy yns, ‘from the ends of the earth’ (almost prov.) so 
ék, v. p. 56. Alcaeus 48 (53), yas [7’] amd weppatwy (cf. ex id. 36. 1, 


48 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


cf. Matt. 12. 42); Ken. Ages. 9.4. Cf. Aesch. frg. 74. 2, am’ éoxarwr/ 
yaias. 

amd telxous, Ar. Thesm. 495, avip amo reixous eiowwy, familiar local 
phr. in the Peloponnesian war, ‘coming in from the walls’ where he 
had been mounting guard. 

Sc. xwpiov: ad byndov xpeuacbeis, Plat. Theaet. 175 D; ad’ ty- 
Norépou Kabopavres, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 29. 

VIII. Phrases of comparison with ws and corep : 

Hdt. 4. 36, rv yav, éovoay KukdoTepea ws ad Topvov. Plat. Rep. 445 
C, dorep amd cxomids por daiverat, in pr. simply ‘a watchtower,’ 
Lat. specula, but in Homer always ‘a mountain-peak,’ cf. Il. 4. 
275; Od. 4. 524. Plat. Phaedr. 254 E, fig. from the race-course, v. 
sub tech. terms supra p. 41. Eubul. 75 K, m@dos ws amo fSbyov. 
Dem. 1025. 59, &orep a6 unxavns, waptupet (prov. v. supra, p. 40). 
Examples might be multiplied. 


Part III 
éK 

éx, Lat. ex, e,| means essentially out of, from in contrast to amé 
away from and & in. Its uses are commonly classed as follows?: 

I. Spatial: 1. Removal from the inside of a place or object, 
out of union with it or from its immediate vicinity, with verbs of 
motion; hence it is used of the immediate succession of one condition 
or circumstance upon another. 2. Absence from a place with verbs 
of rest, meaning ‘outside of.’ 

II. Temporal: of the starting-point in time, é apxqs, e& ov, 
etc.; hence of the immediate development of one act out of another, 
or of the close succession in time of two acts, much stronger than 
amo. 

III. Causal and figurative, of the source from which something 
goes forth. 1. Of origin and starting-point, more immediate and 
direct than a6. 2. Partitively, often with the added meaning 
of choice or distinction. 3. Of the author or agent with passive 
or intransitive verbs, instead of id. Tonic, especially in Herodotus, 
also in tragedy, seldom in Attic prose? 4. Of cause, only rarely 
of lifeless objects for the usual instrumental Dative,—stronger than 
aro. 5. Of material. 6. Of means and instrument. 7. Of ac- 
cordance, conformity, suitability, e. g. ‘according to ability,’ etc. 
8. Of manner, phrases often equivalent to adverbs. 

é is used, perhaps, more freely than any other preposition, 
to form prepositional phrases in which the original force of the 
preposition has faded until it serves merely to turn the noun or ad- 
jective into an adverb, although it often gives the situation from which 
a thing starts. A large number of such phrases will be found under 
adv. phr. with nouns, a list which does not claim to be exhaustive, 
although it includes a few cases found in literature later than this 
period. Akin to these are many technical phr., particularly in 
rhetoric and logic, with more or less adverbial force. 


1 For derivation, v. Brugmann, Kz. vergl. Gr. S. 467; Walde ex. 
*K-G. II. 1. 459ff. 
4K-GileiG- 


50 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


A. Homer 


I. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns. 

éx yevens, (nearly & phr.), ‘name him from his clan,’ Il. 10. 68. 

e& épidos paxeoOa, Il. 7. 111, naturally ‘to fight a match,’ 
literally, ‘to fight a battle arising from mere rivalry,’ so clearly in Od. 
4, 343; 17. 134. 

ex edgy moreuife, Il. 17. 101, ‘he warreth with the gods upon 
his side,’ just the opposite of pds daivova ib. 98; usu. expressed by 
ovv c. Dat. 

éx @vyou (a true phr.) adv.: Il. 9. 343, 486, éx Ovuov diréwv, Lat. ex 
animo, ‘right from my heart,’ ‘sincerely’; so Aesch. Ag. 48, etc., 
v. infra, p. 54. Cf. in later lit. a6 xapéias, p. 38 ex dpevds, p. 54, etc. 
But Il. 23. 595, é« Ouuov weceew, ‘to fall from thy heart,” ‘become 
alienated,’ a different idiom. Cf. dé Oupov, Il. 1. 562. Cf. Il. 10. 
10, verdbev Ex xpadins, ‘he heaved a sigh from the bottom of his heart.’ 

éx kebadns . . . és moddas, ‘from head to foot,’ Il. 16. 640; 
18. 353; 23. 169, familiar tag as in Eng., id. feeling indicated by its 
comic reversal and metaph. use in Ar. Pl. 650. 

giriet 6€ ce . . . Lebs/tx waons doins, h. Merc. 470, summo 
dure, adv. force. 
b. With adjectives, =adv. 
Tl. 24. 352, €& ayxmoroo, Lat. e propinquo, ‘from near at hand.’ 
e& altooxedins metpmpevos, ‘off-hand,’ h. Merc. 55; (late) cf. Dio 
43: 


O 


1, & tov abrooxedlov eimetv. But cf. és abtrooxedinv 
levar, Tyrt. 9. 12. 
IT. Elliptical 
Sc. dduou or olxov: é& ’Atéao, ’Avdos, Atéew, Il. 23. 76; Od. 11. 625, 
635; 12.17. ék Ievcdvdpou, i. e. from his house,’ Od. 18. 299. Cf. 
infra, p. 59 f, eis, &v in Hom. and Att. pp. 84, 103, 140, 168, v. also ftn. 
120 sub & p. 168. 
III. Temporal 
1. Of the starting-point. a. W. nouns: é€ apxys, Od. 1. 188; 
Z. 20411. 438-17. 69) freq. in Attic.v.p-.00- 
éx yeverns, ‘from birth,’ Il. 24. 535; Od. 18. 7. Cf. Ar. Eth. N. 
1144°. 6, evOds &k yeverns, etc., v. enfra, p. 61. 
€x vedTyTOos . . . €s ynoas, Il. 14. 86. 
b. With pronouns: 
é€ ov, ‘from the time when,’ ‘since,’ Lat. ex quo tempore, 
and. ex quo. Il. 1.638. 295:548. 778; 24.638, 160—Od s19e225;, 


PART III €k 51 


Odes 21.00" 82-5507 11, oss 14.3793 1o. 142° 27. 1035-18, 181; 
21. 303; 24. 310, freq. in Att. v. infra, p. 62. Cf. ad’ od (but not in 
Hom.), p. 43. 

ék roio, tov, ‘henceforth,’ always temporal in Homer.’ Il. 1. 
AOS Vee 20h rats (Oe 15. 69,24. 31> Od, 1) 74,212: bh, Cer. 4404 Cf. 
Il. 9. 106, é& ére tov dre. Cf. x robrov mera, h. Ap. 343. ék rovde, 
Od. 8. 540, cf. azo. 

2. Of immediate succession: 

Il. 13. 493, mdmev? é Bordavyns, ‘to drink after pasturage.’ 

Tl. 11. 227, é @adauouo . . . kero, ‘straight from the bridal 
chamber,’ w. slight suggestion of ‘immediately after his marriage.’ 

S) Ora date: 

Od. 12. 286, x vuxta@y 6’ aveuor xadevoL . . .) -Yyiyvovrat, as of 
the winds arising out of the night; this easily merges into the 
purely temp. meaning, ‘at night,’ and may be so translated even here. 
Cf. infra, p. 63. 

LV. Logs 

1. Military: ‘out of the battle,’ é Bedewv, ‘out of shot,’ ‘out- 
side the battle,’ Il. 11. 163; 14. 130; 16. 122, 668, 678, 781; 18. 152. 
In Il. 11. 163, 164, cf. also &k xovins, && avdpoxracins, é& aluaros. 

e— evorns, ‘out of the war-cry,’ Il. 16. 782; 17. 714. 

éx kvdotuov, ‘out of the din of battle,’ Il. 11. 164. 

ex Twodeuou, Il. 3. 428. 

éx movov, ‘out of the turmoil of battle,’ Il. 14. 429; 17. 718. 

ék Tpwwy, ‘to drive the horses from among the Trojans,’ I. 10. 
Soi. 

éx ddoicBouo, ‘to save out of the tumult,’ Il. 5. 469; cf. azo. 
Butt 20: 3/7, “await him from: amid the.roar of battle,’ i.-e. 
Sin Wee” 

2. Literal and plastic: 

ék didpoo, Il. 22. 398, ‘bound him from his chariot.’ 

é& etvys, Il. 14. 336; 15. 580; 22. 190; Od. 2.2; 3. 405; 4. 307; 8. 2; 
15. 58, 96. Also in later lit. 

éé dxéwy Il. 13. 35, ‘loosed the horses from out of the chariot.’ 

éx magoandou, Od. 8. 67, 105; h. Ap. 9. Cf. amé p. 36. 

eis ohupov éx wrepvns, Il. 22. 397. 

&k peBewv, Il. 16. 856; 22. 362, Wux7 6’ ex peOewy rrapern; cf. Il. 22. 
68, peléewy ex Ovuov edntar cf. Ovyds awd pedewr, Il. 7. 131, v. p. 36. 

4 Ameis. 

5 Cf. further, Ap. Rhod. 1. 1104; 2. 1236, etc. 


52 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


é€ trvovo, Il. 10. 162, 519. 

3. Literal, but might easily have developed into phrases: 

éx kpadins, Il. 10. 10° cf. a6 xapdias p. 38, éx p. 54. 

éx warov, Il. 20. 137, kiovres éx marov és oxominy, ‘out of the trodden 
path,’ ‘apart.’ 

4. Miscellaneous: 

éx Ads ovpor, Il. 14. 19; daca ex Aros Od. 1. 283; 2. 217. 

x vedewv, Il. 11. 62, cf. Hes. Op. 449. 

eejov, Tl. 10) 337; 12.72; 16:87, 267,-2935300- 18.279. 


V. Noteworthy uses of preposition 
1... Loeal: 
Il. 18. 210, of re ravnuépior otvyep@ Kpivovtar “Apni/aoreos ex opere- 
pov.’ 

Il. 19. 375, & wévroo, not ‘coming up from the sea,’ but ‘from 
out at sea’ they see something upon land. 

2.) Partitive: 

é mévrav, Il. 7. 75, ‘out of you ail,’ cf. e& eapwr, Il. 9. 188. 

ék twodéwv, Il. 15. 680, ds 7’ éael Ex Tohewy Tiovpas ovvaElpeTar tmroUs,. 
‘four out of many’ (slightly id.) cf. ao in Att. p. 40; cf. p. 73. 

With added force of choice or distinction: é macéwy, ‘above all,’ 
‘more than any one else,’ Il. 18. 431; Od. 4. 723.8 So Il. 18. 432, 
tk pe p’ dddAdov adidwv; Il. 21. 370, ec ado. This meaning 
emphasized by addition of superlative: Il. 4. 96; Od. 2. 433, e 
TavTwy 6€ wadoTa. 

3. Material: 

& Ydaros Kpvordddw, Il. 22. 152, ‘ice from water.’ Cf. infra 
p. 79. 

4. Succession: 

Il. 19. 290, &s wor déxerar xaxov éx Kaxov aiei “evil after, upon evil.’ 
Cf. Aesch. Ag. 1110; Dem. 1462. 3; Aeschin. I. 64, etc., v. znfra, p. 80. 


6The nearest approach to a phr. w. é& is Ar. Nub. 86, elmep & 77s kapdlas w’ bvTws 
gereis (fig. but art. expressed). 

7Some edd. accent é on the ground that it means ‘from outside of their city,’ 
and that é in that case receives the accent on the same theory by which they account 
for éro= procul, v. ar6 p. 39 ftn., Herm. Op. II. 55. Others prefer to read oi 6¢ for ot re 
(of MSS) in the previous line and interpret ‘from within the city.’ v. Leaf ad. loc. 

8Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 620, otm & macéwy. 

9So Pind. Ol. VI. 25. 

10This is one of the meanings noticed by Aristotle in his discussion of the uses of 
éx, Metaph. 1023" 26 sqq. Cf. further, Ap. Rhod. 2. 843, vnicu & xotivoio parayé, 
‘a ship’s roller of wild olive wood’; id. 3. 1325, é€ a6auarzos. 


PART III €k 53 


VI. Compounds of éx: 


mapex c. gen. mapeé dd0v, Il. 10. 349; mrapéé "Idovo, Il. 24. 349, etc. 
C. acc. wapéé ’Axid\ja, ‘without the knowledge of Achilles,’ Il. 24. 
434." gapéx pirov ‘along the warp,’ Il. 23. 762; rapéx voov jyaye, 
‘beyond, contrary to prudence,’ Il. 10. 391; uy xaderawe rape voor, 
Wer20/4.33" ete: 

trex: Il. 13. 89=15. 700, devfeoOar trex xaxov, cf. Od. 12. 107; 
Il. 17. 581, 589, trek Tpwwv, ‘from amid the Trojans’ Il. 4. 465; 18. 
232, trex Bedewy; Il. 22. 146, reixeos . . . brex, ‘away from 
under.’” 

B. LITERATURE AFTER HOMER 


I. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns. 

é avOpmamrwv, an extension of the use seen in & avOpwrois c. superl. 
v. p. 147. Plat. Theaet. 170 E, of yé wo ra e& avOpwrwv mpayyara 
mapéxovow, ‘they cause me a world of trouble’; so Lysias XIII. 73, 
obtooL . . . otk ev ’AOnvaios Kal edixafe Kal HKKAnolafe Kal ypadas 
ras é avOparuwv &ypadero ‘every kind of indictment possible’; Aeschin. 
I. 59, ras é€ édvOpmrwv mdnyas, ‘the worst possible flogging.’ Cf. 
Gen. without prep. w. neut. superl. avOpatwy wadiora, Hdt. 1. 60, 
Plat. Legg. 629 A,jxiorTa Prot. 361 E, dpuora Theaet. 148 B, dpforara 
195 B, xadd\or’ Legg. 637 A; cf. Soph. Frg. 524. 4 (Nauck). But 
é£ avOpmrwv in its proper sense, é& avOpwrav n¢avioby, Lys. II. 11; Isocr. 
Warde wie £5; VIE. 113), ete: 

é& pas, Soph. Ai. 788, ri we . ./ . . €& Spas dviorare, 
‘from quietude’; but ib. 780, 68’ evOis e& epas/méuwe pe, ‘he had no 
sooner risen from where they sat, than he sent me’ (J.).¥ 

é& &dridos, Aesch. Ag. 998, etxouar c& Euas Edmidos, ‘against hope’; 
like a6 ‘away from,’ v. p. 46, for other uses of é& éAzidos v. p. 78. 


Leaf: ‘behind Achilles’ back,’ lit. ‘passing him by,’ cf. 10. 391, ‘led past 
my sense,’ much like Eng. ‘made me beside myself’; 20. 133 ‘past’ = ‘in defiance of’ 
good sense. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 130, rapé« vdov Evpvobijos, ‘without the knowledge and 
approval of Eurystheus’; cf. ib. 323, 1315. But Ap. Rhod. 2.1113, mapéé ddl yor Bavaroto. 
Schol. rap’ ddtyov & Tov Oavdrov, ‘within a little of death’; rapét not elsewhere in 
this sense. map’ odiyov, tapa pixpdv, mapa Bpaxd are common. 

Also Il. 5. 854; 8. 504; 16. 353; baék Oavarowo Il. 15. 628; 20 300; cf. Ap. 
Rhod. 1. 596, 1166, 1204. 

By, Jebb ad loc. for different interpretations of this phr. and comparison of II. 
19. 77, abrddey € Spns, Od. 13. 56, abrddey éE édpéwv, ‘even there as they sat,’ 
but airé0e helps to fix the meaning; here e’@is indicates ‘immediately after sitting.’ 
Note frequency of eb@us with é of strict consecution. 


54 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


éx Ouuov, Lat. ex animo: Il. 9. 343, 486. Theogn. 62, unéeva ravb€c 
dirov woed . . «ho ta@y /éx Oypov; Aesch. Ag. 48, éx Ouuot krafovrtes ; 
Trag. Frg. Adesp. 458. 7 (Nauck)" cf. Hor. Ars P. 432. So & gpevos, 
‘from my heart,’ ‘sincerely,’ Aesch. Sept. 873, 919; Cho. 107, roy 
éx dpevos oyov of hearty, cordial speech. Cf. Ag. 805, otk am’ axpas 
dpevos. But pl. ék dpevav, Eur. Tro. 6 is lit., and nearly so, but 
plastic and approaching force of sing. id. Frg. 659. 5, a\dw 6’ apéoxer 
mndev byes ex hpevav/EyovTe mele Tols meas TOAUH Kakyn. Cf. other 
phrases w. similar meaning, Ar. Nub. 86, aA’ elzep ék THs Kapdias p’ 
évTws didets; Anth. P. 5. 69. 2, éx xpadins; cf. 61. 2, €& adrns kpadins; 
cf. dro kapdias, p. 38. éx ys Yuxns, Xen. An. 7. 7. 43, x rns W. pidos ; 
id. Oec. 10. 4, éx rns W. domavfeoPa. But. cf. Theocr. 8. 35, Boxer’ 
éxk Wuxas Tas duvidas, ‘according to his wish’. Allied phenomena are, 
Hdt. 8. 97, & wavros voov, ‘with all his heart and soul’; Plat. Gorg. 
510 B, é€ a@ravros rou voD «. «SC. hihos yeveoBar. 

é& dupatrwv, ‘out of my presence,’ Aesch. Suppl. 949; Phrynich. 
81 K. Cf. es p. 89, &v p. 151, same meaning of noun occurs Cc. xara, 
mapa. So et odOadpav, ‘out of one’s sight’ Hdt. 1. 120; 5. 24. 3; 106. 
5; Xen. Hiero 6. 13. Cf. later, Alciphro 3. 20, é d¢0aryav éoier 
c. acc.; cf. ard, p. 36 els p. 83 ev, p. 151, soc. kara. But e€ seus, 
Dem. 1002. 27, vewrepov dvr’ euov Kal svxvm, 60’ €& OPews, ‘so far as can 
be judged from his looks,’ cf. ard, p. 38. Cf. also eis dy but w. 
diff. meaning p. 90. 

éx modos, ‘out of the way,’ Pind. Nem. VII. 67. Ci. Polyb. 2. 54. 
2, avis éx modds éxive. But Polyb. 3. 68.1 et al.=Lat. pone, cf. 2. 
68. 9 e vestigtis, so Dion. H. 2. 33, rots re pevyouow . . . & odds 
érouevos; So id. 3. 42, éxrodés. Rare in sing., freq. in pl. com- 
pounded as adv. éxzodwv, Aesch. Cho. 20; Hdt. 6. 35; Ar. Vesp. 949 
mapex’ & modwy, ‘clear out,’ lit. ‘supply yourself out of the way.’ 
Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 16, et saepe and formed by false analogy with this 
éumodav, Xen. Hell. 3.4.9 et al. Cf. cpd. adj. éurddios Hdt. 1. 153. 
But Ar. Pl. 650, ws éym ra rpayuata/ék TOv Today és THY KEepadHy cot 
mavrt’ ép@, comic reversal in metaph. use of the Homeric é xedadns 

és todas. Cf. Eubul. 107. 24 K. 


MCf, Theocr. 2. 61, ék Que dédeuar. 

Cf., w. adj. modifiers, Aesch. Ag. 546, duwavpas ex ppevds; 1515, dpevos ex pidias ; 
Soph. OT. 528, & ouparav 8 dp8av te Kak dpOns ppevos; OC 486, e& eduevav/orépywr 
déxecOar Tov ixérny owrnp.ov, ‘with kindly hearts.’ 

6But for different theory as to formation of these adverbs v. ftn. & p. 168 Brug- 
mann, Grundr. II. 2. § 577, etc. 


on 
un 


PART III €k 


é& évds otouaros, ‘with one voice,’ Ar. Eq. 670; Plat. Rep. 364 A; 
Legg. 634 E, (balanced by Dat.) wa 6€ dwrp Kal €& évds orduaros 
ravtas cuuowretv, Cl. ws ad’ évds otoparos, Anth. P. 11. 159, etc., v. 
amo p. 39. Cf. €& évds dyou, Ar. Pl. 760; Lys. 1005, e& évds Oyw 
(genit.). Cf. é éds pd00v/malover, “with one stroke,’ i. e. ‘all at 
once,’ Aesch. Pers. 462. ¢é& évds xeXebouaros Sophron. Kaibel, (Com. 
Gr. Frg.) 25, I. p. 158 .  é& vos Tpdrov, v. infra, p. 68. 

ék xepos, Soph. Ai. 27, xarnvapiopevas/éx xetpos abrois Towmviwy 
émiotaras, ‘yea, slaughtered by human hand’ (J.)! Plastic force is 
possible here, ‘by violent hand,’ nearly =adv. ‘violently.’ Cf. w. adv. 
force, but w. modif. adj., Soph. El. 455, €& bzeprépas xepds, ‘with 
mightier hand.’ But in military sense éx yepds = Lat. cominus, ‘from 
near at hand,’ ‘close,’ ‘in hand to hand combat,’ Xen. Heil. 7. 2. 14; 
Bus. 42202 Cyt. 1-2; 9-24.3.:16; 6:3. 24; Plat; Lege.834 A. But 
Bacchyl. V. 132, rudda 6’ éx xepav Bern is lit. and plastic. Aesch. 
Ag. 1110, poreiver 5€ xelp éx/xEpds dpeyuara, ‘hand following hand’ 
(only slightly id.)!8 

éx ppevos, Vv. Supra p. 54. 

b. With adjectives. 

é& @ravtos, Soph. O C 807, dors é& aravtos eb heya, ‘speaks well 
on any theme,’ i. e. starting from anything; id. Ant. 312, otk é€ 
amavros det TO Kepdaive dire, ‘from every source.’ Cf. Xen. Mem. 
2. 9. 4, ob yap jv otos amo mavros Kepdaivey. Cf. Ar. Thesm. 736, 
Kak TavTos duels unxavwpevar riety. Cf. Dion. H. 4. 7. 4, dar’ & ravtods 
éerOuunoar TEKVWV. 

éx weoou, Hdt. 3. 83, of taking no part in a contest, remaining 
neutral, ovros wev 6n ode ok Evnywvitero, add’ EK MEegOU KaTHGTO; SO W. 
art. w. éfeoe id. 8. 22. 2. 

Thuc. IV. 133. 4 (sc. érovs). 

But Eur. El. 797, rovrov pév otv pebetoav ex pecou doyov, cf. els 
p. 93 f., e& p. 157. 3a. of speaking ‘before,’ ‘in the presence of an 
assembly.’ 

Dem. 141. 36, e dvédomev Ex péoov Kal Tas BNacdyuias; 323. 294, 
TO KataWeldecOar Kal du’ ExPpay TL Eye avEedovTAS EK péTOU. 

Euphr. 8. 5 K., ris & wécou ra Oepua dSewos apraca; cf. (w. art.), 
Anaxipp. 1. 6 K., rv dviay nparicay éx Tov wecov ; Capps compares these 


MV. Jebb ad loc.: this is better than ‘by force of hand,’ i. e. by violence, not by 
chance. The violence was so evident as to need no mention. 

'8Epicrates 2. 24. 25 K. (id. tinge), rapyiprov ex THs xetpds dn auBave, ‘she has 
became so tame that already she eats money out of your hand.’ 


56 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


two passages for similar use of éx, with Menand. Ilepuxerp. 203 (Capps), 
[r]avr’ a[v]jpraor’ &x péoov, ‘all was lost, snatched from your grasp.’ 

Menand. 250 K., ra 6’ & péeoou TpiTdédia kal Tpaynuara. 

Alexis 116. 5 K., ceuvorapdottrov x pécov Kadovpevorv. 

c. With participles: v. also sub adv. phr. 

é& axuatovrwy, ‘from those in the prime of life,’ substant. use of 
ptc. without art. indicates slight id. feeling, note use of art. in the 
corresponding adj. expressions, Plat. Rep. 459 B, & trav vewrarov 7} 
&k TOV yeparTatwy H e& akuatovTwy 6 TL padioTa; "HE dxuatovTww., 
so 460 D, épaper yap 6y € akpyafovtwy dev Ta Exyova yiyveoOar. 

e& emitpomevouerns dé TovTw yevéoOat, Isae. VI. 13, v. infra, p. 57. 

II. Proverbial 

Ar. Eq. 467, od 6’ obey é duakoupyov eyes, ‘cartwright’s slang,’ 
i. e. ‘from the cartwright’s shop’ (the genit. not governed by é, 
but by the omitted word as in é didacxadwr, etc.). Cf. Dem. 268. 
122, dorep e& auaéns.2? Cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 694 K, otéev é aypov 
Neves. Cf. oes éx rpiddov, i. e. vulgar, Luc. Hist. Conscr. 16; Peregr. 
3; Prom. 1, etc. doldopian . . . €& épyacrnpiwy kal TpLodwy Dio C. 
46. 4. Cf. Lob. Phrynich. p. 38. Cf. Lat. Senee: Coniros: VII. 
praef., idiotismus id est plebeius et ex trivio arreptus loquendi modus; 
so Ay’ Gell. 1.92252) ani compitis] Butch. ep: 163. 

Com. Fr. Adesp. 483 K., riepov ap’ é&w mpayyar’ e& ampakias.?! 

Plat. Tim. 81 B, otov ék dpvoxwr, lit. ‘as if from the stocks,’ 
i. e. ‘freshly formed like the keel of a vessel just off the stocks.’ 

é€ amadov ovixwy, Anth. P. 5. 14, 129; Plut. de lib. ed. 3 c; Lat. 
Hor. C. III. 6. 24, de tenero ungmi.” 

ék mepatwv yns, ‘from the ends of the earth,’ prov. of remote 
countries, -Alcae. 36. 1; Thuc. I..69: 5; so amo, v.-p. 47.) (Ciiient 
Tépuata yns, Crat. 309 K., etc. 

Plat. Euthyd. 293 A, oa@oa: nuas . . . . & TpLKUUlas TOU NOYou. 

Com. Fr. Adesp. 789 K., é« rs airns yudbou yeyovws.* Cf. ib. 465 
K., of 6’ &k pas 7w@d’ olvoxons TETTwWKOTAS. 

19Kock: éuuérpws Herwerd. Obs. crit. 69 conl. Plat. Cratyl. 395 E, doxet rotvoua 
Euperpws KeiaOar, scribendum potius év wéow, i. e. ubique. But Hunzicker reads é« péoou 
*xkadovuevoy, € medio evocatum. 

20y, Goodwin ad loc. Cf. Philemon frg. (ed. Osann) p. 170, who defines it as 
=dvaoxbvtws bBpite. Cf. Menand. 396 K. (émi), v. nn. ad loc. 

“1Leutsch, Diogenian. 7. 59; Apostol. 14. 91, mpayuara é ampatlas: ext trav mapa 
ddfav kal éAriba cupBawovTwr. 

vy. Shorey ad loc. 


*%Leutsch, App. prov. 2.47, 68, éml rv maparAnciov Kal duolwv; cf. e evds 
mndov; & THs abras Kepaulas; Suid. v. ’Emlxovpos: Meoonvior dé é& ’Apkadia Tovs 


PART III €k 57 


ITI. Technical 

1. Military: 

ék kxatadoyov, ‘from the muster roll,’ ‘the list,’ Thuc. VI. 43; 
VIE. 16. 1;.20. 2; VIII. 24. 2; Xen. Mem. 3.4. 1 ef al. 

éx weraBodns, Aeschin. II. 9; III. 64, 75 (L. and S. metaph. of a 
speaker from military use ‘wheeling about face).’ Cf. Menand. 712 
K. ubiv.n. Cf. Polyb. 1.61. 7=adv. of the wind changing to the 
opposite direction. 

ék Tov Stroy, Thuc. I. 111. 1, wy mpotovres odd ex Tav drdwD, 
i.e; ‘trom the. camp.’ 

éx wapataéews, ‘in regular battle,’ Thuc. V. 11. 2; Dem. 123. 49; 
Aeschin. III. 88; cf. Menand. 52 K.; Polyb. 2.33.4. So Hdn. 5.4. 5, 
etc. 

ék wAayiov ‘on the flank,’ v. infra, p. 76. 

ék mpoxAynowos, ‘by or upon challenge,’ Hdt. 5. 1. 2, povvouaxin 

ék mpoxv.; So IX. 75; cf. dua p. 20. 

ék Tpoppnoews ToNevnoev, ‘to make war in accordance with, from, 
a proclamation,’ Dem. 114. 13. Cf. & karayyeNias éritedetv ayava, 
‘by proclamation,’ Plut. Rom. 14. 

Soph. El. 725, & 6& troorpodns = brootpeparres, ‘swerving,’ 
“wheeling round they went to meet the enemy’; so Polyb. 2. 25. 3; 
3. 14:5; Dion. H. 2. 41, etc.. But extendedin. Dem. 283: 166 
(ap. spurious document), é& troorpodns, ‘reversing the procedure,’ 
i. e. doing the opposite of what the Thessalians have done. Cf. é€ 
avaotpog7s also of wheeling in battle, Polyb. 4.-54. 4, cf. 3. 115. 3. 
_ Cf. & exvorpodys, ‘by a sudden wheel,’ Polyb. 1. 76. 5;74 Plut. Timol. 
DRS: 

€k xeLpos, V. Supra, p.55 =Lat. cominus. But Xen. An. 3. 3. 15, 
ot €k xeLpos BaddovTes = akovTLoTal. 

ek Xwpas dpuavres, ‘setting out from a position;’ Xen. An. 3. 4. 33. 
Cf. & xwpq ‘at one’s post,’ infra, p. 155. 

27 egal: 

Dem. 565. 156, kataoras (xopnyos) €& avriddcews. 

Isae. VI. 13, €& émitporevoperns 6€ TotTw yeveoBar, ‘she was under 
his guardianship’ (note substant. use of ptc. without art.) v. supra, 
ps5o: 


&k THs abrys oiovel Patvns edndoKdras éEnacav. Leutsch compares w. these Plat. 
Gorg. 493 D, é& rod abrod yuuvaciov rH, v. infra, p. 81.4 

*4éx phrases of this type are numerous in Polyb. cf. é épéddou ‘at the first assault,’ 
Polyb. 1. 24. 10, 36. 11, so Dion. H. 2. 33, etc., ete 


58 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Dem. 1251. 14, €& gudavav xaraoracews, of producing bail, evidence, 
etc., in court. Lat. exhibitio, actio ad exhibendum. 

éx mapakAnoews, Dem. 275. 143, ci peév ek rapaxhyoews ovyKabnuevor, 
a packed party in the jury, i. e. by summons, summoning one’s 
friends to attend in a trial. 

3. Political: 

Rhett. Spengel I. 241, 28, odvyapxiay 8 eior do Tpdomou H yap é€ 
éraipelas 7} amd THY Tiunuatwv, ‘from political clubs’ (note use of 
ék and amo in antithesis). Cf. azo p. 41. 

ék mpoxpioews, ‘according to selection by choice,’ Plat. Pol. 299 A. 

éx Tiunuatwy, Plat. Legg. 698 B; Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 12. Cf. azé 
p. 41. 

A large number of technical terms with é occur in Rhetoric 
and Logic. Only a few will be mentioned here: 

4. From the field of Rhetoric: 

Rhett. Gr. Spengel III. 50. 10, xai €or adroowmrnots exes 
TAvTENS TOU EK THS GkovdoVOlas OdethovTos ErevexXOnvat. 

To é& émitndevoews of a studied style. Dion. H. de Lys. 8, cf de.. 
Comp. 25. 200, 203. 

ék mapaddndov, ‘in like manner,’ ‘parallelwise,’ Plut. Comp. 
Ag. c. Gracch. 1; so Rhett. Spengel III. 69. 20; cf. 101. 4; (also used 
by mod. grammarians as a gram. term). 

&& brepBodns, Ar. Rhet. ad Alex.” 1430.” 9. (referring to sententiae 
yva@par), ToANds b€ Totncouey adTas 7} ex THS idlas plaews 7 EE baEpBodns 
H &K Tapowomoews. . . . €& drepBorns dé Tordode’ SewoTEpA pot 
doxovow ot KétTOVTES THY AniCouevwY TroLety’ of ev yap aBpaiws, ot dé 
pavepas Ta XpHuata Tweptarpovyta. Cf. é& brepBodys as adv. Polyb. 8. 15 
(17). 8. Cf. es p. 112, also with xara. 

5. From the field of Logic: 

é& avaipecews, Rhett. Spengel III. 130. 9, direct confutation of 
arguments, dvaipeois, opp. by Aristot., Soph. Elench. 183.* 10, 11 to 
duaipeots, confutation by drawing a distinction. 

é ddapecews, ‘by abstraction,’ ‘in the abstract,’ Ar. An. 
Post. 81” 3. Cic. jokes on this term ad Att. 6. 1. 2; opp. to é mpoo- 
écews Ar. Metaph. 1077.” 10; also used especially of mathematical 
abstractions, cf. Ar. Coel. 299.* 16; Metaph. 1061.* 29; de an. 403.» 
tS: 

éx dratpécews, Plat. Proleg. II, éx dtacpéecews mpoehOwyer, ‘by 
division.’ Cf. Anstot., \Ci.étip..167. 


*5Some think this work earlier than Aristotle and some later. 


PART III &k 59 


& mpoobécews, Ar. Metaph. 1077.” 10, etc., v. supra. 

&& brobecews, Urolecewv, ‘by hypothesis,’ (sing.) Plat. Meno 86 E 
(where Plato explains his use of the term); pl. Rep. 510 B; freq. in 
Aristot., v. Bonitz index w. definitions and references there given;?? 
auddoytopol é€& broféoews, Ar. An. Pr. 45.» 16, etc.; a proof may be 
given 7} deuxrikas 7) é brodécews, ib. 40. 25, etc.; opp. to dmhas saepe, 
e. g.-Pol. 1278.* 5, of maides modirar obx amdas, adr’ eé droHécEws, 
etc.,etc. Cf. (later) R P® p. 135, Simplic. de Caelo 304. 3 (on Empe- 
docl.); also.ib. Gd. 305. 21). 

6. From the race-course: 

Aesch. Ag. 1245, 7a 6’ GAN dxoboas éx Spouov recov Tpexw, ‘I hear 
and miss my path’ (Plumptre). Cf. w. ééw, tw dpouov ‘foreign to 
the purpose’ (a real phr.), Aesch. Pr. 883; Plat. Crat. 414 B (és). 

7. From navigation: 

é obpiwy dSpayovcay, ‘running before the wind’ (of the state,) 
Soph. ai) 1085:. cf: Com: Fr: Adesp.) 770: -K.,, obdey’ 46.) ek 
ovpiwy Géovaiv éot’ ammpotov. Cf. é oipias diadpauetv, rAetv, Ar. Mechan. 
851." 6 (cf. ib. 11, eis obpiov); Polyb. 1. 47. 2; cf. & obpiw mre Luc. 
Lexiph. 15; also Dat. alone, Plat. Prot. 338 A, obpia édevra. 

8. From the field of religion: 

é& advrov, cf. Hom. Il. 5. 512, wiovos é& advroro (of the shrine of 
Apollo); so Tyrt. 2. 4; Pind. Ol. 7. 32; Ar. Eq. 1016, jv cou ’Aro\Nwy / 
taxev €& advTOLO bia TpiTOdwy épiTivwy ; Cf. metaph. Plat. Theaet. 162 A, 
€k Tov advTou Ts BiBdov. 

IV. Elliptical 

Cf. es and &, pp. 84, 103, 140, 168f. Cf. e& Hom. Od. 18. 
299, etc., v. supra, p. 50. These phrases are classified in accordance 
with the explanation which has been commonly received in English, 
i. e. that the genitive is adnominal, depending upon an omitted 
douov, oixov, or similar familiar and easily supplied word (cf. Eng. 
‘We have just come from the Browns’’), but Brugmann and 
others believe that the gen. is locative.?8 

*6y, Thompson ad loc. 

"tv, Shorey, ZvAAoyopol é& brofécews in Aristotle, A J P X. 460-462, who inter- 
prets Ar. in the light of Platonic usage. As Prof. Shorey shows, ‘it is evident that 
Ar. had the Meno in mind all through the Analytics, but his thought has been obscured 
by Aristotelian commentators through confusion with the post-Arist. doctrine of 
hypothetical syllogisms. His proposal to classify syllogisms é troféoews is merely 
a design to classify hypotheses habitually or frequently admitted by Athenian dis- 


putants.’ 
vy. Grundr. II. 610 and infra év p. 168 ftn. 


60 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Ar. Plut. 84, é« Ilarpoxdéous, i. e. ‘from his house’; so Pax 1154, 
eé Aioxwadov; 1149, e& euov 6’ eveyxatw, ‘from my house,’ Aa. 
199 K., éx dubacxadov; Plat. Prot. 326 C, éredav 6€ ex didacKkadwv 
amadd\aywow ; €& “Avdov, Saepe. 

Similar but even more colloquial and idiomatic: é trav yerTover, 
or éx yertovwy,=‘from the neighbors’,’ ‘from’ or ‘in the neighbor- 
hood’; Ar. Plut. 435, ap’ éoriv 4 karndis HK TeV yerrovwy ; cf. Nicostr. 
22 K., 6 Kamndos yap otk Tay yerrovwy ‘the one in the neighborhood’; 
Ar. Lys. 701, rv éraipav éxades’ ex Tov yerrovwv; Plat. Rep. 531 A, 
oiov éx yeTrovav daviv Onpevduevor; Lys. I. 14, tov dAdxvov 
éx Tov yerovew evawacOa. In Lycurg. 21 some texts read &, v. sib 
év p. 169. Cf. Alciphr. Frg. 19, woe rov &k trav yerrovwy adekTpvova, 
ete.) (Civeripri6s ttn: 

V. Temboral 


1. Of the starting-point. 

a. With nouns: 

é& apxns, usually like in meaning, but more frequent than az’ 
dpxns,=apxnbev, Lat. ab initio. Begins in Hom. Od. 1. 188, etc. v. 
supra, p. 50, but am’ apxns first in Hesiod. é& dpxns, Hes. Th. 45, 
115; 156; Phocyls Ero. 17-4. Pind: Ole 7.205 Py. 45 32) fire a0 
(74). 17; Aesch. Eum. 284, 583; Soph. O. T. 385, Kpéwy 6 micros, 
ov apxns didos; Eur. Frg. 403; Ar. Ran. 591, 1137, etc. Hdt. 7. 203, 
T@ KaKkov €& apxns yuvowerw ov cuveuelxOn, i. e. ‘from his birth.’ Xen. 
Cyn. 12. 6, ro é apxns. Often 6 é& dpxys means ‘the original,’ 
or ‘the former,’ Plat. Theaet. 177 C, 6 €& apxns Novos, etc.; Rep. 366 
E, amo trav e dpxns fpwwv daptauevor; cf. Dem. 1257. 3, » e& apx. 
éx0pa nearly= prima; frequently in Plat.=adv., ‘originally,’ ‘in 
the beginning,’ Rep. 411 B, cf. 433 A, etc. Also often without 
art., as adv.=Lat. ab integro, denuo, ‘anew, ‘afresh,’ frequently 
with zadw or aifis, so Ar. Pl. 221, 866, 1113; Pax 780, 997, 1327, 
cf. Eur. Frg. 35. 2, at@us e€ aoxns veov; Pherecr. 108. 33 K, ev@ds é& 
dpxns wanw ct. Com. Fre. Adesp. 295: kK. Welechid.= 15 17K; Plat. 
Rep. 450 A; Mnesimach. 4. 24 K., radw é& dpx. Menand. 223. 2, érav 
amobavns, avfus €& apxns eo. Cf. € brapyys, infra, p. 61. cf. amo, p. 42. 
The phrase is very common and is especially a favorite expression 
of Plato and Demosthenes. Approximately it occurs in Andoc. 
eight times; Antiphon once; Lysias eight; Xen. fifteen; Isocr. thirty; 
Plat. 102; Isae. fifteen; Lycurg. ‘once; Hyper. three; Dem. stilt: 
Din. once; Aeschin. seven. 


PART III & 61 


é al@vos és aldva, ‘from everlasting to everlasting,’ R P §68 
(Stob. Ecl. I. 418, p. 172, 10 W. fr. Philolaus 21. Mull.); cf. 6’ aidvos 
supra, p. 22. 

éx Bpédeos, ‘from babyhood,’ Anth. P. 9. 56. 7. 

éx yaorpos, ‘from infancy,’ Theogn. 305, but in 300 not a phr. 
but ad yaorpos in diff. use, v. p. 46. 

éx yeverns, ‘from the hour of birth,’ ‘at birth,’ ‘from birth,’ 
Hom. Il. 24. 535, etc., v. supra, p. 50.2% Ar. Eth. N. 1144”. 6, 
eds éx yeverns; ib. 1154" 33, opp. to dv’ os; later, Iamb. v. Pyth. 
(Nauck) 143. 21, cf. ao ib. 125. 9; 156. 13. v. p. 42. 

x wetpaxiou, @ ék uerp. didos Av, Isae. V. 40; cf. Aeschin. 1. 121. 
Pl. ék pecpaxioy . . . mwexpe ynows, Isocr. XV. 93. 

éx veov, ‘from a youth, from youth upwards’; Plat. Apol. 21 A; 
Symp. 209 A; Lach. 186 C; Gorg. 510 D; Rep. 485 D, 559 A, 572 C, 
590 B; Legg. 694 D, 888 C. So Diog. L. IV. 6, etc. Pl. & véw», 
‘from: youth’ > Plat. *Theaet. 172°C, 173 A; C; Gorg.,483: E; Rep. 
S07 A-d9a DD, 559 B; Dege? 635°C} 642 B; 791 B (bcs); ci. Ars Eth. 
N. 1103? 24, edOds & véwy eitecOar; so 1104° 11, etc. 

Cf. & vyriov, ‘from a child,’ ‘from infancy,’ Ar. Eth. N. 1105* 
2; cf. Polyb. 4. 20. 8 (pl.), of ratées éx vnriwy déew eifovra. 

ék matdapiov, Plat. Symp. 207 D; (cf. Dem. 1252. 19, & juxpov 
Tavoaptiov.) 

eximatiop. At. hq, 412--<en. Mem..2. 2.°8; Cyr, 126.20; 2.3: 10: 
Isae. TX. 20, 30; (cf. IX. 29, éx pexpov radiov). Cf. Lat. a parvolo, 
der, Andr.-35. 

tk ma.oos, matéwy, Lat. a pueris, Ter. Andr. 539, a parvis, ‘from 
childhoods Bur. Ton.102> “Andoc. £. 7; 49; Xen: Cyr 5. 1552; 
Ages. 10. 4; Plat. Apol. 31 D; Theages 128 D; Lysis 211 D; Rep. 
374 C, 519 A, 574 D, 582 B, 595 B, 608 C; Dem. 814. 4; 1486. 1; 
Mesching bt tb -1S0)1o4 > Sostp. 1. 7: K et al. & waidwv, Xen. Hell. 
Peo ile os Mem: 220. 21/An id. 6. 145 Cyril. i2:°95 5273 Reip. 
Lac. 3. 1; Plat. Apol. 18 B;. Rep. 386 A, et@ds & aidwy, so 395 C, 
401 D, 413 C, cf. without e’#is, Rep. 403 C, 408 D, etc. ib. 498 A, 
apre éx maidwy; cf. Prot. 325 C, & matdwy ouixpav daptauevor; cf. w. 
art. Legg. 694 D, 942 C; etc. (é zaidéwy in Plat. about eighteen 
times); Dem. 564. 154; Aeschin. I. 40; II. 99, 167; cf. Ar. Pol. 
1336* 14. cf. aro p. 43. 

e& wtmapxns, Lat. de integro, ‘anew,’ ‘afresh.’ Soph. O T 132 
(c. avfis); Dem. 1013. 16 (c. radw). Cf. Ar. de an. 412.* 4 (radw 6’ 

°9Cf. (but text doubtful) Hes. Th. 271. 


62 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


womep); G. A. 745.* 18; Rhet. 1355.” 24 (radw ody ofov); de part. an. 
685° 29 (c. radw), so Ath. Pol. ch. 4. 1. 17; cf. R P §503 (Nemes. de 
Nat. Hom. c. 38 p. 309) c. wadw. Apparently this does not differ 
from é& dpxns in this’ use, v. supra, p. 60, but trapxn comes to be 
mostly restricted to this phr. and meaning.*° However, ¢& trapx7s, 
=Lat. ab initio ‘from the beginning,’ Ar. Pol. 1293* 2; cf. id. H. 
A. 590* 21; ra é€ brapx. ebpicxdyeva Opp. Ta map’ érepwv AndbEerta, 
Soph. Elench. 183° 20, 18; af . . . xKpdxae orpoyytdar eioly, & 
Makpav Tov NOwy . . . TOeEDT. OvTwv, Mechan. B52" > 31 

b. With adjectives: 

é& éx@ifwov, Menand. 303 K., pew yap €& éxOcfwov (v. Lobeck, 
Phryn. 323 de voce éx@ufwos). 

éé éwOwvov, = adv. éwhev, Ar. Thesm. 2; Pherecr. 90 K.; Plat. Symp. 
220 C; Phaedr. 227 A, 228 B; Legg. 722 C; (uéxpu deidns) Xen. Hell. 
1. 1. 5; Alexis 257. 4 K., eds é& éwOwoi. 

éx Kawys, ‘anew,’ Thuc. III. 92. 6; cf. Dittenb. Syil.2 607. 8 
(Inscr. of third or fourth cent. A. D.), oroay iy per éx xaw|ns Kateoke]v- 
ace. 

So é« vens, Hdt. 1. 60; 5. 116. Cf. && dpxns, brapxns, Kans. 

éx wadaov, Hdt. 1. 157; 7. 176. 5; Antiphon II. Aa 5; Xen. Hell. 
4.1, 29; 52 .1.°28% Mem: 32 5:8; Plat: Pim 23) As sets amoupe, 45; 
éx mwadattepouv, Hdt. 1. 60; ék madartarov, Thuc. I. 18. 1.34 

c. With pronouns: 

é& drov, ‘ever since’: a. Of a definite time: Soph. O C 345; 
Ant: 12,1092; Tr. 3263, Ph, 493. Kurd. 7. 258Or730: ie ee 
Ar. Nub. 528 (cf. & robrov 533); ib. 1351; Av. 322; cf. Xen. Apol. 27, 
€& GrouTep evyevounv. 

6. Of an indefinite time: Soph. Ant. 457; cf. Eupol. 254 K. 

é€ ov, ‘from the time when,’ ‘henceforward,’ ‘since,’ ‘ever 
since,’ Lat. ex quo tempore, ex quo Hor. Sat. 2. 6. 41, etc., v. Hom. 
supra, p. 50. Pind. Ol. VI. 71; IX. 76 (II. 42, é& obmep); Aesch. 
Pers. 762; Eum. 25 (é ove); Soph. O T 1201; Tr. 38; Ai. 661, 1337; 
Eur. Tro. 4; Phoen. 868; Or. 89 (é obzep); frg. 1094. 7 (é& obre); Ar. 
Vesp. 888; Eq. 4, 644; Lys. 108, 759, 866 (é& obrep, so Pherecr. 69. 6 
K.) (But Ar. Av. 696 lit. not temp.); Hdt. 2. 15, 44 (cf. ib. az’ od); 
6,109. 3;: Lysias “XI. 2-X1Vs.4; XKenteAn.9 5.47.) s05 lsocn, LMiEsde. 
V. 47, 51 (&€ ovrep); VI. 7; XII. 66, 204; Plat. Rep. 452 C; Hipp. 
Min. 364 A; Ep. 353 A; Dem. 782. 40; Hermipp. 63. 2 K., e¢ al. 


5°Cf. Polyb. 1. 36. 8,(of rebuilding ships), é« xaraBodys, ‘from the foundations, 
anew.’ 
51 Cf. Plut. 2.548 D, éxradae adv. fr. é madau ‘for a long time.’ 


PART III & 63 


é ra@vée, ‘henceforth,’ ‘next,’ ‘hereafter,’ Soph. O T 235, 282, 
1251; Ant. 578 (sing.); Ai. 537 (‘next,’ immediate sequence in 
time),.so $23; Eur. F). 31;, “from this time,’ ef af. Cf. pronom. 
expr. infra, p. 80. 

2. Of immediate consecution. (Cf. infra ex denoting change 
from one condition to another, p. 77). 

é& apiorov, ‘immediately after breakfast,’ Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 18; 
6. 5. 17; Ages. 2. 19; An. 4. 6. 21, cf. Lat. Plaut. Most. 697, somnus 
de prandio. 

é deinvwv, ‘immediately after supper,’ Eur. Hec. 915. Cf. azo, 
pp. 35, 43. 

é& evns, Ar. Av. 1286, etOds mwavres é& etvns; Isocr. XII. 211, 
eVOds €& ebvns éexméumover Tois Tatdas; somewhat differently, e& edvys 
: éEavioracOa, Xen. Oec. 10. 8; 11. 14. Cf. Homeric tags, 
Deol. 

&k THs Ovoins yeveoOa, ‘to have just finished sacrifice,’ Hdt. 1. 50. 

ék Kpaitadns, ‘after a drunken bout.’ Ar. Vesp. 1255; cf. Achar. 
277 (more nearly ‘in consequence of’). 

éx uaxns, ‘after battle,’ Aesch. Ag. 330. 

3.- Of aidate: 

é& éw, Ar. Eccl. 102, jxxdyoia «wt Ew yevnoerar, although 
this really means ‘at daybreak,’ it may be thought of as ‘begin- 
ning from daybreak.’ Cf. Hes. Op. 724, é& jovs, really ‘at dawn,’ 
‘in the morning,’ but elsewhere ‘from dawn,’ Hdt. 7. 167. 

Expressions for “day and night” may show any one of the three 
temporal uses noted under ad, p. 42. é€ jquepas, Soph. El. 780, 
ore vuKros imvov ovr’ é£ quépas, here the prep. has lost its force and the 
phr. means ‘by day,’ parallel w. vuxros, ‘by night.’ So Aeschin. 
Ep. 10.4. But in Eur. H. F. 505, Hdt. 9. 8, (é of the starting- 
point) €& juepys és juepnv. Cf. Henioch. 5. 13 K. 

éx vuxrds, Trag. Fr. Adesp. 7 (Nauck); Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 2 ‘just 
after night-fall’; but Plat. Legg. 758 A, ék vuxrés . . . mpos 
nuepav (€k retains its meaning); cf. Plat. Ax. 368 B; Theophil. Com. 
Frg. 6 K. Pl.:é vuxrev, Theogn. 460, roddaxes ék vuxtav (prep. has lostits 
force, phr. means simply ‘at night’); cf. Aesch. Cho. 288 ‘fears 
at mnigut Bur: Rhes. 13, 1/7; Xen. Cyr. 8. 5.12; Anth. P.,7. 444. 2. 

4. &k xpovou c. adj. modifier: 

There may be a slight suggestion of the coming of the fears ‘out of the night,’ 


as probably in Od. 12. 286, v. supra, p. 51. In all these cases, unless it be Eur. 
Rhes. 13, 17 the pl. may suggest the recurrence of the conditions. 


64 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


éx paxpov xpovov, ‘at the interval of,’ ‘after a long time,’ Soph. 
O T 1141.8 Cf. 6:4 of an interval of time. €k puxpov xpovov cuverhey- 
pevev, ‘at short notice,’ Dem. 131.1. Cf. & ddtyou infra. &k roddov 
xpovov, cf. without xpévov infra, p. 73: Hdt. 2. 58; 7. 119. 1; Andoc. 
I. 1. 6; Lys. XIX. 3; Plat. Menex. 234 C, ‘a long time ago’; but 
cf. Menand. 262 K.., épyov éx roddov xpovou/avoray juepa peTacTyoar ma, 
difficile est inveteratam stultitiam uno die inmutare. &k m)elovos xpovou, 
Thuc. VIII. 45. 2; Isocr. XIV. 2. & mdeicrov xpdvov, Dem. 1389. 4. 
ék mavros Tov xpovov, Dem. 145. 54; 176. 35; 234. 26; 247. 66; 295. 
203; 500. 141; 644. 73; 984. 60; 991. 22. &k Tov mapeNnAvbdTos xpovovu, 
Dem. 40. 1, 2; 729. 90; 806. 22 (pl.). é« ré&v eumpocbey xpovwr, 
Aeschin. III. 60; Hyper. 1. col. 21. 10, e¢ al. & Trav dvwfey xpovur, 
Dem. 1440. 2. & rov Nourod xpovov, Isae. II. 32; Dem. 1360. 46; Din. 
2. 22 ‘for the future.’ So without the noun, é rov Aourov, Xen. Hell. 
3. 4. 9; Symp. 4. 56 and pl. é ray Norway, Isocr. XVII. 15; Plat. Legg. 
709_E; Ep. 316 D. 

In the above group é& has largely lost its original force, and a 
certain idiomatic familiarity is indicated by the repetition of the type 
with little regard for the exact meaning of the preposition. 

VI. Adverbial 

V. also sub I. idiom. and V. temporal phr. 

a. With nouns: 

é& deAmrins, Lat. ex insperato, ‘beyond hope,’ ‘unexpectedly,’ 
Archil. 51 (36), xexaver 6’ & dedmrins PdBos, ch. & déAarov, déAmTwv, in- 
jf, p. G9: 

é& aivvyywarwv, ‘in riddles,’ ‘darkly,’ Aesch. Ag. 1113, 1183; 
Chor S872" Cr 61ap. 26: 

é& axons, ‘from hearsay,’ Plat. Theaet. 201 C; Phaed. 61 D. 

é& dvaykns, ‘by constraint,’ ‘of necessity,’ ‘necessarily’: 
Soph. Ph. 73: Thuc. II) 4003; VI.44. 13 Vilj 27.45 xen Mem=2.7 8. 
17, 18; Plat. Soph. 256 D, éorw dpa é& avayxns, ‘it is necessary.’ 
This is a favorite phr. of Plat. who has it some fifty-two or more 
times;*# Antiphanes 166 K.; Isae. II. 22, III. 65; Hyper. VI. vu. 20; 
Dem. 70. 17; 870. 24; 871. 28; 986. 6; Aeschin. II. 113; IIT. 40, 126; 

%3y, Jebb. ad loc. who compares ék méovos ‘at a greater distance,’ Xen. An. 1. 
10. 11 and & rétou piuaros, ‘at the interval of a bow-shot,’ ib. 3. 3. 15. 

4 Theaet. 176A; Soph. 228 B, 254 E, 255 D, 256 D (v. supra), 259 B; Pol. 269 D, 
270 C, 271 C, 292 D; Phileb. 54 C, 64 D; Rep. 473 D, 477 A, 478 C, 490 D, 602 A, 617 E; 
Tim. 25 C, 28 A (bis), 32 A, 37 C, 42 A, 46 B, E, 48 A, 55 E, 68 E, 75 A, 77 A; Legg. 
662 A, 733 C, 734 A, B, 756 C, 767 D, 804 D, 848 A, 858 B, 867 C, 868 C, 876 B, 
880 E, 889 C, 892 A, 898 C, 928 E, 930 B, 966 A; Demod. 384 D; Eryx 406 B. 


PART III ék 65 


Alexis 98. 20 K, evdveis dd0vras Eoxev’ €& avaykns det yedav, ‘she has 
pretty teeth, she is compelled to laugh’; Aristophon 9 K.; Philem. 
7; 91.10 K. Cf. €& avaykaiov infra. 

é& aredelas, ‘without payment,’ ‘gratis’; Dem. 1358. 39, derived 
from the technical use of exemption from some or all of the public 
burdens. Cf. Poll. 4. 46. 

éx Babeos, ‘in depth,’ Hdt. 1. 186. 

ék Badpwy, ‘from the foundations,’ ‘utterly,’ Lat. funditus. 
Soph. frg. 460 (Nauck); Eur. El. 608, od 6’, && Babpwr yap mas 
avnpnoa Pidrors /ovd’ EXdNEAouTras EATS’, (here the phr., originally plastic, 
has become a pure adv.). Cf. Dion. H. 8.1. Cf. & Babpois civar ‘to 
stand firm,’ Eur. Tro. 47, v. infra, p. 147. Cf. & @OeueOr\wv, Lat. 
funditus, Anth. P. 15. 22. 11. Cf. & rav OeyedNiwy, ‘from the founda- 
tions,’ Lat. funditus, (lit.) Thuc. IIT. 68; cf. Polyb. 5. 93. 2, kai 7d 6% 
Neyouevoy Ex Jevediov éEohadpuevors. 

éx Bias, ‘by force,’ Soph. Ph. 563, 945, 985, cf. mpds Biay freq. 
Cf. p. 70, rpds 76 Biaov, etc. 

éx 6tadoxys, ‘in succession,’ ‘in turn,’ Lat. wicissim: Dem. 
45. 21; Antiphanes 8 K; Ar. Phys. 228°. 28, 7 Naumds ék dadoxns dopa 
éxouevn; cf. id. Soph. Elench. 183.” 30; frg. 1527." 27; cf. xara, Thuc. 
WIT. 27.3: 

Semi-tech: é dvadknpews opp. to ék Katadopas as punctim is opp. to 
caesim, thrusting to cutting, Polyb. 2. 33. 6; cf. ib. 2. 33.5, & drapoews, 
caesim pugnare; cf. Plut. Dio. 34, 76 rpatya. . . €& émemodns 
MadXov 7) Katadopas of a sword wound; cf. Polyb. 3. 114. 3k 

éx dvavoias, Plat. Phaedr. 244 C, cf. & mpovoias, é& émuBorns, etc. 
Cf. pera dtavoias. 

éx dddov, ‘by guile,’ Soph. El. 279.% 

é éwBodns, Lat. ex consulto, ‘designedly,’ Lysias VI. 21; cf. Diod. 
Doe VOL 

é& émiBovdns, Lat. ex insidiis, ‘by a stratagem,’ “insidiously,’ 
‘from “malice aforethought.* Thuc.” VIII. 92. 2; Antiph. IT. 3; 
II. Aa 5; V. 25; Xen. An. 6. 4. 7; Plat. Hipp. Min. 370 E, @ wer yap 6 
"Axudreds Webderar, ok EE éxuBoudys daiverar Wevdduevos GAN’ Gxwy . . 

& 6€ 6 ’Odvacets, Exav Te Kal é& EwiBovdns; so 371 A (bis); Rep. 341 ie 
380 D. 


35 Jebb compares with this and éx« Bias Ph. 563, Ph. 88,é« rexvns . . . Kakips, 
‘by evil arts,’ and Ph. 710, é axvBdd\wv rétwv, for ék=‘by means of’; also Ant. 
475, darév &k rupés. 


66 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


e& éexdpouns, Hdt. 1. 6, é& értdpouns aprayn, ‘plundering by means 
of an inroad,’ nearly or quite equiv. to ptc. émdpaywy; hence adv. 
phr., Plat. Rep. 619 D, otk é& eridpouns Tas alpécers rovetcOar, ‘nearly’ = 
‘in haste,’ with slight added force from the original meaning of the 
word; Dem. 559. 138, undey . . . €& émvdpouns mafeiv, ‘suddenly.’ 

é& éxiedelas, Plat. Prot. 323 C, opp. to ard tov rabrowarov; ib. D; 
324 A. 

é& éxiunxavnoews, (later) ‘on purpose,’ ‘artificially,’ Chrysippus 
ap. Stob..icl. 1.378: 

é€ éxcotohns, ‘by command,’ Hat. 6. 50. 

é& émuraypatos, Dem. 399. 185; (pl.) e& émitaypuarwr, Andoc. III. 
24. 11, 12; cf. & KeXevoparos, tpooraypuares, etc. 

e ebxns, Lat. ex voto, Anth. P. 6. 357. 

éx BevePrwv, OeweNiwy v. supra, p. 65. 

ék KaTagKxevaopartos Lat. ex composito, Dio C. 52. 7. 

ék xeNebwaros, ‘from,’ i. e., ‘according to,’ ‘at the word of 
command,’ Aesch. Pers. 397, cf. dé, p. 43. ék Kedeboparos, Eur. 
I. T. 1405; cf. & eds xedebouaros, Sophron (Kaibel, Com. Gr. Fr.) 
25. Ci. other é& évés, ad’ évds phr. ék xeNevoews,C I 3607. 2; cf. ad, xara. 
éx keXevopav, Eur. Ion. 1346; so é€ éritaypuatos, EriTaypatwv SUPTA; SO EK 
mpooTtaypatos, Dem. 216. 16. 

é doyiouov, ‘from,’ or ‘by calculation,’ Plat. Rep. 439 D; 
Dem-2075 20; 398. 181-780: $25 Ar. Eth. Ndi 2a 

eé duoroyias deahéyeoOa, ‘to argue from premises agreed upon or 
granted,’ Ar. Top. 110.* 33. Cf. &€ éuodroyou, Lat. ex compacto, ‘by 
agreement,’ Polyb. 1. 67. 1; but id. 3. 91. 10=Lat. ex confesso. (Cf. 
w. other phrases meaning ‘acc. to agreement,’ v. zfra). 

éx wapadécews, ‘on comparison,’ Polyb. 3. 62. 11; 12. 9 (10), 1; 
16. 29. 5 (w. art.); cf. xara 4. 28. 2. Cf. é wapaddndov, ‘parallel- 
wise,’ v. tech. phr. 

éx wapaxedevoews, Thuc. VII. 40.5. 

ék wapackeuns, Lat. ex instituto, ‘of set purpose,’ ‘by arrange- 
ment,’ Thuc. V. 56. 4; Antiph. VI. 19% parallel w. é povoias ; 
Lys. XIII. 22: XXXI. 30; Dem. 921: 48; Aeschin. T11. 3,62, 913; 
ef. Ar, Eth. Neo1117.* 202°N 2Ale 571 ee eh ees Vox tiene 
amo, p. 44. Cf. & mpovetas and similar phr. 

éx raparporys (late), ‘by a perversion of meaning,’ Clem. Al. 490. 


% Lutz overlooks the passages in Ant. and Dem., also Lys. XXXI. 30, and states 
that it occurs in the Orr. only in Lys. XIII. 22 and Aeschin. as cited above. 


PART III €k 67 


éx mapépyou, Lat. obiter, ‘as a bye-work, subordinate or secondary,’ 
cf. Ger. Netenbei. Thuc. I. 142. 9, & mapépyou pederaoba; so id. 
VII. 27. 4; cf. Polyb. 3. 58. 3. where it is opp. to é& émuaTacews ‘atten- 
tively.’ There seems to be no difference in meaning between this and 
év wapepyw first in Soph. Ph. 473, v. infra, p. 182. Cf. Ar. Coel. 
306.° 27, & mapddov opp. to axpiBodoyeiobar, ‘by the way,’ ‘cursorily,’ 
so id. G. A. 757." 12;37 cf. de sens. 444.* 28, so x mapadpouns, Polyb. 
POON ae 

TO «6G& «6meptaywyns 6. wSCe:SCM eve, $=‘circuitously,’ ‘in round- 
about-fashion,’ Rhett. Spengel III. 272, 19, but ib. 27, &k ras reprayw- 
ys with no id. force. 

ék wepiddov, ‘periodically,’ ‘in rotation,’ Polyb. 2.43. 1. Cf. rap 
éx mepioéov muperuv ‘intermittent fevers,’ Luc. Philops. 9. 

éx meptovolas, Lat. ex abundanti, ‘in abundance,’ ‘more than 
sufficiently,’ ‘at an advantage’: Thuc. VIII. 45. 2, cf vatrar & 
meptovotas tBpitovres; Plat. Theaet. 154 D (L. and S. ‘out cf their 
abundance’); Dem. 226. 3, é zepiovoias pou KaTyyopei, ‘at an advan- 
teenie 6) “Ch Ariste Lop. 118." 6.ff.;~Probl: 880." 10; Eth, 
Eud. 1243.* 38. Cf. é« mepidvros,2* Thuc. VIII. 46. 5, ‘at an ad- 
vantage’; but é« rev repiovros, ‘from wantonness,’ Dem. 1483. 36. 
Ci Buc) Amor. 33: 

ék mpoapecews, ‘from deliberate choice,’ or ‘purpose’: Dem. 528. 
44, trois &k mpoaip. tBprorais ; 535. 66; 1097. 57 (kat Bovdjcews) ; 1489. 
10. 

éx mpoBovdns, ‘of malice aforethought,’ Antiphon I. 5; cf. Dio C. 
47. 4. 

éx tpoypagys, ‘by edict,’ Dio C. 56. 25. 

éx mpovotas, Lat. consulto, ‘purposely,’ also in Orr. ‘of malice 
aforethought,’ as a legal term, almost tech.: Eur. H. F. 598; Ar. 
Eq. 848; Hdt. 1: 120, 159; 2. 161; 3. 121; opp. to xara tixnv 8: 87. 3; 
Plat. Pnaedr 241° Lege 721°C; Antiphon 15). 22,25, 27; VE. 
19, ur) &k mpovoias, und’ ék rapacKevyns; (but cf. w. art. Lys. XXVI. 


’ 


19 not id., otéaudbev &drobev % Ek THS TOUTWY Tpovolas yeyernrat); Dem. 
528. 43; 634. 45; 635. 50; Din. I. 90. 6; Aeschin. III. 179, é ous 
QdN’ obk & mpov.; ib. 212; cf. Ar. Pol. 1300. 26 ra é pov. opp. to 


37Cf. Dion. H. de Dinarch. 1, rots ux ék wepitwparos aoKxovor pnTopiKny, Prov. 
‘with an apron on,’ i. e. merely with the outward appendage of the art, ‘superficially.’ 

38But later, Themistius on Arist. Phys. 4. 22; 78. 27, ex mepidyros, ‘superflu- 
ously’ in an argument, ‘grant, by way of superfluity, that it is so, still they cannot 
prove it’ (like Plato’s 671 uadvora ‘though it be so never so much.’). 


68 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


axovoia; Ar. Probl. 951.” 30; 952.7 2; 1188. 35; Eth. Eud. 1226.” 38; 
Ditt. Syll.2 52. 11.89 Cf. é&k mpoBoudys, e emyBodjs, xk Suavolas, é& 
Tpoaipecews, TapacKevys, etc. 

ék tpocaywyns, Dem. 678. 174, & mpocaywyns tu didov (L. and S. 
‘a friend by compulsion,’ but usually=‘gradually’); cf. Ar. Pol. 
1306.” 14, & mpocay. Kal xara puxpov ; ib. 1308." 16 opp. to &bpows ; 
1315.2 13. 

é& évds po8ov, ‘with one stroke,’ ‘all at once,’ Aesch. Pers. 462, 
v. supra, p. 55. : 

éx orovons, Ar. Mirab. 837.* 15, cf. dua p. 25. 

ex ovvOyxns, Lat. ex composito, Plat. Legg. 879 A; so xara ouvOjKnv, 
Ar. Eth. N. 1133.* 29. Cf. pl. w. art. Isocr. IV. 179, & rav ovvOhKwv ; 
cf. to illus. possible variations in form and meaning, Isocr. XVIII. 
28, dua cuvOnkav eivar Twi, p. 31. CE. ék cuvbecews, Diod. 13.112. Cf. 
(w. modifier) Hdt. 3. 86, &omep x ouvberou rev yevoueva. ék cuvOhuwaTos 
(earliest form in this adv. use), Hdt. 6. 121; so amd, Hdt. 5. 74, 
etc., v. p. 44. 

éx texvns (almost adv.), Plat. Ion. 533 E, wounrat of ayaboi oik & 
Texvns add’ evOeor bytes. 

ék mavrTos TpoTov, ‘in every way,’ freq. in the Orr., as also allied 
phr. cited below. Antiphon II, A B 11; ib. 6. 3; ib. Ty. 6; ib. 6. 10; 
Aadoc, El. 1s EE. 25. 16s diys. Ma 26." Olick Jie Oo coer. 
III. 31; IV. 95; VI. 91 (mote close alliance of lit. and idiom. sense); 
TX. 39; X11. 160; XIV. 3: XV.135;- ip: il. 20; xen Viel aG.4 ao, 
Memir4.-917 115 Apol. 83 An.3:, 1435 \Cytiyiaos055) lat euch 
282 A; Rep. 499 A; Lege. 745 EB, 938) C; ip. 327 (©7338 8 aten 
Isae. II. 1, e& &ravtos tpdrov; Hyper. I. frg. III. XIV. 22;) Dem. 
30. 7; 251. 78; 781. 39; 1050. 1. Cf. & rovrov rod Tpdrov, Lys. VII. 
2; XIII. 16, &k tov rpdrov robrov; Isae. II. 5, 12; & tov rpdorov Dem. 
1330. 27; cf. & rivos rporov, Lys. XIII. 37; Isae. IV. 15; Dem. 945. 4. 
é& évds tpomov, Thuc. VI. 34. 2; Lys. XX XI. 30; Isocr. V. 3; cf. Ar. 
Aa. 187 K., é évos ye tov tpdrov. é ov rpdmov, Isocr. VIII. 131. 
é£ 6rov Tporov, Isocr. Ep. VII. 3.4 


89Cf. R P $168 (Plut. Fac. lun. 12 p. 926) of the physics of Emped., &xprus ob 76 iuep- 
Tov kev énl tiv dbow & mpovolas, ‘from the thought of God,’ ‘by teleology.’ 

40Cf. Lys. IX.16, Bragéuevor BNamrew & aravtos dédyov. 

Cf Rhett. Spengel I. 224. 8 (Anax.), & Tov mapadedXeupevov tpdrov, an 
idiom might arise from such an expression as this by omitting tpdézov, cf. for such use 
of ptc. w. noun omitted id. I. 233. 31, éxi rov & Tov mapadectopévou Tomo pera BLBd- 
Covtes. 


PART III €k 69 


éx tuxns, Plat. Pol. 300 A; Phaedr. 265 C; Rep. 499 B; Dem. 
443. 317, @omep éx tbxns; Aeschin. Ep. 5. 7; cf. dd, especially in 
Aristot., v. p. 44, and other preps., particularly kara. 

é& broBodns, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 37, ad’ ayamnrov ei kal é& broBodgrs 
divawro avdpes ayabol civar. But Polyb. 15. 2. 12, Lat. ex insidiis. 
But Diog. L. 1. 57 (ap. Dendridae), ra re ‘Ounpov é€ wtroBondjs 
yeypade paywdeicbar, oiov brov 6 mpwros Ednktev, Exelev apxecOar Tov 
éxouevov.*” 

b. With adjectives: 1. Almost or quite pure adverbs. 

' €& adndov. Soph. frg. 787, 5 (Nauck), e& adndou rp&rov epxerar véa/ 
mpoowma (i. €., cedqvys). Cf. &, p. 185. Cf. &k mpodndou, infra, p. 72. 
ék Tov adixov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 16; é& ddikov, Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 18; Plat. 
Legg. 743 A; Hyper. III. XLVI. 37, cf. & duxaiov, etc., infra, p. 70. 

é& dedrrov, Lat. ex imsperato, ‘beyond hope,’ ‘unexpectedly,’ 
Hidte i111: €é dekmaov, Aesch. Suppl. 35/; Soph. Ai. 715: but w. 
art. &« Trav déA\mrwv, prob. lit. ‘even out of desperate conditions,’ 
Bur ire. 101; 554.v..p. 78; Nauck, Trag. Frg. p. 742; Ion. 50: cf. 
é€ amopwv, etc., p. 78. Cf. e& adedrrins, Archil. 51 (36), v. supra, 
p. 64. So also & ducedriorwy, Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 47. 

ék Tov aicxiovos, ‘more disgraceful,’ Thuc. VI. 10. 2. 

ex Tov axwobvov avépayabifecdar, Thuc. III. 40. 4=<dkuwédivws, cf. 
év, p. 186, ftn. 184. 

é& avayxaiov, ‘under compulsion,’ ‘from necessity,’ Thuc. VII. 
60. 4; Rhett. Spengel IIT. 456.15. Cf. €& avayxys, p. 64. 

é& amémrov, ‘from afar,’ Soph. Ph. 467, é& admrorrov paddov 7 
'yybbev cxorew ; Plat. Ax. 369 A, ws é amémrou Oewpevos, Cf. &v axérrw, 
amoper, cuvortTy infra. 

é& ampocdoxnrov, ‘unexpectedly,’ Hdt. 1. 191; 7. 204; Xen. An. 
4. 1. 10; Plat. Charm. 153 B. Cf. é& dédwrwy, etc., supra. Cf. 
é& ov mpoeddros, Lat. de improviso, Dio C. 69. 4. 


“This passage has given rise to a spirited debate among Germanscholars. Wolf, 
Proleg. Il. p. 85? (140'), supported by Boeckh C I 2. 675 ff. n. 3088 p. 1125, takes 
e£ broBodjs as=ef drodnPews (of parts assigned to several rhapsodists) one taking 
up the recitation where another leaves off; but Hermann, Opusc. V. 300ff., VII. 65ff. inter- 
prets €£ droBodjs paywdetv to recite on a suggested subject, a given cue, more nearly 
in the sense of Polemo ap. Macrob. V. 19. 28, é€ doBodjjs dleeow Tov dpxov, ‘by 
dictation.” But in Schol Il. 19. 80 é€ tofodjs means ‘by interruption’: 
bBBadrew] broKpobecBar BopbBy Tov Neyovra; 19. 79 (Bekker end), dtaxdmrew & broBodjs 
Tov hoya. 

4, Jebb, who also quotes Galen 3. 222. 


70 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


é€ dodpadovs = dogdadras, Xen. Eq. Mag. 4. 16; cf. w. art. Thuc. I. 
39. 1, ‘from a position of security,’ cf. &, p. 186. 

ék tov a’rouarov, Xen. An. 1. 3. 13, ‘voluntarily’; cf. Plat. 
“Opo. 411 B. Cf. Dion. H. de Comp. 25. 200. Cf. the frequent 
amo Ta’touatou, V. p. 45. 


éé adavovs, Aesch. Frg. 57. 9 (Nauck); Dem. 822. 29, & adavois 


mobey . . . Gd’ ov gdavepws (i. e., “from an obscure place’); 
& zov adavous, Ehuc. I. 51. 224V. 96. 52° Ci Plut. Mareell: 165 “€r- 
év, p. 186. 


ék Tov Biavorarov, (later), Dion. H. 10. 36. Cf. w. & Bias supra, 
p. 65 and w. mpés 76 Biauov, Aesch. Ag. 130. 

ex dnuociov, ‘by public authority,’ Thuc. VI. 31. 3; Xen. Hell. 
5. 2. 10; Reip. Lac. 3. 3; cf. Plat. Rep. 465 D, 4 7’ & Tov dnyociov 
tpopy; Cf. 343 E. Cf. &k xowov, infra, p. 72. 

éx dixatov, ‘justly’ =dixaiws, év oixy. Ar. Plut. 755 (exactly= 
adv); Plat, luege.743 A Hyper. LE. XL, $2) XLVI. Si; we ane, 
ék Tov duxatov, Ar. Av. 1435; Thuc. II. 89. 3 (76 é rou dix. ‘the right’); 
Andoc. I. 144; Lys. XIX. 9; Xen. Hell. 6. 5.16; An. 1.9.19; Plat. Legg. 
743 A; Dem. 1309. 36. So pl. & ray dixaiwy, ‘according to justice,’ 
‘as justice demands,’ ‘justly,’ Ar. Nub. 1116, seems not to mean 
much more than é& 6ixy ib. 1332, 1333, 1379. Cf. & dixy p. 177. 

é& éxovoias, Soph. Tr. 727, un ’E éxovoias ‘not wilfully’ sc. yvwyns, 
but the phr. is really equiv. to éxovoiws. Cf. kara Thuc. VIII. 27. 3. 

x Tov éudaveos, = eudavas, Hdt. 1. 205; 3. 150; 4. 120; without art. 
Zen. Hell. 92.0 2s" Cyrs 16. 41 Ei en pe. Wea iecrss pe et oer 
éx mavepov, mpodavois, etc. 

é— éroiwov, ‘at once,’ ‘immediately,’ ‘off-hand,’ Xen. Mem. 
2. 6. 16, #& éroipou . . . gidov elvat; Ocec. 14. 3, c& érolpov 
; braxovovras ; Cyr. 8. 5. 12; Isocr. V. 96. All these mean 
simply ‘at once,’ but in compar. é£ éroorépov Isocr. XIII. 15, 
‘more readily,’ ‘at once’ more nearly=‘off-hand’; cf. superl. 
é& éroworarov, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 57, ws € érouu. duwxor, Lat. promptis- 
sime, cf. Hipp. Progn. 4. 6. 

é Tov eMéos, ‘outright,’ ‘openly,’ Thuc. I. 34. 3. deouevors re éx 
Tov evOeos uy broupyetv, cf. ard, supra, p. 45. So ex rns iens, Hdt. 2. 
161 (aréornoay); 3. 127; 9. 37; cf. Hdt. 9. 51, xariOd eivar, ‘to be 
right over against,’ ‘opposite.’ But é ei@elas, ‘directly,’ contr. kar’ 


44 Burnet reads this é Tay dixalwv. 
* But w. év not until late, Theocr. 22. 61, & éroiuw [éori]; Polyb. 2. 34. 2, etc. 
Here & éroiue éxew, v. & p. 184, ftn. 7. 


PART III &k 74 


avapopay ‘by reference,’ R P §487 (Sext. Math. VIII. 10); cf. é€ 
eOeias eiretv, Rhett. Spengel III. 12. 28; ib. 13. 29 opp. to dca ris 
eipwvelas, ‘ironically’; cf. 6’ e’Oeias, Spengel III. 120. 16; Plut. 2. 408 
E, but cf. Spengel III. 11. 3; 59. 7, én’ etOeias. Cf. pp. 26, 45. 

éx Tov el’rperous, ‘in pretence,’ Thuc. VII. 57. 7, avayky pev éx tov 
edperous, (Jowett: ‘under a decent appearance of compulsion.’) 

ék Tov idiwy, ‘at his own expense,’ C1 1104. Cf. other preps. 

éx tns iOens, v. supra, sub evdéos. 

é icov, ék Tov toov, é& tons, ‘equal,’ ‘equally,’ ‘on an equality,’ 
Lat. ex aequo,* also expressed by adv. tows, adv. acc. tcov and by 
prep. phr. w. ao p. 45, é& p. 188. and émi. é& tcov, Aesch. Suppl. 405; 
Soph. O C 254 (é toov cai); 1374; O T 61 (€ toov . . . as); 563 
(note balancing adv. duoiws Kaé tcov); 627, 1019 (& icov rwi); so Ant. 
516,47 644; Tr. 322; Eur. I. A. 804; Phoen. 1402, é& icov 8 “Apns/ 
nv (cf. aequo Marte, Verg. Aen. 7. 540); Eur. Anth. Lyr. p. 130, 1 
(Bergk-Hiller); Ar. Ran. 867, otk é& icov yap éorw ayav vv, ‘not a 
fair fight’; Eq. 1160; Agath. 24. 2 (Nauck Trag. Fr. p. 768); Hdt. 
ietsows: whe We h20 rt TV. 62.24.'63-.2-Andocs 16s 11h. 24. 11 
IW a2--27> Antiphon V5, 64; Lys. X11. 81) XIX: 3; XXIV,9: 
XXV. 3, 35 (c. dat.); Xen. An. 3. 4. 47, otk & tcou éopév, ‘we are not 
on an equality’; Cyr. 4. 3. 16 (c. dat.); Isocr. VI. 96 (c. dat.); VIII. 3; 
Kivsa, 35; ~ VIE. 12> Plat Crito 50; Soph. 227 B,250 E; Parm: 150 
A (bis), D (bis) (c. eivas, cf. supra Xen. An. 3.4.47), rodd} avaykn é€ 
icov eivar, €& icov dé dv icov eivar, SO In E; Symp. 177 E (c. dat.), 214 
Cy eNleibe T1115 Di(cedat.); Gore. S17 A (co dats): 9 Menex. 238 
E; Rep. 557 A, 561 B, C, 599 B; Legg. 777 D, of 2 icov, ‘those of 
equal station,’ so 919 D; 931 C; Isae. X. 1; Lycurg. 154. 48 (c. dat.); 
Dem. 101. 47; 845. 4; 959. 48 (c. dat.); Aeschin. I. 28; III. 57 e¢ al. 
Ar. Rhet. 1384.* 12; cf. Polyb. 9. 4. 4, 6 é toov xivéuvos (use as an 
attrib. adj. rare). €k Tov icov, Thuc. II. 3. 4, odiow é& Tov icov 
viypeunans tel 12 3: 0Ve Ab7. 25) xen.: Hell 2. 4. 16; €e~ze0. trou 
paxecOa, ‘to fight on equal terms’; Hiero 8. 5, rots éx tov tcov juiv 
ovot. Hardly to be distinguished in use from é& isov. So also é& tons, 
Plat. Legg. 861 A. Closely akin are ék Tov duoiov, éx rev duolwy ‘on 

6 Cf. Tacitus, Agr. 13. 2. 2; 15. 13. 4. ex aequo=adv. ‘equally’; but also Agr. 20. 
3, civitates quae in illum diem ex aequo egerant, ‘had lived independent,’ ‘on an equali- 
ty,2 so) Lac. Hea. 645 5: )Liv../. 30: 2. 

“Tn Ant. 516 and O T 1019 Jebb notes the peculiar force of é toov=‘only on a 
level with’; so tcov=‘equally little,’ Hdt. 2. 3 or ‘equally vain,’ id. 8. 79; cf. id. 8. 
109, 7a Te ipa kal ra tiv & duolw érotéero, i. e. ‘made sacred things of only the same 
account as things profane.’ 


72 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


equal terms,’ sing. Thuc. I. 143. 4; II. 44. 3; TIT. 12. 3; IV. 10. 4; 
VIL 78: 4, 87. 53. Pl.: Aesch. Ag. 1425; Kur Fro Alex 50-.Plac. 
Phaedr. 243 D. 

é kowov, ‘given or shared in common,’ first in Hes. Op. 721; 
Ar. Eccl. 610, éorar yap Bios éx xowov; 612, trav ex Kowov dé pebeter ; 
cf. 671 (w. art.). Antiphan. 230K. ods . . . & Kowow 
der Tpede tov dnuov; cf. Euphr. 8 K. ris dyow etvar dewos ex Kowwov 
aye; ris eK meéoou TA Oepua dewvds dpraca; Cf. awd p. 45, eis p. 114, 
ty p. 189. 

ék TOU OMolov, TAY Opolwy V. Supra. 

é dpbov, Plat. Tim. 71 C, 7a pev & dpfov katakaumrrovoa, ‘out of 
their right place.’ 

éx mepirrov, ‘superfluously,’ ‘needlessly,’ Plat. Soph. 265 E; 
Prot. 338 B; Legg. 734 D; 802 D, so & tov wepitrov, Rhett. Spengel 
BEA 32. 20 

ék mpodjAov, Soph. El. 1429, ‘full in view,’ so the adv. zpodndas, 
Ai. 1311 contr. &dndov v. supra, p. 69. . 

é tov mpopavors, Thuc. III. 43. 3; VI. 73. 2; VIII. 8. 4; 68. 1; 
without art. & mpodavots, Dem. 675. 165. Cf. amo, p. 45. 

ék 7@ paorw (for Genit.), Timaeus Locr. 96 A, ‘most easily’; 
é Tov paorov, Dion. H. de Comp. 25, cf. ib. a6 tov paorou ; Plut. Fab. 11. 

tk raxelas, Soph. Tr. 395, ‘speedily.’ Cf. 61a p. 25; cf. also 
taxos with other preps. eis, p. 111, &, p. 183, so kara, pera, ovr. 

éx tplrov, Plat. Tim. 54 B, é& ob 76 iodmdevpov tpiywvov éx TpiTov 
ouveoryxe, ‘as a third’; pl. & zpitwy, Eur. Or. 1178, ‘as a third,’ 
‘in the third place’; Plat. Gorg. 500 A, cbupndos quiv (i. e. Socr. and 
Polus) ef kal od éx tpitwy ; Symp. 213 B.*? 

éx tov brépdpovos, ‘from a sense of superiority,’ Thuc. II. 62. 5. 
Cf. Dio C; 45. 43: 

é& broyvouv, ‘out of hand,’ ‘off-hand,’ ‘on the spur of the mo- 
ment,” Xen; Cyr..6. 4. 43: Isocr, TV 13;" Plat. Nenex. 2so0C.) er. 
Ar. Rhet. 1354.3 opp. to é& moddov xpdvou oxepacbar; ib. 1396.” 6; 
Rhett. Spengel I. 4. 15, ai xpioers é& broyviov.”” 

& borépys, ‘later,’ ‘afterwards.’ Adv. torépws used only by 
late writers, but neut. acc. torepov may be used: Hdt. 1. 108; 5. 


48Cf. later & dSevrépov, iterum, secundo, alia vice, Ev. Marc. 14. 71, xai ebObs ex 
devrépou d&déextwp Epaovnoe; Matt. 26. 42, wadw ex devrépov amehav mpoontéato. 

49Cf. Aelian, H. A. 9. 64. 

59Cf, (later) é& xepds, Polyb. 5. 41. 7. ‘forthwith,’ ‘instantly,’ ‘at once.’ 
Cf. é& tov rapictapévov, Plut. Demos. 9. 


PART III &k 73 


106. 2; 6. 85. So é& borépov, Plat. Proleg. II. cf. Diod. 14. 109; Dion. 
ler doy Foe) ete: ee Di LOL. 

é&x Tov davepov, adv. davepas, Hdt. 5. 96; 6. 77; 8. 126. 3; 9. 1; Thuc. 
PVrlo. 2 men Hell. Go. 105 Mem. 3. 11. 8yCyr.-2. 4) 17; Ages. 2.6; 
Isocr. IV. 147; Isae. VIT. 32; Dem. 197. 24 (without art.); Aeschin. 
tl. 125, Later, ci: Dion. H.4: 4. 5) ib. 8476, cf. p. 45, es, p..117, 
cf. é&v, p. 191, cf. &k rov éudaveos, popavois, etc. 

2. Quantitative expressions of space or time; only partly adver- 
bial: 

tx Bpaxeos, of distance: Thuc. III. 92.4; VII. 49.2. Cf. & éyyiovos, 
App. B. C. 4. 108. Lat ex propinquo. But rov € édaxiorov tpinpapxew 
Bovdouevov, Dem. 1230. 7 ‘at the lowest price.’ 

é é\tyou a. Of space, distance, Thuc. II. 91.4; V. 65.5. b. Of 
time, ‘at short notice’: Thuc. II. 11. 4; 61.2; IV. 108. 6; V. 64. 4, 
72. 1; Lys. II. 1 (cf. ib. pl., e odiywv jyepav Neyer); cf. also Dem. 131. 
1, && puxpov xpdvov cuverdeypevwy. Cf. dc’ ddtiyou, p. 28. 

é bcov, a. Of distance, Thuc. VII. 73. 3, & bcou tis ewedrev 
axovoec$ar, ‘within earshot’; b. of time, Lys. VI. 25, ovdels yap 7a, 
& cov 'APnvar deiunoroi eiow, ‘within the memory of Athens’; ib. 30 
(but some edd. doubt the text); Plat. Legg. 722 C. 

é woAdov, a. Of space, distance: Thuc. II. 89. 8, ‘from,’ ‘at a 
distance so. ty. 32. 4; 100:°3; Xen.: Hell: 7. 4.13; Am. 3. 3. 9, 
ék mo\dov gelyovras ‘with a long start’; etc. b. Of time: ‘for a 
long time’, (Nauck) Trag. Fr. Adesp. 449; Thuc. I. 58. 1; 68. 3; II. 
B52 e072 WV. 6/.3:-V.. 01. 2,.69. 2° Antiphon L.:Aa 2;:'V.19; 57; 
Bys) it: 41° Isoer. 1V. 30; Xen. Cyr-1. 6. 4133. 3.5739. 4-49; 6. 2. 25; 
7.1.27, & ravv roddov ; Dem. 50. 36; 240. 43; 246. 63; 527. 41; 1440. 2; 
et al. cf. Rhett. Graec. Spengel (Anax.) I. 178. 32, & modXov rpoedores. 

In the pl. these uses disappear, but the use of the prep. is inter- 
esting. é& mo\da@v, either a. partitive ‘out of many,’ especially 
of a choice made out of many things, slightly idiom., cf. ad, p. 40, or 
b. causal, ‘from many things,’ or ‘reasons.’ a. Partit. begins in 
Hom. Il. 15. 680 v. supra, p. 52, Soph. El. 1351, 7 xetvos obros bv ror’ 
ék ToA\N@v éya/pdvov rpocnipov miaTov; Thuc. VIII. 53. 1, cepadarovyres 
é mo\d@v, ‘they said much in few words’; Lys. XIX. 61, é roddav 
odtya, so 28.2. Cf. (later) Herodian. 7.9.8, ddiyou &k to\N@Y EcwHnoar, 
so c. aro, Thuc. I. 110. But Plat. Rep. 611 B, civOerdv re ex roddav 
(prep. expr. denotes material).*!  b. Isocr. V. 65, BovAouwar yap éx 


51Qne of Aristotle’s meanings, ‘the parts out of the whole, or the whole out of 
the parts,’ Metaph. 1023", 25ff. 


74 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


ToANav ce Tweccnvac; so 119; XV. 170; Dem. 659. 118; 917. 34, (not 
an id., noted for comparison only) but c. like type below, of & 
denoting change from one condition to another, Hes. Th. 447, é§ 
dAXiywr Bplaer, Kal Ek toAN@Y pElova OnKev, ex paucis copiosos reddit et ex 
multis pauctores reddit. Cf. Lys. XX. 13, of av &x wreudvwy EdXaTTOVs. 
Ci. pe it; 

éx mdeloves,a. of space: éx rdéovos, Thuc. IV. 129.4; Xen. An. 1.10. 
11, x mdelovos 7) 76 tpdabev epevyov ‘when at a greater distance from 
them than before’ (of the interval, cf. é& rdfou piyaros, ib. 3. 3. 15). 
b. Of time, ‘for a long time,’ also ‘for some time past,’ Thuc. 
EV, 424 8 103.45 V. 827-3 TSS et Sk 

tk mdelorov (of time) Thuc. VIII. 68. 1, & hetorou éximednfets, 
‘one who had been longest interested in it’; cf. ib. 90. 1; Xen. Lac. 
12. 1, dv dv & mrelorov rpoopdev; Dem. 124. 51, as & mXelorov 
durdtrecbar, ‘as long beforehand as possible’; 585. 220. Cf. other 
preps. 

c. With participles: 

tk Tav evdexouerwy, Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4, ‘by all possible means’, cf. 
ELS uDonk lil: 

tk trav tvyxeuevwv, Thuc. V. 25. 2, ‘according to the terms of the 
agreement.’ Cf. (later) Polyb. 3. 111. 7, e€ dpuodoyouevov=adv. 
dumohoyouevas. 

tk tev mapovrwy, ‘according to present circumstances,’ Eur. 
Tro:.4201: Thacs DE. .29: 2. 0Va17. 16°V. 40. Soi Mi OA 
62.12 77.1; Andoc. TEL.”8;, Lys. XU. 9; Isocr. V7 115 (but besenne. 
not ‘under the circumstances’); Dem. 1447. 1, cf. other preps. 
év p. 175, amo p. 45, eis p. 108. 

éx mepiovtos, V. p. 67 supra. 

x mpoonxovrwy, Thuc. ILI. 67. 2, ‘in accordance with what is fit- 
ting.’ 

tx Tod mpooruxévros (later) ‘by accident,’ Plut. 2. 150 E (but cf. 
ib. 407 B, Lat. ex tempore, ‘off-hand’). Rhett. Spengel III. 235, 
4 differs a little, (of Alcaeus’ figure of the ship of state as an ex- 
ample of allegory), é« weév Tov mpootuxovTos Xetuav Bahacotos Urakoverat, 
kata 6€ THY GAnOeLay TOALTLK@Y TPAYMATWY Tapaxy TLS ExpaiveTaL. 

82 Jerram compares pro tempore in Verg. Ecl. 7. 35 to & tav mapévrwy interpret- 
ing it ‘according to the present means,’ so Papillon and Haigh. Others e. g. Ken- 
nedy, translate ‘for the occasion.’ 

53For use of ptc. without art. cf. Hdt. 9. 26, wowvouaxjoa emi draxerpévoror, 


‘on fixed conditions’; cf. Hdt. 8. 94. 4; 9. 77, ém’ e€epyacuevoor; Lys. XXXI. 9, 
eNciv emt kateapyacuevos, Lat. re peracta, and other similar phr. c. émt. 


PART III &€k os 


& Trav brapxovrwr, preceded by ws, Thuc. VII. 76; VIII. 1. 3, ‘so 
far. as the situation allowed’; cf. Menand. 354 K, ékreOpappevos/ 
ovk é brapxdvTwr, i. e., sumptuosius quam pro patris opibus. 

Cf. similar use with verbal, & trav dvvarév, Thuc. IV. 51; Xen. 
Oec. 7. 12; An. 4. 2. 23; Plat. Rep. 618 C; ds é rav dvvarev, Thuc. II. 
3. 4; VII. 74. 1; usually means ‘according to his means,’ ‘so far as 
possible.’ Cf. eis, p. 113, so xara ro duvarov. 

But masc. ptc. not adverbial, Thuc. I. 22, od« & rov maparuxovTos 
ruvOavouevos, ‘from the first comer,’ ‘from a chance person.’ But 
later, e. g., Plut. 2. 154 A, (neut.) & rod wapatuxévros amoKpivacbat, 
‘to answer off-hand,’ cf. infra, tapaxpijua. 

Participle which has become a Substantive: 

éx ie elxdros, ‘in all ee) ‘probably: hue: TV. Pi-75; 
V. 105. 3; VII. 66. 2, 68. 3; Antiphon V. 37; (without art.) é eixo7os, 
Plat. ela 238 Es Den. 858. 46. But cf. Plat. Euthyd. 305 E 
mavy ¢ elxoros Noyou. Pl.: & trav eixdrwv, Antiphon II. Ay. 9, ib. 
bee0=dsecr. Xa. 35° XV. 169: XVIII. 16; Plat. Charm. 157 E; 
Rep, 502 -€, 505.6, 422°C; Lege. 950 D; Isae. JIT. 17, 27; Dem. 
Soon 155s O42. 23, 951. 22; 866. 10; 1384. ve Aeschin. I. 91, etc. Cf. 
other preps. 

d. With articular adv. v. also sub e: 

é Tov mapaxpnua, ‘forthwith,’ ‘straightway,’ ‘off-hand’: Thuc. 
VI. 56. 3; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 11; Mem. 2. 1. 20, ai & Tov rapaxp. 
hooval, ‘immediate’; Plat. Cratyl. 399 D, & rov mapaxp. eye, 
‘to speak off-hand’;5! so Symp. 185 C, as é tov mapaxp., Euthyd. 
304 A, Critias 107 E; but the earlier sense in Legg. 768 B; 867 A 
(bis) where it is contr. w. werd ériBoudys; Cc. eiwew ‘off-hand’ Dem. 
1420. 3; so 1401. 2; cf. 1465. 11, rots ék rov mapaxp. ocvpBaivovow 
opbas xpnoba. Cf. azo p. 45, eis p. 117, & p. 191. 

ék Tav turpoober, Plat. Cratyl. 389 A; Alcib. I. 118 B; Rep. 494 A. 
Cf. t rév mpdcdev, Plat. Phaed. 105 D (sc. Neyouerwy); Gorg. 504 B. 
é Tov mpdobe, Antiphanes 87 K., opp. é rovmobev, Ar. Eccl. 482; Thuc. 
VET. 79. 4 Xen. An. 4. 1. 6; Hell. 6: 5: 16; Reip. Lac. 11.'8. 

& tav vov, Plat. Phaed. 105 C (sc. Neyouerwv, cf. B). 

éx tov more, Plat. Parm. 152 B. 

éx T@v olkofev, Xen. Hell. 1. 4. 10. 


54Cf, Plut. 2. 154 A, & rod raparuyxévros aroxplvacba, ‘toanswer offhand’; so é Tov 
mpootuxévros, Plut. 2. 407 B. Schol. compares é ov mpoxelpov which might 
easily have been used, but I have not found it. Sext. Emp. M. 6. 19 has é mpoxeipouv 
but = ‘easily,’ ‘lightly.’ Cf. Ar. Metaph. 356”. 19 & mpoxelpy. 


76 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


éx roburaduv, Thuc. III. 22. 5. 

e. Adv. phr. of direction: 

Aesch. Ag. 116, xepds x dopuradrov, ‘on the right hand,’ idiom. 
and metaph. Cf. in Eng. of the left and right, Milton, ‘half wheel- 
ing to the shield, half to the spear.’ Cf. & ddparos Polyb. 3. 115. 9 
contr. ib. é’ doziéa, cf. eis, p. 99. 

tk tov dvtirépas, ‘on the other side,’ ‘over against,’ Xen. Hell. 
ae eo 

éx Tov én’ apiorepa, ‘from the left,’ Plat. Euthyd. 297 C.= Cf. of 
éx tov éréxewa, ‘those from the far side,’ Xen. An. 5. 4. 3; cf. & 
Thuc. VII. 58. 1, es Plat. Rep. 587 B. Cf. & tov emi Oarepa, 
‘from the other side,’ Thuc. VII. 37. 2; Xen. An. 5. 4. 10; Plat. 
Prot. 314 E, 315 A, & wey . . . & 6é Tov émi Oar7epa ‘on the one 
side and on the other.’ 

e apiorepas, Soph. El. 7, ob& apuorepas; Xen. An. 4. 8. 2; Cyr. 8. 5. 
15; Plat. Euthyd. 271 B; Tim. 72 Cetal. Cf. é& ebwvipov, Hdt. 1. 
72; etc. 

é defvas, Ar. Eccl. 488, rax defas; Ar. Eq. 639; Thuc. II. 81. 3; 
Men. ‘Cyr. 8. 3; 10,5. 15; Plat. Huthyd. 271 A, 273: Bs Dem. 428.272; 
et al. Cf. &ék ddparos supra. 

é &artias, ‘over against,’ ‘opposite,’ Lat. ex adverso, opp. to 
ék mdaylov: Hdt. 7. 225. 3; 8. 7 (cf. 8. 6., & 7s avrins); Thuc. IV. 
33, 35. 3; VIL. 44. 4, cai wav 7de— GayTias . . . modEemtoy Evourfor, 
in ie., every (One eee met’; Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 20, é& eavrias 
ek Die Hiero 6. 8 ae to ravrofev; Plat. Phaed. 113 C; ‘Tam 
68 A; Legg. 893 E; 897 D.® So also é rod évavriov, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 22; 
5. 15 (opp. to é wAayiov); An. 4. 7.5; 6. 5. 7; Cyr. 1. 4. 8, & rov ian 
cf. é rov évriov, Xen. An. 1. 8. 23; Reip. Lac. 11. 8; e &vavriov, Com. 
Fr. Adesp. 366 K.; cf. pl. é tav évavtiwy, Polyb. 5. 9. 9. 

é Tov Katavruxpv, ‘from,’ ‘on the opposite side,’ Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 
22. Plat: Rep. 515 B; Critias 112A. , Civeis p, 148; @ p; 192: 

x Tovmicbev, etc., v. supra, p. 75. 

éx mAaylov, ‘sideways,’ in military sense, ‘in the flank,’ so Thuc. 
TV..332 VI16: 2; Xen: Hell. Ay 5.515476. 52 200Gyr 4 las ieee, 
Symp. 5. 5, of pév col 76 Kar’ evOd mdvov dpaaow, ot dé Euol Kal TO ek Taylov; 
Plat. Ion. 536 A, ‘sideways’; so Rep. 598 A; freq. in Ar. (seventeen 
times) in various forms, ék Tov mAayiov, ék TV TAaYiwv, ex TAaYiov, 


557, Lobeck ad Phrynichus, p. 259 for é’ dpiorepa, etc. 
8°Cf. Ar. Eth. N. 1172* 28 é€ evavtias ‘on the contrary.’ 


PART III ék 77 


ék wAayiwv, ex mAaylias, Meteor. 372.* 11; 378." 9; cf. x mAayiwy Polyb. 
Paes ee 

é& drepdetiou, ‘from above,’ Xen. Hell. 7.4.13. Cf. Polyb. 3. 43. 
3. Pl. & rap brepdetiwy, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 14; cf. Luc. Tim. 45. Cf. & 
xedadys, Lat. desuper, Plut. Marcell. 16. 

éx Tov brnvéuov, ‘on the lee-side,’ Xen. Oec. 18. 7. 

é— wmrias, ‘backwards,’ ‘reversely,’ Plat. Phaedr. 264 A, 
ds ode am’ apxns adr’ ad TerevTHs EF UTTLas avaTadw diavety EmcxerpeEt 
Tov hoyov ; Rep. 529 C, é& brrias vewy ev yp} & Oadatrp, i. e., ‘reversely 
to the common mode’; Ar. Frg. 665 K., veiv é brrias. 

VII. Noteworthy uses of preposition 

1. A large éx type (allied to é« of immediate consecution supra) 
denotes a change from one condition to another, with a more or less, 
but often only very slight idiomatic force. It will not be necessary 
to quote all the examples collected, but some of the more interesting 
and some which seem to have become stock phrases will be mentioned. 
This antithetic form of expressing contrasting conditions was a 
favorite one with the Greeks: Theogn. 577, pyuov é& ayabov Oeivar Kako 
h ’x Kaxov éoOdov; Pind. Ol. XIII. 66, é& dveipov 6’ abtixa jv rap, 
‘out of a dream there was forthwith reality.’ Soph. O T 454, 
Tupnos yap éx dedopxoros;*” Tr. 284; so Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 17, €& adpovos 
cwdpwv av tis yevoro, cf. in Eng. Milton’s ‘speakable of mute.’ 
Ar. Eq. 1321, xaddv e& aicxpov; Hdt. 2. 68, e& EXaxiorov péyroror ; 
id. 5. 69. 2, mdedvas e€€ EXacodvwv; Isocr. II. 9, weyadrny e& wuKpas ; 
Xen. Apol. 19, od 6€ eiwé ed riva olcba br’ Euov yeyernuevoy 7 EE eboeBovs 
avooov 4 éx awdpovos bBprotivy 4 eE ebdtairov modvddravoy 7 [ws] éx 
MeTploT@orou oivdddvya 7 EK diAoTOvOU pwadaKkov, 7} GAANS Tovnpas jdovys 
qr7nuevov ; Plat. Pol. 297 B, duelvous ex xepovwv ; Rep. 411 B, xpnouor 
e& axpnotov; 530 C; 566 A, Adkw & avOpwmrov yevéoPar; 373 D, rote 
ouixpa 69 €& ikavns ora, ‘the country at that time sufficient to sup- 
port them will then be small instead of sufficient’; Euthyd. 285 A, 
dor’ &k Tovnpav Te Kal adpdvwyv xpnorols TE Kal Eudpovas roetv, cf. B 
(note clear relationship to é« of starting-point in most of these cases, 
here also almost as if fig. use of é of material); Isae. VII. 9, e€ 
eUmOpou TE aTopwrepw yeyevnuevw; freq. in the Orr. ‘rich instead of 
poor,’ Lys. I. 4, mdobcvos éx revnros, etc. A typical case is of ‘calm 


57 Soph. Ant. 1318, 746’ obk éx’ GAdov Bporav / uas dpudce wor’ &€ airias, where 
Jebb notes: é& here is not for dé, but is used asif we had, otore é tractiou avaitws pa- 
votuat. Thus é éuas airias is really a compressed way of saying, ‘by change 
from a state of things in which the airia (blame) was mine.’ 


78 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


after storm,’ Pind. Is. VII. (VI.) 38, ebdtavy . . . /ék XeELpcvos ; 
Eur. Or. 279, && kupatwr yap aifis abd yadqv’ dpa, ‘calm after or out 
of the waves after a storm,’ quoted in Ar. Ran. 304; cf. Sammyrion 
8.5 K. Allied to this use is dotpary é& aifpins, ‘lightning out of 
a clear sky’ Hdt. 3. 86; Cratinus 53 K.; Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 31; cf. Hdt. 
7. 188. 

2. Of an existing situation or plight; strictly é gives the starting- 
point, but its force is pressed less closely than usual and it may often 
be translated ‘in’; (slightly idiom.): é aunxavev, Aesch. Prom. 59. 
‘he is clever to find a way out even from a desperate situation’; Eur. 
El. 624, dpa édvid’ 2 aunxavev (allied to previous group); Her. 148 
‘in their despair’; Trag. Fr. Adesp. 566 (Nauck). & tay dedrTwr, 
‘even out of desperate conditions,’ Eur. Frg. 101,554; Trag. Fr. Ion. 
50 (Nauck) p. 742; cf. p. 69. é& ddpwr, Plat. Legg. 699 B; but cf. 
Plut. Rom. 14 masc. expresses material; (w. art.) Hdt. 8. 53, ‘even in 
the midst of their difficulties,’ cf. & p. 185. xax ravde, “even in my 
present plight,’ Soph. Tr. 1109, etc. Cf. Eng. ‘out of the depths I cry 
unto thee.’ 

3. Of means or instrument: Soph. Ant. 989, 6u’ é& évds BNérovTe ; 
ib. 990, rots rupAotor yap/atrn Kédevdos Ex mponynrou wéX\e. Dem. 1466. 
12, é& oudrias . . . mpocayayécfa, ‘by talking,’ ‘by persuasion’ 
rather than Bia; cf. 1468. 7, 6c’ dudtas wetoa. 

4. Causal: é€ éridos, Pind. Py. VIII. 90, ‘by reason of,’ ‘at the 
impulse of hope’; but cf. p. 53, Aesch. Ag. 998 idiom., peculiar 
use of prep. like amo ‘away from’, ebxouar 6’ é& euas édmidos ‘against 
hope.’ Cf. amo p. 46. Aesch. Ag. 268, répevye roiros é& amorias, 
‘the word escaped me in consequence of distrust.’ Soph. Ant. 766, 
é& dpyns taxts, ‘in haste caused by wrath,’ cf. e& épudos Il. 7. 111. 
Cf. dua, p. 25. Soph. El. 398, e& aBoudias mwecetv ; O C 620, ex ourxpov 
Noyou, ‘for a small cause.’ Dem. 784. 48, rav 6€ xpnotav ExOpds ex 
dioews kal yevous; cf. 796. 87, etc. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1073, é axéwr, 
‘by reason of grief.’ 

5. Of origin: Hom. II. 14. 472, ob yév wor kaxds elderar obdé Kaka 
258 Ar. Eq. 185, yay éx xad@v ei kayabav; ib. 187, e movnpav; cf. 
Andoc. I. 14. 109, aya6oi €& ayabav dvres; x BedATLOvwy, ‘better-born,’ 
Lys. X. 23, 67u BeXriwy kai éxk Bedtiorvwy 6 delywy euov; so id. XIII. 
18. 64; Plat. Gorg. 512 D; Dem. 228. 10. For é of immediate 
ancestry-.cf. amo, p. 47. 


® One of Aristotle’s meanings, Metaph. 1023°. 25ff. 


PART III ék 79 


6. Ofsource: a. of the head and fount of power: ék Tov Bac.dews, 
Soph. O C 67; cf. El. 264; Ant. 63. 7a 6’ & Oeav, Soph. O C 256.°° 
éx Avovioou, i. e., by his command, Soph. Ant. 957. 

b. Source, nearly of cause: Plat. Rep. 584 C, ai jdovai 
éx mpocdoxias yvyvoueva, ‘arising from anticipation.’ 

7. Of agent viewed as source, hence é rather than b76. The 
force varies from cases in which the idea of source is more prominent, 
often best translated ‘at the hands of,’ to those in which the agency 
is predominant and the translation ‘by’ shows little apparent dif- 
ference from iré: Soph. El. 526, as é uot reOvnxev ‘at my hands’; so 
Tr. 1235. OC 1425, oda Oavarov 2€ audow instead of é& addnrovw, 
‘each from the other’s hand’; cf. Ant. 973 of the direct agent; Lys. 
XVI. 18, & 5€ Trav Kwévvebew e@edovTwr, ‘by’; Xen. An. 1. 1. 6, & 
Baotdéws dedouéevar; ib. 2. 6. 1, & TavTwv Tav euTeEipws abTov EXOVTWY 
do£as, ‘as was agreed by all’; ci. Thuc. 1. 120, aomep kai ev addous ek 
TAVTWV TpoTevrat, (€k=vb70).°° 

8. Ofseparation or removal: (Fig.) Pind. Nem. XI. 30, é& ayafov 
éBadov, ‘caused him to miss his desires’ (Bury). Lys. II. 11, eredn 
‘Hpakdas pev &€ avOpwrav ipavicbn ; so Isocr. VI. 18; VIII. 113. CZ. p. 
33: 

9. Partitive with added meaning of choice or distinction: cf. 
Hom. Il. 18. 431, etc., v. p. 52: Pind. Ol. VI. 25, é addav, ‘above 
all others.”’ Cf. é ro\\@v supra, p. 73. 

10. Of material: Plat. Rep. 428 C, ray & 7ov xadxov (sc. oxevav), 
parallel with ray EvNivwv oxevav; so 616 C, Kai 7d &yKorpov etvar ef 
adduavros; cf. Com. Fr. Adesp. 373 K., @ dddamavros . . . et. 
Ar. Vesp. 1367 ds idéws dayos ay é d£ous Sixny may possibly be 
thought of as a fig. use of material, ‘a suit made of vinegar,’ but 
more prob. a fig. local use, a suit ‘out of,’ ‘from pickle,’ ‘in pickle,’ 
it seems almost to mean ‘pickled.’ 

11. aro and & in interchange and in antithesis, v. sub amo 
p. 47. 

12. Plastic, a. emphatic, ironical: Soph. Ant. 95, ray é€& éuou 
dvaBouNiav, ‘fully proceeding from me,’ ‘on my part’; cf. 619; Tr. 631; 
O C 453. 


59 Jebb notes as euphemistic and compares Aesch. Pers. 373; Soph. Ph. 1316; 
Eur. Phoen. 1763, cf. without prep. I. A. 1610, ra ray Oeav,=‘their dispensations.’ 

60v, Morris ad loc. with citations there made, Kiihner-Gerth 430, 2, 3, C for this 
use of ék=t16 as mostly Ionic and poetic. 

61 Cf. Hom. p. 52. 


80 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


b. Merely plastic: Aesch. Sept. 700, drav ex xepav Geoi Bvotav 
déexwvrarc; Soph. O T 1221, dipouar yap dorep iadeuov xéewy /Ex TTOMATWY. 

13. Local with idiom. tinge: Dionys. Com. @eoy. 2. 40 K.., 
detrvov. . . . €& avrAlas HKovra i. e., the coarse food used by sea- 
men. 

14. é where the simple Genitive would suffice: Soph. El. 231, 
ék Kawatwy amoravooua; 291, unde o’ &k yowr roré/TaY viv amaddakeay 
of karw Oeot; cf. ib. 987; Eur. Med. 46; Ar. Ran. 1531. 

15. Of succession: Cf. Hom. Il. 19. 290; Aesch. Ag. 1110; Dem. 
1462. 3, \oyov ex oyou Neyerv ; Aeschin. I. 64; Eubul. 107. 3 K., etc. 


VIII. Pronominal expressions 


éx ta@véde, Aesch. Ag. 877, ‘for this cause,’ ‘in consequence of 
this’; ib. 1603; Cho. 1056; Soph. O T 235 like rpés ratra, but O T 282, 
1251 like wera 7a6e, (temporal), ‘hereafter,’ v. also supra sub temporal 
phr. p. 63. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 38, ei 6€ uw) davepor ow cot, éx Tavde 
oxefar, ‘consider it in the following way,’ ‘from the following 
point of view’, lit. ‘from these things’; cf. Lys. XXV. 19, cxomet 6é 
xp? Kai ék Tavde. Such uses, especially the causal and temporal, are 
frequent; so with other demonstratives, particularly é robrov and é 
Tovrwy whose numerous occurrences it would be useless to enumerate. 
A few cases only will be cited. 

éx rourwy, Ar. Vesp. 346; Thesm. 87, é rabtrys;®? Eur. Med. 1103, 
ére 6 ék Tovrwy, ‘after this,’ ‘and still on top of all this,’ constitutes 
another stage in the enumeration begun with mparov wey (1101). 
Xen. An. 1. 3. 11, BovdevecOar bre xp} moety & TovTwv, ‘next,’ 
expressing sequence in time with an implied idea of consequence, 
‘in consideration of the present circumstances.’® 

éx tovrou (so also ék rovrwy) is a fixed formula in Xenophon (where 
it occurs some 162 or more times, often é 6é robrov, ék Tovrou 6é, éKk 
rovrou 6n), for the opening of a sentence continuing the narration, 
meaning ‘as a result of this,’ ‘therefore,’ e. g., Xen. An. 3. 3. 5, 
very often “thereupon, “next,” \e: 2, Ging.) ken, Hell 93.0176; 
(pl.) Oee: 2: 1. 

éx Tov Towovrov, Thuc. III. 37, etc. 

éx tocou (always temporal), Hdt. 5. 88; 6. 84; Plat. Legg. 642 E. 

é£ dgou, Vv. p. 73. 


®v. Starkie; Sobol. Praep. p. 86. 
6 vy. White ad loc. 


PART III ék 81 


IX. Local designations 


1. Noun of place omitted: 

é§ doparov, Plat. Soph. 246 B. 

e éoxarns (sc. ys), ‘from a far country,’ Hdt. 3. 115. Cf. 
supra, p. 56, && mepatwy ys. 

é& nOewy: Hdt. 1. 15, €& nOéwy bro Vevdewy . . . ekavacrartes 
‘forced to emigrate’; so id. 5. 14. 15; cf. id. 2. 142, rerpaxis EXeyov ef 
nOéwy Tov HALov avaretdat, ‘away from its accustomed place.’ 

2. Descriptive é& phrases, elliptical expressions describing the 
person by the place from which he comes: (idiom.) 

Soph. O T 1051, rov é aypay, i. e., ‘the peasant,’ Ar. Vesp. 526, 
Tov é&k Onuerépov/yupuvactov, ‘the champion from our school’; Nub. 
1065, ‘YrépBordos 5’ otk tav hixvwv, ‘the man from the lamps,’ i. e., 
‘from the lamp-market’ (for the naming of places in the market from 
the articles sold, cf. eis, p. 132, &, p. 205); so Av. 13, od« rav dpvewy;® 
cf. Nub. 47,éynua MeyaxXecous . . . adedgidnv . . . e€& aoTews, 
=doTihv, Opp. to ayporkos ; etc. 

3. Omission of article in familiar expressions of place: 

é& ayopas, Ar. Eq. 181, dru) movnpds Kaé ayopas et xal Opacis, 
with idiom. tone implying that it was considered disreputable to 
frequent the market; Dem. 121. 39 also w. idiom. force, érav@’ aorep 
& ayopas éxrémparat raira, i. e., ‘publicly’; but often merely a tag. 
Frequent also without art. are: é otkov, also é& oixias ‘from home’; 
& dorews, e. g., Ar. Frg. 107 K. (when referring to Athens usually with- 
out art.); é mpoacriov, ‘from the suburbs’, Soph. El. 1431, Eur. Alc. 
836; éx trédews ‘from the Acropolis’, saepe, cf. &, pp. 205-207. ¢é€ 
aypov, x Iecparéws, €& "Axadquetas, 7 €& ’Apeiov mayou Bovdy, €& exxAnolas, 
éx Badavelov, éx updos, EK makapwv vnowy, Ek PadatTns, EK yrs, etc. 


X. Phrases of comparison 


domep, otov c. &k to mark the field of metaphor: cf. amd, p. 48, 
év, p. 208; womep €€ auatns, Dem. 268. 122; cios ex rprddov, Vv. supra, Pp. 
56; oiov éx dpvoxav, v. supra, p. 56. aomep EK HapéTpas pnyatiokra 

dvaoravres &mrorotebover, Plat. Theaet. 180 A; Rep. 435 A, 
Tax’ av . . . TplBovres womwep EK Tupeiwy ekAapWar Tornoamey THY 
dukarocbynv, etc. 

Cf. Plat. Gorg. 493 D, &dAnv cou ecixdva Eyw Ex TOV abTov yuuvaclov TH viv, with 
which Leutsch. App. prov. 2. 47, 68 compares a number of similar prov. expressions, 
v. supra, p. 56. 

6% Cf. Ar. Nub. 186, rots é& Ibdov AndOeior, ‘they look like the captives from 
Pylos,’ where we might have had rots é« IdAov without ptc. in just such a phr. as 


these. 
6 For omission of art. v. Gildersleeve, Syntax of Class. Greek, Part II $568, 569. 


PART AV 
eis 

eis, is only another form of & from idg *en (*eni), *n, Gr. &, a, evi 
with the added form és on the analogy of é and éé; es in Attic gave 
eis, és which came to be restricted to the use with the accusative of 
the end of motion like the Latin zm with the accusative;! cf. early 
Lat. en, goth., old high Ger. in, etc. In many dialects and several 
times in Pindar, (Pyth. II. 11, 86; V. 36; Nem. VII. 31)? & is used 
with the accusative of the end whither, as well as with the locative 
dative of the place where. Cf. Lat. im with accusative and ablative. 

Its uses are commonly stated as: 1. Spatial: a. End in space 
after verbs of motion, b. End or limit in quantity; c. extent in 
space, e. g., ‘from sea to sea.’ d. Meaning ‘in the presence of,’ 
Lat. coram, but in the direction whither. 

2. WYemporal: a: ‘of “the end= or limit; in) times ere... unt 
sunset.’ b. Of temporal extent, e. g., ‘for a year,’ els éyuavrov, 
‘a year long.’ 

3. Figurative: a. of the end, purpose, intention, b. of manner 
with the conception in mind of the end striven for or attained; 
many of these expressions are equivalent to adverbs. c. Of rela- 
tion or reference,—in consideration of, in regard to, with reference to, 
an object, e. g., és 7a ravra, é Tad aANa, etc. 

Most of these uses are found in Homer, but, as is noted by Kiihner- 
Gerth, eis of the quantitative end does not occur until later. 


A. HoMeER 


Homer® several times uses eis with the accusative of the person 
as the end of motion where the Attic uses @s, mpés or mapa (v. p. 87). 
Sometimes after a verb of rest the preposition has a pregnant force 
implying previous motion to the place (v. p. 87). This occurs also 
in Attic, and in late Greek developed into a usage practically equiva- 
lent to &. 

I. Prepositional idioms 
a. With nouns: 


1K-G. IT. 1. S. 468; Walde; Prellwitz; Brugmann, Kz. vgl. Gr. 1. c. 

*For additional uses of é& c. acc. v. Solmsen, F. Rh. Mus. 61. (1906) 491 sqq. 
Prapositionsgebrauch in griech. Mundarten; v. also & p. 134. 

3For eis in Homer, v. Munro, p. 110. 


PART IV eis 83 


és BdOpov, Od. 11. 36, semi-tech. of slaying sheep into, i. e., so 
that the blood would run into a pit. (Cf. Aesch. Sept. 42, ravpooda- 
youvtes és peAavderov caxos and Ar. Lys. 188, eis domida which looks 
back to the expression in the Septem [v. Schol.]. Cf. also Xen. An. 
2. 2. 9, eis domida.) V. p. 99. 

és dioxoupa, Il. 23. 523, és dtaxouvpa A€NecTO, ‘he was the length of a 
discus throw behind.’ Cf. Il. 5. 118, és édpunv eyxeos EMetv, ‘within 
my spear’s cast.’ 

és od0adyots, Il. 24. 204=520, AOeue . . /avdpds és 6G0adpors, 
‘to the eyes,’ i. e., ‘within the presence of.”* Cf. eis ara infra. 

és modas ék Kepadns (little more than a tag, but w. slight idiomatic 
feeling) Il. 18. 353; 16. 640; 23. 169.5 V. é& p. 54. Cf. és ogupoy éx 
arepyys, Ll. 22. 397, és puxdv é& ovd00, Od. 7. 87, 96. 

és Xidovinv, Od. 13. 285, ‘to go on board ship for,’ and és Tpwiny, 
Il. 11. 22, ‘to sail for Troy,’ are a little different from going to Troy, 
etc.; the destination combines the end in view in the mind with the 
end of motion, while still other phrases, as we shall see, even in Homer, 
refer only to the end in mind, the purpose, the local idea disap- 
pearing entirely. 

els te dows dyayer, h. Merc. 12, Eng. ‘brought to light,’ Ger. 
‘brachte ans Licht,’ the beginning of a phr. frequent in Attic Gk. 
Cf. po dowode, Tl. 16. 188; 19. 118; h. Ap. 119.° 

eis wma, Il. 9. 373, Guol . . . eis Gra idéoPar, ‘to look me in 

the eye, the face,’ slightly idiomatic; Il. 15. 147 c. gen. instead of 
dat., Avos 7’ eis Gra idnobe; absol. Od. 22. 405, dewos 8’ eis Gra idecPar, 
‘terrible to behold’; 23. 107, ot6’ els Gra idéoPar evaytiov, ‘to look at 
him face to face’;’ cf. Il. 3. 158, aivas adavarnor Gens eis ra Eorxer, 
‘she is like in face,’ a real phr., which may be explained by supply- 
ing iéév7, ‘to one looking into her face’; so Od. 1. 411, od pev yap re 
kax@ els @mra ewe. Cf. Hes. Op. 62, abavarns d€ Bens els @ra eloxev. 
Cf. idiom. usage of és d¢fadpots cited above. 


4So in later lit. eis oyu (often especially in Hdt.), eis tpdcwzrov, eis dupa, Sumatra, 
all of which may be thought of as starting in the Homeric use. 

5Cf. pun on this with inversion of phr. Ar. Plut. 650, as éya ra mpayyara/éx tov 
moba@v és Thy Kebadhnv cor TavT Epa. 

6In view of these cases with apo Stoll, N. J. f. Ph. 79. 319, would emend eis to 
ap, which appears unnecessary in the light of the frequent use of eis aos with 
adyev in Attic. v.p.90. Cf. further. Verg. Aen. 10. 704 in lucem. 

7Cf. prep. cpd. eiowmés, Il. 15. 653; e&wr7 as dat. adv. Il. 5. 374; 21. 510; 
cf. also Il. 15. 320, xar’ &Gra iddv Aavady raxutmdwv ; Brugmann, Gr. Gr. §499, and 
Solmsen, Rh. Mus. 61. 491ff. cite this cpd. as a remnant of év c. acc., so also Hom. 
adv. évdééca. 


84 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


b. With adjectives: 

eis ayabov, ayada, Il. 9. 102, elzety eis ayaov; 11. 789, 6 dé reicerar 
els ayadov, ‘for his profit’; pl. Il. 23. 305, uudeir’ eis ayaa dpovewy 
a var. not to be explained on metrical grounds. Cf. Theogn. 162. 

és peoov, Il. 23. 574 (idiom. phr.), és pécov audoreporor dikaooarte, 
und’ éx’ apwyn, ‘in the middle,’ practically=‘impartially.’ é peéoor 
is frequent in the usual force of going ‘into the middle’: (absol.) 
Il. 3. 77=7. 55; Tl. 4. 79, 299; 15. 357; 23. 704, é péooov eOyxe 
of a prize for a contest ‘set in the midst,’ Lat. 7m medio ponere. 
This phr. has a long and interesting history, v. infra, pp. 93, 94, 
also cf. év pp. 138, 158f. Od. 8. 144, o77 p’ és péooor iwy of going ‘into 
the midst’ to speak, this use maintains itself as a regular formula, 
cf. ib. 262; 17, 447; 182 89; h. XX. .222\(c.-gen-): Tl 62266, 341: al- 
ten with dudorépwr for és peraixurov of the space between the two 
armies, Il. 6. 120; 20. 159; so Hes. Th. 709; Il. 23. 814, c. dudorépw 
instead of audotépwv. Cf. &, p. 138. 

Il. 2. 379, ef d€ ror’ és ye wiav Bovrevoouer, ‘but if ever we shall be at 
one in council,’ an unusual and idiomatic phr., which may be ex- 
plained by supplying BotAny from the verb. (Cf. Eng. ‘at one.’) 


II. Elliptical 


oikov, Gouov, dduous, tepov or some other familiar word omitted.® 

Sc. oixov, ddouov, Souous: ets ’Atéao, Il. 8. 367; 13. 415; 21. 48; 22. 213; 
Od. 10. 502; 11. 164, 277, 425; 12. 383; so Theogn. 906;° frequent in 
Attic Greek, v. p. 103. és Hpuduouo, Il. 24. 160; és ’Axeddzos, Il. 24. 309; 
els ’AXxwdoio, Od. 8. 418; 13. 23; & KXuriow, Od. 16. 327; avépds és 
agveov, Il. 24. 482; és rarpos, Od. 2. 195; és querepov, h. Merc. 370. 
els quetepov, Od. 2. 55; 7. 301; 17. 534. Sc. tepov: és ’A@nvains, Il. 
6. 379=384. Sc. poov: eis Aiytrrow, Od. 4. 581. Cf. in Attic els 
’AmrodAwvos, Anuntpos, didocddou, didacKkddov, etc., also Lat. ad A pollinis, 
ad Castoris, etc. 

III. Temporal 

1. Of a limit in time, determining a period: 

Tl. 14. 86, ék vedrn7os . . . Kai és ynpas. 

és néNLov KatadtyTa, most often in the form mpérav juap és nédAvov 
katadvv7a, ‘all day until the setting of the sun,’ so Il. 1. 601; 19. 
162; 24. 713; Od. 9. 161, 556; 10. 183, 476; 12. 29; 19. 424;h. Merc. 206, 


®But v. év p. 168 ftn. for explan. of gen. not as adnominal, but originally locative 
with addition of local adv. 
°Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 353; ib. 1. 337, és Algrovo. 


PART IV els 85 


so also Hes. Th. 596; var. Il. 19. 308, dtvra 8’ és nédvov wevéw, so Od. 
17. 570, 582. In Od. 3. 138 it means ‘towards’ or ‘near sunset,’ 
Lat. sub vesperam, eis of making an appointment, setting a date, so in 
later Gk. 

Od. 11. 375, kai xev és 7H Stay avacxoiunv.® Cf. és avpiov, Od. 11. 
351; cf. Od. 15. 126, és yayou &pnv v. infra. 

2.. Extent of time: 

eis évravrov, ‘for a year,’ Il. 21. 444; Od. 4. 526, 595; 11. 356; h. 
Cer. 399, so Hes. Op. 44, cf. Th. 799 (ueyav); more often, redeapdpov 
els év.avrév ‘for a full year,’ so Il. 19. 32; Od. 10. 467; 14. 292; 15. 230; 
h. Ap. 343, XX. 6; so too Hes. Th. 740, also rereNeopevov eis EvrauTov 
Th. 795, Op. 561; var. els évuavrov dravra, Od. 14. 196. But Od. 4. 86, 
Tpls yap Tikrer unva TeAEoopor eis Evvavrov, ‘three times within the full 
circle of the year,’ cf. eis ®pas, Od. 9. 135. 

eis Spas, Od. 9. 135, aiet/eis dpas dumev, ‘within the year,’ i. e., 
‘always at the appointed time,’ ‘every season as it comes around’; 
cf. h. Hom. XXVI. 12, dds & Huds xatpovras és pas adris ixéoDar/éx 5 
até’ wpdawy eis Tods roAXovds évravtovs, cf. Attic infra, p. 107. But the 
sing. is different in Od. 15. 126, dléwu . . . & yapou dpyy, 
‘against the time of your marriage,’ where it determines the period, 
but the emphatic idea is that of intention amplified by the follow- 
ing infinitive, ‘I give you this gift until the time of your marriage, 
to bear to your wife.’ Cf. Hdt. 6. 61. 

és rl ére xKreiveoOar édoere Ndov 'Axavois; ‘to what point?’ ‘how 
long?’, Ti. 5. 465. 

3. Setting a date: Od. 14. 384, dar’ edetcecOau 7 Es DEpos 7 Es OTMWpNY, 
‘he said that he would come home either by summer or harvest- 
time’ (also sets the limit in time). Cf. Od. 3. 138, 7. 317, é rdde; 
also és avpiov infra. 

IV. Adverbial and temporal 

és aijpiov, simply ‘to-morrow,’ ‘on the morrow,’ Il. 8. 538; 
Od. 7. 318 and often later; but also Od. 11. 351, erimetvar és aiiprov 
‘until to-morrow,’ ‘until morning’ where the prep. has its own force. 
Cf. also Hes. Op. 410, és 7’ aipov és re evndiy (note phr. és &ngw = 
eis tpitnv, ‘to-morrow and the day after to-morrow).’ Cf. later, 
Plat. Legg. 858 B. 

és wep drioow, Od. 18. 122; 20. 199; cf. eicoriow h. Hom. Ven. 
104; ‘hereafter,’ ‘in time to come’; so Soph. Ph. 1105. 


10Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1151, és 4m ‘at dawn’; cf. Theocr. 18. 14, és a@, ‘to-morrow.’ 
Cf, Ap. Rhod. 1. 690, eis éros ‘within a year.’ 


86 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


és reNeurnv, ‘at the end,’ ‘at last.’ h. Hom. VII. 29, és ée 
rerevTqy /epet. Cf. Hes. Op. 333. Cf. Theogn., Pind., Soph., v. 
anjra, p. Alt. 

és rédos, ‘at last,’ ‘finally,’ h. Merc. 462, és rédos otk ararnow 
(Baumeister: numquam te fallam). Cf. Hes. Op. 218; 294; 664. 
Ci. Att. v.¢njra; p: 111. 

és torepov, Od. 12. 126; so also Hes. Op. 351; cf. Hdt. 5. 41, 74, 
ete pO. «Ch ev p..19l eb) piri: 

V. Tags 

1. Military: eis vos, ‘to the band,’ ‘tribe,’ ‘company,’ 
in the expression ap 6’ érapwy eis vos éxafero, Il. 3. 32; 11. 585; 13. 
165, 533, 566, 596, 648; 14. 408; 16. 817. 

és phase 10233660; 11. Sass oie Oo ete: 

eis orparov ‘to the army’ (slight), Il. 4. 70; 10. 325; 24. 112, 566. 

Phrases for going into the battle, the press, etc.: 

és Susrov, (Aavawv) Il. 19. 402; (Adwv) 7. 218; (éraipwy) 17. 129; 
(uvnornpwv) Od. 17. 590; 22. 263, 282.” 

és rAnObv, ‘to retire into the mass, the crowd,’ Il. 11. 360; 17. 31; 
20. 197; cf. eis vos supra. 

és wodeuov, Il. 1. 491; 16. 728; but 8. 376, és wodenov Owpjtouar, 
‘arm myself for battle.’ 

és PoBov avdpwv, Il. 15. 310, practically means ‘into the battle,’ 
‘into the press,’ but contains the added idea of the end or intent, 
‘for the terror of men.’® 

2. Local designations with slight idiomatic feeling: 

eis ebviv, I). 11. 115, ‘the lion to its lair’; but in Il. 14. 209, 296; 
h. Ap. 329, 344, it refers to the marriage couch. 

és xorpov (almost tech.) ‘to the barnyard,’ Od. 10. 411, so amo 
xompou, Il. 18. 575; cf. kara Kompov. 

és Néoxnv, Od. 18. 328, 329, od6’ eres ebderv Yadkyiov és dopo 
Edd, /HE mov és Neoxnv; cf. Hdt. 2. 32, és Neoxnv transferred to the 
talk or gossip that went on in the lounging-place. 

3. Familiar and frequent local designations: 

eis aryopiv, Il. 1. 490; Od. 8. 109; és ayava ‘to the assembly met to 
see the games,’ Il. 23. 799, 886; cf. els néooov ayava, 685, 710. CE. 
ey, p. 135. és didpov, Il. 5. 364; 11.359. eis ’Atoao douous, Od. 10. 175, 
491, 564; 14. 208, etc. Cf. phr. which omit douous v. supra, p. 84. 


“Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 109. 
By, Leaf ad loc., who cites other examples of ets c. acc. of intent or purpose. 


PART IV els 87 


eis d@ua, Od. 10. 62; h. Merc. 34. eis oixoy (ievac), Il. 6. 490; Od. 
1. 356; 21. 350; (a&yew) 14. 318; 17. 84. els dpuov, Od. 15. 497, rHv (i. 
e., ‘the ship’) els dpyov mpoepecoay épetuois, ‘they rowed the ship to 
harbor.’ és wepuwrnv, Il. 14. 8; Od. 10. 146 (cf. & Il. 23. 451). és 
oxorinv, Il. 20. 137, cabeCwpueOa kiovres/ex marov és oxorinv. Cf. use of 
other preps. with most of the words in this group. 


VI. Noteworthy uses of preposition 
1. eis after vb. of motion c. acc. of the person, not of going 
‘against’ the person, but simply ‘to him,’ later regularly as.: 
Me io12; 15. 402: Od. 14.127; 22: 202. 
2, eis “within reach of,’ v. supra, Il. 5. 118; ef. 23. 523. 
3. Pregnant: Il. 15. 276, édavyn Ais niryeveros | eis 666, ‘appeared 
in the way,’ implying a previous vb. of motion. 


B. LITERATURE AFTER HOMER 
I. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns: 

és ayxadas, Eur. Alc. 190, 7 6€ NapBavovo’ és ayxadas; Ion. 1598, 
apmacavr’ és ayxadas/ . . . Bpedos, (prob. slightly idiomatic, al- 
though less so than some of the cases with émi), cf. &, p. 145 and 
émt. Cf. Eng. ‘infant in arms.’ 

eis axoas, earliest form sing. c. adj. Aesch. Prom. 689, 
és axoay éuav; Eur. Phoen. 1480, otk eis axoas ere Svotvxia/daparos 
her. Cf. eis emqxoov, ‘within hearing,’ infra, p. 113. 

els axpov, Hes. Op. 291, érjy 86 eis axpov, ixnrac ‘but when one 
reaches the summit’ (of the steep, rough path of toil which the 
immortals have set in front of virtue), quoted by Plat. Prot. 340 D; 
Cf. Tyrt. 10. 43, és axpov aperns tkéoOar; Simon. 41. 6, ix 7’ és axpov/ 
avépetas; cf. Hippon. 45 (34), eis axpov €\xwy, dowep addA\avta WixXwv 
(prob. literal). The passages from Tyrt., Simon., Plato, seem to be 
an echo of the Hesiodic phr., but later, Theocr. 14. 61 we find eis axpov 
as a real adv. phr., eis axpov adts (Lang: ‘the top of good company’). 

els GutAav, Ibycus 2. 6, és &ucAdav €Ga (nearly or quite lit.); Eur. 
Tro. 621, kax@ xaxov yap eis Gurddav Epxerar=vb. ‘rivals,’ cf. Eng. 
‘enters into rivalry with’; Hec. 226, unr’ eis xepmv auiddav eéedOns 
éuot; ib. Frg. 347.3, A\oywv waraiwy eis durddav éEwv (metaph. end of 
motion). Cf. pds (w. pl.) Eur. Med. 1082. 

és avaykainv amednbevras, Hdt. 8. 109. 2, ‘brought into great 
straits,’ cf. dmopinv, orevor. 


88 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


els Gvrdov, Eur. Heracl. 168, eis avtAov éuBnoe (second pers.) 
moda, metaph. for getting into a difficulty. Cf. infra, eis aopiar, 
els Ppeata receiv, etc.; but in Eur. Hec. 1025, avrdor is literally sea- 
water. 

eis amopiav, Hdt. 1. 24, aweuknfevta .« «SC. Atropinv, so 2. 141, 
‘brought into great straits’; cf. 1. 79, & dopinv roddjy amvypevos ; 
Thuc. II. 81. 8, é dzopiay xaftoravrwy, cf. Xen. Oec. 3. 8 (c. gen.); 
Plat. Hipp. Mai. 286 C, eis amopiay pe katéBadev ‘reduced me to straits’; 
cf. Plat. Theaet. 174 C, v. infra sub gpéara; cf. eis avTdov supra, 
eis Gmopov infra, eis aunxXavov, ayhxava, és avayKkainv, és orevov, etc. 

eis apiOuov, Eur. Hec. 1186, ai 6’ eis apibuov tT&v Kkaxa@v redixaper,\* 
‘some of us by nature count among the bad,’ ‘to fill up the or- 
dinary number’; cf. Menand. 165 K., eis rov apiduov, ad numerum 
explendum; so Eur. Frg. 495, xeis avipav uev ob /redovow apibydr, ‘they 
do not count in the number of men’; El. 1054, 7 6€ yu doxet rade, / 
ovd’ eis apiOuov Tov Eu jKet Noywr, ‘she does not come into the account 
of my words,’ (Way: ‘if any think not so, With her mine argument 
hath naught to do’)® It is only a step from this c. gen. and a vb. 
of motion to the absol. use c. vb. of motion, Thuc. II. 72. 3, cat ado 
el Tu Ouvarov és apiOuov édOeiv, ‘and anything else which can be counted.’ 
Hat. 7. 60, rdAnOos és aprOuov illustrates a use of the prep., rather than a 
phr., ‘in respect of numbers.’ 

eis Babos, Eur. Med. 1297, é aifépos Babos; Ar. Av. 1715, és Baéos 
Kbkrov /xwpet (Schol.: eis 76 tos tov otpavov); neither of these expres- 
sions c. gen. is really a phr., but it occurs without gen. in Ar. Meteor. 
386° 19, 23, 30, and the transference of meaning from depth to 
height gives an idiom. tone even c. gen. Cf. &, &, émi, Kara. 

eis Buddy, Aesch. Suppl. 408, det ror Babelas ppovridos awrnpiov /dixnv 
Ko\uuBntnpos, és BuOdv poreiv /dedopkos Supa; Soph. Ai. 1083, é& ovpiwv 
dpapyovoay eis BuOdv wecetv, metaph. of the state; but cf. Ar. H. A. 
619* 7; 631° 18. eis Buddy lit. ‘into the sea,’ or ‘the deep,’ ‘the depths 
of the sea’, e¢ al.; cf. p. 162. 

és daira, Theogn. 563, kexdjoOar és daira; cf. c. kadew ‘to invite,’ 
Ar. Av. 494, és dexarnv . . . xKdmbels, ‘to the christening-day 
feast’; cf. eis fvumdcv, Vesp. 1005, él deimvov, eis Evumdcvov, emi 
Gewpiav, an interesting parallel use of éwi and eis, (detrvov regularly 
has éi, exc. Eccl. 1149, xpos 76 deirvov),'® there is very little difference 


4Dindorf del. 1185, 1186; text much disputed; see edd. 
Cf. Hom. IL. 2. 202 prep. cpd. é&vapifuuos, Od. 11. 449 simple Dat. apBug. 
16y. Starkie ad Vesp. 1005. 


PART IV els 89 


in the three preps., éls, éri, mpés in this sense, but some words cus- 
tomarily take certain prepositions, e. g., always éml £éva, to invite a 
stranger to dinner, Hdt. 2. 107, etc., freq. in inscrr. (in Athen. Wndic- 
mara); cf. Eur. Ion. 1140, és @oivny, cf. Plat. Phaedr. 247 B, drap dé 67 
mpos datra kal émi Ooivnv iwow; cf. Lach. 186 A, éwedy . . . els 
ouuBovdyy tapexadeoarny juas mepi row vieow, ‘call us into consulta- 
tion,’ so 187 C, 190 B; Prot. 313 A; Aeschin. III. 154, els rpoedpiar ; 
Ar. Av. 333, és 6€ doNov Exadece transfers the same use from the concrete 
to the abstract. 

eis OovNov, Eur. Tro. 615, 76 6’ evyevés /eis dovAOV HKEL, MeTABOAAS TOLaGd’ 
éxov, the sudden shift to the personal construction is idiomatic nor is 
it frequent thus to put the person himself for the qualities he would 
have. 

eis Ep, Soph. Ai. 1018, mpos ovdev eis Epry Ovpobuevos (Jebb: ‘whose 
wrath makes strife even without a cause’). For @uyotmevos eis v. 
képas infra. 

eis Ooivnv, Eur Ion. 1140, v. supra daira. 

els Oupov Badeiv, Barreca, ‘lay to heart,’ Soph. O T 975; Hat. 
1. 84; 7. 51. 3; 8. 68 y., all these cases have the verb in the middle 
voice, but cf. Bios ‘Ounpov §30, és Ouudv €Bade To pyOev quoted by Jebb. 
Cf. ev! Ouy@ Badreobar, Hom., Hes., etc. v. pp. 141, 149; also évi pect; 
but Soph. El. 1347, otée y’ és Ouudv dépw is not quite the same, v. 
infra, p. 126 sub pepe. 

eis kepas, Eur. Bacch. 742, raipor 6’ bBproral xeis Kepas Ovuotpevor, 
of venting their fury with their horns; Vergil imitates this, Georg. 
3. 232; Aen. 12. 104, trasci in cornua; for Oupotpevos eis cf. eis Epi 
supra; for eis xepas, Eur. Hel. 1558, xeis xepas rapeuBdrérwv, ‘levelling 
his horns.’ 

és Néoxnv, Hdt. 2. 32, ex Adywv GAAwY amikécOar Es NEcXNY TeEpl Tov 
Neidov, ‘talk,’ ‘gossip’ (prob. slight idiom. coloring); cf. Hom. Od. 
18. 329 é \éoxnv of the place where the gossip went on. 

eis weOnv (setting a limit), Plat. Minos 320 A, mi cvprive addpdors 
eis wéOnv ; so Legg. 775 B. 

eis 600v, Eur. Med. 766, xeis dd0v BeBjxayer, metaph. i. e., ‘we have 
come to a way of action’; but cf. Soph. Ai. 37, (lit.) ‘came into the 
path’, radae pidak EBnv/tq of mpoOupos eis dddv KUVayia. 

els dupa, Guwara, Eur. Heracl. 887, cal yap oix éBobd\ero/fav eis cov 
ee Guma Kal dovvar dixny, ‘to come within your sight’; Or. 461, 
eis Oupar’ ee tToicw eepyacuevors. Cf. Hom. Il. 24. 204=520, 
és OpBadyots. Cf. eis dduv, tpdcwrov infra. 


90 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 

eis dpdvay, Eur. H. F. 352, rov yas e&vépwy 7’ és dpdhvav/pororta, 
the transference of meaning from the darkness of the night to that 
of the lower world indicates a slight idiomatic feeling; cf. Eur. Suppl. 
994, 6’ dpdvas,Ion 955, & dpdvy, usually transferred to the meaning 
of night itself. Cf. for darkness of the lower world, Plat. Phaedr. 
256 D, els yap oxorov kal Thy bro yns wopelay . . . €ENOEW. 

eis dxdov, Eur. Hipp. 986, eyw 6’ dkopwos eis dxXov Sovvar AOyov 
‘in public’; cf. rap’ 6xAw, Hipp. 213, 989; Amphis, 14 K., 6a ri 6’ otk 
ayes /eis Tov 6xAov avtov (of bringing a new idea which he had ‘before 
the public’ in a play); similarly, eis dxXov dépeev Anaxandrides, 54 K. 
Cf. és péoov, és 7d Kowov, és 7d havepov infra. 

els Gy, Lat. coram, ‘in the presence of,’ ‘face to face,’ etc., c. 
dat., gen. or absol. (sometimes c. art.). Aesch. Cho. 215, eis opur 
HKes @viep eEnvxov tadar; Pers. 183; Eur. Med. 173; Ion 1557; cf. Or. 
513,-.ds Guparav. . ../ . “ova . .. wepays dt, oT) 130, ce0n 
amuxveerar és OY TH TWarpt; 2. 121 €; 3. 27, 42, 63, 68; 4. 81; 5. 13, avyew 
altHy exedeve EwuT@ és Pw; 5. 106; 6. 30. 2, 94, 134; 7. 6. 4, 29, 136, 
146. 3; 8. 26, 106.4; 114.1; Thuc. VI. 49. 2, rpiv és dp eet, ‘before 
the army came into sight.’ In Soph. O C 577, (a real and more idiom. 
phr.), d@pov ob arovéatoy eis Syuv, ‘in respect of,’ i. e., ‘nothing great 
to look at’; cf. Ai. 876, wovov ye tAnOos, xovdev eis dv mréEov, ‘nothing 
more to see’; cf. amd, & bYews, pp. 38, 54. 

eis mpocdplay, Vv. supra sub daira. 

és mpouaxous, Tyrt. 9.4. Cf. 9. 12. Cf. Hom. & p. 137. 

els mpoowrov=Lat. coram. Eur. Hipp. 720, eis mpdcwrov Cnoews 
adléowar, (idiom.), cf. els dw, dupa. 

els c. cbuBodrov, Eur. Hel. 291, aveyrmobnuey av / eis EbuBonN edOov0’. 

eis cusBovdAnv, Vv. Supra sub daira; So eis cupmoauop. 

és roxas, Thuc. I. 69. 5, és riyas . . . KatTaornvar, ‘expose 
yourselves to chances of war’; but I. 78. 2, duret és rbxas 7a woha 
mepuctacbar, ‘wont to turn out a series of chances.’ 

és daos, das ayewv, eMeiv, etc., Eng. ‘bring to light,’ ‘come to 
light.’ First in Hom. h. Merc. 12; Hes. Th. 626, avnyayov és paos aires 
of the children of Uranos, cf. 157, 652. Theogn. 712, #dvde 
és daos jediov, lit. of coming back from the lower world, so Aesch. 
Pers. 630; Soph. El. 419; cf. Soph. Frg. 513. 7, xayol yap av mathp ye 
daxptwv xapw/avnxr’ ay eis das; Eur. Alc. 362, 1073, 1076, 1139, H. F. 
524, 611, 1222; ci. Hipp. 617, Fre: 904.9; Ar: Ran. 1529; ci. Pax 
445; cf. Alexis 219 K. (w. art.); Menand. 433 K. 


PART IV els 91 


But és ddos is already used metaphorically in Pindar, Ol. V. 14, 
br’ auaxavias dywrv és ddos/rovée Sauov aorar, “bringing to light this 
commonwealth of citizens’; cf. Is. VI. (V.) 62. 

Trag. Fr. Adesp. 511 (Nauck), xpdvos ra kpurra ravra els paos ayet, 
so Soph. Frg. 832; cf. adesp. 483. 2. 

Soph. Ph. 581, det 6’ abrov Aéyew/eis pas d heEer, i. e., ‘in public’; 
cf. 1353; O T 1229 (w. art.); Hdt. 3. 79, davnvar és 76 ws of coming out 
into public view, nearly=‘to appear in public,’ contrasted with 
‘they remain at home.’ Eur. Hipp. 714, duvuuwe . . . /pndev 
Kakav oa@v els oaos dette more. Cf. mpds. 

Plato uses this phr. in Rep. 461 C, Cratyl. 410 D, Legg. 869 C, 
lit. of production or generation comparable with the Homeric use. 
Similarly by metaphor, of arguments, laws, proofs, Phaedr. 261 E, 
Legg. 722 E, 788 C, and Theaet. 157 D of Socrates serving as a mid- 
wife to bring forth to light the opinions of others. 

és gapuaxov, Hipponax frg. 14, dei 4’ adrov és hapyakdy éxrooacbar, 
‘to make him into a scape-goat.’ 

és xeipas, most frequently és xeipas eNOeiv, iévar, ovvevat, C. dat., or 
absol., ‘to come to a hand to hand conflict, to blows, or close quarters 
with one.’ Cf. Lat. in manus venire, Sall. J. 89. 2; ad manus ventre, 
Liv. 2. 46, etc. (c.éddeiv): Aesch. Sept. 680; Soph. O C 975; Tr. 442; 
Hat. 9. 48. 2 has és yerpav re vouov amuxéoOar in the same meaning, cf. 
é& xerpav vouw, v. p. 150; Thuc. VII. 44. 7; (absol.) Thuc. I. 52. 3; 
Te 3961 9G. 2-196) 53> (c. tevar) id. WE, 3, 4, 81. 85 LIT. 107. 4; TV: 
72. 3; VII. 70. 5; VIII. 50. 3; cf. id. V. 72. 4, érpepav obde es xetpas ; 
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 22, 23; An. 4. 7. 15 (c. ievas absol.); cf. Cyr. 2. 1. 11. 

But Xen. An. 4. 3. 31; Hell. 7. 4. 13, eis xetpas déxerOar ‘to receive 
a charge at close quarters’; cf. Thuc. V. 72, broueivavras, ‘awaiting 
the charge.’ 

Extended by Euripides to an extremely idiom. use, Heracl. 429, 
els xeipa yn ovvnWar, ‘they came close to land.’ Cf. Verg. G. 2. 45. 

Hardly idiom. is the expression ‘to come into the hands, i. e., 
the power of’; which begins in Hom. Il. 10. 448 and continues 
frequent, Hes. Th. 973; Ar. Thesm. 912; Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 15; 3. 1.3; 
7. 4. 10; An. 1. 2. 26, etc. Similarly, ‘to bring, give, put some one 
into the hands of another,’ Hes. Sc. 107, cf. Hdt. 8. 106. 3 (aye, 
iméyew); Soph. El. 1348 (6.5dvac) (almost or quite lit., perhaps a slight 
thought of into whose care); and to take into one’s hands, i. e., one’s 
care, Eur. Heracl. 228, rods ‘Hpaxdelouvs maidas eis xépas NaBetv; in 
Soph. El. 1120 purely lit., but there is a real phr. with AaBeiv, ‘to take 


92 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


a matter in hand,’ ‘undertake it,’ Eur. Hec. 1242, cal yap aioxbvny 
déper/mpayy’ és xépas NaBdv7’ arwoacba 765e, cf. Eng. prov. “put the 
hand to the plough,’ etc. Similar is Hdt. 1. 126, rade és xetpas 
&yecOar, so 4. 79; 7. 8.1 (cf. 7& ep & xepai Exes 7. 5., v. p. 154). 

els xwpav, xmpas, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 4, els ras éavtrav xwpas exaoTor 
rovTwy Tapeow, ‘at his own place, post, station’; cf. Theocr. 15. 57, 
rol 6’ €Bav és xwpav. Cf. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 23, eis xwpav twos xabioracbar, 
‘to succeed some one.’ Cf. &, p. 155. Cf. kara, etc. 

b. Withadjectives: 1. General. 2. Adj. of quantity. 

1. (Note frequency of phr. c. neut. adj., often w. art., sometimes 
equiv. to an abstract noun.) 

és 7d duewov (almost adv., but force of prep. still evident). Eur. 
Med. 911, add’ eis 7d A@ov cov pebeaT nev Keap ; Cf. Hel. 346, els 7d PepTepov 
riOer/Td weddov, 6 Te yevnoera. Cf. Hdt. 7. 8. 1, cuudeperat eri 70 Gpewor, 
‘it turns out for the better.’ 

els Taunxavov, Eur. Heracl. 487, radw pebéornk’ atOus eis Taunxavov ; 
cf. pl. c. mecetv, Xen. An. 2. 3. 18, eis moda kai aunxava TeTTwKOTAS, 
‘falling into many difficulties’; cf. amopov infra. Cf. é, p. 78. 

és dudiBorov, Thuc. IV. 18. 4, oirwes tayaba és audiBorov acdahas 
éevro, ‘who prudently accounted their good fortune as doubtful.’ 
Cf. & p. 185. 

els dretpov, Xenophanes frg. 22, és amecpov ixaver, of the roots of the 
earth extending ‘to infinity’;!’ cf. Plat. Legg. 910 B, eis amepov rv 
dduklay abfdvovres ; etal. Cf. R P §503 (Nemes. de Nat. Hom. c. 38, 
p. 309), waddov dé eis a&rerpov kal aredevTATWSs Ta aiTa aroKabicracbaL 
(of the Stoic cycle, the magnus mundi annus.). 

els Gropov, Eur. Hel. 813, els a&ropov jxes; so Phoen. 1400; cf. Ar. 
Nub. 703, drav els Gropov réons; for rece cf. Xen. An. 2. 3. 18, v. 
els Taunxavoy supra; for the thought cf. also Soph. Tr. 1243, as és moda 
Tamopelvy exw (v. mods); ci. és amopinv, avayKainv, orevov arednbertas, 
etc., v. pp. 87, 88, 94. 

és aobeves, Hdt. 1. 120, xai ra ye rev dverpatwr Exdueva TEdEws ES 
dobevés Epxetar, ‘comes to nothing’; cf. Praipov, ovdev, etc. 

és 7’abtooxedinvy Kal mpoudaxous iévar, Tyrt. 9. 12, cf. mpouaxovs. 

eis adaves, v. sub adv. phr. infra, p. 113. 

els 70 duouabés, Eur. I. T. 478, 4 yap tbxn mapnyay’ eis TO dvopabés. 

an Atde Caelo 294° 23 in quoting and referring to this passage has éx’ Getpov 
which raises the question whether Xenoph. had éwi. Diels gives, however, no other 


MS reading except eis. If the text is genuine, the variation would indicate that there 
is no difference in meaning between eis and é7i in such a case. 


PART IV els 93 


és 7d Svoruxés, Aesch. Cho. 913, rexovoa yap mw’ tppubas és 76 Svaruxés ;'8 
Eur. Tro. 639, eis 76 dvoruxés tecav. 

els ToUaxaTov, v. p. 113. 

els TO Utov, Xen. An. 1. 3. 3, oik eis 76 tdtov KareOéuny Evol, ‘for my 
personal use’; cf. Hiero 11. 1. 

els wéoov, eis TO MEoOV: 

a. Gen. uses, nearly or quite lit. and only slightly idiomatic: 
Solon 8. 2, adnbeins & péocov épxouévns; Theogn. 495, 678 (c. art.); 
Soph. Ai. 1285, ob dpamérnv rov KXjpov és pécov Kabeis, ‘casting a ballot 
not of the fugitive kind’; Soph. frg. 783. 2 (c. dat.), Noyos /obyKoNAa 7’ 
duo és wéoov Texraiverar; Eur. Ion 1558, ua) Tey rapoe peurs els wecov 
BoAn ; Hdt. 3. 129, 130; 8. 10; cf. 3. 102; Plat. Theaet. 180 E, audorepwr 
els TO peoov TemtwKdtes; but Xen. Oec. 7. 26, 27, Hv uvhuny Kai THY 
éxueéderay els TO pécov dudorépars KaréOnxer, i. e., he gave to both sexes in 
common, cf. infra other uses c. xatariOnuc; Plat. Rep. 572 D; émuvop. 
991 A: Antiphan. 207 K., etc., etc. 

But more idiomatic uses are frequent: b. Pind. frg. 42 (171). 3, 
KAA@Y ev OV moipay TE TEpTVaV és uecoV xp) TavTl Aaw/dexvivar, Lat. in 
commune; so Soph. Ph. 609, déomdy 7’ Aywr /e5eré’ "Axatots és uécov, Onpav 
Kadnv, 1. e., ‘he showed him publicly to the Achaeans.’ 

c. Of meeting in conflict, Soph. Tr. 515, icay és weoov; cf. Trag. 
Erosadesp. 21 360, ci. Theocr. 22. 183: 

d. c. épew = ‘to propose a plan,’ etc., cf. tpodéperv, Eur. Suppl. 
439, ris O€Xer wodeL/XpnoTov TL BobNevp’ eis wEcov Hépey Exwv ;!° Hdt. 4. 97; 
Xen. Symp. 3. 3; cf. Plat. Phileb. 57 A, ob 6’ &exa ratra mponveyxapuea 
eis TO peoov, apa éevvoeis; Dem. 274. 139; 420. 250; cf. Plat. Phaedr. 
267 A, tov 6€ KaddoTov Tapiovy E’nvov eis wécov oik ayouev, ‘we do not 
propose,’ i. e., ‘mention;’ var. Hdt. 3. 80, Bovrebuara 5€ ravra és TO 
kowov avadépe, but a little different, i. e., ‘refers,’ rather than ‘pro- 
poses’; but cf. Plat. Legg. 812 C, 936 A, els 76 wéoov mpodepey of bring- 
ing before the public, as of a poet or musician producing or exhibiting 
his work. 

e. C. riBevat, cf. rporéva, cf. Il. 23. 704 v. supra, p. 84; after 
Hom. esp. of political proceedings, ‘to lay before the people,’ Hdt. 
3. 142, és wécov tiv apxiv Tels, ‘placing it at your disposal’; 7. 8. 6. 2, 
TiOnut TO Tpayya és péoov, ‘I lay the matter before you’; Plat. Legg. 


18Cf. Aesch. Pers. 440, ravde cuupopav . . ./. KaKkav pérovoay és Ta paooora, 
where és ta waooova, which did not really become a true prep. phr., is on the border 
line. 

But cf. Eur. Tro. 54 which hardly has this force. Cf. Eur. Hel. 1542. 


94 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


719 A, Bobrowat duiv eis 7d peoov abro Oeivat, ‘I wish to set before you’ 
(the effect which the preceding discourse has had upon me); Dem. 
1463. 2; cf. later, Plut. Sull. 26. 2, els uécov Oetva ‘to publish’; cf. 
Hdt. 1. 206, é péoov ogi rpoeribee ro tpnyya, Lat. in medium afferre. 

f. C. xarariévar, cf. Il. 23. 704. Eur. Cycl. 547, xardes abrov eis 
béoov ‘to put down in the midst for common use,’ cf. Ar. Eccl. 602; 
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 14; but Hdt. 3. 80, és pecov Teéponot xarabeivar 7a 
mpayuata, ‘to share the government, power with,’ so 7. 164; Plat. 
Phileb. 14 B, xararibevres 6é eis TO wéoov of proposing for common 
discussion; cf. Dem. 488. 102, ad’ ty’ eis 76 wéoov Katabels THY @bederav 
epaurrov roijon TO Tovey aAAHAOvS ev, aN interesting passage, sug- 
gesting the Homeric reminiscence and showing the connotation of the 
phr. The uses c. riHévar as well as c. katarWeévar are probably devel- 
opments from the Hom. phr. cf. &, p. 158. 

g. C. eye, etc., ‘to speak before all,’ Hdt. 3. 83; 6. 129 (w. 
art.); Xen. Cyr. 8. 5; 22. cf. Plat. Rep. 336 C, eis 76 wécov pbeyEdpevos, 
‘interrupting’; cf. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 7 of speaking before the taxi- 
archs; Menand. p. 242. 58 (Capps), els wécov Epa. 

h. Eur. 1. T. 420, yrauad’ ots wey axarpos 8d/Bou, rots 5’ eis weoov HKer 
of moderation as opposed to extremes. 

i. Dech: as a military term, “into the centre” Thue. TV. 1252.3, 
Tov Widdov GuLrov és wecov AaBwy ; Andoc. II. 4. 

j. Plat. Rep. 547 B, eis péecov @podoynoay (gnom. aor.), ‘they 
come toan agreement’; cf. Prot. 337 E, oupByvac . . . els TO pécor, 
‘to come to terms,’ ‘agree to a compromise.’ 

eis 76 udev, Soph. El. 1166 (almost lit.), rovyap ob defor py’ és Tov ov 
rode oTeyos, /THV under eis TO uNdeV, Ws oY Gol KaTwW/Vaiw Td NoTov (Jebb: 
‘Therefore take me to this thy home, me who am as nothing, to thy 
nothingness, that I may dwell with thee henceforth below.’). Eur. 
Hec. 622, ws eis ro undev jkowev, ‘how we are brought to naught’; 
Hdt. 1. 32, 7 8’ jyerepn evdamovin o'tw Tor ameppnmrar és TO under, ‘set 
at naught’; cf. és doevés, ovdev, pdavpor. 

és ovdev, Hdt. 2. 104, cai rovro peév és ovdév avnxer, ‘amounts to 
nothing’; Thuc. III. 10. 1; VII. 59. 3, kai ddiyov obdev és ovdev Erevoovy 
(Jowett: ‘and all their thoughts were on a grand scale’); VII. 87. 6, 
Kal ovdev Odtyov és ovdévy KaxoTabnoarTes. 

eis orevov, Hdt. 9. 34, arecdnOévras és orewvév (cf. Eng. “driven into a 
corner’); Dem. 15. 22, eis orevov xoutdn Ta THs Tpodys Tois Eevors abT@ 
kataotnoera., Ci. later, Alciphro 1. 24. 


PART IV els 95 


és bXavpov, Hdt. 1. 120, arooxnpavros rov évurviou és pAavpov, ‘comes 
to a sorry ending,’ ‘ends in nothing’; cf. és dodevés EpxeoOar, p. 92, 
cf. els 7d pnder, és ovder. 

2. Adjectives of quantity. 

peyas: Soph. O T 638, kai wu 70 wndev Gdyos eis wey’ olcere; (J., 
‘forbear to make much of a petty grief,’ i. e., make into a great 
matter the grief whichis as nothing.) (Cf. éi c. épxeo0ar, Soph. Ph. 
259, Eur. Hec. 380). 

eis TO peifov, Eur. Frg. 1014, beov yap otdels xwpls ebtuxet Bporay/ 
ovd’ els 7d peifov AAPe; but cf. lit. use, id. Bacch. 1237, eis wetfov kw, 
Onpas aypevery xepo ; cf. Dem. 430. 277, els 7d petfw divacbar Kaxoupyev. 

és weylorov, és Ta weytota, Soph. O T 519, od yap eis ardovy /7 Fquia 
Mot Tov oyou TovTOU deper, GAN’ és peyrorov, ‘tends not in a single 
direction only, but to the largest result,’ (J.). v. gépew eis. Hdt. 5. 
49, és Ta meyloTa avnKeTe apeTns wept, i. e., reached the highest point; » 
so 8. 111. 3; ib. 144. 2, riuwpeéew és Ta weyrora=adv. 

c. forms of pexpos : 

Cf. Diels? 365. 5 frg. Democr. ap. Theophr., (lit.) ets wuxpdv ovvaryeo- 
Bat kal rédos drotbvecOar, ‘to be reduced to little and finally brought 
down to a mere point.’ Hyper. IV. (in Philippid.) Col. I. 1, 4 é- 
kelvwy Ovvapts els iKpoOV METéoTN. 

eis puxpotatov, Dem. 1445. 2, rov 64 Tov devaxiferOar xpdvov ws els 
uukporarov cuvayovres, ‘contracting, narrowing, bringing the time to 
the shortest possible.’ 

és thagcoov, Thuc. VII. 36. 2, ras rpwpas trav veaw EvyreuovTes és 
éXagcor, ‘cutting down the prows.’ 

eis EXaXLoTa, Dem. 309. 246, rai6’ (i. e€., 7a duapthwara) ws els 
éXaxicTa ovoretdat, ‘reducing to the least possible,’ cf. other phr. c. 
avoTéhhew eis Plat. Legg. 691 E; Thuc. VIII. 4, etc. els éXaxiorous, 
Isocr. XII 179, dveAdvras 7d TARO0s adtav ws otov 7’ Fv els EMaxloTovs. 

odiyos: és odiyov, Thuc. IV. 129. 5, és dXdtyov azixero ; 
vixnOnvar, “came within a little of being defeated,’ like map’ ddiyor, 
Eur. I. T. 870 e¢ al. But Thuc. VII. 36. 5 (lit. and local), 6c’ ddtyou 
kal és odtyov, ‘through a short distance and to a short distance.’ 
Pl. és ddiyous, Thuc. V. 81. 2, és ddiyous waddov KaTéoTnoay, ‘set up 
a more oligarchical government,’ cf. VIII. 38. 3; 53. 3; 89. 2; 97. 2, 
v. tech. phr. p. 102. Cf. id. IT. 37. 1, kai dvowa per dca TO pH Es OAL-YOUS 
ANN’ és Teiovas oixeiv Snuoxpatia KekAnrar ‘owing to its being conducted 
not in the interests of the few, but of the many.’ eis oAtyas exNedexPar 
(sc. vais), Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 16. 


96 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


mons: és modNa, Soph. Tr. 1243, deiavos, ws és modAa TaTopety Exw, 
‘in many ways’; cf. eis woANa, Plat. Rep. 455 D; cf. és ra mavra, és 
Ta adda, etc. els roAdovs, Aeschin. I. 107, eis roddobs Exuaptupjcat, ‘to 
bear testimony before many persons,’ Lat. publice testart. 

és theov, Soph. O C 1219, drap ris és AEov Ten /TOv SeovTos, ‘when one 
has lapsed into excess of the due limit’ (J.); O T 700, ravé’ és +éov 
=adv. mdéov 7} tobcde; O T 918, 67’ otv rapatvoic’ obdév és méov 
mo, ‘I don’t make anything by it,’ an interesting idiom 
which seems not to occur elsewhere in quite this form; but (local) 
Thuc. IT. 21. 1, és 76 wéov obxére mpoeMwy ‘coming no further,’ cf. 
IV. 128. 2; cf. other preps. But és m\elovas ‘in the interests of the 
many’ Thue. II. 37. 1 v. supra és odiyous. 

els wetaTov, Soph. O C 739 (=adv.), 7a rovde revOeiy miyar’ eis 
mAEtaTov Toews, ‘to the greatest extent of all the citizens.’ Cf. other 
preps. 

II. Imprecations and curses 

és Popov, Aesch. Sept..252, otk és POdpov, aivy@o’ avacxnoe TA€; 
(note ellipsis of vb., so infra Soph. O T 430, 1146,); Aesch. Ag. 1267, 
ir’ és dOdopov récovt’, éyw 6’ au’ abowa; cf. Menand. Ilepuxerp. 202 
(Capps), ad’ [és dOdpov od viv] Baléijfe . . . /éxroday.” 

eis 6AEpov, Soph. O T 430, 1146, otk eis ddefpov; cf. Menand. 
Ilepux. 263, 264 (Capps), [é]s ddeO[pov ed]Oe (dis). 

és kopaxas, Lat. abi in malam rem, pasce corvos, cf. Eng. ‘go to the 
dogs.’ This phr. consigns one to loss of burial which was the greatest 
dishonor that could befall a Greek. It is used variously with dif- 
ferent verbs and without the verb which can be easily supplied.” ov« 
és kopaxas, Ar. Vesp. 458; Pax 500, otk és xopaxas éppjoere, so Plut. 
604; Pherecr. 70 K.; Ameips. 24 K.; Alexis 94K., Menand. 971 K. 
Bard’ és xop.: Ar. Nub. 133; Plut. 782; Vesp. 835; Thesm. 1079 
(bis); frg. 462 K.; amodep’ és xop.: Ar. Pax 1221; Nicoph. 2 K., 
ovK és KOpakas Tw xElp’ amoicers exrodwyv; Ar. Av. 990 ovk ef Obpag’ és Kop. 
so frg. 584 K. odx és kop. arodpfepet, Eq. 892; Nub. 789;” é&ed@ a’ és 
kop. Nub. 123; mXeitw xwpis aros és kop. Eq. 1314; és kop. Badvet, Pax 


20Capps cf. also Herond. 6. 15, éxroddy juiv POelpecbe, and cpd. vb. Menand. 
Tlepex. 403, ob eiopbepeiabe Oarrov iueis éxrodwy ; (v. Capps ad loc.), so Sam. 372, @arrov 
cio p0apnO, ot but not elsewhere in this sense (Capps). 

4But v. Kock III. p. 248 ad Menand. fr. 971, quoting Zenob. 3. 87 for a different 
explanation. 

2For amopepet in this use cf. Menand. Iepix. 286. Sam. 161 (Capps). 


PART IV els 97 


117; oixnocera, Vesp. 51;% mad’ és cop. Ach. 864; Av. 889. Verb 
omitted: Ar. Plut. 394; Nub. 871; Pax 19; Nub. 646; Ran. 187, 189, 
607; Vesp. 852, 982 (cf. Thesm. 1226, v. infra ftn. 23); Euphan. 1 K.; 
cf. Lysias XIII. 81. The phr. is given a comic turn in Charon’s call 
to his passengers, ‘Who’s to the crows?’ Ar. Ran. 187; in Av. 28 
it is used in jest with a partly lit. force, ob dewdy obv dy7’ éoriv juas 
Sdeouévous /és KOpakas eet Kal mapeckevacpevors, /Ererta pn Eevpetv divacbar 
THY OOOV. 

A comic perversion as a euphemism for this phr. is Ar. Eq. 1151, 
ama’ és waxapiay éxrodwy, ‘go to h-eaven,”™ cf. Plat. Hipp. Mai. 293 A; 
cf. Antiphanes, 245 K., és waxapiav rd dNovrpdv; Menand. ’Exurper. 
398 (Capps), [Ba]Aet7’ eis waxapias ;” 

Cf. Com. Frg. adesp. 1092, é 6dBiay cf. Menand. Ilepux. 254, 
évrevbev eis tvxdv (Capps: ‘go to—wherever you please’); Menand. 
Tlepex. 201 (Capps), ui) dpas cb ye . . . tkov.® is important if text 
is genuine, lit. ‘may you not come to next year,’ the negative of a 
formula used in good wishes. Cf. Theocr. 15. 74 (v. p. 107). Ar. 
Nub. 562 c. eis; the reading of Ar. Lys. 1037, adda mw dpas tKorc8’ 
is emended by Dind. to sj dpao’ ixood’ (v. L. and S. sub adv. épacr), 
but might be corroborated by this case before a consonant, if the 
text can be relied upon. Cf. Menand. 530. 10 K. n. (Fritzsch). 

Another form of imprecation is, Ar. Pax 1063, és Kxepadyy aol, 
‘on your head be it,’ so Plut. 526 with an amusing pun onit in 650, 
651; Ach. 833, és xepadiv rpérorrd por. Cf. Nub. 40; Plat. Euthyd. 
293 2 Dem. 322.290. 

III. Proverbial 

eis &xvpa, Aristoph. frg. 76 K., els &xupa kal xvovv,?? prov. of unex- 
pected good fortune; cf. Vesp. 1310;78 cf. Eupol. 299 K.; Philemon 
188 K., dvos Badifers eis axupa Tpaynuatwr.”? 

%y. Starkie, who accepts Bachmann’s emendation of Thesm., 1226, rpéxe viv kara 
Tovs Képakas éroupicas to kara Taxos és Kopaxas (Philol. Suppl. B. V. p. 254). 

*4Cf. Alciphro, Epp. I. 9; III. 32: v. Suid. s. v. Maxapia; Zenob. 2. 61 explains 
differently. 

*But as the pl. does not occur elsewhere it should perhaps be changed,-Capps. 

*%y. Capps ad loc. 

*7v, Kock ad loc. 

*Vesp. 1310, «Arnrjpi 7’ eis G&xuppor (Dind., axvpov R V) amodedpaxdre 
‘a brayer that has scampered off into..the bran,’ v. Starkie; &xvpyéy Dindorf’s 
coinage. (Kock: axvpavas) The passage should be interpreted in the light of the 
proverb. 

27. Leutsch, Apost. 12. 78, dvos eis dxupa eri ray map’ éAridas els dyaba euTiTTovTwr 


kal tobrous amoavoTiKas xpwuévwv. Diogen. 6. 91 (cf. Eupds es axdvnv); Greg. 
Cypr. Mosq. 4. 61; App. Prov. 1. 71; Suid. dvos. 


98 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


eis Cavnv, Xen. An. 1. 4. 9, eis Cwvnv dedda0ax, ‘to be given for girdle- 
money,’ (cf. Eng. ‘pin-money’), of Oriental queens who had cer- 
tain cities given them for their small expenses. So és trodquara, 
Hat. 2. 98. 

eis paxalpas, Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 9, obros kav els waxatpas KuBroThoee 
Kav eis mvp GdowTo, echo of prov. c. 6a, p. 20. Cf. Posidipp. 1. 9 K., 
ék Tov Tupos/eis Tas maxalpas ANov’ Gy eis ovTOGL/did TOY maxXaLpav TOU 
mupos T’ edndrvbev. Cf. Tech. phr. p. 102. Cf. eds rip infra. 

eis oivov, Xenarch. Com. Fr. 6 K., dpxov 6’ éyw yuvarkos els otvov 
ypadw. Cf. eis twp Soph. frg. 742 (v. infra), for which eis oivoy is 
here a jocose substitute. 

Plat. Theaet. 183 D, ‘Imeéas eis rediov mpoxadet Lwxparn els Noyous 
T™ POKANOULEVOS. 

Plat. Legg. 838 E, els mérpas re kai AiOous o7elpovras. 

Ar. Ran. 186, ’s 6vov moxas, ‘to the land of Nowhere,’ ‘to an 
ass’s wool,’ ‘to an ass-shearing’ (cf. Leutsch. Zenob. V. 38, ftn.). 

eis tUp, Plat. Rep. 569 B, kai 76 deyopevov 6 dnuos debywv av Kamvov 
dovAelas eXevJepwv eis Tip SOovAwy deororeias av euTemTwKws ein 3° cf. 
Shakespeare, “As You Like It,” I..2. 299) “Thus must (iromthe 
smoke into the smother; From tyrant Duke unto a tyrant brother.” 
Cf. diff. use sub els paxaipas supra. 

eis UOwp, Soph. Frg. 742, dpxous éya yuvarkds eis tiwp ypadw. Cf. 
ev, p. 163. Cf. eis oivoy supra. Cf. Catullus 70. 3. 

eis @péara, Plat. Theaet. 174 C, eis dpéara re kal racay amopiav 
éunintwv bro ameptas 3! prov. of persons on the brink of destruction; 
cf. lit. use 174 A; cf. ib. 165 B, 7d Neyouevov & ppéate cuvEexouevos ; 
Plut. 2. 68 A, 7 epi 7d hpéap dpxnors. The association is a familiar 
one. as.atype ol danger, ct: it. wise Plat. Lach. 1935 €:)Prot. so0ne 
(of well-divers). V. & p. 163. Cf. Hor. Ars. Poet. 134, nec desilies 
imitator in artum. 

IV. Technical 

1. Military: 

eis adxyv, ‘for defence,’ c. rpereoOar, etc., ‘to turn and resist,’ 
‘be, stand on one’s guard’; Eur. Hel. 42, 980, 1379; Suppl. 679 (c. 
otpepetv); Med. 264; Phoen. 421; so Hdt. 2. 45; Thuc. II. 84. 3, cf. 


S*Leutsch, Diogen. VIII. 45, rov karvov pebywv eis TO Tp &vérrecor, El TAY TA pLKpa 
Tav devav pevyovtwr kal es welfova beva éuaimtovtwy. Other authorities also cited by 
Leutsch. 

But v. Lysippus, Bacchae 1. w. Kock ad loc. Com. Fr. I. 700. 


PART IV els 99 


III. 108.1; Eur. Frg. 300. 3 expansion. to eis adxyy dopds. Like els 
adknv is rpds Eur. Andr. 1149 (cf. Aesch. Sept. 498; Hdt. 3. 78). 

els dpmaynv, Xen. Hell. 3. 4. 22, éorappévous els aprayny (of soldiers); 
cf. eis of end or purpose. Cf. also p. 109. 

els dorida, Eur. Phoen. 1326, els domid’ néev, concrete weapon 
put for the battle, as eis ddpv, El. 844, Tro. 934 (cf. rapa Phoen. 1073); 
but én’ domida ‘to the left,’ Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 6, cf. rap’ domida An. 4. 3. 
26 (opp. to eis dépv as used in Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, etc.); but ap’ 
aomidos Aesch. Sept. 624 (lit.); els domid’ Ar. Lys. 190 is a play on its 
lit., although more or less tech. use in 188 of ‘slaying the sheep into’ 
(i.e., so that the blood flows into) the shield held underneath, which 
acc. to the Schol. refers back to Aesch. Sept. 42, ravpoopayouvrtes és 
pedavderov oaxos; ci. Xen. An. 2. 2.9, ravra 8’ Spooav, opatavres Tavpov 
kal Kampov Kai Kploy eis domtda, of wey “EdAnves Barrovtes Eidos, ot dé 
BapBapor MOyxnv. Cf. és BdPpov, Hom. Od. 11. 36, p. 83. Cf. also 
Lat. in flammam. Verg. Aen. 11. 199; 12. 214. 

els O6pv, Eur. El. 844, dumes 6’ iddvres edOds 7Eav els Sopv ‘rushed to 
arms,’ so Tro. 934, els ddpu orafevtes, but eis dopu amxouevor, 
Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 17 ‘within the spear’s throw’; Ages. 2. 11; so els 
Séparos mAiynv, Xen. Eq. 8. 10, cf. ib. eds axovriov adixvnrar; but 
Xen. Hell. 6. 5. 18, rods ax’ otpas eis dopv . . . Wyetcda ‘to the 
right’ (because the spear was held in that hand), soc. éwi (An. 4. 3. 29 
et al.), wapé (Xen. Lac. 11.10), & v. p. 76. Cf. Eur. Heracl. 159, eis 
madnv . . . 6d0pos by expansion for yaxnv; cf. Eur. Supp!. 677, 
mapaibaras totnoay eis Tak dopés, ‘in battle array,” a little like, but 
not quite a case of expansion. 

és @6agdos, Thuc. III. 68. 3, kabedovres airy (i. €., THY TOALY) Es ESados 
macav, ‘having rased it completely to the ground.’ 

eis &va, ‘in single file,’ Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 26; 3. 21; 5. 3. 41 (usage 
peculiar to Xen.). Similar is eis dvo ‘two abreast,’ ib. 6. 3. 21. Cf. 
ép’ eves. V. eis &v, p. 120. Cf. eis rérrapas Cyr. 2. 3. 21. 

és xatddvow, ‘till dismissal’ of soldiers at a review, Xen. Hip- 
parch- 3: 12. 

els kbKNwow, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20, émixaupavres els kikAwow ; Cf. An. 
1 S220: 

eis Noxavytas, Xen. An. 1. 4. 15, v. infra, p. 100. 

eis uaxnv, Xen. An. 1. 8. 1, ws els waxnv rapecxevacpevos, etc. 

eis wérwrov, Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 21; 2. 4. 2, eis pérwrov orgnva, ‘to stand 
in line’; cf. ért, ib. 3; Reip. Lac. 11. 8, eis uérwrov rap’ aomida kabiotac- 
Oat. 


100 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


els Ta G7rAa, Xen. An. 1. 5. 13, tapayyedrer eis Ta Orda; Hell. 2. 1. 2, 
els TA TAA Opunowor; Cf. els TO pdcbev THY OTAwY, ‘at the front of the 
encampment,’ An _3. 1.732: 

é ra tAdyea ‘in the flank,’ Thuc. IV. 35. 4; but Xen. An. 3. 4. 14 
c. mapayaywr, of making an army ‘file off right and left.’ Cf. 
eis tAGyLov sub adv. phr. of direction, p. 119. 

eis Taéw Ar. Av. 400, avay’ eis raéwv radu és radrov; Thuc. IV. 93. 2, 
KeAevwy és TaEW Kabioracbar; Xen. An. 5. 4. 11, els raéw evto ra brda; 
cf. supra, els ra&w dopéds ‘in battle array,’ Eur. Suppl. 677, p. 99; cf. 
év, p. 181. 

eis TOkeupwa, Men. Cyr. 1. 4. 23, éresd7 eis rofevua adixowro, ‘within 
bow-shot,’ contr. é&w rofebuaros, Thuc. VII. 30. 

eis brodoxnv, Thuc. VII. 74. 2, és trodoxjv tov otparevuartos ‘for the 
reception of the army,’ in a hostile sense, but Hdt. 7. 119, (pl.), 
és brodoxas ‘for the entertainment of the army’; cf. Dem. 79. 13, 
Ta ob Bora Tav’Ta Yyiyverar els UrodoXHY Tov; Cf. 1482. 34; Aeschin. III. 62, 
iv’ eis brodoxny aravTa Kal heyou Kal mpatrou didoKpater, ‘by way of 
support.’ 

eis dadayya, Xen. An. 4. 8. 10, reraypéevor eis Padayya, ‘in battle 
line,’ ete. 

eis dpovpra, Xen. An. 1. 4. 15, eis dpovpra Kai eis Noxayias. 

eis muynv, Eur. Suppl. 718, erpewe eis duynv moda, Lat. convertere in 
fugam; cf. Thuc. 7. 43; with pass. and middle ‘to be put to flight,’ 
‘turn and flee,’ és gvyjv tpareobar, Hdt. 8. 16, 89, 91, etc. Thuc. 
VIII. 95. 5 et saepe, also c. karaornvac as ib. VII. 43. 7, supra; Xen. An. 
1. 8. 24; frequent in Xen. c. dpyay. 

és pudakyv, Thuc. II. 79. 2, drdirai re 7AOov Kal oTpatia és PudaKnp ; 
but IIT. 3. 4, robs dvipas és puNaxyy Erornoavto, ‘threw them into prison.’ 

2p) auepale 

eis avaxprow, Aesch. Eum. 365,” pnd’ els ayxprow édOeiv of the pre- 
liminary hearing in the Athenian court; Isae. VI. 13; cf. Xen. Symp. 
Ses 

Some terms grow up out of earlier uses: és Bacavov, Theogn. 417, 
és Bacavoy 6’ éMwv trapatpiBoua wore podvBdw/xpuads, so 1105, 1164 g. 
‘to the touchstone,’ of testing a friend, etc., as gold is tested; cf. 
Hdt. 8. 110; but Soph. O C 835, (fig.), tax’ eis Bacavoy eit xeEpar, 
‘you are going to a trial of strength.’ Cf. Isae. VIII. 13 e¢ al. 
of inquiry by torture as a test. 


But v. Schol. 


PART TV eli 292s s302%> 2922 3 EOP 


A variant of és Bacavov é\Meiv in Theogn. is Pind. Nem. VIII. 21 
(35), veapa 6’ EEevpovta douev Bacdvw/és EXeyxov Aras Kivduvos. This also 
develops into a legal term. Soph. uses és é\eyxov much as he does 
és Bacavov: O C 1297, otr’ eis Eeyxov xeELpds ovd’ Epyou porwy (cf. 835 
supra); Ph. 98, eis eeyxov é&wv ‘proceeding to the proof,’ ‘put- 
ting it to the test’; cf. Frg. 101. 2. Eur. Alc. 640, édeEas eis EXeyxov 
ée\av ds ef (such expressions have a slight idiom. tone); so Plat. 
Phaedr. 278 C (aepi tuvos), cf. Philem. 93 K., eis EXeyx. EpxeoOai Tuvos. 
But Hdt. 1. 209, ds por kataornoes tov maida és Eheyxov; cf. Isocr. 
XII. 150, caracrnvas eis EX. Kal Noyov; Lys. XVI. 1, adrovs avayxafwouw 
eis EXeyx. Tov aitots BeBiwuevwy kataoTnva, ‘to submit to an investi- 
gation of their -behaviour in the past’; XXXII. 12 c. laa; «. 
nimrev of being convicted, Eur. Hipp. 1310; H. F. 73. 

Allied to this is Eur. Ion. 328, od 6’ jéas eis Epevrvay e~eupetv yovas, 
of the person making the inquiry. 

Also allied: Eur. Heracl. 309, eis wéev retpay 7APouev didrwy, here c. 
gen. but cf. Thuc. 2. 41. 3 where the use without gen. indicates 
idiom. tendency; but Thuc. VII. 21. 4, iévac és rqv retpay Tov vavTiKov 
‘to try an action by sea’; cf. also, Hdt. 2. 15, és duamepay tov radiwr, 
‘to make proof of’; so 2. 28, 77 (except Thuc. II. 41. 3 these cases are 
not much more than periphrases for the verb.). 

eis BovAnv, Isocr. XVIII. 6, els rHv BobdAnv epi aitav arédocar ; 
cf. Lat. ad senatum de re referre. 

eis dukaotnpiov, Lat. rapere in ius, so Plat. Gorg. 521 B, eicaxGeis ets 
dtxacrnp.oy, like eis dixas kataotnoa, Xen. An. 5. 7. 34; but Plat. Gorg. 
522 B, eiceNOav eis dtkaorTHprov. 

els dixnv, Eur. I. T. 961, és dixny/éornv; cf. Thuc. VI. 61. 6; (pl.) 
Xen. An. 5. 7. 34; Mem. 2.9.1. ib.5, etc. Plat. Legg. 868 B (sing.); 
but Thuc. VII. 18. 2 (pl.), atrol ovk bankoov és dikas tpokadoupevwy TOV 
’"AOnvaiwy, ‘they themselves had refused arbitration’, so 18. 3; but 
Plat. Legg. 943 E, mAnupedet eis dixnv ‘to offend against justice.’ 

eis EXeyxov, V. Supra. 

els Epeuvav, V. Supra. 

eis kptow, Hdt. 7. 26. 2, és xpiow rovrou rep edOovras ; cf. Thuc. I. 34, 
2 ised xen: any 6. 6.20; Plat. Rep..559 B; Lege. 856.C; Dem. 
161. 11, etc. 

eis To EVNov, Andoc. I. 12. 93, deity eis ro EbNOv ‘in the stocks’ cf. 
év, p. 166. 

és ounpeiav, ‘for security’, Lat. im vadimonium, Thuc. VIII. 45. 2. 


102 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


eis welpav, V. supra, p. 101. 

Legal and political: redety eis, a metaphor for being rated (for 
taxation) in a certain class. Soph. O T 222, dards eis aorods rea, 
Lat. inter cives censeor; cf. Eur. Bacch. 822, és yuvaixas é& avépos TEd@ ; 
Hdt. 6. 108; Isocr. XII. 212, eis avépas cuvreddow of attaining the 
rights of a full-grown man, so Plat. Legg. 923 E, cf. Isocr. VII. 37, 
eis dvdpas Sokiuacbetey of passing the examination admitting one to 
the rights of manhood, so XII. 28; cf. Dem. 412. 230, rpiv eis Gvipas 
éyypawar,® of being registered as a man. 

3. Political: 

eis apxnv, Thuc. VIII. 70, kabtorayevor és Thy apxnv ‘entering on an 
office;’ cf. Plat. Legg. 715 B (dadixopevos); 856 B, aywv eis apxnv 
avOpwrrov. 

és édtyous, Thuc. V. 81. 2, és ddtyous waddov KaréoTnoar, ‘set up a 
more oligarchical government’; cf. VIII. 38. 3, ras ans Todews Kar’ 
avaykny é odvyous Katexouevns; cf. VIII. 53. 3; 89. 2; 97. 2 (w. art.). 
Cf. supra, p. 95. 

4. Commercial: 

Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 33, eds apybpiov Noyrobevra, ‘calculated in our mon- 


eye 

Dem. 822. 27, rovrTo 76 cupBddaroy eis Tavdparod’ AALiws cUpB_eBAy- 
pevov, of money lent on the security of a man’s slaves; so ib., els 
TavTa ocuuBarerv ; so also éxi TovTos Tots avdpaTddols . . .  ~OAvELoEY, 
and ib. 28, els ra jpérepa OaveicarTe. 

Phrases drawn from various fields of human life: 

5. Fishing: coined by Euripides, and not developing into a 
phr., Bacch. 848, dvpp eis Bodov kabiorara, ‘falls within the cast of 
the net’; Rhes. 730, tows yap eis Bodov tis Epxerat. 

Cf. from hunting and war, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 23, ézedy eis rogevpa 
adixowro; cf. other phrases for ‘within reach of.’ 

6. From the race-course: (Also peculiar to Euripides), Eur. EL. 
659, wadw Tor piOov eis Kaurnv aye, ‘bring your speech to its middle or 
turning-point,’ for ‘speak your purpose briefly.’ 

7. From athletics: of professional tumblers: Plat. Euthyd. 
294 E, é waxaipas ye xuBiorav; Xen. Symp. 2. 11; Mem. 1. 3. 9 (cf. 
also of a tumbler, él rpdxou diwetcbar, Plat. Euthyd. 294 E); cf. 
supra, p. 98. 


*%For other tech. uses of éyypadew eis, v. L. and S. 


PART IV els 103 


8. From games: the name of a game, Eupol. 250 K., eis duAdav 
dpuotnoouev; id. 288 K., erect’ etoem’, vOdde pelvas/eis durhdav, Kav pr) 


uetin (v. Schol. Platon. 320 Bekk., Poll. 9. 102). 


V. Elliptical 

(V. ps 168, ttn. 120). 

eis "Aidew (cf. Hom. p. 84. Solon 22. 8=Theogn. 726; Theogn. 
802, 906; Aesch. Prom. 236; Frg. 239; eis “Avdov, Soph. O T 1372; 
Tr. 4; Ph. 1211, 1349; Ar. Ran. 69, 118, 172; Plat. Crito 54 B; Phaed. 
58 E: 68A, 69: C,.80 D, 107 D Gis), 108 A, 115 A; Symp. 179 D; 
Gorg. 522 E; Rep. 363 C, 619 A; Tim. 44 C; Axiochus 371 E; és 
’Aiéao, Plat. (Anth. Lyr. XX XIX. 12. 5). 

eis ’"AckAnmiov, ‘into the temple of,’ Ar. Vesp. 123%; Plut. 411, 
621; Com. Fr. adesp. 104. 9; so és Havos, és TevervAdibos, Ar. Lys. 2. 

els KXevoOévous, ‘to the house of,’ Ar. Lys. 621; és ’Opo.ddxov, 
ib. 725; eis Pioxrquovos, Vesp. 1250; cf. eés ra Hutradov 1432; cf. 
Lysias XII. 12, eis 7a Tov adeApov Tov Euov ; és Tov Hitradov, Ach. 1222; 
eis ’Ayabwvos, Plat. Symp. 174 A; eis rod Tlo\euapxou Rep. 328 B; cf. 
Theocr. 15. 22, eis advetov Hrodewaio; és TAbcns Ar. Ran. 1364; és 
Oecuoddpow Thesm. 89; eis euov, ‘to my house,’ Ar. Lys. 1065, 1211; 
oikad’ eis éavrav Lys. 1070.%° és trav oxvdodepav, Ar. Eccl. 420; eis 
kabapiatov Nub. 964; eis dpxnorpidos 996; eis Tpodwriov (sc. avrpor) 
Nub. 508%’; Lysias XII. 12, eis Aapvimrov; eis "Apxevéw ib. 16; Thuc. 
VIII. 92. 2, és rov wepurodNapxov . . . Evmovras, ‘to the house of 
the commander of the frontier guard’; Andoc. I. 42, jjxew eis Kad- 
Niov.28 és rivos didacKddou, ‘to the school of what teacher?’ Ar. Eq. 
1235;<ch Plat... Theases 125 A, cf ib: és zlvos; Lysis 208 C;. Prot: 
325 D (pl.); 326 C (pl.); Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 1 (pl.), els didackddwr ; 
eis tatoorpiBov, Prot. 326 B. eis ovdevds didackadov rwrore Port }oavTa, 
Men. Cys. 2. 3:9" cf. Plat) Aleib: 11109" Ds Lach. 201, B (pl)... fs 
Atovyciov Tov ypaumatiorou eionOov, Plat. ’Avrep. 132 A. 


Moura, ‘a circle’ used in a game, the game itself being called eis SmeAdav; 
for explan. of the game v. L. and S. and reff. supra. 

%v, Starkie ad loc.; Sobol. Praep. p. 45. 

Sobol. accepts emendation of Mein. for Eccl. 1037, els uauras eicdyw. 

37Sobol. p. 45 sc. tepdv instead of &vrpor. 

Cf. in late Gk. Alciphr. 3. 41, eis dvdpds &Ootca, of going to her husband’s 
house, i. e. marrying; cf. as a euphemism, Anth. P. 11. 42, er’ dv tknar / és rhedver ; 
(w. a noun) 7. 731, és mdedvwv Fe peroxeolny; cf. for this thought Ar. Eccl. 1073, 
dveornkvia mapa Tov mebvwv, and Lat. Plaut. Trin. 291, quin prius me ad pluris 
penetravi? Petron. 42, abiit ad plures, 


104 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Cf. a somewhat unusual case, Plat. Rep. 589 E, 7 ei wey AaBav 
xpuctov vidy 7 Ovyarepa edovAovTO, Kal Tat’ els Aypiwy Te Kal KaK@Y avdpav 
(J. and C., sc. oixiay ; Adam, sc. not oixiay, but dovAeiay or the like from 
édovAovTOo). 

VI. Temporal 

It will be seen that a sharp distinction cannot always be drawn 
between the following categories, and the same phr. may in different 
connections be used in all three senses. 

1. Ofa limit in time, determining a period. 

é& aia@vos és aiwva, ‘from everlasting to everlasting,’ R P §68 
(Stob. Ecl. I. 418, p. 172, 10 W. fr. Philolaus 21 Miill.) cf. ex, p. 61. 
Aesch. Sept. 744, aiava 6’és rpitrov weve, ‘to the third generation,’ 
(faintly idiom.). 

ets axunv of the prime of life, Eur. H. F. 532, éowOns eis axuny ehOav 
pirors; cf. eis HEnv, nrrxiav. But cf. én’ dxuns eivar, ‘to be on the 
point of doing,’ Eur. Hel. 897, cf. Ar. Plut. 256. 

és duap, Aesch. Cho. 612, poipdxpavrov és duap (scarcely idiom.). 

és atpiov, v. supra, p. 85; infra, p. 105. 

és Bad ths rxias, Ar. Nub. 514, of advanced years, cf. #dcKkiav. 

éx maudds és ynpas, Aeschin. I. 180 e¢ al. Cf. Hom. p. 84. 

és nAlov dvow, Thuc. III. 78. 4. 

és éué, ‘up to my time,’ Hdt. 1.92, kai ére és ue; so 1.93; 2. 122; 
3. Vie SPAS: 8 12h 6b al. 

els éomepav, Plat. Symp. 223 D, v. infra. 

Ty 6€ boTEpain és THY érepnv, ‘on the following day they postponed 
replying until the next day,’ Hdt. 9. 8. 

els ros, Soph. Ant. 340, évos eis éros, ‘from year to year,’ an adv. 
phr. like ‘year in, year out.” Cf. Theocr. 18. 15, eis éros é& éreos; 
25. 124; id. Epigr. 13, és éros; cf. xara Thuc. 4. 53, etc. But rapa 
éros, ‘every other year’, Theophr’ H. P. 9. 1159, Paus. °9. 132. °3: 

els HBnv, Eur. Med. 1108, c&ya 7’ és HBnv HArAvOe Texvwy ; Cratinus 
171 K., airols . . . €naidevcey Cpepe re . . . els HBnv; of 
women, Eur. Hel. 12, ézei 6’ és HGnv ev wpaiwy yaywr, ‘But, since 
she grew to bloom of spousal-tide’ (Way). Cf. amd, p. 43; &, 
poli3: 

eis MAukiay éAOeiv, also of the prime of life, Plat. Theaet. 142 D. 
Cf. ev, p. 173; but cf. és Badd rs HALKias supra. 

els vixta, v. infra, p. 106. 

els 6,‘ until,’ Hedt"l? 935,194 2.9415) 118, 45757656; ser oe, 
102, 196, 202; 4. 201 ad extremum, postremo; but 1. 115; 8. 60 qua- 
propter (Schweighduser) 


PART IV els 105 


els Orote, Aeschin. III. 99. 
els dgov, ‘until,’ Soph. Ph. 1076, peivar’ . . . /xpovov roaovror, 
els* door. 
és wore Ante, Soph. Ai. 1185 (cf. Ger. bis wann?); cf. els re Od. 2. 99; 
cf. és Te. 
ere kal és TOde ‘even to this time,’ Hdt. 7. 123, cf. és eve, p. 104. 
(Hom. Od. 7. 317, és rode, setting a date, ‘for a certain time,’ i. e., 
tomorrow;) but és 706’ jnuéepas, ‘to this very hour,’ Soph. O C 1138; 
Eur. Alc. 9; Phoen. 425, 1085; Hipp. 1003, etc. Cf. és rooovde without 
a correl., a slight idiom. force, Soph. El. 14, roodvé’ és 4Bns; 961, és 
toodvde Tov xpovov; but O T 1212, és roodvée, ‘for so long a time’ (sc. 
xpovov); so Ai. 679; cf. Hdt. 5..50, és rocotrov; but Soph. Tr. 148, 
és Tov0,” éws ‘up to the time,’ ‘until.’ 
és tore, Plat. Legg. 830 B, 845 D; Polit. 262 A; Dem. 184. 24, etc. 
és THY VaTEpainv, V. infra, p. 106. 
eis xpovov, v. infra, p. 107. 
2. Extent of time: 
es feviavrop, for, a year, ci. Hom, -p.\ 85.) <Pind. P. XxX: 63: cf. 
Xen. Oec. 7. 36 (w. art.); Plat. Rep. 416 E; 543 C (without art.); 
Aeschin. Ep. 5. 2; but Plat. Legg. 799 A, ‘calculating for the year,’ 
etc. Cf. use c. émi, xara; mera, mapa, mpd. 
és waxpov, Pind. P. III. 105, dABos ovk és waxpov avipav epxerar,?® 
xpovov may be supplied or paxpov may be thought of as an acc. adv. 
(so L. and S.), cf. Thuc. VI. 31. 3, & 7a waxpotata. és waxpov seems not 
to occur elsewhere, unless in Alciphro cited in ftn., but disappears in 
favor of ovx els uaxpav, which is frequent, but in a different sense, i. e., 
Lat. brevi, ‘soon,’ v. infra, p. 108. 
és xpovov, v. infra, p. 107. 
3. Setting a date: 
Cf. eis éomepay ‘at evening,’ eis vixra ‘at night,’ eis éw ‘at dawn,’ 
SO els bpOpov ; eis THuEpov ‘today,’ és atjpiov ‘to-morrow,’ és THY boTepaiay 
‘the following day,’ eis rv émuotoay &» ‘at the following dawn,’ 
eis &ynv ‘day after to-morrow,’ so els tpitny nuépay or eis tpitny, etc. 
és avjpuov, (cf. Il. 8. 538 ‘on the morrow,’ Od. 11. 351, ‘until 
morning’). Soph. O C 567, rns és aijpuov . . . muepas, ‘to-mor- 
3®Schol.: d\Bov 5’ odk és paxpov: 4 5& Tav avOpwrwv ebdammovia odk els paxpav 
Tapayiverat, avtt Tov ovk émtToNd Tapapéevel, Emedav padiora emtBapnoy Kal wapayévnrat. 
The scholiast in making otk és uaxpdv here=ovx eis waxpdy confuses the two mean- 
ings, failing to distinguish between the meaning ‘lasts not for long,’ and that of ot 
els waxpay, i.e. ‘soon.’ Alciphro Ep. III. 15, 49 reads ovx eis waxpdv, but I. 35, obk els 
pakpay. 


106 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


row’; Frg. 536. 2 (Nauck); Eur. Alc. 320; but Rhes. 96 ‘until 
to-morrow’; 600; Nicoch. 15 K. ‘to-morrow’; Plat. Crito 43 D, 
‘to-morrow,’ so Legg. 858 B; Anaxandr. 4 K.;4° Philetaer. 7. 5 K.; 
Aeschin. II. 46, 53; Alexandr. 3 K.; Menand. Emurper. 162 (Capps); 
cf. Alexis 241 K., eis tiv avpsov; so Philemon 213. 8 K.; Dionys. 3. 
1K. 

eis nv, ‘day after to-morrow,’ Ar. Ach. 172. Cf. els rpirny. 

Ar. Nub. 1222, 1223, xadovuar Drpepiadny . . . /és THY ny Te 
kai veav, ‘I summon Strepsiades for the Old and the New.’ (27p.) 
MapTUpomar, OTe és OU’ Eire Huepas. 

eis é€owépav, Ar. Pl. 998, ‘I would come at even,’ so 1201; Eccl. 
1047; Pax 966; Aa. frg. 202 K. et al.; cf. Hypereid. IV (in Philip pid.) 
Col. I. 2, contrasted with ye’ juepay; but Plat. Symp. 223 D, écarpi- 
Wavra eis éo7répay, ‘until.’ 

eis ew Isae. VIIT. 24, eis éw 6€ rapyiprov exenever eiceveyxetv. Cf. Xen. 
An. 1. 7. 1, eis rH érvovoar ew, ‘at the following dawn.’ cf. els dp8pov. 

eis vixta, Aesch. Suppl. 769, é vixr’ amoareixovros Hdlov, force of 
prep. blunted, the phr. means ‘at night’; but Thuc. I. 51. 3 ‘until 
night-fall’; Xen. Cyn. 11. 4, ‘towards night’; w. art. Hell. 4. 6. 7, 
etc. It is impossible always to drawa clear line between the lit. and 
idiom. uses of such phr.; the following are not much more than tags, 
Eur. H. F. 505, é& juépas eis vixra; Plat. Legg. 758 A, 6.’ quepas Te els 
vixra (cf. ib. pos juepar). 

els GpOpov, ‘at dawn,’ Xen. Cyn. 6. 6; Theocr. 18. 56. Cf. pos, 
Kara, etc: 

eis Thuepov, Plat. Symp. 174 A, wyodoynoa 6’ els THuEpov TapececBar. 

els Tpirny or els Tpitny jepav, ‘on the third day,’ i. e., ‘day after 
to-morrow, sometimes ‘in three days,’ Plat. Hipp. Mai. 286 B; 
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.27; Anaxandr. 4 K.; ci. Menand:)3672 37K. -Aleipar. 
ids cal. sDittenb: Sill. 268.155 ck ur etc aoe 

eis THY votepaiavy, ‘on the following day,’ Hdt. 1. 126, é> rHv 
borepalny mwapetvac; but id. 9. 8, aveBaddovto és tH boTepainy merely 
‘to,’ or “until”; so ib. és typ erepny ; Xen. An. 2.3. 2a, von) thesnext 
day,’ parallel w. 77 dé rpi7n; id. 4. 1. 15; Plat. Ep. 347 B; Isae. I. 23 
et al. 

els xpovov, v. infra, p. 107. 


40F requent in decrees of the senate setting a date in the formula kadéoar Ei detrvov 
(or éwi Eéva) eis 7d mpuTavetoy eis avprov, more than thirty times in Dittenb. Syll.* ad 
Alexandri mortem. So eis tpitnv jpépar, Dittenb. 88. 15. 


PART IV els 107 


4. Phrases c. xpdvos: Sappho 70, els oddéva 7w xpdvor, ‘to no time,’ 
‘never’; Anth. Lyr. XXXVI. Crit. 2. 24, eis tov &ravra xpovov ; 
so (without art.) Aesch. Eum. 484; Plat. Legg. 941 C; cf. Aesch. 
Eum. 572; Menand. 128. 3 K.; Aesch. Ag. 621, és tov wodvy 
xpovov ‘for much time,’ ‘long’; Eur. Or. 207, eis rov aiéy xpovor ; 
cf. Plat. Ep. 331 A, 351 C; és rov merérerta xpovoy alei Hdt. 8. 128; 
eis Tov Eretta xpovoy Thuc. III. 46. 4; Plat. Theaet. 178 A; Symp. 
200 D (ter); Phaedr. 240 E; Rep. 357 B; Dem. 661. 125; 1463. 1; 
Hypereid. III. XLVI. 37. Hdt. 7. 29, ore és ro mapedv ore és xpovov 
merauednoer, ‘now nor hereafter’; cf. 9. 89; also for és xpévov 3. 72, és TO 
mapeov v. infra, p. 108. Menand. 481. 16 K., odk eifavarws amndOev 
éMOayv eis xpovov (Mein., dix). 

But (pl.) Dem. 50. 34, oir’ eis rods xpovous . . . Bonde 
‘at the appointed time,’ cf. Plat. Legg. 921 A, eis xpovov eipnuevov 
épyov pn amoredeog. 

5. Adverbial: 

a. W. nouns: és rds dpas (phr. begins in Hom., v. p. 85, but 
usu. w. diff. force). Ar. Ran. 380, ‘for all time to come,’ ‘here- 
after’; cf. Nub. 562, és ras dpas ras érépas ; eis pas ‘in time to come,’ 
Philemon 116 K.; cf. Theocr. 15. 74 (like Ar. Ran. 380, without:art., 
formula in good wishes). Cf.p.97. ([Plat.] Ep. 346 C, wee . . . 
Tov éviavTov TovTovy . . . els 6€ Spas ami, ‘next year.’ Ar. Thesm. 
951, &x Tav wpav/és Tas wpas, ‘from season to season.’ 

But Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 4 (sing.), eis pay lit., noteworthy only for 
omission of art. eis dpav, Diocles, Incerta 14 if genuine is a pecul- 
iar use, ‘early,’ ‘soon’; but Kock (Com. Frg. I. p. 769) following 
Bekker reads &pg. Ci. &, pp. 140, 173, 183. 

be Wady.: 

és atévov, ‘forever,’ Thuc. IV. 63. 1. Cf. és aiet infra. But Ar. 
P. A. 640.* 6, eis aiévov, ad infinitum. 

és apxaiov, Ar. Nub. 593, é rapxaior. 

és 70 Nourov, ‘for the future,’ Aesch. Pers. 526; Eum. 708; Soph. 
Tr. 911; Eur..Andr. 55. 1215; Ar. Vesp. 748; Thuc. III. 44. 3 (so ib. 
és 7d wéAdov); id. IV. 128. 5; VI. 75. 3; Lysias XIV. 43; Dem. 31. 12; 
cf. Menand. Sam. 434 (Capps) pl., eis ra Aoura, very likely meri 
causa. 

és iotepov (cf. Hom. Od. 12. 126; Hes. Op. 351; v. p. 86) Sappho 
69. 2 <eis>; Soph. Ant. 1194, és torepov; Eur. I. A. 720; Soph. Tr. 
80, eis 76 y’ borepov ; Hdt. 5. 41, 9 éobarepov éreNovoa yuvn, So 74; Plat. 
Prot. 353 D (w. art., as variant of eis rév torepov xpovovy in same pas- 


108 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


sage, note a little further on adv. torepov,); Thuc. II. 20. 4, és 76 
borepov, ‘henceforth.’ Arist. Eth. N. 1167.” 33, eis torepov, ete. 
Cf. ev, p. 191, ef, p. 72. 

c. W. participle: cf. és 7d weddov Thuc. III. 44. 3. 

és TO mapeov, ‘for the present,’ ‘now,’ Hdt. 7. 29; 8. 109. 4; 9. 7. 
6 2; eis rd wapov, Andoc. IV. 29. 7; Plat. Rep. 487 C (c. daoBdepas, 
somewhat different, ‘And in saying this, I have the present occasion 
before my eye’); Ep..320° 5: Xen. Hiero. 5. 5; Dem. 31.11; 1310 as 
297. 207; 1472. 20; 1492. 1; 

d. W. temporal adv.: 

és alei, cf. és aidvov: Aesch. Eum. 836; Eur. Alc. 992; Suppl. 374; 
Ore830; Hdt.2. 178; Thuc. I. 22:4 129,.3- Vi. 105.72: Kens ellos. 
41. 

eis avis, Thuc. IV. 63. 1; Xen. Symp. II. 7; Plat. Euthyphro 
6 Cc.éricxodns, 15 E; Phaed. 115 A; Polit. 257 B, 258 A, 262 A, 263A c. 
kata oxodnv, 299 E; Phileb. 24 D, 33 C; Symp. 174 E; (also written as 
one word, Eur. Suppl. 415, 551, Plat. Phaedr. 254 D; Prot. 357 B; 
Gorg. 449 B, C; Euthyd. 275 A, Aeschin. ITI. 205; etc.). 

és atlpov, v. supra, p. 105. 

és alrixa, Ar. Pax 367; és re ro a’rixa, Thuc. V. 16. 1; cf. és 76 
tapavutixa vov, Hdt. 7. 17 opp. to és 70 peremera. 

eis C. €rerTa, 7 els TO Emecta Oofa Thuc. II. 64. 5; Plat. Symp. 193 D; 
Parmen. 152 B, ék rov moré eis 76 éwerra; cf. Thuc. VI. 55. 4, és ra 
érectra; cf. as cpd. Soph. Ai. 35, 7a 7’ eloemertra; cf. Hdt. 7. 17, és rd 
METETELTO. 

és or eis waxpav, Ion. paxpny, always with neg.; cf. ovk és paxpov 
Pind. P. III. 106 v. supra, p. 105. Aesch. Suppl. 925, kraos av, et 
Watoevas, ov wand’ és waxpav, ‘Soon,’ Lat. brevi; Ar. Vesp. 454;4! Hdt. 
2. 1214; 5: 108; Xen. Cyr. 5. 4: 21; Dem, 24.20; 237. 360” (defmed 
by eis); Aeschin. III. 98; so Dion. H. 6. 35, 36; Luc. Gall. 19; de 
morte Peregr. 5; Alciphro I. 35; etc., for és 7a waxporara v. infra, p. 114. 

és TO meTeTELTA, V. SUpra. 

els;vewra, “next ‘year,’ “for next year’: Xen. Cyr. 7, 2.15; 8. 6: 
15; Alexis 126. 17 K.; Philem. 82 K., 7a pév viv, 7a 6’ eis vewra ; Theocr. 
15. 143; cf. Theophr: Hy -P.19., 110595 id) C,)P.-3,16.. 2, zon eis peore 
kaprov. Cf. supra, p. 107, els dpas [Plat.] Ep. 346 C. 

41Cf. in same sense, i. e. brevt, Cratinus 189 K., év7ds ob rodXov xpovov. 

#y. Goodwin ad loc. (sc. 656v) ‘not much later,’ ‘not a long way off.’ But 
uaxpav has become a real adv. and even though the phr. may have started in such an 


ellipsis, it would seem unnecessary to supply the noun any more than w. é tons, ék véns, 
etc. v. & p. 71ff. 


PART IV els 109 


els vov, Plat. Tim. 20 C; cf. Phileb. 59 B, eis 7d viv wapdv éxet. 

els Sore, V. Supra, p. 105. 

és oWé, Thuc. VIII. 23. 2, rp airy quépa és ove, simply ‘late in the 
same day’; but Thuc. III. 108. 3 ‘until late’, 7 wey paxn eredebra 
és owe (cf. eis vinta Thuc. I. 51. 3); Dem. 1303. 15, eis ape WndiferBar 
‘to continue voting until late in the day.’ 

és TO Tapautixa, V. supra, p. 108. 

és OTe, V. supra, p. 105. 

els THuEpoV, V. Supra, p. 106. 

és ToTe, V. p. 105. 

VII. Adverbial 

(For temporal adv. phr. v. pp. 107 ff.) 

a. With nouns: 

els tTHv axpiBeav dirocodetv, Plat. Gorg. 487 C. Cf. dua, p. 24. 
Cf. also p. 121. 

és GuBoras, Eur. Hel. 1297, otk és duBoras/evepyernow o’, ‘without 
delay, so Heracl_.270- Hdt. 8. 21; Thuc.. VII. 15. 2; Isocr. Ep. 1.10: 

oix és apmayas, Eur. Hel. 904 is adverbial if text is genuine.” 
But cf. eis apwayiv ‘for the purpose of plunder,’ p. 99. 

és av’&mow (not much more than use of prep. ‘in respect to,’ 
‘as regards’), Hdt. 2. 13, qv ottw 9 xwWpn airy Kata oyor Emd.d0t Es 
bos kal 7d Guotov amod.6ot és avénow, where L. and S. think the two 
verbs have about the same meaning, but Blakesley that a contrast 
is intended, ‘if it should increase in height and decrease in pro- 
ductiveness.’ 

els adOoviay, ‘in abundance,’ Xen. An. 7. 1. 33. Cf. & adéovors, 
etc., p. 156. Cf. eis mdnoporas. 

*Dindorf condemns vs. 903-908. Pearson compares Eur. El. 1073, és «adXos 
éoxet, but this can hardly mean eleganter as he translates. eis xa\dos rather denotes 
the metaphorical end or purpose (v. infra p. 127 as also does Tro. 1201). Pearson 
also cites as parallel Eur. Bacch. 457, Aevkyy 6¢ xporay és mapacKevny Exes. It is true 
that the Laurentian and Palatine MSS have eis wapacxevny, but most edd. (Kirch- 
off, Wecklein, Nauck, Murray, etc.) accept Hermann’s emendation é« rapackevis 
‘purposely,’ a freq. adv. phr. (v. é& p. 66). Elmsl.: eis wapackevny pro é 
mapackeuns dictum videtur. With either reading the meaning prob. differs little, refer- 
ring to the practice (mentioned by Nonnus) of the Bacchae of whitening their faces 
(vid. Tyrrell with whose lit. interpretation of eis tapackevjy usque ad pigmentorum 
apparatum, we cannot agree, nor with Thompson’s first meaning, ‘to an artificial 
degree’, nor with his citation of Tro. 1201 and 1211 as parallels); cf. Sandys and other 
edd. Tro. 1211, otk eis mAnopovds Onpwuevor seems to mean ‘to satiety.’ Ar. 
Av. 805 (v. infra) is more nearly adverbial but may not mean more than ‘with a 
view to cheapness.’ Cf. Antiphanes 20 K. 


110 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


és déov (neut. subst.), ‘in good time,’ ‘seasonably,’ cf. eis karpdr, 
eis kadov. Cf. & déov7t, Eur. Med. 1277, etc., v. p. 177. Soph O T 1416, 
GN’ Gv Erairets és Seov tapecd’ bde;*4* Ant. 386; Eur. Alc. 1101; Hdt. 1. 
119 (c. yiyveoOar); ib. 186; 7. 144. 2; Plat. Rep. 596 E, és déov épxer 7@ 
hoyw; Dem. 44. 14; 464. 26; 469. 41; 1460. 1. Cf. Theocr. 14.50. So 
és 70 d€ov Hdt. 1. 32; but és 76 déov (c. xpnofar) Hdt. 2. 173 ‘for needful 
purposes’; cf. Ar. Nub. 859, domep Tlepixdéns eis 7o déov arwdeca® ; 
cf. Dem. 51. 40, eis déov . =.) .  Kexpnabe, so 1457. 2; cf. also els obdev 
déov avarioxey Dem. 36. 28; 167. 4; Xen. An. 1. 3. 8, as xaracrnoopevwr 
TrovTwy eis 7d déov, ‘settled in the right way’; Dem. 1432. 4 els 76 déov. 

els diva, like xara dtvauwy, ‘as far as lies in one,’ cf. és 76 duvarov 
p. 113 & rav évvaTav, p. 75 so kara 76 duvarov. Cratin. 172 K.; Thuc. 
IV. 118. 2; Xen. An. 2. 3. 23; Cyr. 4. 5. 52; very frequent in Plato 
(about forty-four times),*° especially in the Laws (about twenty-nine 
times); Dem. 395. 171. 

eis evréMecav, Ar. Av. 805, els evrédevay xvi ovyyeypaupery, is usually 
interpreted adverbially, ‘cheaply,’ i. e., ‘rudely,’ ‘roughly,’ but 
it may not be more than a half case, meaning ‘with a view to 
cheapness’; the whole expression is a loose one; cf. Antiph. 20 K., 
kpéas dé Tivos jéuor’ av ecbiors ; (B.) rivos ; / eis evrédecay, ‘the cheapest’; 
cf. id. 227. 2 K., wagfa . . . mpos ebré\ecav eEwrdiouevn; but cf. 
Thuc. VIII. 1. 3, rav re xara rH rodw 71 és ebTEAELAY Gwhpovioa ; VIII. 4, 
Evotehdouevor és edréhecay of reducing expenses to an economical 
standard; so VIII. 86. 6, ei 6€ és ebréderay re EvvTeTUNTaL. 

és evtuxinv, Hdt. 8. 88, 7a . . . GAAa . . . atrn ouvnveke 
és eUTuxinv yevoueva, the prep. phr. here is not quite an adv., the idea 
of tendency is maintained, but the same idea might have been 
expressed by edruxews (cf. Hdt. 3. 39). 

és novxiav, Pind. Py. I. 71; but cf. Thuc. III. 64. 3, rpdxdnovw és 
jouxiay quay, ‘offer of peace’; Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 21 (local and lit.) 
merely means ‘into a quiet place,’ cf. Cic. (de Off. I. 32. 118) who 


44v. Jebb ad loc. 

“This was probably a slang catch-word at Athens of Pericles’ vague way of 
accounting for the money as to which charges were brought against him. L and S. 
seem to miss the humor of the line. 

Plat. Soph. 244 B; Polit. 300 C, 301 A; Phileb. 16 B, 31 C; Phaedr. 273 E; (cf. 
Alcib. IT. 140 A, eis dbv. tiv eunv, ‘according to my ability’); Rep. 366 D, 427 E. 
458 E, 590 D; Tim. 26 D, 37 D, 71 D, 89 D; Criti. 115 D; Legg. 635 B, 671 A, 697 B 
(4rOpwrivnv); 716 C, 718 C, 730 D, 736 C, 754 C, 760 A, 763 C, 777 D, 778 A, 783 D, 
789 E, 792 E, 793 D, 809 B, 816 D, 856 A, 874 D, 876 C, 890 C, 903 B, 913 A, 923 C, 
47 D, 949 E, 950 E, 956 B. 


PART IV eis 111 


translates it in solitudinem. Cf. 6.4, p. 30, év, p. 178, éwi, Ar. Vesp. 
1517, éd’ jovxias, kara, werd, all used in adv. phr. c. jovxia. 

els Katpoy=Karpiws, ‘in season, ‘opportunely,’ cf. amd, p. 38, 
év, p. 178, emi, kata, Tapa, mpd, mpos, abv C. Karpos, also adv. acc. Karpov ; 
this use starts with other prepositions, the earliest case observed is c. 
xara Pind. Is. 2.22. Cf. Theogn. 919, dar’ és dxatpa roveiv Lat. operam 
perdere; probably here merely of the end toward which one works, 
but practically it means ‘inopportunely.’ Soph. Ai. 1168 (w. airév), 
és alrov kaupoy . . . /mapeow; és xarpov Eur. Andr. 1120; Hec. 
666; Hel. 1081 (note contrasting dxap’); H. F. 701; Hipp. 899; Or. 
384; Rhes. 52; Tro. 744; Phoen. 106; Ar. Av. 1688; Hdt. 1. 206; 
4, 139; 6. 90 (c. art.); 7. 144. 1; 9. 87 (paralleled by an adv.), 
heyew Kai és Karpov; Plat. Phaedr. 229 A; Prot. 340 E; Xen. Cyr. 3. 
1. 8 (Hxes, freq. of coming ‘opportunely’); Alexis 147 K. (ices); cf. 
id. 149. 9. But Dem. 443. 317 is not a phr., cuvnxto yap aitw Ta 
TpaymaTa . . . €ls Kalpov ToLovTOY. 

eis kéNevoya, Eur. Hel. 1565, of 8’ eis xeNevop’ eNOdvres ELavnpTacay/ 
tavpov, ‘at the word of command,’ cf. amd, p. 43, éx, p. 66. Cf. és 7a 
mapayyeNdoueva ievor, Thuc. I. 121. 2; IIT. 55. 3. 

eis xoouov, Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 7, jv 6e rd Oda Ta mev TrELoTA OTA 
éxretovnueva els Koouov; but Plat. Polit. 289 B is different and has no 
adv. force. 

és xUkdov, Ar. Thesm. 954, cf. év, p. 179. 

és unos, Hdt. 2. 155, é re bos kal és unxos, ‘in height and in length,’ 

és oixiav, Thuc. VIII. 92. 4, és oixiay ayayovres might be olkade ; 
et al. 

és wedov might be expressed by zédovde, Aesch. Ag. 239, xpoxov Badas 
8’ és réd0v xéovea ; Cho. 401, dovias crayévas /xXupevas és edov ; Soph. Ant. 
269, és rédov kapa/vevoar; so 441; Eur. H. F. 1006, wirver eis édov ; 
so Tro. 463. 

és tAnOos, Thuc. I. 14. 2 ‘in considerable numbers.’ 

eis tAnouovds, Eur. Tro. 1211, ‘to repletion,’ ‘excessively,’ cf. 
supra, p. 109, ftn. Cf. apfovias supra. 

eis otixov, Nicostr. 28 K., cuvrouws . . . 7TOdv Biov Onkas ets oTixOV, 
i. e., ‘have described life in one line’ (almost adv.). 

és Taxos = raxéws, Ar. Ach. 686; Xen. Eq. 3. 5; cf. dua, p. 25, ev, p. 183, 
kara taxos Hdt. 1. 124, 152, Thuc. 1. 73. 5, et saepe; wera raxous 
Plat. Prot. 332 B; oy raxer Soph. Ai. 853; O C 885, 904; etc. 

és redeurqv, first in Hom. and Hes. v. p. 86 ‘in the end,’ ‘at 
last,’ ‘finally’; Theogn. 201, és dé reXevrnv, so 607; Pind. Ol. V. 22; 


$12 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Soph. O C 1223 (contra eis rédos 1530 lit. so mpds rédos 1621); this 
seems to disappear in favor of eis redos. Cf. ev, p. 183. 

és rédos, ‘at last,’ ‘finally,’ first in Hom. and Hes. v. p. 86. 
Solon frg. 12. 28; Soph. Ph. 409; (but O C 1530 ‘to the end of life’); 
but Eur. Hec. 817, ovd€v te waddov és Tédos orovddtouev/ . . .  ap- 
Gave, ‘thoroughly,’ ‘completely’; I. A. 161, O@ynrav 6’ odfBu.os eis 
Tédos ovdeis/ovd’ ebdaiuwy ‘to the end,’ ‘completely,’ (cf. 6va in simi- 
lar connection Hec. 1193, H. F. 103; Suppl. 270); Ion 1615 ‘in the 
end,’ ‘finally,’'so 1621; Hdt. 3. 40; 9. 37. 4; Xen: Oec. 17. 10; but 
Plat. Rep. 613 C lit.; Empedocl. frg. 146 (Diels,? 215. 26) ‘finally’; 
ci. ‘Theocr: “25. 121; Polyb. 15: 20..7; + “completely,” Galtogether., 
Ch. G16, 7p..23,er; p.- 167. 

els tbepBodnv, ‘in excess,’ ‘exceedingly’=adv. baepBaddovTws 
(cf. xara freq.) Eur. Frg. 497.2, els trepBodyv . . . dmeworv; cf. 
ayabds eis brepBodnv Antiph. 80. 11 K.; c. gen. Eur. Frg. 284. 6; Eur. 
Hipp. 939, 6 6’ torepos tov mpdabev eis brepBodnv/mavoupyos EaTat, 1. €., 
‘far more wicked than’; cf., however, id. Suppl. 480, ayouca Oupor eis 
vrepBodas ‘to extremes’; [Plat.] Ep. 326 C, dvadrioxew : 
mavta és brepBodds; Isocr. IV. 11, rods els brepBornv memornuevous, TX. 
23; XI. 16; cf. ib. 14 c. gen.; Dem. 1475. 6, Aeschin. I. 180, Neyer 6’ eis 
brepBodrny duvvarov; II. 4. 24; Anaxipp. 1. 39 K.; cf. Luc. Gall. 10, etc. 
The variation between eis and xara may originally have been for 
metrical reasons since xa6’ could not stand in place of eis in any of 
the cases noted from the poets. 

és tWos,v. és unxos supra; also Hdt. 2. 13; 155 (d7s). 

b. With adjectives: 

eis TO Gdndov Opp. to & Tw davepw, Xen. Eq. Mag. 5. 7, rods wéev ev Tw 
pavep@ Exwv, Tos 6’ eis TO &dnAOV aroKpiTTwr. Cf. ev, p. 185. 

és To axpuBes eiretv, Thuc. VI. 82. 3; cf. Eur. Tro. 901, otk eis axpuBes 
nrdes 47 

és TO adnOes, Thuc. III. 64. 4, a 6€ 4 dbows alet EBovdreTo, EEnNeyxOn Es TO 
adnOés, ‘were fully proved to be true.’ 

eis TO Gwewvov, V. Supra, p. 92. 

és TO areves, ‘intently’ (late), Luc. Icarom. 12, arat rh op és ro 
arevés arnpecauny (eis regular with this verb). 


47L. and S. transl. ‘at the right moment,’ like eis kxa:pév; but that does not 
fit the context. It must mean ‘you are not quite right,’ i. e. ‘the decisions were 
made by the Greeks and me together, but the whole host handed you over to me to 
put to death.’ But the antithesis is not altogether clear, and the passage remains 
obscure. Nauck (Crit. Appar.) eis axp.Bés intelligi non potest. 


PART IV els 113 


els adavés, Eur. I. T. 477, ravra yap 7a Tov Oewy/eis adaves Eprret ; 
Hat. 2. 23, és adaves rov pvOov daveveixas; Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 13, duwkps be 
pnoaun eis adaves ; Aeschin. IT. 104, xaredurov thy els 76 adaves avadopdyr ; 
cf. abstr. noun Aesch. Ag. 384, Nakricavre peyav Aixas/Bwpdr eis dbaverar, 
‘hath spurned the great altar of Justice out of his sight,’ opp. els 
TO pavepor ; cf. ev, p. 186. 

és TO duvarov, like els, kata divamy, etc., cf. ex, p. 75 (so xara 7d 
duvarév). Hdt. 3. 24; Xen. Hell. 1. 6. 14; Mem. 3. 3.4; Cyr. 2. 1. 22; 
Plat. Phaed. 112 D; Phaedr. 252 D; Rep. 381 C (w. superl.), 464 D, 
473 E, 500 D, 586 E; Legg. 739 C, 770 A, 795 D, 830 B, 862 B, 887 C, 
900 C, 957 E; Dittenb. Syll.2 101. 65, 74; 149. 15; cf. Plat. Phaedr. 
277 A, eis dcov avOpwrw Suvatov padiora; (cf. frequency in Plat. esp. 
Legg., w. eis dtvauuw). Cf. ev, p. 156. 

eis TO Eudaves, Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13, obey rovtwy eis TO Euhaves lovres 
diddacr; Dem. 1283. 4 c. xadiornu (trans.); cf. Dion. H. 4. 4. 6. 

eis érnxoov, Xen. An. 2. 5. 38, érerdn 6€ Eotnoay els EmnKoov, elev 
’"Aptatos rade, ‘within hearing distance,’ so 3. 3. 1; 4. 4. 5; cf. Luc. 
Contempl. 20; Conv. 21; Icarom. 23 (c. superl. and art.); cf. e&, 
Xen. An. 7. 6. 8, v. p. 188; cf. eis adxoas Eur. Phoen. 1480. Cf. p. 87. 

eis roUcxarov (only occasional adv. use); Eur. Heracl. 304, xaxav/ 
els ToUoxaTov TmecovTes ; SO Eur. Or. 447; Hdt. 1. 22, és 70 éoxarov Kako ; 
2. 129; 8. 52. 1 (cf. és wav kaxov 7. 118; 9. 118); 7. 107, dtexaprépec es 7d 
éoxarov without gen., but écxarov used as substant. But Hdt. 7. 229, 
opOaduia@vres és TO Eoxaroyv as a phr. practically equiv. to an adv.; 
Thuc. III. 46. 2, wapareveicOar és rotcxarov; Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 33, 
Kal qviace wey eis TA Ecxata Tov ’Apxidayor, ‘it grieved him extremely’; 
cf. Reip. Lac. 1. 2. (also pl.); cf. Plat. Rep. 361 D, tv’ auddrepo eis 76 
éoxatov EAndvOdTes, 6 mev StKavociyys, 6 b€ ddixias, ‘that both men going 
to the utmost limits of justice and injustice respectively’; Dem. 
346. 18, eis rotcxatov éMeivy Ta Tpayuara eaoa; similarly 1260. 12. 
Hadt. 3. 25, és ra éoxara yrs is lit. and not a phr. 

els tcov, Eur. I. A. 1002, ravrws 6€ w’ ixerevovres Héer’ eis icov/el Tr’ av- 
uxerevTws, ‘alike whether’; this appears to be the only case; cf. Thuc. 
I. 39. 1, rov és tcov Ta TE Epya Omoiws Kal Tols Noyous . . . Kabioravta, 
‘putting himself on a level’; similarly eis 7d icov c. xabiornut, Thuc. I. 
121. 4; Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 28; els icov Plat. Rep. 561 B; Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 5, 
Taxv mev eis TO toov adixeTo TH immuKn Tots HALE. Cf. more idiom. uses 
w. amo p. 45, é& p. 71, , &, p. 188. 

eis kadov, cf. els Karpov, déov, €v Kady, etc., Soph. O T 78; Eur. H. F. 
728; Xen. An. 4. 7. 3, ‘you come in the nick of time,’ ef saepe; 


114 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Plat. Phaed. 76 E, Symp. 174 E, Meno 89 E, Hipp. Mai. 286 C, 
Theages 122 A; so in superl., els Kadduorov jxerov, Plat. Euthyd. 
275 B; cf. Menand. Sam. 68 (Capps); frg. 348. 2 K. 

eis Kor, els TO Kody =Kowds, cf. dd p. 45, &, p. 72, &, p. 189, f., 
also él, kara, obv; akin to és weéoov. (Not in Soph. nor in Trag. Frg.); 
Aesch. Prom. 844, ra dora 6’ byiv rHd€ 7’ és Kowwdv dpdow; Eum. 408, 
maou 6’ és Kowdv heyw; Eur. Hel. 1038; I. A. 408; Phoen. 1222;48 Or. 
774; Ar. Av. 457; Thuc. IV. 59. 1, ‘for the common weal’; Plat. 
Legg. 796 E (cf. Aesch. Eum. 408 supra), 835 A, 885 A; Dem. 390. 
156. Cf. Lat. in medium, Verg. G. 1. 126; 4. 157; Aen. 11. 335. Eur. 
Or. 1098, eis xowods héyous /EMwuev, ws dv Mevédews EvvdvoTvx7] is equiv. 
to és Kowov Bovdevopeba or heywuev, combining two thoughts eis hoyous 
EMawyev and és Kowvov Eeyauev. 

els 70 kowov, Eur, H.F..86; 1 P6732) Tro: 701-0 dt: 3. 80: 
Bovrebuara d€ wavTa és 76 Kowdy avadéeper (like és uéoov Eur. Suppl. 439, 
Clic: ps 95); so, Demid030. 10>. ct. Hdt.13.. 82. 84 som hued. Ole i. 
ell 37.1 (plci.. Aeschin: If. 161 also pl.) Bhuc. bi. 37, aves. 
‘addressed the conference’; VII. 85. 3, ‘assembled in public’; 
Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38, rapééev és 76 xowdv; Mem. 3. 14. 1, eis 76 x. revar 
(ter), cf. Oec. 7. 13, eye te yap boa por oTw Grravra eis TO Kooy arodaiva, 
ov TE doa WwveyKw TavTa eis TO Kody KaTeOnxas; cf. Plat. Cratyl. 384 C; 
Hypereid. VI (émrad.) VII. 19; cf. Xen. An. 5. 6. 27, eis 6& 7d Kowdv 
Mndev ayopevey repli roiTwr, Lat. publice; Plat. Theaet. 165 A, els 76 
KOLVOY ev ovv, amoKpwécbw bé 6 vewrepos; Plat. Legg. 680 E, 681 C, 
‘for common use’; Isocr. VI. 20; X. 36. Lat. in commune conferre; cf. 
Plat. Rep. 461 A, rav els 76 xowdv yervicewy.®! 

és Ta wakporara, Thuc. VI. 31. 3, ‘each one striving to the utter- 
most.’ Cf. otx eis waxpoy supra, p. 108. 

és Ta wadiora, ‘for the most part,’ ‘mostly,’ Hdt. 1. 20; 2. 76, 78; 
5. 28; 6. 89; (cf. also with same meaning without prep. 2. 147); 
Thuc. VIII. 6. 3; Dem. 581. 212. 


“The question arises whether the Dat. in the passages thus far cited is felt with 
eis xowov. To the English mind it seems natural to think of the Dat. in Aesch. 
Pr. 844 e. g. as connected both with ¢pacw and eis xowédy ‘T will tell both to you and 
to her in common,’ but the Greek does not bear this out. Wherever the Dat. occurs 
w. eis Kowdy it is possible to explain it by the rest of the sentence. 

““This idiom. sense, as is seen here and in Or. 774, can be used even when only 
one person is addressed, and the speaker is the only other person involved. 

"Here eis rd xowdv really goes with both expressions, but it seems to have 
started out to be written as an antithesis, ‘for the general good’ and ‘private 
good.’ 

1But Legg. 885 A, ols 64 doréov els Kowwdy vouov éxaorors. 


PART IV els ite oY 


és ra weytora, Hdt. 8. 144. 2, v. supra, p. 95. 

els TO peifw, Dem. 430. 277, v. supra, p. 95. 

és ddiyov, Thuc. IV. 129. 5, v. supra, p. 95. 

és 76 duotov, Thuc. VI. 18. 3, ef wy Kal ra émirndebwara és Td duotov 
metadneobe, ‘in like manner.’ 

eis op0ov: cf. Theogn. 304, és op8a (not a phr. but the transition 
from it to a phr. is easy). Soph. Fre. 555, eis pov dpovetv, cf. Aesch. 
Pr. 1000, dp6as dpovetv, cf. Eng. ‘to think straight’; Soph. O C 1424, 
dpas TA TOUS’ obv ws és dpOdv Exdeper/pavretua’ ; cf. O T 88 c. xara; id. Tr. 
347, ovdev . . . /wvei dixns és dp0dv; but O T 50, oravres 7’ és dpOdv 
kal aweoovres torepov, cf. Eur. Suppl. 1230; Frg. 262. 3; 382. 8; Diphil. 
61 K., eis dp0dv rpéxew; cf. Plat. Symp. 190 A, dozep of xuBiotador eis 
opOov ra oxedy.? Cf. € p. 72. 

eis w. forms of ras: 

és 76 wav: Pind. Ol. II. 93. (85), é 6€ 7d wav épynvéwy/xaricer.® 
Aesch. Ag. 682, ris zor’ avopafer ad’ és 7d way éernripws, ‘altogether,’ 
‘wholly,’ 1. e., ‘with such perfect truth’; cf. Cho. 684, 940; Eum. 
52, 83,54 291 ‘forever’; 401, cf. 670, drws yévorro mioTos és TO TaD 
xpovov; 891; 1044; Eum. 538, és 76 way 6€ cor deyw, ‘putting it as a 
whole,’ ‘all together.’ Eur. Her. 575, raiédas és ro av aoddous 
might mean ‘altogether wise,’ or ‘wise for every case,’ probably 
the latter; cf. eis ray Plat. Theaet. 146 B; cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 576 K., 
ui’ adwupov eivar pHTE u@pov és TO Tay. 

eis wav, Eur. Hipp. 284, eis rav adtyuar xovdev elpyaocuar m)éov, 
‘I have tried every means’,® so Soph. O T 265,°5 émi ravr’ aditouat ; 


Literal use: Eur. Med. 1166, Tro. 465; Or. 231; Frg. 264. 3 (partially fig.) 
cf. lit. ‘upright,’ Frg. 385. 8 (of the E in OHZETY, 76 8’ ad réraprov 7% per eis dpOdv pla. 

53y. Christ, Gildersleeve, Fennell ad loc. Christ: és 6& 76 mav in vulgus, the vowel 
of ay shortened in the adv. formula on analogy of cpds. raurav, cburav; Gildersleeve: 
To wav glossed by 76 xowév, Shakespeare’s ‘the general,’ the other rendering, ‘gen- 
erally,’ less satisfactory; the difficulty of quantity sometimes obviated by writing 
Toray or Toray like oburav, amav, mporay. But Verrall, Journ. Phil. (Eng.) TX. 17, 
p. 126ff. invents roray from *7orn, ‘divination,’ a word which he derives from rorafev. 
This is ingenious, but fanciful and unnecessary. He would explain many of the cases 
in Aesch. on this basis; v. also his ed. of Aesch. Agam. and Append. E, controverted 
by Sidgwick ed. Agam. Append. II. But in a later ed. of the Eumenides (1908) 
Verrall ad 538 (541): ‘‘there is no ground for suspecting és 76 wav as I formerly sug- 
gested” (Journ. Phil. |. c. p. 156). Does this note mean that Verrall gives up his 
rorav theory altogether or only as concerns this passage? 

'4Blaydes takes Aesch. Eum. 200 as a case of eis 76 wav, but most edd. prefer 
Canter’s reading «is 76 wav, ‘one for all.’ 

SDifferent is Eur. Frg. 1063. 6 (Nauck, Trag. Frg.), B\érovea eis wav; so Plat. 
Theaet. 175A, ob dvvapérwy és TO Tay del Bera. V. BEwev p. 123f. 

5y, Jebb ad loc. 


116 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Xen. Hell. 6. 1. 12, els wav adixeto Bacrred’s, ‘he ventured everything’; 
Dem. 1261. 13, ets rav éhOdv.5" 

és ta mavra, Aesch. Pr. 736, is really not much more than the 
use of the preposition to denote relation, like é 7a adda, etc., 
i. e., ‘in all respects’; so els Gravra, Soph. Tr. 489; Eur. Bacch. 316 
(w.-art.)°* so Thuc. IV. 81.:1;, VILL. 76.3 (without art.) cheblar: 
Cratyl. 417 B;5® Charm. 158 A, oe eis ravra mparov eivac; Rep. 425 A. 

But és ravras aida, ‘speak before all,’ Soph. O T 93 is idiomatic; 
cf. similarly Hdt. 8. 26, much like els 76 xowdv, peoov. But cf. w. 
és ra wavra, Thuc. I. 6. 2, trav more kal és ravras duolwy drartnuaTow ; 
cf. id. I. 130, és ravras duoiws. 

és wefov, Hdt. 7. 21 might have been expressed by Dat. adv. 
Teen. 

els tAetaTOv, Soph. O C 739, v. p. 96. 

és tAeov, Soph. O T 700, v. p. 96. 

és woANa, V. Supra, p. 96. 

és Ta mpwra, Hdt. 9. 16, avipos . . . DAovyipou dé és TA Tpwra ev 
’Opxouer ; but cf. Hdt. 7. 13, 134 (c. avnxewv); Thuc. III. 39. 2, 56. 6 
‘in the highest degree.’ Cf. ad prima. Verg. G. 2. 134. (v. Page ad loc.) 

eis TO ovugutov (adv. force doubtful), Eur. Andr. 954, ayav épnxas 
yA@ooay eis TO ctuduTor.®° 

eis Uromra, Eur. El. 345, els trorra py modgs euol, ‘lie under sus- 
picion’; the same meaning expressed by tromrws draxetobar, Exe Twit, 
Thuc. VIII. 38, 68; Xen. Hell. 2: 3. 40. But in Eur. Phoen. 1210 
prep. blunted in meaning, merely expressing manner, and the phr. a 
pure adv.: rovr’ eis Uromrov eiwas, (note sing. var.). Cf. with ab- 
stract noun, Thuc. V. 29. 3, és tropiavy Kafiorn, ‘caused suspicion,’ 
‘made the Peloponnese suspicious’; cf. Lycurg. p. 165. 30 (§125), 


57This use is probably derived from the similar use c. gen. or in agreement with 
with a noun also slightly idiomatic. Soph. El. 615, dpa cou doxe?/ xwpetv av ets wav Epyov 
aicxivns &rep; (cf. Eng. ‘to go to all lengths’); Hdt. 7. 118, demvitovres Zéptnv és 
may Kkakod amixero; Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22, eis mavra kivduvov HOov; Plat. Legg. 648A, eis 
mav deos iévar; Dem. 29.3, eis rav mpoedkndvOe poxOnpias Ta maporTa, etc. 

‘8But cf. Trag. Frg. Adesp. 491, d&0s bemv dpOadyds cis Ta wav7’ ideiy (lit.), but the 
text is doubtful. Nauck prefers éo6’ amar.’ 

59Plat. Theaet. 146 B, 4 vedrns cis wav énidoow exe is virtually the same 
use in the sing. 

6°This passage is variously explained. Schol. eis 76 cbudurov" eis 76 yuvatkeiov yévos. 
It probably means ‘thou hast given too free course to thy tongue against thy sex,’ 
but it might mean ‘against that which is second nature in women,’ or, with adv. 
force ‘according to thy nature.’ 


PART IV els Ms Bf 


oUrws . . . dew nv Tovs ToXiTas, wate nd’ els UroPiay EOE pndeva 
TovTwy Tay adiknuatwy (periphr. for passive vb.) 

és To pavepov, Thuc. I. 6. 5, ‘publicly,’ so I. 23. 6, but III. 27. 3, 
Tov oirov . . . gepew és TO havepdv ‘into the public’; Xen. Reip. 
Lac. 5. 1; cf. Plat. Gorg. 480 C; Alexis 2 K., Com. Frg. Adesp. 365 K.; 
Hypereid. I. firg. II]. XIII. 11. Cf. dé, p. 45, é&, p. 73, &v, p. 191. 
Cf. adaves, eudaves, etc., also els TO Kowodv, els xdoV. 

c. With participles: 

els TO evdexouevov, ‘so far as possible,’ Hypereid. VI. XIII. 41. 
Cf. x, p. 74. 

eis TO wedAov, V. temp. phr. p. 108. 

és Ta TapayyeANoueva levac, Thuc. I. 121. 2; III. 55. 3, ‘at the 
word of command.’ 

els TO Tapov, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

els 70 mperov (ptc. as neut. subst.), Hypereid. VI. (émradg.) 5, 
O#\uwos . . . Ta [s mer] Wpas draxpivwrlels TO r]perov Kal Kadal[s wavTa 
kaO|ucras (note balancing adv. xadas). 

d. With adverbs. (V. also sub adv. phr. of direction): 

és alei, v. sub temp. phr. p. 108. 

els Gus (late), Theocr. 25. 17 lit. ‘to enough,’ i. e., ‘abundantly.’ 

els atOus, v. temp. phr. p. 108, eds atpuov, v. p. 105. 

els avrixa, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

eis arat, Eur. Phoen. 723, macas ye, mpiv kivduvoy eis amak poder, 
‘once for all,’ i. e., ‘before it is too late,’ ‘danger once for all,’ 
i. e., ‘fatal’; cf. Andr. 943, elodaraé; cf. Plat. Soph. 247 E; Dem. 21. 
10, eis wev arraé. 

els éecra, v. temp. phr. p. 108. 

els éwizav, Xenophan. 3. 4 c. xeidvo, ‘in all.’ 

els werérerta, Vv. temp. phr. p. 108. 

els mapautixa, v. p. 108. 

els 70 mapaxpynua, ‘forthwith,’ ‘on the spot,’ Thuc. I. 22. 4, 
KTNMa TE és ale waddov 7 aywricua és TO Tapaxpynua axove EvyKerat ; 
Antiphoo V.-132.- 255,133: 31;)Plat.. Lege. .646..C;. Hyper. IIT..(pro 
Bama) Vee si Ch. samo, op: 45, a, pp. 117, a7, p. 191,. xpés,ete. 

e. Adv. phr. of direction: 

In many of these phrases the preposition seems to add only 
slight force, if any, but in some the idea of limit or end of motion is 
clearly present. Usually the translation does not differ from that of 
the simple adverb. 

els TO avtiov, ‘contrariwise,’ Xen. Eq. 12. 12; so &k rns avrins, 
Hdt. 8. 6. Cf. eavrior, ete. 


118 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


és TO dvtirepas ths ’ABidov amotdevoas, Thuc. VIII. 62. 3. Cf. 
é p. 76, &, p. 192. Cf. eis 7d wépar. 

els TO Gvw, ‘upwards,’ Plat. Cratyl. 396 B,47 . . . &é 76 Gvw 
dpis; Rep. 529 A, eis 7d dvw dpay; but temporal, Theaet. 175 B, 6 az’ 
’Auditpbwvos els TO Gvw TevTeKateKoaTos ; cf. Legg. 919 E, warp kal ynrpi 
Kal Tots €tt TovUTwy els TO Gvw yeveot; cf. Autocrates 1. 8 K. opp. to 
KaTw. Cf. érl, opp. eis To KaTw. 

eis apiotepa, apiotepav, Plat. Tim. 43 B, (dpiorepay) Rep. 436 E, 
614 C; et saepe. Cf. other preps. 

eis Ta Je&a, ‘on the right,’ Hdt. 4. 42 et saepe; Plat. Rep. 436 E, 
h els deEvay 7 eis AproTepar 7} eis TO Tpdaber 7 Eis TO OTLODEV EyKAtvy ; Cf. 614 C; 
cf. Tim. 43 B, els re yap ro mpdcbe kai Omicbev kal wadw els def&a Kal 
apioTepa KaTw Te Kal dvw Kal wavTn. Similar expressions are frequent. 
Cf. other preps. 

és 70 éyyurépw, Thuc. II. 21. 1. 

eis TO ELow Tov ovpavov, Plat. Phaedr. 247 E et al. 

eis robpraduv, ‘backwards,’ Xen. An. 3. 5. 13; 4. 3. 21; but cf. é 
ThucotH: 22.5; “irom the opposite side.’ 

els roUurpoodev, Eur. Hipp. 1228 (but some texts read 76 mpécbev) ; 
Hdt. 4. 61; Isocr. VIII. 12, undev eis roburpoobev juiv abrots 7 parrovtes ; 
Ep. IV: 10; Xen. Symp. 2. 22; Plat) Gorg. 49/7 Aj ese. 137 Biso Be 
Aeschin. Ep. 10. 10; Eupolis 79 K. Cf. é& p. 75, &, p. 176. 

és robvayriov, Thuc. I. 120. 5; II. 65. 7; Plat. Soph. 221 A; Rep. 
343 A, 563 E etal. Cf. eis 76 avriov; cf. e& p. 76. 

eis TO e€dmicbev, Plat. Tim. 84 E. Cf. dmicdev, driow. 

és To €&w, Thuc. II. 4. 4. 5; VII. 69. 4. et al. opp. eis 76 etow. 

els TO éréxewva brepBas, Plat. Rep. 587 B, ‘to the far side’; cf. 
Phaed. 112 B, drap els 76 éx’ Exetva THs ys Opunon Kal Orav eis TO El TAHOE; 
cf. ev, p. 192. 

eis Ta éwl Odrepa ‘to the other side,’ Thuc. I. 87. 2; c. gen. Thuc. 
VII. 84. 4, és 7a éxi Oarepa Tov morapov; cf. Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 7. Cf. 
érl Oarepa alone; cf. éx p. 76. 

els 70 xaravres, Lat. deorsum, Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 15, ‘down-hill’; 
so 3. 5. 20, Eq. 8. 8; cf. amd, p. 46, &, p. 192, éxi xaravres Plat. Tim. 
77D. Cé&. adv. karavra Il. 23. 116. Cf. rpaves. 

eis TO (Or Ta) Katavrixpv, Thuc. VII. 26. 2, cxévres és 7a Katavrixpd 
Kv0jpev, ‘being opposite,’ apparently no diff. from sing. Plat. 
Phaed. 72 B, Rep. 515 A; Lysis 207 A, etc. Cf. é, p. 76, ev, p. 192. 

eis TO KaTw, ‘downwards,’ Plat. Soph. 220 FE, 76 wév avwher ets 7d 
KaTw yvyvouevov ; but temporal, Rep. 461 C, viet kat warpi kai tots rovTwy 


PART IV els 119 


els TO KaTW Kal él TO dvw, ‘their relatives in the direct line ascending or 
descending’; so Tim. 18 D, rods 6’ eumpoodev kal dvwhev yovéas Te kal 
yovewy mpoyovous, Tovs 6’ els TO KaTWHEY Exyovous Taldas TE Exyovwr. 

és 76 peratd, Thuc. II. 77. 3; III. 51. 3; Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38 e¢ al. 

els tovmucbev, ‘back,’ ‘backwards,’ Eur. Hipp. 1222; Phoen. 
1410; Ar. Plut. 1209; Lysias I..25; Xen. Symp. 2. 22; Hell. 6. 5. 14; 
AY. 3 10>) Cyr. hf. te 50.(b4s)> ig. 12. 12; Plat. Rep. 436. Ey Tim: 
a5 Bs Erot. 319 B ef al: Ci. ey, p. 192: 

és 70 dmiow, ‘backwards,’ in place: Hdt. 4. 42; Thuc: 4. 4. 2, 
TH XElpe Es TOUTIOwW EVYuTEKoVTes, ‘clasping their hands behind them’; 
Lysias XIV. 5, éav ris Niry tiv Takw eis To’Tiow SecNias evexa; XIV. 6; 
Plat. Phaedr. 254 B; Rep. 528 A of going back to a previous point 
in the argument; cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 255 K. Of time, Hom. Od. 
18. 122; 20. 199, és dmicow. Cf. cpd. eicoriow ‘in time to come,’ 
‘hereafter,’ h. Hom. Ven. 104; Soph. Ph. 1105. 

els TO mépay, ‘across,’ ‘to the opposite side,’ Xen. An. 3. 5. 2, 
draBiBafouerae eis TO TEpay Tov ToTauov; Xen. Hell. 1. 1. 15; 3. 17; cf. 
Plat. Tim. 89 C. Cf. &, Xen. An. 4. 3. 11.v. p. 192. Cf. eis robvavriov, 
KaTQavTiKpv, avTiTepas, els TO érrexeva, els TA El OaTeEpa. 

eis tAayLov, Lat. in transversum, ‘sideways.’ Xen. An. 1. 8. 10; 
és ta mAayia, Thuc. VII. 40. 5; Xen. Eq. 12. 12; eis wAdyea, Plat. 
Theaet. 194 B; but és ra wAaya tech. military term, v. p. 100. Cf. 
Ge pr Se. 

eis 76 mpaves, ‘down-hill,’ var. of eis rd karavres, Xen. An. 3. 4. 25; 
Eq. 8.6. Cf. cava, also other preps. c. mpnvés in the sense of ‘down- 
wards,’ ‘headlong,’ etc. 

eis mpoaber, eis TO mpdaber, (very freq.) Eur. Hec. 961. metaph. c. 
gen. mpokérrovt’ ovdéev eis mpdcbev Kakv; as prep. c. gen.= ‘before,’ 
“in front of? (w. art.) Hdt. 4. 72; so Xen. An: 3. 1. 33; Plat. Rep. 
618 A; cf. 550 E infra; Soph. Ai. 1249, rots dmicbev eis 7d rpoobev 
&&ouev; Eur. Hel. 1579, els 76 mpdcbev . . . mrdevowpev, ‘forward,’ 
so most often; usu. w. vbs. of motion. Ar. Ach. 43. 242; Thesm. 
045, Lys. 1855; Eccl. 129; Adt: 8:89; Thuc. VII...43. 5;:78. 3; Xen. 
MeWe a asi enn On geo 1.2. Cyr 5.3; 5/5 6. 3. 65.7. 1. 36(ans 
eis 70 rpd08. mpoddov); Plat. Polit. 262 C, 272 D; Symp. 174 D, 191 B, 
C; Euthyd. 274 C; Prot. 339 D; Rep. 436 E, 437 A, 514 B, 604 B; 
Tim. 40 A, 43 B; Legg. 697 C, 769 C, 842 A; Ep. 325 C; noteworthy 
are Plat. Soph. 258 C, eis 76 rpdabev Ere (ntHoavtes ; Rep. 550 E, zpoi- 
ovTes els 70 pda. Tov xpnuaTtifecOa, ‘as they advance in money- 
getting’; Prot. 357 D (of time) es 7d mpdc0. ere cuodoynKare; cf. 


120 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Antiphan. 18 K. c. gen.; Alexis 98. 15 K. Cf. és 7d mpdaw; cf. &, 
p. -75,.€7,-p; 176: 

és TO mpdow, c. gen. Hdt. 1. 5, mpoBnoouey és 76 Tpdcw Tov doyov; 
3. 154, & 76 rpdow peyabeos Tiu@vra, ‘to a high point of greatness,’ 
i. e., ‘very greatly’; 3. 56 (cf. eis mpoofev Eur. Hec. 961 supra); 
without gen., Hdt. 3. 25; 4. 98; 7. 223; Xen. An. 5. 4. 30. 


VIII. Quantitative idioms. 


eis Hucov, Ar. Thesm. 452, éurod@yev ovd’ eis Hucov ‘not half’; cf. 
adv. juicews, ‘let us not leave it half said,’ Plat. Rep. 601 C (where 
some texts read éd’ juicews). 

eis do0v, Soph. Ph. 1403, eis dcov y’ éyw obevw, so Eur. El. 71 with 
slight difference, if any, from écov; cf. Soph. El. 946 without prep.; 
similar are Eur. Ands. 239; "Thuce liso: 2 Vo oi. 2. Vi 09. 1 VT: 
(9. 4; Plat. Rep: G07 A, -Gl3.4; Phaedr, 277-4; sae, TV, 11 Dem-: 
780. 33 (especially frequent w. dtvacAa and dvvarov); so Plat. Rep. 
501 C, els dcov evdexerar (cf. w. same meaning, els Td evdexouevov p. 117); 
Thuc. VI. 18. 3, kai ovk €or jnuiv raprevecBar és dcov Bovdouea ape, 
‘how far,’ ‘to what extent’; Dem. 643. 70, eis écov eixe xadas.*! 
Cf. infra pronom. expressions, p. 130f. 

With numerals: 

els ev, Lat. in unum, usu. ‘into one place,’ Eur. Or. 1640, “EAAnvas 
eis &v kal Ppvyas Evvyyayov; ci. Dem. 425. 263; but Eur. Andr. 1172, 
eis €v polpas avvexupoas, ‘involved in the same fate’; Ar. Eq. 854, 
TouTo 6’ els €v éote ouyKexupos, metaph. of ‘putting their heads together’ 
in conspiracy. Dem. 460. 11, éedy 6’ 9 ods eis ev 7AOev, ‘when 
there was harmony in the city.’ But cf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 41, ri 
Takw ayetw eis eva, singillatim, ‘one by one,’ ‘in single file,’ p. 99, 
so 2. 1. 26; 3. 21; Reip. Lac. 11. 4, ca@ioravrar tore peveis<éva ai> 
évwpuotiar, TOTE b€ els Tpeis, TOTE dé eis EE; Cf. also ed’ Evds Cyr. 2. 4. 2; 
5. 3. 30; Am. So: 2. 6:\els: 600 Cyr. 6:.3.) 21) va injra ers eva an Unis 
tech. military phr. is peculiar to Xenophon. 

eis 600, ‘two abreast,’ Xen. An. 2. 4. 26; Cyr. 6. 3. 21; 7. 5. 17, 
etc. So eis tpeis, Xen. Reip. Lac. 11. 4 (v. sub eis éva). 


81Cf, Alexis, ’AmeyAavx. (Didot. p. 222) 2. 8, éav 8 éowrds Eis récov tovs Keorpéas 
/mwreis 5b’ dvtas; ‘what’s your highest price for?’ instead of récov (gen. of price), 
but slightly different; but this use is aaé Ney. and Kock II. p. 303, 16. 8. reads récov 
as do most MSS. 

®Cf. Dialexeis 2. 18 (Diels,? 639. 24), ai rus 7a aioxpa (other readings, cada 
v. Dielsn.) és év keXebou ovveveikar wavras avOpwrws. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 322. 


PART IV els 121 


els tpis, ‘even to three times,’ Soph. Frg. 855. 13; Hdt. 1. 86; 
5. 105; Xen. An. 6. 4. 16, 19; cf. Theocr. 1. 25; 2. 43; 17. 72; cf. éorpis 
Pind. OF 2..123-ct. en tpts ‘CT 1122..9. 

els €£, Xen. Reip. Lac. 11. 4 (v. sub eis éva). 

els OxTw, ‘eight deep,’ Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 16, rapardrrecbar rv raxiorny 
els ox7w; An. 7. 1. 23 ef al. 

eis=‘to the number of,’ Aesch. Pers. 339; Thuc. I. 74. 1; 100. 1, 
CLG peen Am: 1G, ors ins Oe 124°d101-0,-20) (bis), A. 25 cf. Cyr. 5. 2. 
Peels 12 1O-“Ages. 17; etc. 

But Xen. An. 1. 1. 10, eis=‘about,’ i. e., ‘in round numbers.’ 

IX. Periphrasis type 

1. Verbs of motion with eis and an abstraction, often clear 
periphrasis or almost periphrasis, sometimes merely the transposing 
of an abstract noun to the end of motion: (Freq. in Euripides.) 

Eur. Bacch. 610, eis adduutay adixecd’ ; cf. Dem. 685. 194, rHv rodw 
els aOuulav Tpevouer. 

eis axpiBaav, Plat. Legg. 809 E, c. gen., mo7epov eis axpiBeay tov 
pabjpwaros ireov; cf. Euthyd. 288 A, obttwai Pavwaorns obons (rns bwerépas 
Texyns) eis axpiBeav Noywy simply use of prep.=‘as regards’; but 
without gen., more idiom., Legg. 967 B, otrws eis axpiB. @avyacrois 
Aoyiopois av éxpyvto; cf. 983 C; cf. w. art. Gorg. 487 C, els rHv axpif. 
pirocogety (J.: ‘into too much detail’); cf. Arist. Pol. 1331.* 2. 
Cf. dva,p. 24, cf. én. 

eis avayknv, Eur. Phoen. 1000, xovx eis avaykny dapovwy advypevor, 
cf. els xpeiav; I. T. 620, eis avaryKny xeiwel’ (pregnant use of vb. implying 
previous motion) ;** Dem. 13. 15, els avaykny Owpev Toreiv, ‘lest we 
may come into the necessity of doing’=dvaykxacOamev and like it 
followed by zrocety ;* so Dem. 450. 341; 974. 25; cf. 60. 14, edvar els 
avayKny Kal Tpopmacuy KoLVOU TONEMOU TPOS UAS. 

és avtidoylav 7AOov, Thuc. I. 31. 4 (cf. infra, p. 127). 

és amotinv, Hdt. 1. 193, ra elpnuesa . . . &s amtorlny moddjv 
QmikTau. 

eis apOuov, Aesch. Prom. 191, eis apOudv Euol kai didotnta/orevdwvy 

nee. 

els dopadevav, Thuc. VIII. 1. 3 (allied, but more idiom.), ra rav 

Evpaxwy és aodadeay rovetcOa, ‘they would make sure of their 


%Ap. Rhod. 2. 974, rerpdxts els xarov debourd Kev, el Tis Exaota/reuTator, ‘it would 
lack four of a hundred, were one to reckon each.’ 

“Kiihn.-G. I. 543 B. 

8G M T. 749. 


122, STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


allies’; but cf. Menand. 487. 3 K. (prep.=‘towards’ or ‘as re- 
gards’), tovr’ éyw mapeyyva/eis adopadecay tH Blw mrEloTOY pépos. 

els ddaciay, (abstr. transposed to end of motion) Plat. Phileb. 
21. D. eis dgacioy . . . pe . . . ovros & Oyos EuBEBAn«Ke. 

eis yéhwra, Hdt 7. 105, Zepéns dé és yeAwrd re Erpeve (absol. and 
idiom., yeAaw might have been used); but cf. Ar. Vesp. 1260, xar és 
yerov/7d mpayp’ érpebvas; Thuc. VI. 35;so Dem. 151. 75 (c. &uBadetr). 

Allied is an interesting case of the abstract for the concrete: 
és dé dodov Exadece, Ar. Av. 333 (Lat. im dolum). Contrast concrete 
for abstr. eis dovAov p. 89. 

eis fos, Plat. Legg. 808 C, xadas eis os iov, ci. 834 D. 

és €dvrida, Thuc. II. 56. 4, és edrida perv Aor Tov édeiv. 

és vOuulay, Thuc. V. 16. 1, és évOuyiav rots Aaxedatmoviors aiel mpoBad- 
Aouevos br’ aitav. 

eis €pwra, Antiph. 212 K., els pwr’ adixero; Anaxilas 21 K., éraipas 
6 eis Epwra tuyxavers /éknrvOws ; Menand. 100 K.., eis €pw6’ Hewv. CE. c. 
meoe, p. 126. 

eis €xfos, Eur. Phoen. 879, els éyOos 7Oov maroi totow Oidiron, 
‘T incurred their enmity’; cf. Hdt. 3. 82 (pl. w. modif. adj.) ‘hatred 
against’ or ‘hostility towards each other.’ 

eis €xPpav, Aesch. Prom. 388, uy yap ce Opnvos eis ExOpav Barn; 


Isocr. IV.174,7 . . . Tas ovyyeveias eis ExPpav mpoayer; Xen. Hell. 
3. 5. 9 (tr.), Karaornoavres tuas . . . els &xOpav to Shuw; Plat. 
Polit. 307 D (intr.), eis €xy@pav adANAos =. ww Kaioravrar; Phaedr. 


256 D, eis éxOpav édOety (absol. but addAjAors may be supplied); so Ep. 
317 C (but oo may be supplied); Dem. 534. 62 (c. dat. of person). 
Cf. éx6os. 

ets (ndov iw, Plat. Rep. 550 E. 

els Oatwa, Eur. Frg. 1117. 36, eis Pau’ éojer ; Ion 248 (pl.), els Oabyar’ 
ee. Cf. & Oapyare v. p. 194. 

és OopuBov, Hdt. 8. 87, &s OdpuBov odor arixero TA Bacideos TPNYUaTa. 

eis uéeptuvav, Eur. Ion 404, dadixov 6’ els wepmuvav ; cf. 244, wepiurns eis 
706’ nAOeEs. 

eis weraBodas, Eur. I. A. 500, add’ els wetaBorads nrAOov amo dewav 
hoywr. 

Allied, more lit. but slightly idiom., eis tov votv, Dem. 247. 68, 
kal Tovr’ eis Tov vouy éuBadréeoba (cf. Eng. ‘take it into’ and ‘put it into 
his head’). 

eis oixrov, Eur. Tro. 60, eis oixrov 7dOes ; I. A. 653, eis otxrov yp’ wets ; 
but I. T. 1054 (phr.), exec rou divauey eis otkrov yuvn (Way: ‘A wom- 
an’s tongue hath pity-stirring might’). 


PART IV els 123 


els opyds, Plat. Rep. 572 A, uh risw els dpyas eNav (note pl.). 

eis mapdoracw (text doubtful), Antiph. 104 K., 6 pév Kaxas/ 
mpattwv TO AvTOUW Hyay’ eis mapdoracw (Hunzicker: ad insaniam.) 

els chuBaow, Eur. Andr. 423, els EbuBaow 6€ xpqy ce Taida on aye, / 
Mevédae, kai 795’ (‘Thou shouldest, Menelaus, reconcile/Her and thy 
child,’ Way); Thuc. II. 2. 4, és &yuBaow waddov kal pidiav thy Tokw 
ayayew ; cf. IIT. 46. 2, EXBor ay és EtuBacr. 

els rep eiut, Eur. I. T. 797; cf. c. gen. Phoen. 195, réfov/els reppuv 
mddes ; cf. Cycl. 522, eis répyrv Biov (without vb., really, ‘as regards 
enjoyment of life’). 

eis Pud7nTa (abstr. transposed to end of motion) Theogn. 372, ue 
: /eis pudoTnTA ~. . .  TpoaeKouevos ; 1359, eis PudOT. TpoTayeLy ; 
cha wescn.sbrs 191 ."v..p. 021. 

els POBov, Eur. Tro. 1058, ouws 6’ 6 rnad’ ddeOpos eis PoBov Banrei/T6d 
ua@pov aitav. Cf. [Plat.] Ep. 333 B, nuas 6’ eis doBov xateBadov ; Aeschin. 
III. 205 eis NjOnv . . .  euBadetv c. gen., et al. 

els dpovridas, Eur. Ion 583, eis dpovridas 7’ amndOes ; cf. Frg. 964. 2; 
(Nauck. Frac. bre); Hdty 1): 46: Thuc,-I11., 46: 6. 

eis xpelav, Eur. Alc. 719, €i@’ avdpds ENOors Tovde y’ eis xpElay OTE ; 
(cf. eis dvayxny c. gen. Phoen. 1000); so Plat. Menex. 244 D, eis xpeiav 
THS TOAEWS adixovTo, ‘came to feel the need of its assistance’; Rep. 410 A, 
els xpetav lever c. gen.; Legg. 702 B; but Dem. 1462. 3 (phr.), epi trav 
ovdev eis xpelav éexavayKkacecd’ axovew ‘things of no use’ or ‘service.’ 
Ci. ey,7 ps 155: 

2. Affinity of certain verbs for prep. eis in fig. expressions. 
Often this is not much more than a periphrasis which may some- 
times be resorted to by the poets for metrical reasons; but it always 
adds some meaning to the idea which would be given by the simple 
verb and this added meaning may at any time be pressed. 

Bderew eis : Soph. Ant. 922, ri xpn ue tHv SbaTHvov és Deods Er /BAETELY | 
‘to look to’ in the sense of hoping for aid; so id. El. 954, eis cé 67) BAe, / 
dws ‘in the hope that’; cf. 958, rot yap mevets PaOvuos, és Tiv’ EXTriSwY / 
BreWao’ ér’ dpOyv; Ai. 514; cf. 400; cf. d&roBdére Eur. I. A. 1378. 

But, ‘to look to,’ ‘pay heed to,’ ‘consider,’ etc., Solon 9. 7, 8, 
els Yap YA@ooay opate Kai els Ey aiut\ov avdpés, /eis Epyov 5’ ovdev yuyvouevov 
Bnerere (cf. dpare as var. here; cf. also Aesch. Suppl. 102, idéo@w 6’ 
els UBpw Bpdoreov half lit.); Aesch. Pers. 801, és: ra viv merpayyeva/ 
Brevavra ; Eur. Frg. 406. 6, Brees els uiav (yuvaixa) ; ib. 82, BdEem. és OyKov 

Kock: Dobraeus Adv. II. 360 mepicracw, praestat weraoracw conl. Alexid. 
292; but Kock believes the text very corrupt. 


124 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Tioxns ; 215, els apyiav; 336. 3, eis Ta Tov TweAas Kaka ;® id. 
Aiea: Frg. 1063.6, eis wav; ci. Plat. Theaet. 175 A; Isocr. XII. 188, 
Bdérrovaet yap els ovdev GAO TAY STS. 

But Xen. An. 1. 8. 10, eis ynv BXérovra (Ta dpérava bro Tots Sidpors) ; 
Plat. Alcib. II. 138 A, éoxvOpwraxevar re kat eis ynv Bere, (purely 
lit., but possibly w. slight idiom. tinge). 

Similarly dmoB\erev eis ‘to pay attention to’ ‘regard,’ etc. Ar. 
Ran. 1171, od & eis 76 Kaxdv aroBXere Equiv. to ot 6’ eEmitynper TO BAGBos 
ib. 1151; Dem. 26. 29, eis Ta mpayuata aroBr. datdws exovTa; cf. w. 
mpos as var. 28. 3, a7oBX. eis Ta TpayuaTa Kal mpds Tovs Aoyous ; but more 
nearly in the sense of BdAérev in the passages cited above from 
Soph. cf. Eur. I. A. 1378, closely connected w. ‘looking to as a model, 
authority,’ etc., e. g. Xen. Hell. 6.1. 8, 7 07 warpis els o€ aroBderet, etc. 
Cf. aroB\erey eis of looking to as a model, freq. in Plato: Symp. 209 
D, eis "Ounpov amoBdevas; Laches 182 E, eis rade aroBde~as, etc. Cf. 
‘to look longingly at,’ Ar Ach. 32, amoBderwy eis Tov aypov. 

eave eis: Tyrt. 9. 10, audorepwy 6’ és kopov ndacarte ‘to satiety’, 
(Jebb: ‘ye had taken your fill of both’); so Solon 27 c. 2, zoddav 
ayabéyv eis Kopov (nA)aoate. Cf. rpos. 

Soph. O T 1160, avip 60’ . . . és rpiBas eda ‘will push the 
matter to delays,’ i. e., ‘is bent on protracting his delay,’ (v. Jebb); 
Hdt. 2. 124, Xéora és racav xaxornra éXdoa ‘went to all lengths in 
wickedness’; cf. 5. 50, rove wv és TooovTov HAacay, ‘they drove it so far.’ 

épxeoOar and similar verbs w. eis Noyov, Noyous: és hoyous EpxecOat 
tu, ‘to come to speech with,’ ‘enter into conversation, have an 
interview with some one,’ cf. Eng. ‘to have a word with,’ Lat. in 
conloquinm venire. Soph. O C 1164; Frg. 481. 5;6° Ar. Vesp. 472; 
Eq. 806 (sing.); so 1300 (c. ad\AnAats); Nub. 470 (sing. sc. cou); Nub. 
252 (pl.); cf. Av. 258, ir’ & oyous Gravra; és Novyous ENeiv, avveOetr, 
Hdt. 1. 82, 86 et saepe (seventeen and more times in Hdt.); Thuc. 
LV, 38. 15°73. 45 ch. V. 37: 23 Mens An. 3.29? Hell. 274.4334) 20: 
Plat. Lysis 206 C; Dem. 675. 165; 1458. 1 et al. So c. cuvamrew, Eur. 
Phoen. 702, Ar. Lys. 648 (sing.); c. a@uxvetofar: Eur. Phoen. 771; 
Hidt...2: s2824,, 14, 12825; 24, 49°. 2-87-10 1 en lellaee. 
18 (bis); Ages. 3. 5; cf. Soph. El. 314, és Noyous/rovs cobs ikoiuny ; 
c. bow Hdt: 5.49... 1; Thuc/Itl. 80; V..175 2: c. Gerrav, Hidt. 72103: 
2; c. EvyyeveoOar Ar. Nub. 252; c. xaracrnva, etc., Thuc. III. 8. 2; 


*7But lit. Eur. Hipp. 280, eis rpdcwrov, cf. 416, eis mpdowra c. gen. pl., so Dem. 
320. 283. 
68But Eur. Tro. 905, otk eis Adyous éAnAUO’, GANA GE KTEVaY. 


PART IV els 125 


70. 2; IV. 58; Dem. 903. 34 (sing.), so 1029. 4; 1457. 3; c. &yew Xen. 
Hell. 4. 1. 2, cf. 29; c. mpoxadeicPar, Hdt. 4. 201; Thuc. III. 34. 3. 
Cr. Plat. ‘Theaet:: 183'D; vp. 98. 

kadiornuc (very freq.): a. Tr. and causal (Act. pres., impf., fut., 
first aor., rarely the pf.; mid. fut. (rarely), first aor., sometimes the 
pres.), ‘to bring into a certain state’. 

els dya@va (tech. legal phr.), Plat. Apol. 24 C; Isae. I. 5; Lycurg. 
148. 1; (pl.) Hypereid. III. (Eux.) XX XVIII. 28 (xaSéoraxa), etc. 
eis aicxivnv, Plat. Soph. 230 D; twa és arovorav, ‘to make one des- 
perate,’ Thuc. I. 82.4. és amopiav, Thuc. VII. 75. 4. riva els aodadecay, 
Isocr. V. 123. és &kmdnéwv, Thuc. VI. 36. 2, BotdNovrar rHv modu és 
exmAniw kabioravar; és éAmidas, Thuc. VIII. 81. 2. xaraorncewv ara 
és 70 émttpdecov, Thuc. IV. 76. 5. eis épnuiay ditwy, Plat. Phaedr. 232 
D; eis €xOpav, Xen. Hell. 3. 5. 9. els xivdvvov, Thuc. V. 99; Isocr. 
XVIII. 16; (pl.) Isae. VIII. 43; Aeschin. I. 135, etc. és xpiow, 
Thuc. I. 131, xafiornow éavrov és kpiow, ‘presents himself for trial.’ 
Thuc. VI. 34. 4, abrotls . . . & Yoyiouov Katactjocamev; Eur. 
Suppl. 352, dnuov és povapxiayv. eis dvedos Kai xwdtvovs, Aeschin. I. 
135; els woNeuous kal oraces, Isocr. IV. 174; 76 dboer wodeutov ev peTas 
és To Evudepov kabioravra, Thuc. IV. 60. 1; és bropiay (rv Tledorov- 
vngov) Kabiorn, ‘made the Pel. suspicious’ Thuc. V. 29. 3; és do8or, 
hue Vir. 105; 3; Dem- 1367-65; etc., ete. 

b. Intr. (Act. second aor., pf., plqpf., all tenses of Mid. [exc. first 
aor.], and Pass.), ‘to come into a certain state,’ ‘to become,’ aor. and 
plqpf. ‘to be’; eis ayava xaftoravta, Isae. VIII. 5; Dem. 1422. 1; 
a&deav Lys. II. 15; amovoray Thuc. VII. 67. 4; d€0s, Thuc. IV. 108. 1; 
Plat. Rep. 395 D, af uunoes . . . els Cn TE Kal diow KabiorayTa; 
eis €xOpav Baowdet, Isocr. IX. 67; cf. Plat. Polit. 307 D; Eur. Or. 
1330, avaykns eis Svyov Kabéorauev ; és Opovv, Thuc. V. 29. 2; xivduvor, 
Isocr. XVI. 46; pl. w. art. Antiphon II Ay 1; xpiow Aeschin. I. 194; 
Urnv, Thuc. VII. 75. 3; waxnv, Eur. H. F. 1168, eis roXeuov buty kal 
Maxny kabiorara; Hdt. 3. 45; 5.86. 3; Thuc. VII. 53.3; cf. expansion for 
‘battle,’ Eur. Heracl. 159, eis radnv xabictatar/dopos TO Tpayua; els Ouo- 
vocy, Lys. XVIII. 18; dveién, Plat. Menex. 246 D; Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 31, 
€ws Gv eis oUpov KaTagTwow ; rodevov, Eur. H. F. 1168; Thuc. V. 36. 2; 
VI. 6. 2; modeuov davepov V. 25. 3; 84. 2; eis crevov Dem. 15. 22; és 
ovvnfeav twos “become accustomed to,’ Aeschin. I. 165; didAovixiar, 
ince Vile 76.4) pogo, Hdt.-o. 12> Thuc, 11.81. 6: TV. 96, 5: VIL. 
44. 7; etc., etc. 


126 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


wecew eis: of falling into misfortune and related notions: Theogn. 
42, rohdjv és KakoTnTa mecetv, SO 1082 b; Bacchyl. X. 72, rpiv és apya- 
Aeav rece avayxav, ‘before they fell into grievous straits’; Soph. 
Ant. 240, ot6’ av dixaiws és Kaxov mécowut tr; 1026; Hdt. 7. 88; ce Eur. 
Heracl. 304, xaxav/eis rotoxarov wecovtes ; cf. Soph. O C 1219, drav tis 
és théov reon/Tov deovros ; Eur. Tro. 639, 6 & ebruynaas eis 7d dvaTuxeés 
meowy ; cf. Xen. An. 2. 3.18. Solon 12. 68, eis weyadnv arnv ; 
éerecey ; Eur. I. A. 137, wimtw eis arav; cf. Aesch. Ag 1267, és Hoye 
Soph. 0 C 748, & tocovrov aikias mecetv. Soph. Ai. 1083 (more nearly 
lit., but expression a fig. phr.), é otplwy dpapyovcay eis BuOdv receiv ; 
cf. 1090. Aesch. Ag. 1000, recety/és 7d wu) TeXecpdpov, ‘to fall into 
non-fulfilment.’ 

Of falling into disease: Aesch. Pr. 473, 478, és vocov wecetv, cf. 
Eng. ‘to fall ill’; cf. Eur. El. 428; Hdt. 6. 12. 3 (pl. referring to more 
than one individual). 

Of falling asleep, cf. old Eng. ‘to fall on sleep,’ cf. év Pind. Is. 
IIT. 41, v. p. 199. Soph. Ph. 826, els trvov réon; cf. Eur. Or. 217, 
@ gidtal’, as pw’ jidpavas eis Urvov tecwav (Way: ‘Belovéd, how thy 
sleeping hath made me glad!’), (a case of the ab urbe condita con- 
struction in personal form). 

Of falling in love, Eur. I. T. 1172, eis épov yap rov pabeiv remTmKaper; 
frg. 140, d00 yap eis Epwra mimrovow Bporav; but Antiphan. 212 K.., 
els Epwr’ aixero, Vv. supra, p. 122. 

Simon. 151 (214), é yovar’ otk érecev; cf. Soph. O C 1607; Hat. 5. 
86. 3; but cf. metaph. use of és yovu tiv wodAw Bare, Hdt. 6. 27 ‘to 
humble,’ ‘conquer’ (cf. éri yovu Aesch. Pers. 930). 

Eur. Or. 696, eis opyiv weceiv, cf. Eng. ‘to fall into a rage or passion’ 
(periphr.); Phoen. 69, eis dBov; El. 982, eis dvavépiav; Hdt. 6. 21, 
és daxpua; 8. 118. 2, és detua, cf. 12. 2; Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 6, eis dOupiar; 
Plat. Phaed. 88 D, eis amoriay; cf. 88 C (karaBadeiv) ‘reduce to.’ 

dépe eis ; an interesting case is Soph. El. 1347, ovde y’ els @upov depw, 
‘no, I cannot even bring a conjecture into my mind’; it occurs nowhere 
else and is not really like és Ouudv Badgs, ‘lay to heart,’ O T 975. 
Usually gepew eis = ‘tends to,’ ‘is conducive to,’ ‘leads towards 
or to’: Soph. O T 517, els BAaBnv dépov ‘tending to harm,’ cf. 991;°° 


*°On the basis of these passages and of better agreement with the context, Jebb 
is inclined to believe that the much debated line, Ai. 799, should read rvie 5’ e£odov 
/Alavros eis d\eDpov ehrrive pepe, ‘forebodes that this going forthis fraught with death 
to Ajax,’ i. e. ‘tends to the destruction of A.’ See Jebb’s note for discussion of 
text; v. also Blaydes who earlier adopted 6AcOpov eis Avavtos. 


PART IV eis 127 


cf. Hdt. 4. 90; Soph. O T 519, od yap eis ardovy/} Syula por Tov hoyou 
tovrou éper,/add’ és weyorov, ‘tends not in a single direction only, but 
to the largest result.” Eur. Suppl. 295, add’ els dxvov wou pvOos dv KebOw 
pepe; Hdt. 1. 10, és aloxivnv déper; cf. 3. 133; cf. Plat. Lach. 189 E; 
Rep. 444 E, 553 E, etc., cf. cupdeper, Xen. Hell. 6. 2. 19. But Soph. 
O T 638 v. supra, p. 95. But dépew els te or twa (so also mpos), 
especially of oracles, omens, etc., ‘to refer to, point to, hint at,’ Hdt. 
120 76.089. 0) S35 etc. (vy; Loand S:), 
X. Noteworthy uses of the preposition 

1. eis of the tendency, end, or purpose, sometimes half idiomatic 
or half adverbial: cf. w. Hom. Il. 9. 102, 11. 789, 23. 305 (supra, p. 84). 
Theogn. 136, ot6€ Tis avOpwrwy epyaterar ev dpeciv eldws,/és TEdOS ElT’ 
ayabov vyiverar elite kakov; 162, mod\dNoi . . . /ois TO KaKov SoKéov 
yiverat els ayabov ; 1054, Boudry 6’ eis ayabov Kal vo(os) EoPA(ds) ayer; cf. 
Ar. Pax 947, daiuwrv davepas / és ayaba peraBiBare.”? These cases are 
interesting chiefly for comparison with Homer, but the transition 
is easy from them to a still more metaphorical end or purpose: 

Thuc. II. 34. 3, of dv un ebpeboow/és avaipeoww, ‘for taking away,’ 
i. e., ‘burial.’ 

els avtiboyiav, Hdt. 9. 87, nueas . . . &s avrTidoyinv Tapetouer ; 
cf. Plat. Rep. 539 B, dei eis avtiNoyiav xpwpevor (sc. Aoyous); but Thuc. 
I. 73. i (a real phr.), 4 wév mpecBevors Huav ovK és avTLNoYLay Tots buETEpors 
Evypaxots &yeveTo. 

és amooetw, Thuc. II. 13. 9, &\eye .'. . G@XAa . . . és 
amddeEy TOU TEpLtecedOar TW TOAELY. 

eis duatpodyv, Menand. ’Emurper. 13 (p. 96 Capps), [ri & eis] d1a- 
tpopyy avipi/ . . . [dpxeiv] A€eA[oy]iorac; ‘for nourishment.’ 

(Ptc. as subst. without art.) els evdeoueva, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 39, 
dots 6° els Evdedueva Tov KaTeocknvwoe, ‘encamped in (quarters) lacking 
something.’ 

els éwideEw, Ar. Nub. 269, eMere . . . T@d’ els Erideréw, ‘to 
display yourselves to this man,’ but (more idiom.) Hdt. 2. 46, rovro 
eis érlderéwy avOpwrav amixero, ‘became notorious.’ 

eis TeTT@V Deo, Plat. Rep. 333 B, w. similar expressions following. 

els ioxtv, Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 20, érerparo 6 Kipos aoxety perv TA oHmaTa 
tav pel’ éavtov eis icxtv; cf. eis Kaddos C. GoKeEl. 

els xaddos, Eur. El. 1073, yur? . . . /eis Kaddos doxet ‘with 
an eye to beauty,’ ‘so as to set off her beauty’ (v. note on és 


7Cf. Aesch. Ag. 68, reXetrar 5 és 7O Terpwuevov; Plat. Rep. 613 A, raira els 


ayabov re TeNeuTHTE Favre H Kal aroPavervte. 


128 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


aprayas p. 109); cf. Tro. 1201, od yap els Kaddos Tixas/Saiuwr bldwow 
‘out of regard for beauty’; Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 33, eis kaddos (qv ‘to live for 
pleasure,’ but Xen. Ages. 9. 1, 7@ dé eis KaNdos Biw Opp. to aicxpoupyia. 

els KaMAwriopuov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 23, v. els woNeuov infra. 

els Kataoxornv, Soph. Ph. 45, rov otv rapovra réeuWov eis KaTacKoTny, 
‘send thy attendant to keep watch’; Eur. Bacch. 838 (c. poder); 
cf. Thuc. 6. 41. 4; 46. 3 (c. art.). Cf. és mpookornp. 

eis xépdos, Soph. Ph. 111, drav zu Spas eis Képdos, odk Oxvety mpéerre ; 
cf. (w. art.) Eur. Phoen. 395, add’ eis 76 Képdos rapa dbaw Sovdevréor ; 
cf. Demetr. 4. 2. K., els yap 76 Képdos &roBdérove’ del. Cf. droBdérev 
infra. 

eis matdetav, Plat. Euthyd. 290 E, otre a@dou ovbdevds Er’ avOpwrov 
detobar eis mavdelav. 

eis weptovciav, Dem. 35. 26, od yap eis meprovoiay émpartrer’ avtois Ta 
Ts Toews, 1. €., “SO as to bring them advantage.’ Cf. éx. 

els Tepitarov, Xen. Symp. 9. 1, éEavioraro eis repizarov ; Plat. Phaedr. 
228 B, eis repimarov ne. Cf. & c. etvat, v. p. 195. Cf. Eur. Suppl. 
885, els 7’ aypas iwy, ‘going hunting.’ 

els wodevov, Xen. An. 1. 9. 23, 4 ws els roNEUOV 7} ws Els KAAAWTLCYOP. 

és woow, Hdt. 1. 172, cvyyivec@ar és roow ‘to meet for a carousal.’ 
Cf. pds roow, Thuc. 7. 73. 

és tpooxornv, Thuc. I. 116. 1. Cf. eis karacKxomnp. 

els TO oxorretv, Plat. Phaed. 79 C, 4 Wuxn, bray wev TH TwmaTL TpOTXpT- 
TQL Els TO OKOTELD. 

és Tiuwpinv, Hdt. 8. 65. 3, idv és ryuwpiny ’APnvatoror. 


és gopBnv, Hdt. 1. 202, xaprois . . . és dopBiv KararibecOa, 
‘for food,’ so 4. 121; 7. 119; cf. els dtarpopiv supra. 
eis xapw, Pind. O1.I.77,d@pa . . . etme . . . &s xapuy /reAreTaL 


(Gildersleeve: ‘come up to favor’=‘count aught in one’s favor’); cf. 
X. 12 (c. adj.), pidav ricouev és xapw (G.: ‘as a loving favor’); but 
Soph. O T 1351, ovdev eis xapw mpacowr, i. e., ‘so as to oblige’; cf. 
Thuc. III. 37. 2, (c. art. and gen.) ‘to do some one a favor’; cf. Thuc. 
II. 40. 4, otk & xapuv, add’ és odeihnua. Cf. mpds xapuv Soph. O T 
1152, etc. Cf. Plut. Marius 46, eis weyadnv xapw ribevar re. CE. 
ey, p: 194.. Ch xara, Plats Lecg. 740.G, ete: 

End of motion also conceived as purpose, (tech.) ‘to send, to 
lead, etc., to form a settlement,’ Hdt. 4. 147, éoredde és arorxiny ; 
cf. 5. 42, 124; 6. 22; but cf. Plat. Crito 51 D where eis is purely lit. 

Purpose conceived as end of motion: Thuc. VIII. 47. 2, &pynvro 

TO KaTadvoat THY OnuoKpaTiar. 


PART IV els 129 


2. To express relation, meaning ‘in regard to,’ ‘in respect of,’ 
‘as to,’ ‘concerning,’ etc., often approaching adv. force: 

Erne ehnee bape. 1. 2.6." 6/4: 36:23 LI. 53. 17111) 36.6}, VEL’ 7- 
4.77.2; sen. Mem: 3: 12. 3; Dem- 259. 99, etc. 

és TO aveATLaTOV Tov BeBaiov, Thuc. ITI. 83. 2. 

és aGmoyiv, Hdt. 1. 204, wediov . . . mdnOos aretpoy és aropu 
‘boundless as regards (i. e., in) view.’ 

ra és apernv, Thuc. II. 40. 4; cf. Plat. Rep. 335 B (w. art.), ets ra 
Tav Kuvav aperhv, ‘in what constitutes excellence in a dog,’ etc. 

és diarravy, Thuc. VII. 69. 2, rns ev airy avemitaxtou maow és THY 
diatray é£oucias, ‘as regards their manner of life,’ so és diavray, ib. 74. 1. 

els . . . Stkavoolvnv . . . énvdeixvuc@ar, ‘to distinguish him- 
Selivin upriphtiness, Xen: Ani 1.9. 16: 

Soph. O T 706, 76 y’ eis éavrov ‘in what concerns himself’; cf. Eur. 
I. T. 691, 76 pév yap eis &u’ ob Kaxs Exe; cf. Plat. Phaed. 115 E, ets 
avto Touro, ‘so far as concerns itself.’ 

Ar. Eq. 90, otvoy od roduas eis érivoray™ dovdopetv ; ‘and dare you rail 
at wine’s inventiveness?’ (Rogers), i. e., ‘for,’ ‘in respect to,’ in 
reference to its value for inspiring ézivoa. 

Eur. Med. 408, eis wev 00’ aunxavwrara. 

Aesch. Pers. 326, rparos eis eluxiar, ‘first in respect of valour.’ 

Plat. Com. Frg. 43 K., rodd xpnue eis ndovqv. 

Soph. Ant. 1349, xpy dé ra y’ eis Beods/undev acemrety (cf. zpds Ph. 
1441). 

Plat. Phaed. 88 C, eis ra borepov weddovTa pnOjoecBar. 

Soph. O T 980, av 6’ eis Ta pnrpos pt) HoBov vupdedyara (cf. pos Tr. 
1th): 

Aesch. Pr. 736, és ra raya, etc., v. sub mas, p. 116. 

eis wodeuov, Hdt. 1. 65, ra és rddeuov éxovra, ‘the things concerned 
with war’; cf. 4. 64; cf. for similar use c. éxew id. 6. 2, 19; cf. for 
eis modeuov, ‘as regards,’ Xen. An. 1. 9. 14, robs ayafovs eis rodepov 
(cf. 1. 9. 5 w. art.); cf. 2. 6. 6, daravay eis woNeuov (perhaps better as 
eis of end or purpose); Plat. Legg. 697 E, axpjorous eis rodeuor, (cf. 
Xpelay els TL). 


71But Jowett (q. v.) gives two interpretations here. 

This is the better reading instead of amévoray (as in Kock); for this use of prep. 
cf. Ar. Pax 740, eis ra paxia oxwarovtras dei; v. Blaydes: dicebant d:aBaddr\ev 
Twa és Tt, aitvaoOat, Novdopeiv, oxwmTew, ératveiv (Vv. exx. cited by Blaydes); so Neil 
who cites Plat. Alcib. I. 111 A, eis d:dackadiavy érawetvy; Athen. VIII. 343 E, 
Novdopet eis etc. var. wpds. L. and S. mention és te only with oxwmrrev. 


130 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Xen. An. 2. 3. 13, twa 46n wod\dNa mpodaivoiro . . . dewa eis 
THhv Topetav, ‘w. reference to.’ 

és Ta Tpayyara, Ar. Vesp. 743, Ran. 719, (cf. Aesch. Pr. 736 supra, 
p. 116, etc.). 

Thuc. V. 20. 2, } amd tyuns Twos és Ta Tpoyeyernueva onuawovTwv. 

és ra mpwra, Hdt. 9. 16, etc. 

Eur. I. T. 850, els 6€ cuugopas/. . . dvorvxns. 

Plat. Rep. 390 A, od yap, otuat, els ye cwhpoobvnv véos EmiThdera 
QKOUELY. 

Plat. Rep. 342 A, rs 76 Evpdépov eis ratra oxebouerns, ‘w. reference 
to’; Lys. 210 A; 

Hdt. 3. 102, ovk ocoves és taxurnra eiot, i. e., ‘not less swift.’ 

Soph. Ant. 376, é damuovov répas dudiwow/7dde, ‘I am in doubt as 
to this portent from the gods.’ 

Thuc. f. 6. 3, dvemery zy Ovairn és 70 TpvdEepwrepov petectycay, 
‘as regards effeminacy.’ 

Aesch. Ag. 830, ra 6’ és 70 cov dpovnua ‘as concerns thy feeling.’ 

Thuc. IT. 62. 2, dto wepav trav és xpnow pavepwv. 

Examples might be multiplied. 

3. Dat. might have been used: 

Soph. Ai. 680, és re ov dirov/rocaid’ trovpyav wpedev Bovdhjcoua, /ws 
aiév ob pevouvra (és Cc. broupyav); ci. c. wpedetv Soph. O C 436, but 
more evidently toward an aim; cf. Plat. Legg. 913 B. 

4. eis meaning ‘against’: 

Soph. Ai. 128, uydev wor’ elrys atros eis Oeovs eros; ci. O C 965, 
Tax’ dy Te pnviovowy eis yévos mada, ‘against the race from of old’; cf. as 
a possible meaning of Eur. Andr. 954, v. p. 116, ftn. 60. 

5. Of tendency towards, not purpose: 

Thuc. I. 144. 1, wodda 6é Kai GAa exw és EXrrida Tov TEptecerOaL, 
‘tending to hope of success.’ 


XI. Pronominal expressions 


a. To such an extent: 

els 706€: Soph. O T 125 (c. gen.), és 706’ av rodwns €8y; cf. Eur. Ion 
244; cf. (without gen.) Eur. Bacch. 1380, xaderas eis 705’ av Axots ; 
so Suppl. 1089; Tro. 401. 

és rosovrov: Soph. O T 771 (c. gen.), és rogovrov éXrridwy /ewov BeBaTos ; 
but (absol.) Hdt. 3.113, éricrarar . . . €&s Tocovrov, Lat. hactenus, 
‘to such an extent as follows.’ Cf. c. gen. id. 6. 134; cf. és daov, p. 120. 


PART IV els 131 


els rooovee c. gen. Eur. El. 57, xpetas és rood’ aduypern.” 

bow Darthe ssame place’ 

eis Talo, ravtov. Cf. év rai7o, p. 160 f.: Eur. Tro. 1036, euot ob 
ouprérrwxas eis TalTov Noyou ; cf. also of agreement, Plat. Theaet. 160 D, 
Rep. 473 D; (lit. and local. but w. idiom. tone) Xen. An. 3. 1. 30, 
mpootecbar eis Taito Nuiv a’rois; cf. Ages. 3. 2, &kvour eis rabrov tevat; 
cf. Hdt. 1. 202, ovvépyeoOat és rwi7d; Lys. XX XIII. 2; cf. Xen. Reip. 
Ath. 2. 2. Plat. Rep. 329 A, wodddkis yap ovvepxouela Ties Eis TANTO; 
Gorg. 517 C, eis 7d abré del repidepduevor (of an argument, cf. ev rair@); 
Tim. 72 D, eis rairév Evvive ‘settles down into the same place as 
before’; Charm. 157 E, rotaw dvot oikiaw ovveNovoaw eis TalTov Tov 
’AOhvnow, ‘from the union of’; Dem. 33. 18; 558. 133; Strattis 41K., 
és ratrov porns (Meinek. apparently =ovvovorafew); cf. Menand. 
Tepixecp. 590 (Capps); ib. 427, eis rairov eXOety ree id. 518. 7 K., eis 
ralroy Kapukevery, ‘to make up into one sauce,’ et. al. 

c. Temporal, v. swab temp. phr. pp. 104, 105. 

diy Usetor prep.’ 

Soph. O C 524, adn’ és zi; ‘in what respect?’ Tr. 403 ‘to what 
end?’; but cf. Hom. II. 5. 465 ‘to what point,’ i. e., ‘how long?’ 

Hdt. 5. 74, od dpdtwr és rd cvAdEyer instead of 6 71, ‘to what end,’ 
‘with what purpose.’ 

XIT. Local designations 


1. Places in the Athenian market named from the wares sold, cf. 
év, p. 205 éx, p. 81: 


73In the passages quoted above these expressions are used absol., which gives them 
a slight idiom. turn; so often in rhetorical speeches in tragedy and in the orators; but 
frequently without idiom. feeling either w. (Eur. Med. 56, 371; Ar. Nub. 832, etc.) 
or without gen. (Soph. Ai. 729; Plat. Cratyl. 386 A) followed by correl. dare sometimes 
by dcov (Soph. O C 748). eis rovr0, ré5€, Toodvie, Tooov’rov are used with 
little distinction. Halfway bet. the absol. use and that c. Sore are cases like Eur. 
Hipp. 1298, Or. 566 where eis 765’ 7\Oov is followed by an epexeget. inf. Some of 
the instances of this usage c. #xeww, éMeiv or similar vb. of motion are: (eis rovr’ c. 
gen. and dare) Antiphon III By. 5; IV I'y 6; Andoc. I. 16, 122; II. 7; III. 31. 16; 
Lys. III. 7,25, 29; IV. 9; VII. 37 (without éore); XIV. 9; XXIII. 11; XXIX.7; XXX. 
5; XXXI. 1; XXXII. 20; XXXIV. 11; Plat. Menex. 244 -D; Isocr. VI. 22; VIII. 85; 
End. On fo peEEE os EV ge 19/28 432" CV. 233: XVI. 165. Roe Bs 
Isae. I. 2; III. 60; IV. 24; VI. 39, 43; without dore V. 11; VII, 21; XI. 14; Hyper. 
DEV <5, 7. Dem: 1652 16:21412-'2325 225.753.1792: 757. 182; 185. 49; 188. 60; 899. 19, 
22; 959. 48; 1016. 28; 1022. 49; without &ore, Aeschin. Ep. 2. 4. eis rooovrov c. gen. and 
Gore, Lys. EM. 1, 34: VI..9, 33; XIN. 22.67, 93; XIV. 2; XXVII. 10; Isocr. VE. 84; 
XVI. 23; XVII. 46; Plat. Apol. 25 E; Gorg. 487 B, 514 E, without é07e Gorg. 527 E; 
Dem. 161.12; 534. 62; 535. 65; 758. 186; 828. 46; Aeschin. III. 256; cf. Plat. Charm. 
157 D, eis dcov Arias Axe (absol. without adore), and Theaet. 170 D, eis rovré 
ye dvaykns 6 AOYos Fret. 


132 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Eupol. 304 K., mepundOov eis ta oxdpoda Kal Tad Kpoupva/Kal Tov 
NiBarwrov, KevOd THY apwyaTwr,/Kat mepl TA YEAYN XOU TA BYBAU dvra™; Ar. 
Frg. 247 K., rparopevor eis rotWov NaBety/doptdva Kal pavidca kai onrid.a, 
cf. ért 545 K., Antiphan. 203 K., Alex. 247 K.; Aeschin. I. 65, ris yap 
bua@v Os ob mwmorte eis TotWov adixrar; Lysias XXIII. 6, édOovra eis tov 
xAwpov tupov. Cf. Theophr. Char. XI., rAnBobons rhs ayopas tpoceNOav 
Tpos TA Kapva 7} TA WUPTA 7) TA AKpOdpva EoTHKwS TpaynuaTiCedbaL. 

2. Noun of place omitted: 

Soph. O T 1312, és dewov (sc. xapov) ot6’ axovarov, ovd’ érdyimor. 

Hat. 5. 50, 4Oov és 76 ovyKeluevov (Sc. xwplov), so 8. 128; cf. 3. 157, 
és TO TpOELpNMEVOP. 

Thuc. IV. 126. 6, és re 76 dogandés Oaccov aditecbe ; so VI. 101. 6, ‘to 
a place of safety.’ 

Xen. Hell. 4. 6. 7, kareBiBacav dé els 7d Guadres TO oTpaToredor, 
‘to the level,’ i. e., ‘the plain,’ etc. 

ets tavro frequent, v. p. 131, cf. & ratbro. 

Plat. Rep. 401 D, karadtvera: eis 70 vos THs WuXHs, and similar uses. 

3. Omission of article with familiar words: 

eis ayopav, Ar. Eq. 147; Thesm. 457; Ran. 1350; Eccl. 62 (but cf. 
681, 759 ‘to bring into the agora,’ w. art.); 711, 728, 819; Pl. 874; 
Strattis 44 K.; Plat. Theaet. 173 C; Legg .881 E; but idiomat. Theogn. 
268, ovx eis ayopay Epxerar (as a sign of poverty); Lycurg. 148. 5, 
eis THY Gyopav éuBaddorra, i. e., being a citizen (prob. combines lit. 
and metaph. meaning, v. context). 

els aypov, Ar. Eq: 805; Pax 536,552, 555, 563,569, 58057 1329 
irg. 107 K.; Antiph: 68 Ks;, Men: Oec. (112,15; (Plate Rep-ss63 2: 
Tsocr, XO. 3; Tsae: VILL. 16; Dem: 1039: 2° 1158.°6351.367..05, ete: 

és aifépa, Ar. Ran. 1352. 

eis tov, Lysias XT 16; Men. Hell: 242) 3--5.i22-) Occ ia As. 
Plat. Symp. 172 A; 173 B; Isocr. VII. 52; Dem. 1041. 7; 1239. 13, etc. 

eis BouAnv, Ar. Eq. 475, etc. 

els ynv, cf. els PaXacoay; Plat. Rep. 586 A, xexu@dres eis ynv is really 
‘towards’; cf. also Tim. 42 D, eis ynv eorespe. 

eis Ouxaotnpiov, Ar. Eccl. 460 e¢ al. 

és douous, Aesch. Sept. 49 ‘at home’; Pers. 530 (apomeurer’); Pers. 
1068 (xie); Ag. 435 (aduxvetrar); 851, 967; Eubul. 112 K. Cf. oékiay, 
olkov, otkous. 

™y_ Pollux 9. 47, ottw yap rov rémov od Ta BiBXLa of ’ATTLKol wvduatov, domwep Kal 


- 2 a aoe ate 2 
ToUs &ANous TOTOUS ATO THY EV avTOLS TLTpacKOMEVMY, ws El haley amHdOov és ToUWoY Kal és 
Tov olvoy Kal és ToUNaLOY Kat és TAS XUTpAs.” 


PART IV els 133 


els éxxAnolav, Ar. Ach. 28; Eq. 935 (but 1340, & w. art.); Eccl. 
270, 289, 352, 490, 740; Plat. Alcib. I. 113 B. 

eis OaXacoay, Hdt. 2. 17, 20, 93, 102, etc. Plat. Critias 111 D et 
Saepe. 

els Niueva, Plat. Theaet. 142 A. 

els pakdpwr vygous amiovra, Plat. Symp. 180 B; Gorg. 523 A, 524 A, 
526.-€., Cis: Ges 23 0B. 

els oixiay ayayovres, Thuc. VIII. 92. 4; Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 2, uh Bia 
els olkiay maprevar; Dem. 538. 73, eis oixiay édOwr. 

els oixov amvéevat, Theogn. 566; Aesch. Pr. 387; Eum. 458; cf. Soph. 
Ph. 240; Xen. An. 2. 4. 8; Cyr. 5. 2. 20 e¢ al. Cf. é2’ otxov, ‘home- 
wards’ Thuc. I. 87. 5 e¢ saepe in Thuc.; els oixov ayyetkar, Antiphon 
II A 6. 4, but dmayyeddew eis c. acc. saepe of the place to which the 
tidings are brought; pl. eis oikous, Theogn. 194; Aesch. Pers. 230, 833, 
etc. Cf. els dduous. 

els mediov, Plat. Theaet. 183 D. 

eis IIecpata, Lysias III. 11; Plat. Rep. 327 A (but 328 C w. art.), 
etc. 

és woduv, Ar. Thesm. 812; Lys. 302, 338, 912; Hdt. 1. 111, 113, 114, 
138. 1; Lysias XIII. 80; Plat. Legg. 881 E, etc., etc. 

eis oteyas, Xen. An. 4. 4. 14, ‘under shelter’ (cf. éi ras oréyas), cf. 
év p. 207. 

els otparov (Homeric tag), Aeschin. I. 128, ¢énun 8’ eis orparov HOE, 
(quoted as from the Iliad, but nowhere im the Il. as we have it). 

és xopov, Ar. Eq. 559; Thesm. 1137. 

Cf. other preps. with most of these nouns. 


ParT V 
ép 
INTRODUCTION 


ev, en, evi, eiv, Ep. eivi (Il. 8. 199, etc.), is derived! from idg. *en 
(*eni), *n cf. kypr., lokr., arkad. iv, early Lat., em got., ahd. im, Eng. 
in. As & appears both with and without s (é, éx), so ev had the form 
évs which in Attic gave eis; but the two forms divided the functions 
and eis was used only with the accusative after verbs of motion, é& 
with the locatival Dative after verbs of rest (cf. Latin zm with Acc. 
and im with Ablative). But in Aeolic & is found, like the Latin in, 
for both‘ in’ and‘ into’ (Alcaeus 6. 3; Pind. Pyth. II. 11, 86; V. 36; 
Nem. VII. 31, frg. 45).? 

1. Spatial uses? are-much the most frequent and denote (a) the 
being within, enclosed, or surrounded by a place or persons,—in, 
under, among, é& vijow, & yy, etc.;* in the presence of, Lat. coram 
(i. e. surrounded by the circle of listeners). Transferred to the exter- 
nal or internal circumstances it indicates the state or condition in 
which one is, or the business in which one is engaged, & modéuw, 
év doBw, &v Opyn, etc., Or of Ev ronoe, Ev pirocodia, ev yewpytats, etc. 
From this are developed various adverbial uses, é dodadet, & tow 
etvar, etc.; & is also used of the persons in whose might or power 
something lies. (b) Being on, as, éorn év odpeow, etc. (c) Being 
at, by, or beside, & rorayq, ‘beside the river.’ In Attic especially of 
places, particularly cities, within whose territory or boundaries some- 
thing happens, as, a battle. 

2. Temporal,—in, within, during a space of time. 

3. Causal and figurative: a. of means and instrument, when 
the means is conceived as the object within whose domain an action 


1Brugmann, |. c. Walde, in. 

2For further cases of & c. acc. v. Solmsen, Praépositionsgebrauch in gr. Mund- 
arten, Rh. M. 1906, 492-510. Roberts and Gardner, Introd. to Gk. Epigraphy, 
p. 195, n. 5: “The use of & c. acc. in inscrr. is a marked characteristic of the 
Northern Doric, but is found also in Thessalian, Boeotian, Elean, Arcadian, 
Cypriote.” 

3Kiihner-Gerth, IT. 1. §432, S. 462 ff. 

4How closely these usages correspond to the Eng. preposition im, may be seen 
by comparing the categories under which the uses of Eng. im are classified by 
Fernald, J. C. Connectives of English Speech, p. 102. 


PART V év 135 


or circumstance falls. b. manner, év roi7w tw Tpdmw; including 
adverbial uses, év rw davepw = havepws, etc. Cc. measure or accordance, 
‘in accordance with,’ Thuc. 1. 79, év rots duoious vouors Tas Kpioes Toei. 


A. & IN HOMER 
I. Prepositional Idioms 

a. With nouns. 

év aya@ve means in Homer 1. ina gathering or assembly, vedy & 
ayaue Il. 15. 428; 16. 239; 500; 19. 42. 2. The assembly met to see 
games or contests, ’Apyeto. 6’ & aya Kabnuevor elcopdwrto izovs, 
Il. 23. 448; so 495. 3. The place where the contests were held,— 
the prizes are shown in the midst of the arena, Il. 23. 273, so 654; 
cf. 531;5 Od. 24. 86, cf. ib. 8. 200, 238. The earliest case of & ayau 
clearly meaning ‘contest’ seems to be h. Hom. VI. 19, dds 8’ & ayau/ 
vixnv T@de depecbar®. 

é& kapos aton, Il. 9. 378, (drat dey.) ‘I hold him in the measure of, 
i. e., not worth, a hair,’? but the passage is much debated. 

év avépaow, Od. 14. 176, kat mv ednv eooecOar & avdpacw od TL 
xépeva/marpds éoto pido; ib. 17. 354, év avdpdow OdBrov eivar, so 18. 138. 

év avOpwroow, ‘among men,’ Od. 1. 95=[3. 78], 76’ twa pv Kdéos 
cOdov ev avOpwrovow Exnow, so Od. 4. 710. Od. 17. 419=19. 75, 
éyw Tote oikov ev avOpwmrocow evaoy, cf. h. Ven. 188. But Od. 1. 391, 
9 PIS TOTO KaktoTov ev avOpwro.or TeTUXIaL, is the beginning of the use 
with a superlative recurrent later with increased idiomatic force, 
ci. Plat. Lys. 211 E, rov apicrov &y avOpwrois dpruya, ‘the best quail in 
the world,’ where the idiom is fully developed; cf. also Dem. 1246. 2 
et al.8 (V. infra, pp. 146, 147). 


’This is doubtless the meaning of Il. 23. 531, fxuoros 5’ qv abros EXavvéuey Gp’ 
é& aya, although it might mean ‘contest’ here, if this use occurred elsewhere 
in the Iliad. Such a case may be transitional to the meaning ‘contest.’ The 
use of the phrase é& aya, so far as the meaning of ayav is concerned, cannot be 
considered apart from the other prepositional expressions with this noun, or from 
its use without a preposition. But the meanings given above are those distin- 
guished by the Scholiast (Sch. A, Il. 18. 376); v. also Ebeling, sub ayav, together 
with the one case, Il. 7. 298 where it probably means the temple where men 
assemble for prayer to the gods, or possibly, as some interpret it, the assembly 
met for sacred purposes. 

‘Some think kar’ ayavas, Od. 8. 259, refers to the contests, as it might easily do, 
but it too may mean the place where the contests were held. 

'This is Leaf’s translation. See his note, also v. Ebeling, who quotes the 
ancient grammarians, and L. and S. sub xap. But differently, Leutsch, App. 
prov. II. 60 ftn. 

®The distinction between dvdpes and avOpwmro is probably felt in these expres- 
sions in Homer. This is emphasized in the later and more idiomatic develop- 


am 


136 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


dy dor, Il. 9. 230, tin doubt.” So’ later: Callim. tov. 5. Cf. 
Viger ed. Herm. 607. 

éy voriw, Od. 4. 785=8. 55, tou & & votiw thy y’ Spywoay ‘high out 
in the water.’ Cf. the parallel expression with adv. ty: alone, Il. 14. 
77, tw 8 ex’ edvdwy dpyiuioooper. 

tv dvelpw, Il. 22. 199, as & & dveipw od divarar gebryovTa bimKey, 
here lit., but later it gained a real idiomatic touch and was used to 
mean ‘all the wealth you could ever dream of.’® But Od. 19. 581= 
21. 79, rov wore peuvnoecOar dtouar & wep dvetpw, ‘which methinks I shall 
yet remember, aye, in a dream’ (B-L.)!° 

éy 6fbaduotow, plastic, picturesque, pleonastic. Cf. Lat. im oculis, 
éy 6pOadpotow tdwyar, i. e., ‘in my presence,’ Il. 1. 587, 18. 190; so Od. 
10. 385; cf. Il. 18. 135; & d¢barpoitow dpacba, Il. 3. 306; Od. 8. 459; 
14. 343; (voyoas) Il. 24. 294, 312; h. Ven. 83, 179. Cf. later, Soph. 
Ant. 764, etc. v. infra, p. 151. 

éy madduys, Il. 1. 238; 5.594; 15. 677; 18. 600; Od. 5. 234; but 
metaph. asa slight phrase, Il. 21. 469, weyjuevan & waddynor, ‘to mingle 
in blows,’ i. e., ‘to fight with’; ‘to meet death at the hands of someone’, 
Tl. 5. 558, dvipav & radapnor karexrabey; 7. 105, Oa Ke ror, Mevédae, 
avn Brdroo redevTH / “Exropos év tadaynow. 

éy melon, Od. 20. 23, r@ b€ wan’ & Teton Kpadin peve TeTANVIA /vwWhEUEwS, 
‘his heart verily abode steadfast in obedience to his word’ (B-L). 
Since zeica occurs only here,” the meaning of this expression, which is 
clearly idiomatic, is much disputed, but it is probably nearly as 





y. 


ment, é& avOparors comes to mean ‘among humankind,’ i. e., ‘in the world,’ & 
évépaow ‘among men’ as contrasted with women and with cowards. Cf. Eur. 
Alc. 723, 732, et al. & dvbpaou with civac ‘to count as a man,’ ‘to be deserving of 
the name of man,’ v. infra, p. 146. The use of év, ‘among,’ is the same in the 
phrases é d0avaro.cr Deoiar, ev G0avarowt, & daois, etc., h. Merc. 458, AGI 525:1C er 
84, 363; Ven. 106; XXXII. 16 et saepe. Cf. infra, & mp&rows, & Tact, etc. 

°Theocr. 9. 16, éxw dé ror 00" & dveipw/paivovrar, Todds pev Sis, ToAAds bE XLWat- 
pas. 

10Cf, Ap. Rhod. 1. 290, ot8’ & dveipw/dioduny. ib. 2. 306, ofdv 7 & dvelpace 
Oupov taiver. 

1Cf, Ap. Rhod. 1. 814. 

Except, with evident reference to this passage, Plut. 2. 453 D, "Epwrt peév 
yap ov6’ abt@ Twoddakts ExovTe KaTa Xwpav & TH ‘Opnpikn Teion mévovTa Tov Buyor (note 
explanatory prep. phr. xara xwpav ‘remain in its own place’ ‘undisturbed’); and 
Arcadius de Accentibus (Barker) 97. 20 who gives it in a list of dissyllabic bary- 
tones ending in oa, but thinks necessary to define it by 7 reOw. 

18Cf. Ebeling, Monro, Ameis, q. v. for discussion of meaning and for the 
other interpretation from root 7ev0, ‘to bind,’ akin to zetcoua ‘a cable’ and revOepds 


PART V & 137 


given above, i. e., ‘his heart stood at persuasion’ (from root 7i0-, reiOw). 

& mpodoxjot, ‘in a lurking-place,’ Il. 4. 107, almost an idiom, 
although az. Ney. Cf. ev doxotow, Archil. 62." 

év mpouaxorst, ‘amid the champions,’ allied to éy mpwrovot infra. 
Mae ote 25s ble 203) 15s 342,522: °18: 4563; 19. 414-1 4. 458, 
écOddv evi mpouaxorcr, ‘valiant among the champions,’ so 17. 590. 
But in Od. 24. 526, & 8 Erecov rpouayous, which looks similar, év 
is not the preposition, but belongs with the verb, ‘they fell upon the 
champions.’ Cf. Tyrt. 8. 30 infra, p. 153. 

Cf. &v rpwrovot, ‘among the foremost,’ a slight military term of such 
frequent occurrence as to become a tag; Il. 8. 337, 536; et mpwroor 
paxeodar, Il. 9. 709, so 12. 324; 11. 61, 296, 675; 12. 306; 15. 643; 
19. 424; Od. 8. 180. Cf. infra. Aesch. Pers. 443. With Il. 11. 61 
cf. as a variant 64, wera mpwroior so Il. 9.12, etc. Cf. also ev rpopayxouor 
supra. 

Opp. & muparovor, ‘in the rear,’ Il. 11. 65. 

év mupi, Il. 2. 340, metaphorical use with idiomatic tone, év zupi 
69 Bovdat Te yevoiato undead 7’ avdpav, ‘let counsels and the devices of 
men be cast into the fire’; but merely a tag, Od. 9. 378; 18. 44, etc. 

Cf. & rupos avyn, ‘in the firelight,’ (a slight phr.), Il. 9. 206, cf. Od. 
6. 305, 4 8 noTar ex’ Eoxapn ev TUpds a’y7. 

ev xepot: Il. 15. 741, 7G & xEpal dows, ov perdtxin woAeuovo,‘ safety is 
in our hands (i. e., in prowess or in battle), not in slackness of war’; 
cf. Il. 16. 630, év yap xepal rédos TroNEuov, éréwr 5’ ev Bourg, i. e., depends 
on the hands. 

But usually & xepoi is literal, and most commonly part of the 
formula rifévae re €v xepot Ti OF Tivos, Il. 1. 441, 446; 18. 545; 19. 18; 
23. 152 et saepe (sixteen or more times in addition). 

Sing. & xeupl rier demas, Il. 1. 585; 24. 101; Od. 13. 57; 15. 120, 
etc. In most cases the singular is used of something that would 
naturally be held in one hand only, as of a cup, a weapon, a staff, 
Il. 8. 493; 15. 443; 16. 117; 17. 604; 23. 568; 24. 284=Od. 15. 148; 
Od. 3. 443; 10. 389; 21. 59; h. Ap. 535, etc., but Il. 8. 289, rpecBniov 
ev xept Onow, where the gift of honor may be a chariot and horses. 


(=Lat. adfinis); Schol. & éecyois, ‘his heart stood fast in bonds,’ i. e., of self- 
control. For the fullest treatment v. Hentze, S. 32 in Anhang su Hom. Od. 
von Ameis IV. Heft. 3te Aufl. Leipz. 1900, v. also A. L. Keith, Simile and Metaphor 
in Greek Poetry, 1914, p. 51. 
“The meaning of this is doubtful, but Hesychius interprets it by é&éépa. 
Sch. B. L. Ebeling: adaricOjoerac. 


138 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Cf. Il. 20. 182 (of the sovereignty of Priam). The plural sometimes 
occurs as a variant in such cases, I]. 3. 367; 16. 801; Od. 14. 448; 
16. 444; 21. 235 may be explained on metrical grounds; so also 18. 
152 (w. déras) where it avoids hiatus. But Il. 23. 624 (adn), Od. 
3. 51 (déras)'®, 8. 406 (Eidos) cannot be accounted for in this way. 

Cf. further, & yepoi c. Gen. Il. 13. 653, ‘breathing out his spirit 
in the arms of his dear comrades,’ so 22. 426; Od. 1. 238. Cf. also 
Il. 6. 81, rpiv ait’ & yxepol yuvatkev/pebyovras weceev. Cf. also as a 
variant év rahayns. 

el xwpn /éer’, ‘sat down in his place,’ i. e., his proper place, H. 23. 
349, has a suggestion of familiarity. Compare the later e& xepa'’; 
also xara ywpav with eivar, weve, etc. Hdt. 4. 135; 7.95 al. CE. 
infra, p. 155. 

b. With adjectives. 

& xabap@: Il. 8. 491=10. 199, of an open space, here clear of the 
bodies of the dead. II. 23. 61, of a clear space on the beach. This 
is the beginning of a later phrase whose most idiomatic use is found in 
Soph. O C 1575 v. infra, p. 156. 

éy uéow, sometimes as a phrase, although often not more than a 
tag. Il. 3. 69, 90, év weow of the space between the two armies=é 
peratxpuiw, Cf. eis p. 84. 

Il. 17. 375, rol &’ & péow dye’ éxacxor, ‘they who were in the midst’ 
(phr.); cf. Il. 10. 474, ‘Pnoos 6’ & péow ebde; Od. 9. 429, 6 wer ev péow 
avdpa épecxe (of the middle one of three sheep). Variant, & wecoaTw 
fl. 8. 223=11.6 

éy peooorot, Il. 4. 212, 6 6’ & peoooot rapicraro, ‘he stood in their 
midst,’ cf. 7. 384, 417; [19. 77] ; Od. 24. 441.18 Cf. es. In Il. 11. 413, 
édoav 8 & pécoo.ot, weTa ohio mHua TLbevTes, Almost synonymous with 
pera odior. Il. 12. 209, ketuevov év wéooorsr of a snake that lay in their 
midst. But Il. 18. 507 of a prize lying in the midst, xeiro 6’ ap’ év 


16 dd. vary in text and explanations. Ameis-Hentze, ad Od. 3. 51 and 13. 
57, make a distinction in meaning between sing. and pl. ‘éy xept rWévae in die 
Hand legen, darreichen, meist einem Becher zum Trinken; & xepol riévar, ein- 
hindigen, tiberlegen, von Geschenken oder Kampfpreisen.’ But Diintzer, ad 
Od. 3. 51, is of the opinion that Aristophanes and Aristarchus probably wrote the 
singular in all passages in which it is a question of one hand, unless for the sake 
of avoiding hiatus (as Od. 18. 152), or metri causa (as Od. 14. 448; 16. 444; 21. 
235). He makes no comment on II. 23. 624 or Od. 8. 406, although he reads the 
plural. 

17Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20; 8. 39; Cyr. 7. 1. 23, etc., v. infra, p. 155. 

18Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 464, aiéa ei weooour réov vdov ‘speak out in our midst.’ 


PART V év 139 


peéooo.ot Uw Xpvooio radavra is half technical. Cf. eis weoov 23. 704. 
From this developed an idiomatic phrase which appears to be a 
Homeric reminiscence. Cf. Theogn. 994, Bacchyl. XIV. 53 e¢ al. 
v. infra, p. 158. Il. 19. 364, ey 5€ wéooorcr koptacero dios ’Axddebs; cf. 
18. 569; 20. 15, ife 6’ ap’ &v péeoooor; 23. 134, & 6€ peoooror Pépov 
Ilarpoxdov ératpor ; Il. 24. 162, 65’ ev peoooror yeparos. Od. 4. 281, juevor 
év MéocoLowy. 

év waot, ‘among,’ i. e., ‘before all’=Lat. coram. Od. 2. 194; 16. 
378, épeer 6” ev mao avaoras: cf. Hdt. 7. 8 et al., imfra, p. 159. CE. 
also Tl. 9. 121, tpiv & & ravreoo ‘in the midst of you all,’ cf. 528'%, also 
Tl. 10. 445, év dyiv. 

év todNotow, Od. 17. 265, kai év roddotow idéoOa, of the palace of 
Odysseus, ‘to be seen,’ i. e., conspicuous, ‘even among many.’ 

& mpwroot, v. supra, p. 137. & wupdroun, v. supra, p. 137. 

c. With demonstrative. 

év rotor, Il. 5. 395, rh 6’ ’Atons ev Totot TEAwPLOS WKY OLaTOV.”” 

d. With participle as substantive. 

év mepiparvouevw, Od. 5. 476 (B-L-‘in a place of wide prospect’); 
for the meaning cf. (with noun expressed), h. Ven. 100, col 6’ eyo & 
aKOTLN, TEpidatvouery evi xwpw / Bwudrv ronow, where it explains & 
oKoT. 


II. Proverbial 


GAN’ H Tor wev TavTa Hedy ev yowvacr xetra, Il. 17. 514=20. 435= 
Od. 1. 267=16. 129; Od. 1. 400; seems already to have become 
proverbial. For the thought cf. Il. 7. 102. 


III. Technical 

Military: 

évl oradin, ‘in close combat,’ Il. 7. 241; 13. 514;?! bouivp to be sup- 
plied, cf. 13. 314 where it is expressed. 

év tedeecot, ‘in squadrons,’ or ‘divisions’ throughout the camp, 
always of taking a meal xara orparov év redeeoor Il. 11. 730; cf. Hdt. 
Kara TEE. 

Of harnessing the horses to the chariot: év 5€ rapnopinov, Il. 16. 
152, of putting the horse ‘in the side-traces,’ (only here). 


wCt. Ap. Rhod; 2.10. 

20V. Ebeling: this is variously interpreted, ‘like these,’ i. e., ‘among these,’ 
also ‘under these circumstances.’ Ameis joins é roto. reAwptos, but Hades could 
hardly be spoken of as reAwpwos in comparison with Mars and Juno. 

21S0 Ap. Rhod. 1. 200. 


140 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


From the race-course: 

ev vioon, Il. 23. 338, &v vicon 5€ Tou immos aprotepos EyxXpLUPOnTw, 
‘let the left horse hug the turning-post,’ cf. 344, ‘at the turning- 
post,’ cf. ard vicons supra, p. 36, with a slightly different force of 
vicon as the starting-point in the foot-race, Il. 23. 758, Od. 8. 121. 

Almost tech. in Odyssey, é voor, ‘on my way home,’ Od. 4. 497; 
5. 108; 11. 384; 24. 96. 

IV. Elliptical (some form of dduos, otkos, or, ueyapov omitted)”. 

ely ’Aiéao, Il. 22. 389; Od. 11. 211; ety “Atdos, Il. 24. 593. (Dat. 
sometimes expressed, eiv ’Atdao douovor, Il. 22. 52; Od. 4. 834, etc.) 
év ’AXxwvooro, Od. 7. 132; & adverod avdpds, Od. 11. 414; & adverod rarpos, 
Il. 6.47. ei Kipxns, Od. 10. 282 (cf. Kipxns & & peyapw, Od. 11. 62). 
Cf. similar phr. in Attic, v. infra, p. 168. Cf. also eis, pp. 84, 103, 
éx 50, 59, 60. 

V. Temporal 

ev ae, Il. 17. 647, & 6€ haer Kai decor, Eel VU Tor edadey oTWS 
(L-L-M. ‘so it be but in the light, e’en slay us, since that, it seemeth, 
is thy pleasure’); Od. 21. 429, viv 8 apn kal ddprov ’Axatotow reruKéo- 
Gar /év pac, ‘while it is yet daylight.’* In the later poets often of the 
light of life, v. infra, p. 153. 

ev apn, Od. 17. 176, év Spy deirvov édeoba1 = iusto tempore, (of taking 
dinner at the proper time). Cf. Pind. Ol. VI. 28, tempestive, in tempore 
Hdt.-1. 31, Ar, Vesp. 242; etc., v.7njra,,(p. 183: 


VI. Adverbial 

€v jovxin Karéepée, 1. €., novxws, h. Merc. 356, cf. infra, Hdt. 5. 
92593; Vip. 18, ete: 

év poipyn in the same sense as the frequent xara potpar, ‘rightly, 
duly, fitly,’ I..19:-186; Od. 22. 54: (ci. Plat. Lege / fo C= vp. ee 

év 6’ ddiyw ovvedacce in breve contraxit, h. Merc. 240; cf. Hdt. 
8. 11 ‘within a small compass’ (of space), also of time, Pind. Pyth. 
VIII. 92, ete., v.-injra, p.ld2: 


Vit. Lags 
1. Military: 
Expressions for ‘in the throng,’ ‘in the press,’ ‘in the battle’: 


22v. however, n. 120, p. 168, infra. 

°3In Il. 11. 173, & vuxros auodrya, ‘at the dead of night,’ & is probably used 
for metrical reasons, since vuxros auoAyw occurs often without a prep., e. g., Il. 
15. 324; 22. 28; Od. 4. 841; h. Merc. 7, etc. 

Nie syelny Jel 


PART V &v 141 


év Sntornre, Il. 16. 815; 17. 2, cf. & aivp dniornrt, Il. 3. 20; 7. 40, 51; 
is; 207,603; 15. 512+ 22. 64; Od. 11. 516; 12. 257; 22. 229; & péoog 
vopivyn Sniornros, Il. 20. 245, for bopivn cf. Il. 15. 340, &v rpwrn topivy 
(v. also supra sub et orabin).* 

év duidw, Il. 8. 94, caxds ds &v outdw ‘like a coward in the throng’; 
269, rw’ dicrevoas ev duihw, cf. Od. 8. 216. Cf. Il. 17. 471, 20. 173, 
mpwrw év duidw, ‘in the forefront of the throng’; Od. 4. 791, avépav & 
ouidw ; 11. 514 parallel w. & rAnOvi v. infra. Cf. other preps. 

év wAnOut, Od. 11. 514, ob ror’ evi rrnOvt pevey avidpav odd’ Ev duiry ; 
cf. I]. 22. 458, évt rrnOvt pevey avipav. 

2. Expressions meaning ‘in the heart,’ ‘in the mind,’ ‘in the 
breast,’ usually plastic, but in some forms the beginning of later 
phrases: 

év Ovu@, plastic, Il. 3. 9, éy Ouu@ peuawres areEeuev aAAnAOLS ‘eager 
at heart to give succour to each other’; 24. 491, xaiper 7’ & Oup@ 
(but without prep. Il. 16. 255, 21. 65, 7Oede Ovum); 24. 523, adyea 8’ 
urns /év Ouu@ karaxetoOar édoouer axvipevol wep’ ‘though grieving we will 
let our sorrows lie quiet in our hearts’; cf. Od. 1. 119, 4. 158, 7.75 ed 
al. W. Baddw slightly id.: Od. 1. 200, pavreboouar, ws evi Ouy@/ 
abavaro. Baddovor, ‘as the immortals put it into my heart.’ Cf. 
similar usage with other related nouns. & or7feoou Il. 5. 513 infra; 
Pind. Ol. XIII. 21, rodd\a & & kapdias avipav ~Badrov/*Qpar; cf ev 
dpeoi Onow Il. 19. 121 infra; later, w. Dat. alone Aesch. Pr. 705; also 
eis Quuov Badetv Soph. O T 975 et al. v. eis, p. 89. Middle: Il. 20. 195, 
ws évi Ouu@/Baddear ;° cf. Od. 12. 217, coi dé . . . 8’ EmtTedNopau 
GAN’ evil Ouuw/Baddev, ‘put it into thy heart,’ i. e., ‘lay it to heart’; 
cf. Il. 15. 561, avépes éore, kai aide Oéc8’ evi Ouuw; ci. Hes. Op. 297, ds 
d€ Ke unt’ abtos voen pnt’ Gddov axobwy/ev Buu Baddnta, 6 6 adr’ 
axphios avnp, ‘he who . . . does not lay it to heart,’ so Op. 107, 
évl ppect Baddeo v. infra, p. 142. 

&v, evi or7Oecor: Ouyos evi o7ibecor, very frequent, about forty times 
in Il., Od., and Hom. hymns, Il. 2. 142; 3. 395; 4. 208, 309; 6. 51, 
etc. Other uses, not with Ouyds: Il. 3. 63; 4. 430; 9. 554, 610; 10. 9, 
90; 14. 140; 17. 139; 20. 20; 24. 41; Od. 2. 304; 3. 18; 7. 309; 10. 329; 
ieee oa0 10.279 1 41,405: 20; 22,360; 21.517, eter mostly 
plastic and pleonastic. Il. 5. 513, & ornOeoor pevos Bade Tomer Naar, 


*ioutvn, a Homeric word, occurs again Minerm. 17. 7 c. gen. & dopuivy trodeuoro. 
7. L. M. translate: ‘as thou imaginest in thy heart,’ others, ‘that thou may’st 
lay it to heart.’ Cf. pera dpeci, Il. 9. 434, et pév 54 vécror ye wera dpeci 
BadXea, ‘if thou dost meditate in thy heart.’ 


142 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Apollo ‘put courage in the heart of the shepherd of the hosts’; cf. 
év Ouu@ Badreiv supra. Cf. Il. 13. 732, & ornbecor rie voov 
/écOdov ; cf. 17. 470. (Often with vdos or vénua, cf. Theogn. 121). 
evi dpeoi, plastic and pleonastic: Il. 8. 202, 413; 18. 88, viv 8’ tva 
Kal coi révOos évi pect uvpiov ein ‘that thou mayest have sorrow in thy 
heart a thousandfold’; Od. 4. 632, 4 pa re liver evi dpeciv, je ai ovt, 
‘do we know at all, or do we not?’ Cf. 676. Tl. 19. 169, 178; 21. 
61, 101, 386, 583; Od. 1. 115, 151 et saepe (some fifty times or more). For 
recurrence of Homeric tag, cf. Hes. Op. 531, kat maou evi dpeoi rovTo 
heunrev ; Ap. Rhod. 4. 23, & pect Oupos. But Il. 19. 121 (slight phr.), 
eros Ti Tou €v dpeci Onow, ‘a word I will speak to thee for thy heed,’ so 
I]. 21. 145, ‘put courage in his heart’; Od. 3. 76; cf. w. roveiv, Od. 14. 
273; Il. 13. 121 (middle), adX’ & dpeoi Béobe exacros /aid& Kal veer, 
‘but let each man conceive shame in his heart, and indignation,’ so Od. 
4. 729, oxérdLar, ot5’ buts rep evi ppect Oéobe Exdarn /Ex Nexewv p’ dvEyeEtpar, 
‘Oh, woman, hard of heart, that even ye did not each one let the 
thought come into your minds to rouse me from my couch’ (B. and L.). 
Cf. w. Baddeoba, Hes. Op. 107, od & evi dpect Baddeo onow, cf. & 
oTnbecor, ev Ouum Barew supra,” v. p. 149, infra. 

3. Local designations. 

a. ‘In the house,’ ‘in the halls,’ also terms for parts of the house: 
dopous éu, Il. 11. 223; 13. 466; 15. 95; Od. 19. 584; Tl. 9. 382. & 
dapacw, Il. 23. 89; Od. 10. 449, et al. Cf. Bacchyl. V. 173, v. infra, 
p. 206. évi olxw, cf. Ger. hier im Hause, Od. 15. 174; cf. 1. 359; 
24.353; 9. 2003-19; 514; 12.451; 15.-516; 16. 12119-31420 48 
129°°308; dom? suae; 11. 532; 14, 331 —19; 288) ct 15. 157 454549. 
4. 112=144; 11. 190; 16. 140. 

év weyapw, some twenty or more times, pl. & peyapors, evi weyapors, 
evi peyapoor about 144 times without modifier, with modifying 
possessive about twenty-one times, with Genitive about seventeen.”® 
Sometimes merely plastic, cf. Il. 3. 207; 6. 217; 5. 270; 7. 148; 11. 76, 
etc., 18. 325 (like év dduors in Eur.). 

€v mpodoum, ‘in the vestibule or porch,”® Il. 9. 473 balanced with 
im’ aidovon aidys; Od. 14. 5; 15. 5, 466; 20. 1, 143 et al. Cf. Il. 24. 
673, év mpoddum ddouov, Od. 4. 302 where it is apparently the same as 
aifobon in 297.°° 


*7Cf. Ap. Rhod. 2. 256, un wor taita vow Er Badreo. 

*8L. and S. & pevyapous ‘quietly at home’ as opp. to war and traveling, Il. 1. 
396; Od. 18. 183, etc.; but also opp. to é’ a&ypov, Od. 22. 47. 

*°v. Seymour, Life in the Homeric Age, 179, 185. 

37, Seymour, |. c. 1862. Cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 278. 


PART V & 143 


éy rpoOvpo.sr w. ornvac ‘in the doorway,’ ‘in the gateway,’ Il. 
11. 777; Od. 7. 4; 8. 304, 325; 10. 220; 16. 12; Ep. 15. 12. But mpd6upov 
also of the open space before the entrance to the main hall,*! so 
apparently Il. 22. 71; Od. 4. 20. 

b. Of the place of a wound: 

é&y xarpiw ‘in a vital part,’ Il. 4. 185, cf. 11. 439, xara xaipiov (which 
some texts print as one word). 

éy cuveoxue@ ‘in the juncture of the head and neck,’ Il. 14. 465 az. 
dey. 

c. Miscellaneous: 

év ayop7n: Il. 7. 382, rods 5’ edp’ civ ayopyn. a. ‘in the assembly,’ or, 
b. ‘in the place of assembly,’ cf. 414; 9. 13, ifov & eiv ayopn rerunores ; 
cf. 19. 88, of the place of assembly, half technical. Il. 18.497 opp. to 
érl rpobipo.ow ‘and the women marvelled standing each at her own 
door, but the folk were gathered in the assembly place,’ daoi 6’ eiv 
ayoon éoav aOpoo. c. Mention of the ayopa clearly as a market- 
place like the Roman forum is first found in Epigr. Hom. 14. 5, 
ToOAAG pev ev ayopn TwAEbuEva, TOANG 6’ ayvats. This use is frequent 
later, but often, as in some of the passages cited above, meanings a. 
and b. are blended, so sometimes, b. and c.; but cf. Dem. 1308. 31, 
év 7 ayopa épyavecOa. Cf. further Od. 3. 127, otre ror’ eiv ayopn 
dix’, €BaCouer o'r’ évi Bouvd7, ‘neither in the assembly nor in the council’; 
for & Bovdy, Il. 2. 194, & Boudry 8’ ob ravres axotoapey otov terre ; 202, 
ore Tor’ & ToNe€uw EvapiOuos ovr’ evi Bovdy, ‘thou art . . . never 
reckoned either in battle or in council,’ cf. Il. 16. 630 v. supra, p. 137, 
opp. to & xépot. 

év aifépe kal vedédgow, Il. 15. 20, od 8’ & aidepe kat vederpow /éexpeuw 
(very slight), so 192. eiv adi xvdAivder, Od. 1. 162, ‘the wave rolls them 
in the brine.’ évi yaiy, Il. 20. 279. & darédw, Od. 11. 577, Keiuevov ev 
darédw, ‘lying on the ground.’ 

év dnuw "Iaxns, ‘in the land of Ithaca, Il. 3. 201, Od. 16. 419; 
év djuw adtov ‘in his own land,’ Il. 9. 634; & dquw Od. 11. 353; 18. 115; 
237 ioe: 

& didpowr, Il. 23. 132, 370. & tmmowr, Il. 11. 198, éoradr’ 6’, 
immo.ot Kal Gpuace Ko\AyTOIOW. ev KavAw Ean SodtxOv Sop, ‘in the spear- 
shaft’ (lit. stalk), Il. 13. 162, cf. 608; only in Il. 

év kNtoigot, Il. 12. 1; 24. 569 ‘in’ or ‘at the huts,’ cf. Il. 2. 227, 778; 
9: 263; 13: 253,256; 23. 810; 24. 413; 11..834; 19. 141, 179; 24. 554, 

Sly SeyIMOur, Je C1 G0:; 

Frequent in Od. w. a modifier. 


144 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


569. Cf. Bacchyl. XII. 135, pipvovr’ & kdcoinow ‘in their tents.’ Sing. 
éy xdcolp, I. 2. 195 13.2615 14. 103°19;/2715.93, 549" 94. V7 12 aeaOd: 
14. 408; 15. 301, 398; 16. 1; 17. 516. 

€v xovinot, ‘in the ‘dust,’ of dying or falling in battle. Tl. 3. 55, 
67’ & Kovinar mryeins ; 4. 482, receiv ev xovigar; 5. 583, 586 (588, Bade) ; 
12. 23; 2. 418, arpnvées év xovinow; 6. 43, cf. Hes. Sc. 365; Il. 13. 520= 
14. 452=17. 315; 16. 469=Od. 18. 98; Il. 22. 330 cf. 402, etc. But 
Od. 7. 153, 160, ém’ éoxapy év Kovinow ‘at the hearth in the ashes.’ 

év Nexéecor, ‘on the couch’, i. e., ‘on the bier,’ Il. 24. 600, 702. 
Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 264. 

év yynvot, Il. 3. 159, & vuoi veeoOw, cf. 283; 11. 14; 4. 239, afouev &v 
vnecow ; Cf. 8. 166; 16. 832; 19. 298; 23. 829; Od. 4. 82; cf. further II. 
2. 688; 9. 428; 691; 11. :.826=16.. 2455137 16;:Od-- 2.226; 2631127399. 
406 ;ch. 24, 1092413 ..307 ck sine. 52-275) Sieh. 253 42 sale O aah. 
Ap. 404. 

ev Evvoxnow ddov, “where the ways come together,’ Il. 23. 330. 
év Avos otder, ‘at the threshold of Zeus,’ I]. 24. 527, ap. Plat. Rep. 379 D. 
év wepwwr7 :, ‘on an outlook,’ Il. 23. 451, but cf. eés v. p. 87, Tl. 14. 8; 
Od. 10. 146. 

ev Ilinw ev vexvecor, Ll. 5. 397; w. ev bd cf. 11. 689 ef al.; w. vexvecar, 
10. 349. Cf ev "Apye, Il. 6. 456 et al. and similar expressions. 

&£avr’ év mpwrw puu@, ‘they broke the car at the end of the pole,’ 
TG: 40165371: 

év reixel, ‘inside the walls,’ Il. 13. 764%; 22. 299. 

év dovm, Il. 24. 610, of pév ap’ evynwap Kear’ ev dovy, ‘they lay wel- 
tering in their gore.’ 

aidns év xOptovor KuAWddpevos Kata KoTpov, ‘in the farm-yard,’ Il. 
24. 640; cf. sing. Il. 11. 774. This meaning is Homeric usage only. 


VIII. Local use transferred to Abstractions 
év adyeou, Il. 24. 568, wy por waddov & a&dyeor Oupov opivys, ‘amid 
my sorrows,’ is something like é& xaxots in the drama; only slightly 
different is Od. 7. 212, rotciv xev & adyeow iowoaiunv, ‘I might liken 
myself to them in my griefs.’ Cf. Od. 21. 88, ketrau ev ad-yeor Aupds, 


38Cf. Tyrt. 9. 19; Ap. Rhod. 1. 1056, & kovinor cat atware wentn@ra, cf. 2. 107. 

3%Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 1006, é&i Evvoxq Amévos ‘at the entering in of the harbor’; 
2. 318, adds & Evvoxnow; but 1. 160, é&i Evvox_ wo€uoro ‘in the stress of battle,’ 
et al. 

%j. e., ‘in Troy.’ Leaf and Bayfield ad loc.: “‘the use of the word is curious 
in a passage where the Greek wall has been so prominent.” 


PART V &y 145 


‘her heart lies in=is in sorrow.’ Cf. év ravrecot rovo.c Il. 10. 245, 279; 
éue oruyepw evi ever etizrers I]. 22. 483, cf. p 197. 

Tl. 9. 319, ev dé in ryun Huev Kaxds 75€ Kal EoOOs, ‘both the coward and 
the brave are in like honor.’ Od. 10. 465, ot6€ zo0@’ byiv/Ovpds & 
evppootyp. 

Sometimes approaching adverbial force, Il. 9. 491, év vnmiép adeyewp 
‘in thy troublesome childishness’; cf. Il. 9. 143=285, Oadip & rodAn ; 
Il. 22. 61, aion & apyaren Pbice. 

Il. 7. 302, 768’ air’ & giddoryre dveTuayer apOunoarte, ‘reconciled in 
friendship,’ (cf. é& @dAdrn7e as a tag, Il. 2. 232; 14. 331; 24. 130; Od. 
8. 313; h. Merc. 4; h. Hom. XX XIII. 5). 


IX. Noteworthy use of preposition 

év instead of pera: Il. 23. 703, rov 6€ duwdexaBorov evi cdhict Tiov 
‘Axavoi, ‘and the Achaeans among them prized it at twelve oxen’s 
worth.’ Cf. 7é kar’ aicay Eecrov ev buty, je Kat ovki, Il. 10. 445, cf. supra, 
év TAO, év buy TAYTETOL, EV TPWTOLGL, etC. 

For comparison are noted here: 

Xoo oeas adv... andctherem, Ll. .5, 740: 9: 361; 13. 7973 24. 
A7T2: Od. 4. 358: 7. 95; 13. 244, 247;°° 17. 270 e al. b. ‘And among 
them J 29568. Od: 4,655, ete, “Ch Hdt. 2°43; 3. 39 ef al. 

XI. Prepositional compounds 

évapiOucos, ‘of account’ Il. 2. 202, cf. later eis apifuov, ev apiOud. 

évoeéva, adv. ‘from left to right,’ Il. 1. 597; 7. 184; Od. 17. 365, etc. 


B. LITERATURE AFTER HOMER 


I. Idiomatic phrases 

a. With nouns: 

év ayxadas, a familiar expression, as of the babe in arms, or the 
wife in fondling arms, from which develop occasional idiomatic or 
proverbial uses. Aesch. Ag. 723 of a pet lion cub, wddea 6’ ok’ & 
aykadas, etc., ‘often hath he lain in fondling arms like a new-born 
babe; ef. < Suppl. 481 (literal), so Hur. Alc..351;. Bacch.:1277;'lon 
280; cf. Rhes. 948; cf. Or. 464 without prep.; but in Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 
50 it becomes really an idiom, dare pdvoy oik & Tats ayKhdats wepide- 
popev avtovs ayanra@vres. The singular is used of a child in the arms, 
Hdt. 6. 61. 4. Cf. use with other preps., émi, eis v. p. 87, mpos.3”7 Then 
metaph. of the arms of the sea as of something enfolding, Archil. 

36So Ap. Rhod. 4. 657. 


37Cf. Soph. Fr. (Nauck) 304, mucroi we kwxebovow év popa déuas, i. e., ‘in their 
arms’; Eur. Bacch. 1238, dépwd’ & oKepaow . . . rade, cf. I. T. 1158. 


146 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


frg. 29=Aesch. frg. 462,35 Puxas Exovres kumatwv ev ayxadaus; cf. Ar. 
Ran. 704; cf. Nausicr. 1. 2 K, redayious é€v ayxadats. Then of the air 
holding the earth in its soft embrace, Eur. frg. 935, (Trag. Fre. 
941). Cf. Cicero’s interpretation, NV. D. 2. 25. 65. 

ev ayxovas, Eur. Hipp. 777, Bonépomeire mavres of wédXas Souwy' / 
& ayxovats déorowa, Onoéws Sduap. (sc. éort cf. phr. w. eivae ev); id. 
Hel. 200, Ansa 5’ év ayxovars /?°Oavarov NaBeir. 

év aiuart, Aesch. Eum. 606, éya 6€ unrtpos rns éuns ev atware, tech. = 
duamos; ci. Sept. 141, cebev yap & aiwaros/yeyovauev cf. Hom. Il. 19. 
111, of ons €& aivards eto yeveOAns; also Soph. O C 245, &s tus ad’ 
aiwatos /tuerepov rpopavetoa. Cf. further other phrases of relationship, 
év yeve: infra. 

ev avdpaaw, cf. supra Hom. Od. 14. 176; 17. 358; 18. 138, gains an 
idiomatic sense in Euripides. Alc. 732, 4 tap’ "Axaores ovxér’ tor’ & 
avépacw ‘no longer counts as, i. e., is worthy of being counted as a 
man,’ so 723; Andr. 591, col rov péreotiv ws év avdpaow doyov,*" cf. 590, 
ov yap wer’ avipav, @ KakioTe Ka Kakov; I. A., 945, ey Kaxioros jv ap’ 
"Apyelwy avnp,/ &yw 76 wndev, Mevedrews 5’ & avdpdow (Way: ‘So were I 
basest among Argive men, A thing of naught,—and Menelaus a 
man!—)’ Or. 1528, ore yap yuvn wéduKxas obt’ &v avipacw ob vy’ «él. 
Cf. Timocles 5 K., ot6’ 6 XaSpiov Kriourmos ert tpis Kelperar/év rats 
yuvar&l Naurpos ovK év avdpacuy. 

év avOpwro, ‘among men,’ i. e., ‘humankind,’ especially as an 
idiom with the superlative and similar expressions, meaning ‘in the 
world’; one of these meanings easily passes into the other. The 
phrase goes back to Hom. Od. 1. 95, v. p. 135 and w. superl. 1. 391 
(v. sub Hom. pp. 10, 135). Theogn. 273, trav ravtwy 6€ Kaxiorov ev 
avOpwrots, ‘the worst evil in the world’; partitive gen. frequent w. this 
phr.; cf. 623, mavrotar kaxotntes €V avOpwroiot Eaow; 637, EdXmis Kat 
kivouvos &v avOpwmoow duoto. Cf. Soph. Ant. 452; ib. 1242; Eur. Or. 
126, & dvos, & avOpwmorow ws pey’ et xaxov; cf. Ar. Nub. 841, dcamep 
éor’ & avOpwroow copa. Ar. Frg. 357 K., Bpadttatos av & avOpwros 
dpauetv. Hdt. 1. 53, rade pavrnia eivar wovva év avOpwros, ‘the only 
oracle in the world’; cf. id. 9. 16; Antiphon VI. 25; Andoc. 1. 67, 

88U7bi v. Schol.: Atédvuos gnol rapa 7H Aloyid\w Eote 5& BvTws Tapa ’APXLAOXy 
‘poxas. . . . &ykadats.’ 

8°This noun is confined mainly to tragic diction, but Ar. Probl. 954°35 (nom). 

*°The idiom seems to result from the fusion of such expressions as this with 
the type seen in Hdt. 3. 120, od yap & dvipa&v Nbyw (sc. ei); cf. p. 149; cf. Eur. Fr. 


495, xeis avipay perv od/red\ovow apiudv ‘they do not count in the number of men, 
for thought cf. évapiOu10os Hom. Il. 2. 202; cf. further p. 149 n. 51. 


PART V év 147 


TiaTw Tov & avOpwrots anioToraTnv, ‘the most untrustworthy in the 
world’; Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2, kadov yap, elmep Tt Kal GX Ta ev avOpwrots ; 
cf., w. comparative, Cyr. 2. 2. 18, ovdév avicwrepov vouifw ev avOpwrots 
elvac; cf. further Hell. 6. 3. 6; Ages. 8. 6; Hiero 11. 7, 15; the most 
striking instance is Plat. Lys. 211 E, rov aprorov &v avOpwrors dpruya ‘the 
best quail in the world’; Prot. 323 C, 4 wy eivar & avOpwrors ‘or else he 
ought not to be in the world’; cf. Gorg. 448 C; Aeschin. 1. 88. Cf. 
Dem. 1246. 2. Cf. €& avOpwrwv in similar usage, v. p. 53, Lysias 
XIII. 73; Plat. Theaet. 170 E; Aeschin. I. 59, and neut. superl. c. 
gen. alone, Plat. Theaet. 148 B, apicra y’ avOpwrwy; Lege. 636 E, 
KaddoT’ avOpwrwr et al. 

But cf. w. & avipdow supra, Philemon 119 K., coi yap tis éorw, 
eile por, Tappynota;/od dadeis ev avOpwrorow ws aVOpwros cov; / Td 6’ bdov 
TepiTarets, ) TOV aitov depa/EérEporow EdkeLs, ELTE OL, TOLOUTOS WY. 

ev avthw, Pind. Py. VIII. 12, rifeis /tBpuv ev dvTr\w, ‘thou dost sink 
insolence in the sea,’ metaph., i. e., cause it to disappear, but cf. 
els dvrhov Eur. Heracl. 168 metaph. for getting into a difficulty. 

év BaOpos, local, but slightly idiomatic, Eur. Tro. 47, ef ce ut 
dumdecev /Iladdas Avos waits, 700’ av & Babpos ert, ‘had Pallas, child of 
Zeus, not destroyed thee, thou would’st still stand firm.”! Cf. é 
Babpwrv, ‘from the foundations,’ ‘utterly,’ Lat. funditus, ék Eur. EL. 
608, supra, p. 65. 

ev Bacavw, Pind. Py. X. 67, metpav7o 6€ kal xpuads ev Bacay mperer / 
kat voos opOos, cf. €v weipa Nem. III. 70, v. infra, p. 152. But év Baca- 
vos, of testimony under torture, semi-tech. and freq. in the Orr. cf. 
Aeschin. II. 128, ot6’ av now & Bacavors avopaToduv yevéobar. 

ev yéver, equiv. to éyyerns or ovyyergs, Cf. other phr. of relationship, 
e. g., & atware supra. Aesch. Cho. 287, é mpoorporaiwy & yéver rer TW 
xorwy ‘from fallen kindred demanding vengeance.’ Soph. O T 1016, 
dBovbver’ jv cor WéoduBos obdev év yever, cf. Eur. Alc. 904, éuot res qv /ev yever. 
Soph. O T 1430, rots & yea yap rayyern madto@’ dpav/pdvois 7’ 
axovew eloeBas exer kaka (note parallelism w. éyyern); c. gen. of the 
person to whom one is akin, nearly=& aiwarr. Dem. 644. 72, 
Tov éy yever Tov TerovOdros ‘one of the kinsmen of the man who has 
suffered’; 1307. 28, of undev & yéver. 1390. 7, bd rap ev yever ‘by kins- 
men.’ But Eur. frg.696, & 7m viv yévec* ‘in the present generation’; 
Ar. Av. 162, merely literal c. gen. €v dpvidwy yever. 

41Cf. Shakespeare, ‘Troy on its basis still had stood.’ 

“Tucker suggests a different, but less satisfactory interpretation. 

“The opposite of this is of gw yevous, Soph. Ant. 660. 


44Cf. Menander K. 223. 15. Arist. An. 64. 29 has as & yéver NaBeiv equiv. to 
@s xafdXovu eireiv, ‘to speak in general.’ 


148 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


év 60&, Pind. Ol. X. 63, ayawriov ev d0éa /Oeuevos etxos, Epyw kabenawv*. 
But Lysias 19. 49, c. yiyveoOa (of wealth which a man was reputed 
to have had) ¢awoyuda . . . ePevopéevor Kal Tov veworl ev don 
yeyervnuevov (idiomat. phr.);* cf. Plat. Lach. 189 A, ei 6¢ vewrepos 6 
didaokwy Eorat, } unTw ev 60€p dv, ‘or one not yet in repute.’ Cf. pl. 
with article and adj. Isocr. IV. 150, of 6’ & rais peyiorats ddEats SvTes. 
But differently Plat. Soph. 241 B, wevdn . . . éorw &v ddEas TE kal 
kata doyous, ‘daring to say that falsehood exists in opinion and in 
words.’ 

ev épyw, Eur. I. T. 1190, obo & épyw xepviBes Eidos Te cov, ‘ready 
for action,’ an isolated case which shifts the meaning ‘in action,’ 
‘in operation,’ to ‘ready for action, use.’ But cf. Thuc. II. 89. 9 
(w. art.) ‘in,’ i. e., ‘during the action’ (military) in proelio; cf. I. 
105.253 407. 75 VER Te 32 VANE 28s 2542.55, Ole 3. BUt Be Bacch: 
626, amas 5’ & epyw dovdros Hv, ‘every slave was busied in the task,’ 
Thuc. IV. 131. 3, #6n &v épyw dvT7wv,*” ‘while they were engaged in the 
work,’ ci..w. art: Thue; f. 68. 2; 120. 5; 440. Xen. Cys, 7. 1:27 (waith= 
out art.). But freq. contrasted w. & éyw ‘in word and in deed’ 
(not much more than a tag), Plat. Apol. 40 B, Rep. 382 E (cf. 382 
A without prep.); 383 A; (pl.) Gorg. 461 C; Pol. 283 E; Rep. 396 
Bossa Derek] Ie etc. 

év ndovn, w. dat. of person, Eur. I. T. 494, 66’, et re 64 coe Tar’ &v 
noovn padeiv. (Ci. kab’ Hdovnv, which is sometimes used with a personal 
construction, but usually means ‘to do something, kad’ jdovny,’ cf. also 
mpos ndovnv.) Hdt. 4. 139, as ravra roujoovor Ta VKvOnot éeore &Y HOor7 ; 
so 7. 15, but with personal constr. Thuc. I. 99. 2; III. 9, & jédovn éxovot 
twas ‘are delighted with them’; (w. dat.) Andoc. II. 22. 22 (w. adj.); 
so without modifier, Plat. émwou. 977 B; Dem. 1438. 2 prooem. 28. Cf. 
év xapirt, infra. 

év Boivn, Plat. Legg. 649 A, rods yap yontas otk & Bown dEeyw, ‘I do 
not count enchanters as a guest,’ i. e., ‘I do not take them into ac- 


Var. & ddtav, &vddtar, évddta, Evdota. Often translated gloriose, honorifice, but 
the passage is much disputed. Gildersleeve believes that the contrast with 
épy~ must be insisted upon and translates ‘setting before his mind the glory (ebxos) 
of the games’, Fennell, ‘having set before him in anticipation glory in the games, 
having won it in deed.’ The Scholiast, however, makes é dd&q 0. ebxos=vdokov 
vouicas To vixnoat which accords with the frequent usage of rifeoOar év. 

“Cf. infra eivar &, yiyvecOa ev. 

‘Cf infra eivar & cf. Cic. ad Att. 2. 1. 5, quod eos in hoc esse moleste fert 
(i. e., hoc agere, operam dare ne Clodius trib. plebis fiat. Boot). Cf. Hor. Ep. 
1. 1. 11, omnis in hoc sum, cf. Sat. 1. 9. 2, totus in illis. 


PART V év 149 


count.’ Jowett well translates ‘for witchcraft has no place at our 
board.’ (Cf. for literal use, Aesch. frg. 350 ap. Plat. Rep. 383 B, 
év Ooivn tapwv); cf. infra, pp. 197, 198. 

év Ouuw, cf. Hom. supra, p. 141, Hes. Op. 297, cf. ib. 107, ob 
6’ evl dpect Baddeo onow.*® Cf. without prep. Aesch. Pr. 706, rovs 
éuovs Noyous /Ouuw Bad’; Hdt. 9. 10, of 5€ dpevi NaBovres.*® Cf. supra, 
p. 89. eis @yudv Soph. O T 975, Hdt. 7. 51, etc. 

ev Noyw, Tyrt. 10. 1, ot7’ & Noyw avipa TiHeiunv, ‘make of any ac- 
count,’ °° quoted in Plat. Legg. 660 E; cf. infra, p. 198 other expres- 
sions w. TidecOa év. Hadt. 1. 153; 3. 50, rovro 76 Eros 6 wev mpecBiTeEpos 
a’tav & ovdevi Noyw Erounoato, so 7. 14; 16 y 2; 57. 1; cf. mworetobar ev 
infra, p. 197; cf. Xen. Hell. 7. 1. 26, where it is contrasted w. zepi 
mavros motoumevovs; (but cf. Hdt. 1. 4, ovdéa Adyov tivds srovetoAa). 
Hdt. 9. 70, & ovdevi Noyw arwdovro ‘without regard’ (Cf. later 
Paus. 10. 28. 4.) Plat. Rep. 550 A, év cuixp@ Novy ovras.! But Hdt. 
3. 120, 2d yap é&v avipav dOyw (sc. ei) ‘reckoned as a man,’ cf. supra, 
év avépaow, p. 146, cf. 3. 125, & avdparddwy Noyw Torebuevos EtxXE ; SO 
6. 19. 3; 6. 23; cf. Plat. Charm. 160 D, é 7@ doyw Tay Kado ‘in the 
class of the good’; Arist. Eth. N. 1131.” 20, & aya0ov yap Moye yiverau 7d 
€XaTTov KaKOY Tpds TO Etfov Kaxov, ‘is counted asa good.’ Cf. ev pepe, 
poipa, rake, etc., c. gen. infra, pp. 179-182. As a familiar phrase=‘in 
conversation,”? Aesch. Suppl. 200, cai ui mpoderxos pnd’ Epodxds Ev hoyy; 
ci. Cho. 679, retOowar yap ev Novy; cf. 613 (pl.), &dAdavy 6’ qv Tw’ & Aovyous 
otvyew/powiav Dkbddav, ‘there was another to hate in our tale, the 
murderous Scylla.’ Eur. I. A. 1542, qv re wh odadeiod pou/yrapn 
Tapatn yAoooar & doyors uv ‘in the tale.’ Soph. El. 761 (idiomatic), 


48Cf. R P p. 74, Porphyr. v. Pythag. 40, & ¢povrids bé00a1, ‘lay to heart.’ 

**Some MSS. (R S V) read & ¢pei. 

50Cf. Flipse, diss. Leyden, 1902 de vocis quae est doyos significatione atque 
usu. p. 46. 

51Cf. Orac. ap. Schol. Theocr. 14. 48, duets 5’ & Meyapeis ore rpirot obre TETAp- 
to./otre Suwdexatot, o'r’ év Ndyw o'r’ & Apiu@, whence the expression became pro- 
verbial. With & dapibus cf. (without prep. and nearly lit.) Hom. Od. 11. 449, 
ds rou viv ye mer’ avdpay iter dpOua, Il. 2. 202 (prep. cpd.), ore wor’ & oheuw Evapib- 
pos o'r evi Bovdg (sc. ef), also eis &pOudv, Eur. frg. 495, El. 1054 (v. supra, éis, 
p. 88). Cf. Lat. gai aliguo sunt numero atque honore. Caes. B. G. 6. 13; Verg. Aen. 
11. 208. Cf. further, Soph. El. 1088 usually translated ‘in’ or ‘on one account,’ 
but there is question about the text v. Jebb ad Joc. L. and S. apparently mis- 
interpret Soph. O C 569, & opixp@ 6yw/maphKxer, ‘as of small account.’ dyvw 
here means rather ‘speech’ and the expression ‘in brief words.’ 

SChwblate duyss 2040 Ac 

53Cf. Pind. Nem. IV. 94. 


150 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


TOLAUTa Gor TavT’ EoTiV, ws pev Ev Noyw/adyewva, ‘so far as mere narration 
can convey an impression.”*4 Soph. Ai. 1096, rovaté’ auapravovow ev 
hoyors én (perhaps little more than plastic).® But (colloquial) 
Ar. Ach. 513, drap, dito. yap of mapovres év Noyw, ‘Friends, (voc.) 
present at this discourse,’ so Av. 30. In Plat. Prot. 337 B, the 
emphasis falls upon €& \éyw in contrast with the preceding clause, 
EVOOKLMELY eV Yap EoTL Tapa Tals PuxXals THY akoVOVTWY GvEV aTaTNS, ETAl- 
vetoOar dé Ev NOYw ToANAKLS Tapa So~ay Yevdouevwnv ‘in word, contrary to 
opinion.’ The contrast between ‘in word’ and ‘in deed’ is frequent 
(v. év épyw supra, p. 148) ;>° & Aoyvw is almost technical in Plat. of the 
argument, Lach. 194 C e¢ al; but of prose opp. to verse, Rep. 390 A, 
& oyw 7 &v mounoe, cf. (pl.) Legg. 816 A; Rep. 398 D of the words 
fitted to certain harmonies.*” 

év vouw, Pind. Isth. II. 38, & IavedXavwv vouw, ‘by the custom of,’ 
so w. adj. modif. N. X. 28. Hdt. 1. 131, otk & vouw rovevpévous, 
‘considering it unlawful’ (cf. moveioMar ev infra, p. 198);>8 7. 136. 1, 
oUTe yap odior ev vouw etvar mpookuveey, ‘it is not their custom,’ etc. 
(Cf. eivar év er infra, p. 194), cf. kara vowov, Hes. Th. 417; Hdt. 1. 61; 
6. 52. 3; 7. 41. 1; (pl.) 4. 62; etc. But Hdt. 8. 89, of wh & xepav vouw 
amovdvuevor, (id. and semi-tech.) ‘dying in the mélée, the fight.’ 
Aeschin. I. 5, rods é xetpa@v vouw Tas TodTELas KaTadvovTas ‘by the law 
of force.’ Cf. Ar. Pol. 1285*. 10, év xerpds vouw (ubi v. Newman); 
Dittenb. Syll.? 95. 39, & xevpav voyuer. Cf. eis, p. 91. 

év olvw, olvois, ‘over the wine,’ Lat. zuter pocula,>® cf. also Eng. 
‘over the teacups,’ varies between sing. and pl. with or without the 
art. Ar. Lys. 1227, queis 5’ & olvw oburora copwraro; Plat. Legg. 
649 D, rAqv rhs &v olvw Bacavov; cf. 652 A; Amphis 41 K., évnv ap’, ds 
éouxe, Kav olvw Novos /evior 6’ dwp mivovtés elo’ aBEedXTEpa; cf. éx’ olvors 


Pherecr. K. 153. 9; (pl.) Plat. Legg. 641 C (w. art.) ray & rots oivors 


54Cf. Soph. Ph. 319, with Jebb ad loc. 

Plat. Rep. 396 E, & woAd@ Adyw ‘in a long speech.’ 

56Plat. (sing.) Apol. 40 B; Rep. 382 E, 383 A; (pl.) Gorg. 461 C, Polit. 283 E; 
Rep. 396 A; 563 A; Legg. 717 D et al. Com. Fr. Adesp. 389 K. 

57Cf. further Timocl. 4. 7 K., 6 7’ & Aébyouce Sewvds ‘Trrepeidns Exe. Dem. 399. 
184, ols yap éor’ & byots 4 woTEela ‘rests upon,’ ‘depends upon’. A solitary case 
is Xen. Cyn. 1. 11, & Aéyors Fv usually translated in ore omnium, i. e., ‘he was 
very famous’ (Flipse p. 67), but some texts read ovvqy (v. Ruehl). 

58§But Plat. Prot. 327 C, trav & voyos Kai avOpwrots TOpaypevwv. 

58Conington ad Pers. 1. 30 cites inter vina Pers. 3. 100; inter pocula, id. 1. 30; 
Juv. 8. 217; inter scyphos, Cic. Fam. 7. 22; in poculis, Cic. de Sen. 14. 


PART V év out 


Kowny SrarpiByv, so 645 C.8° Cf. rap’ olvw, e. g., Soph. O T 780. Cf. 
év T@ TOTW, etc., infra, p. 152. 

év dupact, dpfaduois, (sometimes merely plastic and pleonastic, 
but freq. idiomatic): & dupact, Aesch. Pers. 604 (half fig. and half lit.), 
éuol yap On mwavra pev PoBov mréa/év Oupacw TavTaia daiverar Bedv 
(cf. év wai, 605); Soph. Tr. 241, ray’? 2 . ./. .  -yuvaukay Gy dpas 
éy duwaow, ‘in your sight,’ i. e., ‘in your presence,’ so 746; cf. Eur. 
Oret020hipp..12055 ‘cl. wart. Phuc. IT. 11. 7. 

év o@Oadpots, Soph. Ant. 764, ob 7’ oldaua/roipov mpoodWe Kpar’ ev 
6pPaduots dpav, ‘nor shalt thou ever set eyes more upon my face,’ 
aetlomerntce phr., cf. Il. 1. 58/, etc.; v. supra, p. 130. Ci. Eur, itg, 
736. 5; Xen. An. 4. 5. 29, Eyovres . . . Ta TEKVA adTov Guov ev dg- 
dadyots ; Plat. Theaet. 174 C (more id., juxtaposition with rapa rédas 
interesting), mepl tav mapa modas Kal Tov & OpPaduots drareyecBar ; 
Rep. 452 D, 76 & rots opPadyots 67 yedotov opp. to & Tots Noyors, ‘that 
which was ludicrous to the outward eye,’ in contrast with ‘reason.’ 
In Aristotle as a pred. adj. or adv. often=‘evident;’ cf. Ar. Pol. 
1319.° 19 opp. to mapopara, ev d¢Padyots waddov eivar; Coel. 987F ve 
Trav Tap’ iyuiv ey dd0adyuois dawouerwv; Rhet. 1384.° 1, dua 7d & dd- 
Oadpois audorépa ; 1372". 24, ra Lay ev pavepa Kal €v ofOadpuots. aidws 
év odOaduots is proverbial, Ar. Vesp. 447, adda rovras y’ obk e/ 
ov6’ &v dpbarpotow aidas Tov Tada éuBadwy; Eur. frg. 458, aidas ev 
opOadpotor yiyverar; cf. as variant Med. 219, dixn yap otk ever’ ev dOah- 
pois Bporay ;* cf. éxi as variant (the earliest occurrence of the phr.) 
Theogn. 85; cf. further, Arist. 1384.* 35, kal 7a &y dOadpois kal Ta ev 
gpavepw pwaddov’ Sbev kai 4 mapomia, To év dPOaduots eivar aldo. CE. 
eis, Kata, mpo (Aeschin. 2. 148, and contr. é£); but cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 93, 
aldws éooer’ év Suppaow. 

& mrapaBiorw, ‘in a corner’ (metaph.) Dem. 715. 47 explained by 
Aabpa closely following; v. also Hyper. frg. 53. Cf. Arist. Top. 


S0Different, but comparable, év deirvos, Soph. O T 779 (pl. for sing.), ‘at a ban- 
quet,’ cf. Ar. Eq. 529, éy Evprociw (perhaps with a touch of familiarity), Amphis 
14 K. & ovprocios ; Alexis 9. K. 

61V, Jebb. who compares for instrumental év, Ant. 962, & xepropuiows yAwooats 
‘with mockeries’; 1003, & xmAaiow . . . govais, ‘with their talons’; 1201, 
& veoordow /Oaddois ‘with freshly-plucked boughs.’ 

62Cf. later, Theocr. 4. 7; Plut. Alex. 33. 4. 

6&V. Starkie ad loc. who compares also the dictum I[Adtwy mapexedevero Trois 
pabnrats tTpia Tavita Exe, & ey TH Yroun swhpocbyny, emt 5& THs yMTTHS oryHy, Ext 
6 Tov OpPadywar aide. 

64Tf we retain the MSS. reading which the passages above cited confirm. 
Nauck, however, reads éveoriv d¢0adpors. 


152 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


157.°4. Cf. later, Luc. Necyom. 480. 17, otrw raewés éppurro & Tapa- 
Bborw mov. Cf. Plat. Gorg. 485 D, karadeduxére 5é Tov Aovrov Blov Bidvar 
ev ywvia, cf, Lysis 206 E. 

ev teipa, Ci. &v Bacdvw supra, p. 147. Pind. Nem. III. 70, & 6é zeipa 
Tédos /dtadaiverar, but Xen. An. 1. 9. 1, trav Kipou doxotvtwv & melpa 
yevéoBat, ‘to be acquainted with Cyrus.’ 

év wo\€uw, mainly temporal inforce, ‘at war’, ‘in the time of war,’ 
but it may have a fig. local meaning, often with the idea of means 
involved Bacchyl. V. 131, "Apns/kpiver idov ev modeuw. A frequent 
expression, only a few cases will be noted: Plat. Lach. 179 C (contr. 
w. é€ eipnvn et saepe v. infra, p. 174); 182 C; 193 A; 195 A; Menex. 


234 C, 7o & Todhéuw arrofvncKev ; 242 A, tiv wow «ww TONEUW 
tows “EXdnoe xatréornoe (v. infra, p. 199, kabiornu év). Cf. Menander 
Perikeir. 165 (Capps), outvw . . . & modéuw KabéoTamev, ‘at war’. 


Cf. & dat ‘in war’ Aesch. Sept. 926 (slight phr.), in Hom. Il. 13. 286. 
év dat Avypn, so Hes. Th. 560. Cf. & waxn, Xen. An. ITI. 2. 18; Plat. 
Rep. 333 E et saepe. Cf. & gvyn, Plat. Lach. 182 B et saepe. 

év root, Pind. Pyth. VIII. 32,768’ & root wou tpaxov /itw Téov xpeos,© 
quod praesto est vel proximum. Soph. Ant. 1327, rav moolv kaka, 
‘before our feet,’ ‘claiming our immediate attention,’ so Eur. Andr. 
397; cf. Alc. 739, jets 6€, roy rociv yap oicréov, /oretxwpev.©’” Hat. 3. > 
79, kal Gua exrevov . . . Tov év Tool y.vdpevor, ‘who was close at hand’; cf. 
Thuc. 3.97; Plat. Theaet. 175 B, 7a 6’ & roolv ayvowv, ‘every-day 
matters:ch, Ar Pol: 1263.5, 18.0" 

& tm ToTw, like & olvw supra, gq. v. Plat. Prot. 347 C, &ddndous 

ouveivar &v TH TOT; (pl.) Isocr. I. 32, Tas & Tots woTOLs GUVOL- 

gias; cf. & otvm Plat. Legg. 652 A. Aeschin. I. 168, as & 7@ TréTw 
[nua] xBapifo ; II. 47 (pl. w. art.), cf. & wo7os Arist Eth. N. 1114.* 6. 
Cf. mapa aérov Xen. An. 2. 3. 15; Symp. 8. 41; Epicrat. 5. 2. K.; 
Antiph. 124 K. 


Diels, Vorsokr.2 p. 5. 30, ra & mootv, ‘things at your feet,’ nearly or quite 
literal. (To Thales who had fallen into a pit while looking at the stars: od 
yap, ® Oadq, Ta & Tociv ob duvdmevos ibeiv Ta Ext Tov odpavov ole. yywoesOaL;). 

ty. Gildersleeve ad loc. é& aoai, ‘on my path,’ as éuroday ‘in my way’; é 
is more forcible than wapa (cf. 76 ap 7066s. Pyth. III. 60; X. 62), rpd (Is. VII. 13), 
or mpés. Cf. also wapxepos, Bacchyl. XIII. 10, v. Jebb. ad loc. 

67Cf. Ap. Rhod. 3. 314, & 8’ & rociv buiv bpwpe, ‘the obstacles which have 
arisen in your path’; so ib. 835; cf. Anth. P. 5. 30. 4. 

«. ®For expression ‘every-day matters,’ cf. Arist. Eth. N. 1096.* 3, & rots éyxuxNiots 
eipnra, ‘in every-day discussions or writings,’ cf. Ar. de Caelo 279." 30, & rots 
EYKUKNLoLs PiAoTop>Huace. 


PART V ev 153 


é mpouaxorot, Hom. phr. v. supra, p. 137, Tyrt. 8. 30, kadds 6’ &v 
Tpouaxoor Tecwv. Cf. & rpwros in Homer, v. p. 137. 

év orouact, Theogn. 240, rod\d\ay keiuevos &v orouacw; Hdt. 3. 157, 
mavres Zwmupov eixov év otouact aiveovtes, So 6. 136 (of blame). Cf. 
ava oToua, dtd oTdua, oTOmaTos, yAwoons exe. Different is Ar. Ach. 
198, kav 7@ oTOmare Eyovot,®? on my palate.’ 

év rados, Aesch. Eum. 767, atrol yap jets dvtes ev Tadors roTE 
‘though dead and buried’ (slightly idiomatic). Cf. Sept. 818, 
éfover 6’ jv AGBwow & Tadn xOova. 

év tiun, (idiom. force very slight, if felt at all), Aesch. Pers. 166, 
& tin oeBer is a little plastic; cf. (w. adj.) Plat. Legg. 647 A (cf. w. adj. 
Hom. Il. 9. 319, & 6€ in timp juev Kaxds 75€ Kal éoOAds.) Soph. frg. 751 
(pl.); Hdt. 1. 134, év ren ayeobar; so 2. 83;cf. Plat. Rep. 538 E, &@uaduora 
nrev & tin. Hat. 3. 3, Kipos év ariuin exer, Trav 6€ am’ Aiybarrou érixtynrov 
év tun TiMerae (for év arimin cf. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51,) cf. An. 2.5. 38, 
(w. adj.), cf. Dem. 1400. 36. Cf. Philemon, 199 K., Botdov vyovets 
Tpwriotov év Timats exe. Cf. exew ev, eivar €v w. abstractions, pp. 193 
ff., 197 f. Cf. tech. phr. p. 167 for of & rats. 

év Tporous c. gen. Aesch. Eum. 441, & rpomos létovos ‘in the manner 
of,’ i. e., ‘like,’ so Ag. 918, yuvatxds év rporos ; cf. (sing.) Plat. Legg. 
807 A, & tpé7@ Booxnuatos exacrov Tiawouevov. Cf. adv. acc. c. gen. 
Aesch. Ag. 390, kaxov dé xadxov tporov. But év tm éavtav tpdmw Thuc. 
7. 67 and & oiw rpdrw katéory id. 1. 97 are not idiomatic. 

év dae, lit. in Hom. ‘in the daylight,’ Il. 17. 647; Od. 21. 429, 
etc., v. supra, p. 140. Cf. eis paos, p. 90, & dae, Pind. Nem. IV. 38, 
‘in broad day’; frg. 203 (Schroeder). Aesch. Cho. 62, por7 6’ émicko- 
met dixas/Taxeia Tos pev év dae opp. to Ta 6 & perarxpi@ oKdrov."° 
Eur. H. F. 517, e wa vy’ dverpov ey daer te Nebooouev, cf. frg. 534, 76 
pev yap év $@, TO dé Kata oKoros Kaxov. Eur. Hec. 167, odxeére pou Bios / 
ayaoros év dae, pleonastic and transitional to the fig. use for life 
itself freq. in the drama, so id. Phoen. 1281, obyos év dae Bios. ‘In 
the light’ in the sense of ‘in life,’ usually =‘alive’: Soph. Ph. 415, 

687, Schol. & 7@ nuerépw ordmatt, yevoapévwy nua, pdovov obxl daviv adiacw, 
cf. Sch6mann, Opusc. IV. pp. 180, 181; Sobol. Praep. p. 15; Edd. Merry, Rennie, 
Starkie. The second interpret. given by the Schol. cannot be right. 

7Cf. év oxérw as contrasting phr. recurring frequently without art. (lit. but 
slightly familiar), Aesch. Cho. 285, épavra Naurpdv & oxédtw, Soph. O T 1273, 
Ant. 494, Eur. Rhes. 571, Ar. Ach. 1169, Pax 691 (quite lit.); Lys. 72; Xen. 
Hell. 4. 5. 4; Cyr. 1. 6. 40; 2.1. 25, domep & oxdrer dvres ; Plat. Phaed. 99 B, ynd\agdav- 


Tess . . . Gomep ev oxore (cf. Ar. Pax 691 supra); Dem. 1396. 24, & oxédre Kal 
ToAAH SuokXelg. 


154 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


ws pnker’ dvTa Kxetvov év mae voer, cf. 1212; Eur. Hec. 415, & @iyarep, 
juets 6’ €v paer dovreboouev ; (c. Atos, Hec. 707, odxér’ Gvta Alos ev gaer); 
1214; Hel. 5307; El. 1145; Suppl. 200; Ion 726; Phoen. 1339. 
év xapitt, cf. év ydovq supra, p. 148; eis, p. 128; Xen. Oec. VIII. 10, 
Kal €uol, éay Te ait@, ev xapite Svdovae ‘for my gratification’; cf. Plat. 
Phaed. 115 B, 670 Gy cor rovctvTes Hueis xen HANLTTA TOLOLMED } 
kal bu avrots €v xapite movfoere Att av roinre; cf. further, 
Tacs: 5. 69, unr’ éue, Mopowy /ev x. kpivys, ‘do not decide from parti- 
ality to me.’ But Plat. Legg. 796 B (pl.), & xapiow rapadapBavev, 
‘gratefully.’ 
év xerpi, xepow, xepol: a. ‘to have a matter in hand,’ i. e., 
‘to be engaged in’ (like dua yerpos exew supra, cf. els, p. 92). 
Sing., dual, and pl. all occur in this use. Soph. Ant. 1345, wavra 
yap/dexpia trav xepow.” Hdt. 1. 35, Exovros 6€ of & yEpol Tov 
ma.dos TOV yayov, so 7. 5, Ta TEp ev xepol éxets. An interesting case is 
Dem. 303. 226, ére weuvnuevov dtuav kat udvev ok & Tats xepoly Exact’ 
éxovtrwy. Cf. Dion. H. de Thuc. 1; id. 8. 87, rav & xepaoiv dvTa wodeEpor, 
cf. Eng. ‘they have a war on their hands’; ib. 21, 6 & yepoi weptrel- 
xtouos. So (sing.) Plat. Theaet. 172 E, év xerpi twa dixny Exovra. 
Cf. Eng. id. ‘I have a trial on hand,’ ‘I have a great deal on hand,’ 
but Eng. ‘to be on hand,’ i. e., at a given time or place, has no parallel 
in Greek. Cf. Plut. Alex. 13. b. Of a battle, ‘hand to hand,’ 
‘in close combat,’ Lat. cominus (cf. és xeipas édOeiv, etc., supra, p. 91). 
Thuc. IV. 43. 2, cal qv % waxn Kaprepa kal ev xepol raaa, so 43. 4; cf. 
57. 3, dcou un ev xEpol duepPapnoay ‘as many as had not fallen in battle’, 
implying a hand to hand conflict; 96. 3; cf. III. 66; V. 3. 2; 10. 10; 
72. 3c. dat. ev xepoi rw; VII. 5. 2; Xen. Hell. 4.6. 11c¢.gen. c. But 
Eur. El. 610 (w. art. and possess.), ev xelpl TH OD mavrT’ exes ‘in your 
hand,’ i. e., ‘in your power’; but El. 506 merely lit. and local, 
bv mot’ & xEpow exwy/avovynr’ @pevas; while Suppl. 69 also lit. is a 
Homericism, oixtpa 6€ taoxovo’ ixerebw/tov euov waida Tada’ ev xepl 
Gewar (cf. supra, p. 137f.); cf. Soph. O C 1699, dzoére ye kai Tov ev xEpoiv 


Pearson thinks the expression too pleonastic if thus interpreted, and sug- 
gests that & dae may go with dnoi and= palam, but the usual translation seems 
preferable. 

7?Frequently translated ‘everything I am engaged in,’ i. e., all my life, ‘has 
turned out wrong’, but Jebb sees a dramatic blending of the literal with the 
figurative sense, ‘all is amiss with that which I handle,’ as Creon still touches the 
corpse of Haemon, a visible proof of the truth of the wider fig. meaning. 

Cf. Lat. Plaut. Trin. 104, est mihi in manu, ‘it is in my power.’ Merc. 
628, tibi in manust quod credas: ego quod dicam, id mihi in manust, but in Latin 
this phrase may have a technical association. 


nn 


PART V_€&v 15 


xateixov ‘I held him in my embrace.’ Eur. Ion 631, ob ido Poyous 
kdvew / év xepol owfav SdBov (not quite lit.). Soph. frg. 808, opy7 
yeépovTos, Wore uadOaky KoTis /év xerpl Oijyryer, ev TaXEL O’ GuBAbVETaL.™4 

év xpeia, usually c. gen. Aesch. Sept. 506, 0éd\wv /eévaropnoat poipav 
év xpeia tvxns, ‘right willing he to question destiny in fortune’s trial.’ 
Soph. Ai. 963, Oavév7’ av oiuwteavév xpeia Sopds ‘in the need or stress of 
war,’ cf. Plat. Legg. 796 C, but of need in a different sense, Soph. Ph. 
1004, ev xpeia pidns vevpas,” 1. e., ‘lacking his bow.’ Critias El. 1. 8 
(Anth. Lyr. p. 134) & ru xpeia ‘in some need.’ Isocr. X. 55, ray wev yap 
Ga\\wv, av av & xpeia yerwuefa. Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 8, & od povov & xpeig 
évra evppaive. (absol. without modifier here and below Dem. 141. 37); 
also, in need of some one or something, Plat. Rep. 566 E; 
ib. 372 A; Legg. 630 E; (rare use of pl. in this sense) Rep. 373 D, 
iatpav év xpelars éoduefa ; Dem. 141. 37, épm 8’ brép rev &y xpela SoxobyTwv 
eivac mpotepov ; 166.1;cf. 142. 42, rois 6’ ev evdeia. Cf. also Ar. Pol. 1258". 
15; Eth. N. 1133.7. But xpeia has a different force in Plat. Phaed. 
87 C, iuariou &v xpeia Te GvTos Kal dopovpévov, ‘in use,’ cf. in pl. Soph. Frg. 
742, Aaurer yap ev xpelaow MoTep . . . xadkds ‘is made bright by 
constant use’; ci. (w. art.) Plat. Legg.652 A. _ Cf. eis, p. 123. 

év xwpa, local but idiomatic: 

Bacchyl. V. 80, o7adi 7’ év xwpa, ‘stay where thou art,’ similar to I. 
23. 349, evi xwpy eer’, ‘he sat down in his place’ (v. supra, p. 138); 
cf. (without prep.) Aesch. Ag. 78, “Apys 6’ obk« eve xwpq, ‘and Ares is 
not in his place’. Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 20, & xwpa émimrov éxarépwr, ‘they 
fell fighting at their posts,’ semi-tech. military term, cf. & rate; 
ib. 8. 39, Cyr. 7. 1. 23, add’ abrot év xwpa orpadnvar, ‘gave them a signal 
not to advance further, but to turn there where they were’; cf. pl. 
w. art. An. 4.8.15. Cf. xara xwpav pevey Thuc. 3. 22. 6; 4. 26. 1 e¢ al. 
Cf. & rair@ infra, p. 160. Cf. as, p. 92. 

ev dnow deyeuv, lit. ‘to reckon by the pebble,’ i. e., ‘count up accu- 
rately,’ Lat. ad calculum recensere, semi-tech. Aesch. Ag. 570; cf. Ar. 


™4¥t may be questioned how far the antithesis with the adverbial & rayxeu 
should be insisted upon here. 

7%Jebb notes this use of the prep. as the & of circumstance, denoting the con- 
dition in which one is, cf. Soph. O T 1112, & . . . ype; Ph. 185, wv 
ddbvats buod/ de 7’; Ai. 1017, & ynpa Bapis and many others. 

7So the MSS. Weil following an emendation of O. Gilbert reads "Apews 8’ ov 
éu xwpa; the text is extremely doubtful and nearly every editor has a different 
emendation. 


156 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES» 


Vesp. 656 dat. pl. without prep.” Cf. Eur. Rhes. 309, & Wndov doyw/ 
Géoba (cf. other phr. deca & Ady C. gen. v. supra, p. 149). 

b. With adjectives: 

ev adfovors, Xen. An. IIT. 2. 25, & apOovors Brorever ‘to live in plenty’, 
(cf. Eng. id. ‘to live in clover’); cf. IV. 5. 29, éxouunOnoav & racw ap66- 
vos (v. sub ras); (compar.) V. 1. 10, brapxdvtwr eOdde Ev apOovwrépors 
mAevooueba ; Dem. 312. 256, & adbdvors rpadeis; (for an expression of 
similar meaning, cf. quets obk ev xALdn TeOpdupeOa, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 54.) 
cf. eis, p. 109. 

ev duvara, cf. kara, eis p. 113, ek p. 75; Pind. Py. IV. 92, ddpa rus rev 
ey duvatw pirorarwy éerupave Eparat, ‘within their power’; Dem. 1464. 
7, wardov 6’ odd’ &v duvaTe. 

ev kafapw, kafapois, varies from the mere omission of a noun like 
ToT® Or xwpw to a well-defined idiom. Pind. Ol. X. (XI.) 46, é xafapa@ 
of a space clear of trees. im patenti loco, like the Homeric usage, II. 
8. 491=10. 199, cf. 23. 61, v. supra, p. 138. But Soph. O C 1575(d.), 
ev kafapw Bnvac ‘to leave the way clear’;’® Ar. Eccl. 320, é& xabap@ 
(sc. t67w). In Plat. Rep. 520 D, oixeiv ev r@ kabap® refers to the region 
of the Ideas.7® Cf. use with nouns, Pind. Ol. VI. 23, xedebOw 7’ & 
kabapa/Bacouev Oxxov ‘on an open road’; Plat. Phaedr. 239 C, & jrjJw 
kafapw ‘in the open sun,’ opp. to ox@; cf. Theocr. 26. 5, & xafapa 
Aewave; cf. w. dua Hdt. 1, 202, etc., v. supra, p. 19. Plural: Plat. Legg. 
910 A, & 7e€ Kafapois iSpvomevous, etc., (v. Stallb. either a.=év kabap@ 
or b.=& te xafapois toro kal év avocios, h. e. omnibus locis promiscue, 
nullo facto discrimine. Stallb. prefers b). Cf. further & traidpw 
v. infra. 

ev Méow, egos, etc., frequent in various uses, often merely lit. and 
spatial, but also idiomatic, temporal, and adverbial. 1. For pur- 
poses of comparison, the following literal, spatial uses are noted: 
a). In agreement with a noun, Soph. Tr. 803, & péow oxade ; 918 
(pl.); 423, wéon . . . adyopa;also freq. w. art. Xen. An. 2. 1. 11, 
etc.; Plat. Phaed. 108 E, év yéow 7G obpavg, cf. 109 C, etc., etc. b.) c. 
gen. Pind. Nem. V. 23, é& wéoas . . . Moody; Aesch. Cho. 145, 
TavT’ & péow TlOnue ths Kaxns apas 38° Eur. Hec. 1150; Phoen. 583; 


™L. and S. give it the same meaning, but cf. comment on the passage sub 
amd xepos supra, p. 39, n. 14. 

8y. Jebb. ad loc. & xabap@ virtually =ékrodav. 

v7. Adam ad loc. 

S0L. and S., ‘interpose as a parenthesis,’ but the accompanying text is cor- 
rupt, and the line is endlessly debated. 


PART V & sy 


tre. 307. 2 (pl.);" Ar: Av: 187, cf..1005; Hdt. 1.181 (2s); Tsocr. IV. 42; 
een. An. 3. 1. 2; Plat. Hipparch. 228 D,; 229 Ay Rep. 427 C, etc., 
etc. In the middle contrasted w. the end (sc. daxridov) Rep. 523 D, 
E; cf. Legg. 745 B; émw. 991 A; midway in a class of things, Plat. 
Phileb. 35 E, 36 A, etc.; in the middle between two things, Eur. frg. 
451, év péow Tov odpavod Te kal xoves ; Hdt. 3. 11 (of the space between 
the two camps); 4. 73; Xen. An. 2. 2. 3 (of a space between two 
groups of persons); 2. 4. 17, 21 ‘between’ two places; 5. 2. 27; 6.4. 3 (w. 
xetrat lit. ‘is situated’ with no such connotation as w. xetrac below An. 
3.1. 21, etc.); Plat. Phaed. 102 C, é néow dv audotépwv, so Rep. 359 A; 
Parmen. 149 A; in the middle between two persons, Euthyd. 271A, 
év péow 6’ duav, ‘between you’ (slightly id.),-so 274 C; between two 
things, Rep. 54/ D;'583 C; Tim: 32 .B; 35 A (b7s); Dem. 69. 14, etc; 
in the middle as compared with the beginning and the end, often 
absol. Theogn. 3, mpwrov re kal torarov & Te pécooow ‘I will sing of thee, 
first, last, and in the middle’; Soph. O C 583 (slight phr.), 7a Notch’ 
aitet Tov Biov, Ta 6’ év weow/H AnoTL toxers 7 Ou’ Oddevds Toet. (Cf. Xen. 
Cyr. 2. 2. 3, of & péow, local and lit.); similarly of a middle class, 
Eur. Suppl. 244 (phr.), rpudv dé worpav ) ’v wéow owter rode ; Plat. Rep. 
572 E (phr.), tats & péow rabrais érifupias ‘these moderate desires’; 
Gita localuse Hidt. 2):1265-Xens An: 1. 7. 63 Cyr.) 7. 5, 5;.cf. Plat. 
Rep vse (Cx Lim: 53h): 

2. Metaph. c. dat. of two persons only: Eur. Her. 184, juiv dé kat 
T@O’ ovdev Eat ev yeow™ (idiomatic), cf. Eng. ‘there is nothing between 
us’, in the sense ‘we have nothing to do with each other’; so Ion 1284, 
Tt 6’ éotl PoiBw coi re Kowov év yeow (note pleonastic xowdv). Cf. w. 
eis Tro. 54, dépw dé col /Kowods éuavry 7’ els uecov ovyous ; és uecov applied 
to two persons only goes back to Hom. Il. 23. 574, v. p. 84, where, 
however, there is the added thought of the impartial judge standing 
in the midst, és wécoov auporépors = impartially’). 

3. Absol. usually more or less idiomatic: a. In the middle or 
midst as of a company, ‘to speak in the midst’ or ‘stand in the midst 
to speak,’ a frequent phr. from Homer on, cf. also eis: Pind. Py. IX. 
119 (pl.); cf. Is. VIII. 32, etc. Eur. Hec. 531, nay xaraoras elroy ev 


81Cf, (w. gen. implied), Eur. frg. 385. 4, év uéow (the middle of the circle of the 
letter ©), and 6, & puéoas (of the horizontal line between the two perpendiculars 
of the letter H); uwéow and péoas here keep the natural distinction of the gender 
and number of their antecedent nouns, but this is not always maintained. 

82y, Pearson ad loc. Murray alone of recent editors retains & ywépe of Lauren- 
tian and Palatine MSS. Comparison with Ion 1284 favors & péow. 


158 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Heéesos Tad€, So I. A. 1563 (sing. w. no apparent distinction); cf. Hel. 
944°, oixrpov uév of mapévTes ev peow dOyot, ‘piteous are the words just 
spoken in our midst’; cf. eis weoov Suppl. 439, Hel. 1542 v. supra, p. 93. 
Cf. also ék weoov, Eur. El. 797, v. p. 55. b. Absolutely, ‘in the 
midst’ or ‘in the middle,’ Xenophan. 1. 7 (pl.), so Pind. Py. IV. 224; 
Soph. El. 733 (sing.). But in Thuc. V. 59. 3 almost technical as a 
military term, & péow dé drednumévor joav oi ’Apyeto, ‘the Argives 
were now surrounded by their enemies’; cf. Dem. 69. 14, & pyéow dAn¢g- 
Geis c. gen. This sometimes becomes= ‘between,’ Xen. Hell. 4.3.17, 
ws d€ tpi Ere TheOpww ev pecow dvTw, ‘there were three plethra between 
them,’ i. e., ‘when they were still three plethra distant from each 
other’; id. 7. 2. 10 (sc. abrov’s) év wéow etxov ‘they had them in their 
midst’; but simply, ‘in the middle’ compared with ‘above and below’ 
or ‘in front and in the rear’, Mem. III. 1. 7, 8,9; cf. Plat. Rep. 584 D; 
Xen. An. 2. 4. 22, ra 6’ émerpdera Exovev ex THs & Méow xwpas ; as technical 
military designation of the centre of the line of march, Xen. An. 3. 
3. 6 (cf. Mem. 3. 1. 8), but c. gen. An. 4. 3. 15; absol. Plat. Soph. 
246 C; Phaed. 97 E (bis); Rep. 531 A; 620 B (pl.); Tim. 62 D; Critias 
116 C; Legg. 893 C, etc. But Rep. 558 A, dvacrpedopévwy ev peow 
‘walk about in the midst,’ i. e., ‘on the streets,’ ‘in public;’ cf. w. 
same verb, Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 16, & 7@ gavep@ avacrpedopevous. Cc. = 
‘intervening,’ é wéow a real phr, in this use: Soph. El. 1364, rods yap 
ev peow oyous, ‘the intervening story’; cf. Eur. Med. 819, repiccoi 
Tavres ov wéow Noyou; cf. Eur. Hel. 630, roddovs 6’ &v péow Noyous Exwv / 
ovx 06’ drolov Tp&rov apgwuar Ta viv, ‘having a long story to tell of 
what has happened in the time between’;® of intervening time, 
Aesch. Suppl. 735, unxos 6’ oidév €v wéow xpovov; Eur. H. F. 94, 6 6 & 
Meow xpovos, so-Ion 1393; Phoen. 589; cf. Or. 16, ras yap év péeow arya 
Tixas; Dem. 299. 215, ray peow rapadreirw; 995. 4; cf. the elliptical 
phr. Aeschin. 3. 71, vi& &v wéow, ‘night intervened.’ d. Of setting 
something up in the midst as a prize, developed from a half technical 
usage in Homer, Il. 18. 507 (pl.) pp. 10, 138. Cf. eis weoov, 23. 704, 
v. supra, pp. 10, 84, 94; Theogn. 994, ei eins . . . / GOdAov 8 
ev peoow; frg. Anth. Lyr. (Bergk-Hiller) p. 307. 36, ov yap & 
Hecoowor Keita dapa dvopaxnta Moar /ramrvxovTe depev. Bacchyl. 
XIV. 53, aX’ & peow Keitat xrxew /racw avOpwros Alkay ideiav, ‘it is 

%yv. Pearson ad loc. Hel. 630 may partake of this meaning applied to two 
persons only, ‘having much to say in your presence,’ but v. infra sub. c. 

Cf. Antiphanes 13 K., ava wéoov (Kock: dvi rod & péow). 

*But v. supra, Pearson ad Hel. 944. 


PART V év 159 


open to all men,’ like a prize proposed in a competition for which all 
may enter. Xen. An. 3. 1. 21, & péeow yap Hdn Keira TavTa Ta ayaba 
GOXa drdTEpor av Hud avdpes duelvoves Wow; Dem. 41. 5, bre TavTa péev 
éorw dravta Ta xwpi’ GO\a Tov wodeuou Keivev’ ev peow.8” Probably 
associated with this and certainly with the idea of the middle is the 
conception of the impartial judge standing as umpire, Soph. Tr. 
516, uova 6’ ebdexTpos &v péow Kirpis paBdovouer Evvovoa (cf. supra, 
eis ueoov, Il. 23. 574); Ar. Pax 1118, keira ev péow really means ‘they 
are open to everybody,’ ‘everybody has an equal right to them’ and 
is doubtless a reminiscence of the same Homeric custom and phrase.** 
Cf. & xow@ Tact xetobat, infra, p. 189. 

4. Of time, Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 52, qvixa 6 qv & peow vuKrav, ‘mid- 
night’; Oec. 16. 14, & péow To Oéper Kal & péeon TH Huepa, ‘in mid-summer 
and in mid-day.’ 

5. Adv. phrase & péow eivai rivos ‘to stand in the way of some- 
thing,’ very idiomatic. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 26, ri 6’, én, & péow Eori Tov 
ovpuettar; Dem. 682. 183, ovdev av nv ev wéow Todeuetv Huas mpos Kap- 
Suavots.89 Cf. ex wéoov. Cf. as allied phr., & r@ peratb, Plat. Tim. 
66° Dem. 1392. 13;:ef. Isocr, TV..70. 

ev wavri, mao, etc.: &v mavri eiva, Xen. Hell. 5.4. 29, & ravri qoay pn, 
‘they were in extreme fear lest’; Plat. Symp. 194 A, ed kal wad’ ay 
goBoio kal & marti eins; Euthyd. 301 A, kayo & marti éyevounv b70 
amopias, ‘I was at my wits’ end’; cf. c. gen. Thuc. VII. 55. 1, é& ravi 
5) aOvulas joav, ‘they were in utter despair’; Plat. Rep. 579 B (cf. 
579 A), év ravri xaxov (dv) etn ‘in utterly evil plight,’ so Aeschin. I. 62. 
Cf. eivar, yiryvecOa & infra. Different, but with slight id. tinge is 
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 27, &v wavri rreovéexrnv tov Todeuiwy ‘in everything’; 
ib. 2. 2. 22, ds & mavri wacrever trEov Exe ; cf. 7. 5. 61 al. 

ev maou: cf. Hom. Od. 2. 194; 16. 378 supra, p. 139 ‘among all;’ 
Hdt. 7. 8, iva yrauas re riOntat odewv Kal avros &v Tact Ein TA OEdEL; 


en: Gyr 4.55. 18; Dem. 983..59; 991. 22.°°. CL. Plat. Rep. 500: D; 


%y. Jebb ad loc. 

87But xetrac & wéow Aeschin. ITI. 248 has not this meaning. 

88Cf. Ter. Phorm. Prol. 16, in medio omnibus/ palmam esse positam qui artem 
tractant musicam. Cf. Alciphro Ep. II. 3, & péow xeioerac. 

89]. and S. cite in this connection Theocr. 21. 17, ovdels 5’ & péoow yeltwy Teer, 
but it seems unnecessary to give it so colloquial a turn. Cholmeley, ‘there was 
no neighbor at hand,’ v. ad loc. 

Cf. & mpwrois, tpouaxoroe and other phr. in which é&=‘among.’ But Dem. 
302. 221, da trait’ & racw euavrov Erarrov ‘in all respects.’ 


160 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


dtaBondr 5’ ev maou mod, ‘but there is plenty of slander everywhere.’ 

There is probably some idiomatic feeling in such phrases as 
év wacw apbovors, ‘in all sorts of comforts,’ Xen. An. 4. 5. 29;sofreq. 
Plat. Gorg. 523 B, & raon evbdamovia, etc. Cf. Xen. Hell, 6. 2. 24, ev 
Taon aOvuia, etc. Cf. ev racw ayaois, i. e., ‘flourishing’, Pherecr. 108. 2 
K., and the play on this familiar phr. in Ar. Vesp. 709, (wv év raow- 
Aaywous,*! ‘on nothing but hare’s meat,’ which is again parodied in Ach. 
1026, &v waar BoXirors. 

év mpwros, ‘among the foremost,’ ‘the first,’ goes back to Hom. v. 
supra, p. 137, but later loses the military association usual in Homer. 
Aesch. Pers. 443, riorw é mpwros dei; Soph. El. 27, xadros ev mpwrots 
éret; but easily, like Lat. in primis, imprimis, comes to mean ‘above 
all,’ ‘especially,’ ‘greatly,’ cf. Hdt. 8. 69; Plat. Rep. 522 C, 6 kai ravti 
& Tpwrou avaykn wavOavew, ‘which every one must learn among the 
first things’ (Jowett: ‘among the elements of an education’); Legg. 
753 C, Ta 6€ TaY TWaKiwy KpibevTa Ev Tpwrots ; 892 B, dvra &v Tpwros, C, 
Yuxn 6 &v rpwros yeyevnuern ; Isae. VII. 40 (7s); Aeschin. 1. 4, & we\Xw 
&y mpwros heyev,=in principio. Ci. & Trois mpwro. Thuc. I. 6. 3; 
VII. 19. 4; VIII. 89. 2, etc., v. infra, p. 204. Cf. ev torarors. 

@ voraros, ‘among the last,’ Soph. Tr. 315, tows/yevyua rev 
éxeifev obk év boraros, cf. Eur. Ion 1115, pebeters 6’ otk ev baoTaToLs KaKod, 
where boraros is probably masc. not neut; cf. Eur. I. A. 1126, kav 
boTaTolo. Kav peoorot mayTaxov; ci. w. art. Ar. Ran. 908, & rotow 
voTtatoas ppaocw. Plat. Rep. 620 C, é tararous,” cf. 619 E, & redevrators. 

ev didoot, Eur. Alc. 630, ovr’ év didouor (neut.) onv mapovotay heyw,” 
‘I do not count your presence as a friendly act.’ Cf. phr. w. ridevar ev, 
etc., infra, p. 198. 

c. Pronominal: 

& ravt@, Xenophan. 15. 1 (Diels, Vorsokr.? p. 50), aiel 6’ &v rait@ 
uluver Kwebuevos ovdey, ‘abides in the same place,’ so frequently from 
this time on. Cf. & xwpa, and kata xwpav pevery, also eis rabrov, TavTo. 
Epicharm. 2. 9 (Diels /. c. p. 90) Soph. Frg. 102. 3 (Nauck), od yap 
jot av’Ta@v ovdev vy Ta’T@ pever; Eur. Ion 969; Hel. 1026; Tro. 350; 
Ar. Av. 170; Vesp. 969; Hdt. 1.5, 77 avOpwrniny . . . eddatyovinv 


“vy. Starkie: this is a rap’ irévoray for év racw ayabots, as év denoting a state or 
condition is generally used only with abstract substantives. Sobol. Praep. p. 23. 

*L. and S. cite this as an adv. use meaning ‘at last,’ but ‘among the last’ is here 
also the more natural interpretation. 

%F. G. Schmidt’s emendation to véuw adopted by Nauck in Teubner ed. seems 
quite unnecessary in view of the many cases of \éyw & in this meaning. 


PART V év 161 


ovdaya €v TwUT@ pevovoay; Thuc. VII. 49. 3. Cf., but not w. péveu, 
Thue, LV ./35. 15 V. 7. 2; VU: 87. 2;-VILI. 78. ‘Cf. as variant Eupolis 
356 K., ever d€ xpnu’ ovdev év ratr@ pum. Xen. An. 1. 8. 14, ev to 
ait@ wevoy ; cf. 3. 1. 27, c. eiui and dat., Lat. adv. wna; cf. Plat. Gorg. 
490 B, éav & 7m aitw dyer, Horep viv, ‘let uS suppose ourselves to be 
together as we are now’; cf. ib. 465 C, D; Prot. 336 A; Lysis 206 D; 
cf. Legg. 898 A, B. Rep. 551 D, oixotyras & tw air (although 
mods has just preceded, and might naturally have been made the 
antecedent); Aeschin. I. 43, 146. In Plato of an argument that 
‘goes around in a circle,’ Euthyphro 11 C, 76 yap mepuévar rovbrors 
TOUTO Kal ua mévery EV T@ alT@; Phaed. 86 E, éuol yap daiverar Ere ev TH 
alt@ 6 doyos eivat; Euthyd. 288 A; but cf. Tim. 40 B; Parm. 139 A 
(five times, cf. ib. & tw, Tux). Cf. Phaed. 90 C, xpdvov otéeva & 
ovdevt weve. Cf. further, Eubul. 74 K., & t@ yap atte ravi’ dpov 
Twdjoerar/ev tats ’AOjvas, Aelian Varr. Hist. XIV. 42, fr. 95 Hg. 
(ap. ee ioetaiee), évy raitm . . . adpaptaveyv ‘in the same way 
seas; daenequally.,’ 

id With participles: 

év dueiBovrt, Pind. Nem. XI. 42, per vices, alternatim, ‘by turns’ = 
adv. duoBdadis. Cf. &v pepe, p. 179 ff. 

év kayovow, Aesch. Suppl. 231, Zeds addos év kapovow, ‘among the 
dead’ (half way toward becoming a phr., does not recur). 

év tm over, Plat. Cratyl. 413 E, waxny 6’ eivar & 7H Sv7t, ‘in the 
world of existence’; Theaet. 176 E, rapaderyuatwr év rw byte éoTMTWV, = 
in rerum natura, etc. v. also infra adv. temporal phrases. 

éy Tw TeTayuevw, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 37, ovror b€ d7Aopdpou pev Takews 
amoNehvoovTa, & dé EiotavTal, Tw BovAowEerw prabod brnpETOvVTES EV TO 
TeTaypuevw etoovrar; cf. Xen. An. 3. 3. 18, ‘at the appointed post.’ 
This phrase also occurs in three Athenian wWndicuatra, Dittenb. 
Syll.2 33. 47 (= Hicks and Hill, Manual Gk. Inscrr. 60. 48), pudAarrovtes 
THY opeTepay aiTav ev Tau reraypevor dvTwy. Ditt. 108. 48 (=H. and 
H. 1. c. 123. 48),% eivar 6€ Geaitnrov . . . mparrovra dtu dy divnrat 
ayabov ran Shut TaV ’AOnvaiwy ev Tau Teraypever. So Ditt. 129. 63 
(=H. and H. 140. 63). 


%y, ftn. ad loc. also Koehler in Mitth. des arch. Inst. in Athen. I. p. 209, who 
concludes that & 76 reraypévy elvar rowodvra re does not differ essentially in meaning 
from taxOnvat roveiy Te. 

%y. ftn. ad loc. 


162 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


IT. Imprecations and Curses 


Theogn. 833, ravra 748’ ev kopaxeoor kal év dOdpw, év of circumstance 
or condition, cf. evar &. Cf. & Kdpaxas, eis POdpov, etc. Aristoph. 
etal. p.96f. This seems to be a solitary case with ev, ‘everything 
has gone to destruction,’ as if all maledictions had been brought to 
fulfilment. 

ITI. Proverbial 

GAN’ worepel /Hows ev doride Eevioa ce BovNouar.°© Com. Frg. Adesp. 
420 K. 

Bovs & avdiw, Cratinus. 32. K.% 

év Bvd@ Democr. frg. 117, Diels, Vorsokr.? p. 407. 4, & Buv0@ yap 7 
adndeca, ‘in the depths,’ the famous saying of Democritus of truth 
in the bottom of a well, but no word is used for well and the expression 
is idiomatic and prov. Cf. & gpéaz infra, p. 163. Cf. Ar. Eq. 609, 
dewa y’, @ Iodcedov, ef und’ ev BvOG Svvqoopa,/pnre Yn wnt & Dadatry 
dtadvyew rovs imméas (cf. 607 ék Bubov);°8 ev Bv0@ Ran. 247 (cf. eis Bubov 
mecew, Soph. Ai. 1083 e¢ al., v. p. 88); cf. Menand. K. 536. 10. 

év Tois éuauTov duxtbos dGXwoouar Com. Frg. Adesp. 560 K.°%? 

év Ta Kati rAw, Plat. Com. 174. 4 K., tui yap ovdev, kabamep 7 Tapo.- 
ta /ev TH Karr Aw vous Evetval jor doKxet.1 

ev 7m Kapl xwéduvebew,! Eur. Cycl. 654, ‘to try the hazard on a 
Carian’ (since the lives of Carians, who hired themselves out as 
mercenary soldiers, were supposed to be worthless and cheap); 
Plat. Lach. 187 B, cxoretv xp pr ovk &v TH Kapi but 6 kivdvvos xwvduvebn- 
tat; Euthyd. 285 B, womep év Kapi & éyoi éorw 6 kivdvvos, ‘on a cheap 
body like myself’; cf. Philem. 18 K., Cratinus, 16 K.; Polyb. 10. 
32.41: “Anistid: Te Panath>p: 163; taken ‘over to Late (Cie Place: 


®Zenob. 1. 65 (aomep) ext robrwy elpynrat, of Tots abrav Epyous 7} TEXVALS XPWMEVOL 
rods pidous evepyerovow, Tapdcov ol ifpwes TO Tadarov Evor dor SvTes eEevifovro, iudicavit 
Meinek. Philo]. XV. 539. 

"Kock: Hesych. rapoiia éri rav axphotwy, so Suid. v. Diogen. 3. 70 et Apostol. 
5. 10, Bois & atdiw yépwr, emi rv 60 do0everay jovxatovTwy. Longus 4. 18, 3, ob’ 
ei wéAXW Bovis & addw karadetresbar, etiam de eis dici gui suis cari esse desierunt 
docet Villoison. 

Cf. & BeOecw adds, Ar. Ran. 666, a Homeric phr. Il. 1. 358. 

Macarius 3. 85, éxt rap bro Tay ibiwy mavoupylLav aioKopEerwr. 

100So Kock. xarfdov Casaub. Didot ed. translates by apud cauponem. 

\ayduvebew ev is a half tech. legal term of what is at stake in a trial, v. infra, 
p. 165. 

1022y. Schol. Platon. Bekk. 322, Zenobius 3. 59. 


PART V €év 163 


27. 65, nonne hac vestra voce volgatum est, si quid cum periculo experiri 
velis, in Care id potissimum esse faciendum? 

év Kéw ris nuépa; Crates 29 K.'% 

év Atos Kyrots apovofar povov eddaiuovas bdBouvs, Soph. frg. 297 
(Nauck).'% Com. Fr. Adesp. 721 K., ddxvov ey peonuBpia. (dmrrers).1% 

év vuxXL 6 TAOS yiyverat, i. e., the model stands the test of the nail, 
like Horace’s factus ad unguem cf. Sat. 1. 5. 32; A. P. 294, because the 
sculptor tries the niceness of the finish by drawing his nail over the 
surface, Plut. 2. 636 C, cf. Verg. 2. 277 in unguem; Pers. 1. 64, (v. 
Conington-Nettleship ad loc.) cf. 6a, p. 20. 

év Tm TiO, Plat. Gorg. 514 E, 76 Neyouevov 69 TovTO & TH riOw THY 
Kepapelay érixerpety wavOavey. Cf. Laches, 187 B; Ar. Frg. 469 K. 

ev mvduert, Hes. Op. 369, decry &’ evi rvduerr Pecdw, ‘tis a sorry thrift 
at the bottom.’ 

Ar. Vesp. 480, ob ye pny old’ & cerXivy covoTiv old’ ev—nyary, 
‘and still the business has not yet ‘‘come to the parsley,” no, nor 
to the rue,’ (Starkie) i. e., ’tis scarcely begun yet.!® 

oTHvat €v TpL0dw, “to stand at the cross-roads,’ of a person in doubt, 
Theogn. 911; Plat. Lege. 799 C, oras 6’ av xabamep & Tpiddy yevouevos. 
(Paroemiogr. & rpiddw eiwi). But é« rpidéou diff. id. v. éx p. 56. 

Anth. P. 5. 8.5, Niv 8’ 6 wév dpxia dyoly & Oat Keiva pépecbar/ 
(hence he isnolonger bound bythem). Cf. els ddwp, civov, p. 98. 

év ppeatt, Plat. Theaet. 165 B, ro deyouevov & dpéatt cvaxopEVos, 
ch. eis 174 C, v.p. 98. 

év xp@,)°? Soph. Ai. 786, Evpet yap & xp@ TovTO un xalpe Tid, 
‘shaves close,’ ‘touches the quick,’ (Jebb: ‘this peril touches too 
closely for our peace’); Thuc. II. 84. 1, & xpq@ det tapamdéor7es ‘sailing 
past so as to shave or graze’! (for metaphor cf. Verg. radere iter). 


10Teutsch, App. II. 61, ert trav ayraorwy. Oddels yap oidey ev Kew ris  juépa, 
drt obx éoraow ai jpuepat, AAN’ ws ExaoTor OEovew, ayovow. 

1047. Leutsch, App. VII. 16 d. 

106Photius: éri r&v év karp@ averiTndelw Te moLovvTwr. 

106Usually explained as by Schol. V. from the custom of planting parsley and 
rue as garden borders, but Schol. R has a different explanation, tapdcov ra Bpédn 
yernbevra ebfis [ev] cedtvors ériMecav, preferred by Starkie, g. v. Leutsch, App. 
IV. 38; Apost. 13. 47. 

107éy ypot is used by Homer literally of the weapon buried ‘in the flesh,’ Il. 
8. 298; 15. 315, cf. 23. 286 (o@ & xpot), also other preps. w. this noun w. similar 
lit. force (ad, dtd, ék, ei, zrepl.). 

108Tater this develops further idiomatic uses: cf. Plut. Thes. 27. 2, ob5€ ry 
axny ovriav & xpe@ of fighting hand to hand; Luce. adv. indoct. 3, 4 & xp@ cuvovela 


164 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


But Hdt. 4. 175, xeipovres €v xpot of shaving the hair close, so Xen. 
Hell: 1. 7.8, ‘and often later.. Ci Plrercer: 30 Ks (Cis prep: ecpd: 
Archil. 38, éyxu7i xexappevos. 


IV. Technical 

1. Military: 

év aoriow, Eur. Suppl. 572, & domiow co. pera Kwédvvevreov ‘in 
battle,?°° cf. w. mapa, éri. But Pherecr. 145. 11 K., xaOazep év rais 
aoriow (‘in the shields as mirrors’)"°/dapiorep’ abrov datverar Ta deed. 

év xatadoyw, commonly, the list of those liable to serve in the 
army, Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 9, of & r@ karadoyw et al. Cf. w. other preps. 
Ar. Eq. 1369, evrefels & karadoy, ‘the register of citizens.’ 

év werwmw, ‘in line,’ Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 23, maperaéavro & peTwrw ; 
Cyr 2.35 215 cks2, Av As 2227935 36; 41 cis els p.orgra Cyr. 
2. 4. 2; p. 99, éwi 2. 4. 3. 

év dros eivar, ‘to be in,’ 1. e., ‘under arms,’ Eur. Bacch. 303, 
oTpaTov yap & brdols OvTa Kami Takeow; Ar. Ran. 1532; Hdt. 1. 13; 
Xen. Hell. 7. 4. 38 (w. art.); An. 3. 2. 28, iva ws rretorou wev judy ev 
Tots brAos Wow ; cf. 6.1. 11; Ages. 1. 33; Hiero 2. 13; 10. 7; cf. (w. art.) 
Reip. Lac. 11. 1. 3; Plat. Crat. 406 D, & émdos paxeoOar; cf. Lach. 
178 Ay 179.E, 181 €, 182 B, 183.8, 185 C,190) D; Kuthyd 274 ep; 
213C; E> Gore. 456 Ds Lege.:795. C, ch. 833 De a) eyeurg.3i- 
Dem.-287. 177; Aeschin. TIT. 140; Ep. 11.7; Dinareho®. 79; ete. S1Gt: 
eis, €ml, Tapa. 

év tAatoiw, Thuc. 6. 67, €v tAaciw rerTaxOar ‘to be drawn up in a 
square’; ib. 7. 78; cf. Xen. Hell. 4. 3. 4; Ages. 2. 2; cf. An. 1. 8.9 w. 
modifier. 

év rake, v. infra, p. 181. 

év duAakn, pudakats, ‘on guard,’ ‘to hold or be under guard,’ peri- 
phrasis for @vAarreoOa. Theogn. 439, ds rov éuov pev Exer voov ev dv- 


of close acquaintance; cf. in Lat. Pers. Sat. 3. 30, ego te intus et in cute novt; c. 
gen. ‘close to,’ Plut. 2. 345 A, & xp@ Tov Owpaxos; Luc. Hermot. 5, & xp@ tis Yas}; 
absol. & xp@ pure adv. (also written éyxp@ or éyxp@) ‘near at hand,’ ‘hard by’, 
Plut. 2. 925 B, & xp@ xai oxedov; Luc. hist. conscr. 24 (v. Passow for additional 
references). 

109Cf. sing. Com. Fr. Adesp. 451 K., dvip adpictos Tad\Xa TAQY & aomibe. 

10This seems the reasonable interpretation, but it is a disputed passage. 
v. Meineke ad 2. 239 for discussion of translation frequently given (and adopted 
in the Didot ed.) in ordinibus militum. For the shield as a mirror cf. Aesch.- 
frg. 393 N.; Ar. Ach. 1298; Ap. Rhod. 1. 746, 76 8’ dvriov atpexts aitws /xadkein 
deikndrov ev aoride paiver’ ideoOa, ‘and her likeness opposite, clearly reflected in the 
bronze shield, was manifest to behold’ (Mooney). 


PART V év 165 


Aaknow ; Pind. Py. IV. 75, rov povoxpyjrida ravTws & dudraka oxebeuev 
meyada, = Lat. cavere. Aesch. Pers. 592, oi6’ ért yA@ooa Bporotow /éev 
gudaxais.1 Hdt. 1: 24, ’Apiova ev dudaxn exe; cf. 160; 5. 77. 3; cf. pl. 
het. 2. 99. ¢ adj.’ mod.; 3. 152; sing. 7..207; 208; 8. 40; cf..«7. 203% 
cf. extension of this phr. to the particular language or dialect of a 
people, Hdt. 1. 57, rovrop (1. e., rov yAwoons xapaxtnpa) exover ev pudakp. 
Thuc. II. 13. 7, 76 & & gvudakn Fv. qyrov Tovbrov, ‘of this half was 
under guard’; cf. (w. adj.) IV. 55: 1; Dem. 300. 215; Thuc. IV. 14. 
Sedo: 45) VEED. 51: 1; Xen: An: 4. 5./29; Dem, 249. 73. 

Slightly technical: é govais, used only in pl. (except in Suid.) 
The phr. goes back to Hom. Il. 10. 521, év apyadenor dovgow (cf. 15. 633, 
appl govnow). Pind. Py. XI. 37, Onxé 7’ AtysoOov év dovais (periphr. = 
govetev); Aesch. Ag. 447, rov 6’ év govais xadas meoovr’; Soph. Ant. 
(the only play of Soph. in which it occurs) 696, & govais/rertar’ 
‘fallen in bloody strife’; 1314, roiw dé xamedboar’ ev dovais TpoTrw 31” 
(cf. 1003, dovais, ‘murderously,’ the only case in Att. without prep.); 
Eur. El. 1207, eéeée paordv & dovaiow ; but Hel. 154 w. modifying adj., 
ameott 6é/. . . & govais Anpoxrovors. Cf. (w. art.) Hdt. 9. 76, 
ére €v THOU Hovnor éovras, ‘in the act of slaying’; Ar. Av. 1070, é dovais 
édduTaL, (in a mock tragic passage in parody). 

2eeebeoal: 

év aitia, Soph. O T 656, &v airia . . . Bardei, ‘to lay under an 
accusation’;! cf. [Plat.] Ep. 7. 341 A, as undérore Bade ey airia rév 
deuxvivta add’ aitév abrov, ‘so that he may never blame his teacher, 
but only himself’; cf. & airia éxev, ‘to hold one guilty,’ ‘accuse,’ Hdt. 
5. 106,° dpa pn e& borépns cewurdv ev aitin oxys, so Thuc. I. 35, (v. also 
infra sub éxew év, p. 197 f.); cf. du’ airias exe (v. supra, p. 31); cf. Hdt. 
8. 99, Mapdornov év airin ribevtes ; Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 6, o§7w yap jKior’ av 
ue oe oiwat ev airia eiva.4 Cf. evar & w. abstractions, v. infra, p. 193 
ff. 

Semi-tech. from the courts of what is at stake ina trial: Soph. 
O C 564, 7OAqoa Kwvduvetpar’ ev Tau@ Kapa, ‘at the risk of my own life’ ;!® 


mCf, Eur. H. F. 201, & ebpvddkryw 5’ éoti, ‘he is on his guard,’ only a little more 
than a local use, practically =‘he is in security,’ cf. eivac & dogadet and other 
neut. adj. w. eiva: ev, v. p. 183 fff. 

ev, Jebb. ad loc. 

U3y_ Jebb ad loc. who considers the phr. equivalent to éuBandetv airia, and com- 
pares éuSareiv eis cuudopas, Antiphon III. B 6 10, és ypadas, eis ExOpav, Dem. 248. 
70, also Eur. Tro. 305, eis éu’ airiay Badg. 

44Hfence the tech. phr. oi & aitia Dem. 631. 36; Ep. II. 1471, etc. 

"5Tn Homer ‘staking their lives’ is rapOuevor kepadras, Yuxas. Od. 2. 23; 3. 
74; 9. 255; Il. 9. 322, Yuxqv rapaBadddbyueros (occurs also later). 


166 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


cf. Lys. II. 63, & rots capact rots éavtev Kwouveboavres. Isocr. XVIII. 
3. & Tpraxovta Spaxpais kuwvduvevovra; cf. Dem. 601. 26, & xuXaws (sc. 
dpaxuais) 6’ 6 kivduvos, so 701. 3. Plat. Rep. 424 C, eidaBnreov ws ev 
dAw Kwéduvebovta, ‘as endangering the whole state’; Laches 186 B, 
év éralpwv avdpav viéor xwéduvevew ; cf. prov. & 7T@ Kapil xwéduvevew supra, 
plo: 

In the Orators: 

Andoc. I. 4. 26, év 7@ éuw Aoyw didwut Tw Bovdouery ‘in the time allot- 
ted to my speech,’ so I. 5. 35, 55; Aeschin. II. 59 also with same 
meaning, é 7 éuw Vdare Dem. 274. 139; 359. 57. 

3. Of forms of punishment: 

év kNolw, Xen. Hell. 3. 3. 11, rov tpaxndov ev Krolw pactiyobpevos 
(a sort of pillory). Cf. Cratinus 115 K., & r@ kidwr tov axe’ Exwv. 

év b\w, Ar. Eq. 394, &v £b\w Snoas, ‘binding in the stocks’; w. art. 
367,8° 705; ch, dt. 6;-75; Andoc 1.92 “ys: X. 16; pl Andocs Ins 

4. From the field of politics and government: semi tech. 

év apxn, apxats, Thuc. II. 37. 3, of & apxn, ‘those in authority’, Isae. 
VII. 34, & apxn Te, Oecpobernoas, ws Evyevounv ok Gdikos old€ wEOvEKTNS, 
qmictato cadas, ‘in office,’ but usually only in pl. w. this meaning; pl. 
‘in sway,’ in power,’ Soph. Ant. 796, rav peyadwv ma pedpos ev epxais / 
feou@v' ; Eur. Andr. 699, ceuvol 6’ év apxais quevor Kata rrodw ; Or. 897, 
ds dv dbvnrau rodeos & 7’ dpxaiow H;S0 Thuc. VI. 54, cf. Ar. Pol. 1302." 7, 
of & rais apxais, of being ‘in office,’ 1299.” 3; 1305.03. Cf. Ar. Eth. N. 
1095.” 21; 1158.* 28, of & rais é€ovolas, ‘those in power, in office’; 
id. Rhet. 1384.71. of & a&epare Ar. Eth. N. 1123." 2,” 19, 1124.> 19, 
also pl. 1126.” 36, rots év détdmuacr kal Tots ruxover. CF. infra, év duvapet, 
év rede, €v Tysais. For the more frequent use of é dpxn ‘in the 
beginning,’ v. p. 173 f. 

év duvaper, of ev Suvaye is half tech., like of & apxais, Téder, Tats, 
etc. Thuc. 3. 93, of re Oecoadol &v duvauer dyes THY Tal’TH Xwpiwy (nearly 
periphrasis for verb, note dependent gen.); cf. Hyper. I. irg. VII. 
XXVII. 21 (Blass emendation), cai robs & duvamer OvTas Ev Tals TOME 
Kal mpoeot@ras ; Lysias XXIV. 25, emi trav tprdaxovra yevouevos ev Guvapel ; 
Xen. Hell. 4. 4.5; Dem. 174. 29. But in Plat. Rep. 328 C it has none 
of this official sense, but is equiv. to a pred. adj., governing a gen. 
as in Thuc. 3. 93, supra, ei wév yap ey Ett ev Suvdper HY TOU Padiws TopEeveo- 
Oat mpos To dotv, ‘if I was still able easily to go to the city,’ cf. eivar & 
infra, also other preps. w. divams. Cf. & duva7@ ‘within my power’ 
supra, p. 156. - 

116y, Blaydes ad loc. cf. w. adj. Hdt. 9. 37. 2. 

17For discussion of the text, which is very likely corrupt, v. Jebb ad loc. 


PART V & 167 


Similar in meaning is, of & rots tpaypaow, Thuc. III. 28; Dem. 
125. 56; Ar. Pol. 1307.” 9, ‘those engaged in the affairs of state,’ 
‘the public men.’ Cf. eivac & mpoedpia, in the office of mpdedpos, Ar. 
Pol. 1292*. 9. 

ev rede, of ev TEdEL, Cf. of Ev apxats, duvauer, TPAYuacW, Tyusais. Soph. 
Ant. 67,"8 rots & réder BeBaor, ‘those in supreme power,’ ‘the magis- 
trates’; elsewhere oi ev réXec alone, Soph. Ai. 1352; Ph. 385; 925; cf. c. 
eivat, Hdt. 3. 18; 9. 106. 3; Thuc. I. 10. 4, &w trav Baoithéwy kai trav 
Maduora ev réXe, ‘the principal officers,’ cf. I. 90. 5; II. 10. 3; III. 
age os iV Oo. 2; V2 00) 1s Vie ssi10: Vila731; Vil 50.4. But Eur: 
Bacch. 860, ds meduxey &y rede Oeds/devdraTos, not ‘in authority,’ 
although it might easily be mistaken for that meaning, but ‘in the 
end’;"° Hdt. 9. 7. 61, reixos duty dca Tov "IoOuot eXavvdpevor ev TédeEt EaTL 
‘is in completion,’ i. e. ‘on the point of being finished,’ cf. eivar é 
infra. Probably also slightly colloquial tone in Hdt. 1. 31, ad’ & 
TéNEL TOUTW EoxovTo (of the death of Cleobis and Biton). Cf. 64, eis 
w. Tédos, pp. 23, 112. Cf. Eur. I. A. 19, rods 8’ év riyais qooov Cnr, 
of men in office or power. 

5. From the field of Rhetoric and Logic: 

év dvatpeoer: early use of this phr. which later became tech. in 
Rhet. and Logic, Aesch. Eum. 749, reumager’ dp0as éxBoras Yndwr, Eevor, 
/7O ph adcxety ceBovres év drarpeoe, ‘in the division,’ i. e., in the reckon- 
ing of the votes on either side. Cf. later Aristot. Top. 120.” 36, 
év Tn aitn dtacpécer, i. e., in eadem categoria, cf. bro c. acc. ib. 121°. 6; 
Metaph. 1054.* 30, & 77 Svapéoe tev e&vavTiwv; Meteor. 330°. 16, 
TAdrwv ev rais dtarpeceow. Its general meaning in the theory of 
logic = ‘in the process of logical division.’ Cf. w. other preps., Plat. 
Proleg. II., & dtarpécews mpoehfwuev v. p. 58. Cf. Kar’ e€tdn dtarpécewv 
Plat. Soph. 264 C; xaz’ ei6n duarpecews 267 D; later, kara duaipeow is used 
as a grammat. term ‘divided,’ opp. to kara ovvOerov, Ath. XI. 492 A. 
But cf. éri Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 55, ‘to the distribution of booty.’ 


6. Commercial: 


A late phrase is & rapaxarabyxp do0nva ‘on deposit,’ Polyb. 5. 74. 5. 
Tech. phr. of valuation: Dem. 877. 7, tiv oikiav & ducxtNlats rpooé- 
eis ; cf. 1036. 27, 28; also 876. 3, &v @. Cf. amd, ex. 


187, Jebb ad loc. for BeBa&ar &, etc. 
19Cf. Cholmeley ad Theocr. 22. 148, & réX\e here = réAetos. 


168 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


7. From the field of athletics: 


A late use, semi-tech. of wrestlers, & NaBais eivac or yeveoOar 
‘to be at grips, grapple closely,’ Plut. Eum. 7; 2. 979 A; cf. eis NaBas 
yeev id. Lucull. 3. 

8. Musical: 


Semi-tech. Ar. Vesp. 582, & gopBera rotor dikacrais etodov nino’ 
amwvow of a flute-player ‘with his mouthpiece on he plays a quick 
march for the jury as they file out of court’ (Starkie). 

V. Elliptical 

Sc. douw, dduoror, oikw, oixia, teow, or similar word.”° Cf. Hom. 
p. 140. Most frequent is & Aidov Aesch. Suppl. 416; Ag. 1528; Ar. 
Ran. .//4; Pherecrs: 81K. XensOec. Qty 12: Plat. Crito.54 (Gre 
saepe (twenty-one or more times); Isae. II. 47; Philetaer. 18 K. 
Hyper. VL. érizad. X1E135, X11. 39,43; Dem. 732: 1045786. 52) 53. 


20Brugmann, however, (Grundr. d. vgl. Gr.2 Bd. II. Teil II, §517, S. 610 sq.; 
Griech. Gr.? 395), and others following him (e. g. K. Meister IF 18. 148 sqq., 
Giinther IF 20. 94 sqq.), on the ground of the use of different old prepositions 
with the Genitive in the idg. languages, believe this explanation insufficient and 
consider the Genitive not as dependent on an omitted noun, but originally a real 
Gen. of place, to which the local adv. came to be attached, thus fusing two expres- 
sions of different origin. Accordingly éuroday is supposed directly to represent 
éy moda@v (‘‘im Bereich der Fiisse’’), and not to have arisen on the analogy of 
é& modav. This also explains eis c. gen. in such phrases (v. p. 84, pp. 103, 104) 
and é as in Od. 18. 299; (p. 50); é« didacxadov Plat. Prot. 326 C (v. p. 60); 
Ar. Lys. 701, & trav yerdvov (v. p. 60). (Brugmann, Gr. Gram.? 395, “Man 
konnte einst ’Aléao eivac ‘im Bereich des Hades sein’ sagen, u. s. w. Zu ’Aléao 
trat nun év geradeso wie zum Lok. u. zum Akk. und & beim Gen. wurde in gleicher 
Weise wie beim Akk. als Zielkasus nach é zu és (eis) erweitert’’). Meister, while 
admitting that in many cases it is easy to infer an ellipsis, cites Cretic dialect 
inscrr. in which he believes it difficult to supply such a word as would be likely to 
suffer ellipsis. He argues further that the later development of some of these 
phrases does not indicate that an unexpressed word was in the consciousness of the 
speaker. In Ion. inscrr. the same expressions are found with the case the prep. 
regularly governs, e. g., ray dé & Ardo\Aw; sO in N. T. & 7 by and eis (but MSS. 
vary) anv (in Hom. & and eis “Avéov only). v. further Meisterhans, Gr. d. att. Inschr. 
S. 214 §85. 18 w. ftnn. 1720, 1721, for citation of like cases in Att. inscrr., con- 
fined to fixed uses like the names of Attic sanctuaries and of Attic communities, 
e. g., Newvidnv édv Tis dmoKTeivy ev THY TOAEwWY Gv’ AOnvator Kparovar, THY TLuwpiay elvaL 
Kabdmep édv Tis AOnvaiwy &robavyn CIA IX. 1, c, 27, c, 14 seqq. (time of Pelop. war), 
etc. 

21y, Sobol. Praep. p. 11. 

12Plat. Phaed. 68°A, 70 'C, 71 E,85'B, 107 A; Cratyl. 395 D> Symp. 1927; 
Gorg. 493 B, 525 B, C, E; Meno 100 A; Rep. 330 D, 366A, 386 B (bis), 392 A, 
596 C (dduoror expressed, 386 D ap. Il. 23. 103); Legg. 727 D, 881 A, B. 


PART V ev 169 


Sc. lep@: ev Wvdiov, Thuc. VI. 54. 6, 7; Isae. V. 42. 4 & Acovicov 
éxxAnoia, Thuc. VIII. 94. 1; Dem. 517.9; Aeschin. II. 61; cf. III. 52; 
év Atovicov rpaywoots, Dem. 58. 7; cf. Lycurg. 136, 137, & r@ Tov Auds 
Tov owrnpos (note omission of tepw, expression of art.). Sc. dou or 
olxw: é€v Kparivov, Ar. Eq. 400; & madorpiBov ib. 1238; Nub. 973; 
év tev Snucoupyav Lys. 407; & addotpiwy Thesm. 795; kav Oecpoddpoww 
ib. 83; ev KAwmidav Eq. 79 (sc. dnuw); & Xelpwvos Eur. I. A. 926; but 
év juerepov Hdt. I. 35; VII. 8.6 (i. e., ‘in our country’); sc. dduw: ib. I. 36, 
év Kpoicov ; év xBapiorov Plat. Theaet. 206 A; Charm. 160 A; & ypap- 
paratov ib. 159 C, 160 A; & didacxadwy Alcib. I. 110 B; Legg. 834 D; 
év ’Apidpovos Prot. 320 A; & marpos, Soph. Frg. 524. 3 (Nauck). & 
matpos, év émitpo7ov Menex. 249 C. Cf. Isocr. XII. 165, rots re uy 
duvapevors ev Tais abray fnv; Andoc. I. 144, pérouxov (eivar) ev rp TeV 
mdnolov (sc. Todeor, wOAE). Cf. eis, ex, pp. 84, 103, 104, 50, 59, 60. 

ev yerrovwv, very idiomatic, of living ‘in the neighborhood,’ ‘next 
door,’ c. dat. or gen. Antiphan. 212 K., & yerévev ait@ Karotxobons 
(Meineke reads ex); Lycurg. 21, aX’ év yertovay rns exOpePaons abtov 
matpioos petouav ; Dem. 1249. 10, drt 76 xwpiov To ev yerTOvwY pot TOUTO; 
Menand. Perikeir. 27 (Capps), & ye:tovwy 8’ olkovoa radeddod, cf. id. 
frg. 853 K. Cf. further Luc. Philops. 25 c. dat.; Icarom. 8, ei & ye 
Tove éotl Ta doypara ‘of like kind.’ Cf. ék, p. 60. 

év avrov, etc. Ar. Vesp. 6428 very idiomatic, xaorw otk & abrov 
(sc. olkia or otxw), ‘he is not in his right mind’; so also (if the text may 
be trusted) Menand. Samia 128 (Capps). Cf. Ger. ‘Ich war 
ganz aus dem Hiduschen”’ i. e., ‘out of my senses’ (Starkie). Cf. also 
Lat. esse apud me, te, Ter. Andr. 408, 937, Phorm. 204; redire ad me 
‘to recover my senses,’ Andr. 622, Ad. 794. Cf. also Hor. S. 2. 3. 
273 penes te es? The allied idiom Xen. An. 1. 5. 17, 6 KXéapxos ev 
éauT@ éyevero, ‘came to himself,’ ‘recovered his senses,’ although not 
elliptical is so closely related to these phrases as to be best classed 
with them. 


123y. Starkie ad loc. 

1247, Capps ad loc. who cites Soph. Ph. 950, viv ér’ & cavrod yevod ; Plat. Charm. 
155 D, ovxér’ & Euavrov; Hdt. 1. 119, otire ckerNayn eros Te EwuToU yiverar; but this 
reading of Soph. Ph. 950 is based on one MS. (Par. A) and on Ar. Vesp. 642; 
most edd. read & caut@ (v. Jebb. who would do away with this phr. even. in 
Ar. where he prefers to read either &’ airov or & aire on the ground of Xen. An. 
1. 5. 17 (v. supra), or the gen. of the reflex. in Soph. O C 660 and Dem. 26. 30, 
bet 6) «OSS ty abre@y Ere Kal viv yevouévous). In Plat.Charm. 155 D the 
text also varies, Hermann, otxér’ [ém’] euavrod jv, others, ev €uavr@ which Jebb ap- 
proves. ~é éuavrov, however, has good MS. authority here and Stallb. contends 
for it and its support of the gen. in Soph. Ph. 950. 


170 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


VI. Temporal 


ev is used of time within or during which, in the course of which, 
(v. xpovw), most frequently to designate the time, i. e., time when. 

a. Phrases for'day and night, time of day, season: 

év nuepa, ‘by day,’ ‘in the day-time,’ Pind. Ol. I. 6, & dpeéepa; 
frg. 107 (74). 2; cf. pl. Ol. II. 68, Bacchyl. XII. 163, ratpas xopov 
eiNa[zivas 7’ &v/apelplalis ‘in a few days’; ev juepa Aesch. Eum. 105; 
Eur. Bacch. 488 paralleled by yeb’ juepay and contrasted w. vixtwp ; 
id. Tro. 446, vuxros, otk év quepa ;!° Thuc. VII. 44. 1 ‘in the day-time’; 
Diphilus 100 K. e¢ al. But Dem. 379. 123, ef yap & jyépa modAW Foe, 
dvo Kal elxoolv elow adpiOuq@, ‘within a day,’ nearly=‘each day.’ juépa 
omitted: Pind. Py. IV. 132, é é7a; Eubul. 3. K., viv dws ray vix6’ 
dAnv /ev TH SeKaTN TOV waLdiov xopevcerTe, i. c., On the child’s name day. 
ev 7m boTepaia (nuepa easily supplied from preceding clause), Plat. 
Prot. 318 A. & 7m mpotépa tev éxxAnoiwy ‘on the day before the ec- 
clesia,’ Aeschin. III. 69, etc. 

év vuxti, Pind. Is. III. 54 (IV. 36), opia/év vuxri ‘late in the night,’ 
‘about dawn’; Aesch. Ag. 653 ‘in the night-time’; cf. Soph. Ant. 16; 
id. Tr. 149, \aBy 7’ ev vuxri dpovTidwy pépos, ‘she takes her portion of 
anxious thoughts in the night,’ ‘at night’; cf. Thuc. II. 3. 4; IV. 68. 
2; Vil. 80. 3; Xen. Hella iil: 5. 21> Vio 4.4262 Symp. 9 Cyr 
3. 26; V. 3. 56;”" év vuxri BovAds Menand. frg. 733 K. ubi v. nn. 

év ev’ppovyn, ‘in the night’, euphemism, lit. ‘in the kindly time.’ 
Aesch. Ag. 522, das & evdpovn dépwv, ‘bringing light in darkness’; 
Eur. I. A. 1571, 76 Aawmrpdv eidicaove’ & ebppdvn haos (of Artemis); 
Rhes. 617, 825: Cf.. xara, Aesch. Pers. 221; Soph BL.259; hur. 
Rhes. 736; periphrasis Eur. I. A. 109, car’ evppovys oxcav. 

év dpgdva, noctu, i. e., ‘in the darkness’ = ‘at night,’ Pind. Ol. I. 73; 
SAT. 70;ct: pl Pyths i. 23; Eure ton, 9555 Ries) 169) Soinpec icra. 
dpdvns Eur. Suppl. 994; Rhes. 697; 774 (w. adj.); but H. F. 352, 
és Oppvav of the nether world. 

év oednvn ‘in the moonlight,’ Thuc. VII. 44. 2. 

& nriw Te kal mviyer, Plat. Rep. 422 C (J., ‘under the heat ofa scorch- 
ing sun’); cf. Phileb. 26 A, & ye xeudor kai mviyeot. (Cf. also dé, 
dua kavards Te kal mviyous, Rep. 621 A). 


15Cf. Xen. Mem. III. 13. 5, & rare # & juépars; similarly An. IV. 8. 8; Hell. 
II. 4. 21, & oxre pnoir, etc. 

126Cf. €v weonuBpia ‘at noon-day,’ Thuc. VI. 100. 1; Xen. Hell. V. 4. 40; Plat. 
Legg. 897 D et al. Aesch. Suppl. 746, & peonuBpias/O4dre is not a periphrasis for 
this, but more like instrumental &. 

“27Cf. periphrasis Eur. Rhes. 111, & xaracrace vuxrés ‘in the night-time.’ 


PART V év 171 


év wyopa mAjfovros 6xdov, Pind. Py. IV. 85 ’8=pr. dyopas mAn- 
Govons, the forenoon from 10 A. M., Hdt., Xen., etc. Cf. also & 77 
ayopa tAnPovon, Thuc. VIII. 92. 2; Plat. Gorg. 469 D, etc. 

év Oépe, Thuc. IV. 27. 1 et saepe. 

év xeucave, Pind. Is. II. 42, év dé xetucve ‘in winter’; cf. Aesch. Ag. 
969; Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 8; w. art. Cyr. 8. 8. 17;!9 ‘in wintry weather,’ 
i. e., ‘in storm,’ in pl. Plat. Legg. 961 E, contr. w. evdtiats, v. infra; 
cf. fig. use, Soph. Ant. 670, dopds & yea ‘in the storm of battle.’ 
Also ev Yoxer, ‘in winter-time,’ Soph. Ph. 17. Associated w. ev xeuuare, 
but not strictly to be classed as temporal, more often indicating rather 
circumstance or condition, é evédia, Aesch. Sept. 795, rods 6’ ev ebdia 
Te Kai KAVOwviou /roANatot TANYais avTAoV ovK Eb€EaTo; Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 14, 
év edia xeua@va rowovow; cf. An. 5. 8. 20; Plat. Legg. 961 E, & ye 
xXelu@or kal ev evdiars (Vv. supra). 

b. W. xpovos expressed or understood: Bacchyl. VII. 45, e& aduxe 
xpdovm (Jebb: AuE=‘of the same age, 7ALE xpoves, here is ‘a time of the 
same duration,’ ‘an equal space of time’). Pind. Py. IV. 291, é de 
xpovw, ‘in time,’ ‘after some time,’ so 258, (cf. without prep. 78); 
cf. frg. 147 (114); Py. III. 96; VIII. 15; Aesch. Suppl. 138, ev xpovw 
‘in course of time’; 938; cf. Cho. 1041; Eum. 498, peravfis ev xpovy ; 
Ag. 857, & xpévw & arodbiver/7d TapBos avOpwmroow ; (cf. 463 without 
prep., ‘the black Furies in time,’ ‘though late’). Soph. O T 613, aX’ 
& xpovw yvaoe 746’ dodadas; Eur. Andr. 782; Plat. Theaet. 186 C, 
yoy Kal év xpovw; Phaedr. 278 D, ‘in the course of a long time’; cf. 
Aesch. Ag. 610, & pixer xpdvov, so Soph. Tr. 69,!° w. which. cf. 
Aesch. Suppl. 56, yvaoerat 5é Noyous Tis év wake ‘in due course of time’ 
(temporal without gen. only here). Cf. & xpdvq paxpa, ‘after a long 
while,’ Soph. O C 88;! Ant. 422, El. 330, Ph. 235; but Eur. Or. 980, 
‘in the course of a long time,’ not ‘after’; cf. Eur. Hipp. 375, vuxrds 
& paxp@ xpovw ‘in the weary hours of the night,’ and the parody 
on it in Ar. Ran. 931; Eupolis 356 K. é pixp@ (sc. xpdvw), Eur. 
Tro. 1040, zévous 7’ ’Axarav amddos & jutkp@ paxpods/Pavovc’; Xen. 

128Gildersleeve explains this as Gen. of time, from which springs the Gen. 
absol. w. pres. pte. 

129For use of other preps. and other cases as variants, v. L. and S. sub xeuav; 
the gen. with and without art., 6a c. gen., acc., with and without art., are used 
with slight difference of meaning. 

130Cf. Plat. Legg. 683 A, & xpévov riwds unKeow amdéros; for wyKxe c. gen. cf. 
Thuc. 4. 62, & unKer Adywr SreNOeiv. 


181y. Jebb. ad loc. for & in such phr. as & 7é\\q, wakp@, ddAlyw, Bpaxet xpdvy, 
etc. 


172 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Cyn. 5. 32; Eq. 8. 7; cf. & dxapet xpovm, Ar. Pl. 244; Com. Frg. 
Adesp. 370 K.; Plat. Apol. 19 A, r7v dtaBodny, fv byets EY TOAAM XpOVH 
ECXETE, TAUTHY EV OVTWS OALYW Xpovw; SO 37 B, év drALyw xpovw ‘within 
a short time’; Phaed. 58 B, & roXd\@ xpovw; Phaedr. 228 A, &v rod\d\@ 
xpovw Kara oxodnv; cf. Rep. 409 B, etc. Cf. further Soph. O C 551, 
& re T@ xpovw; O T 1030, r@ 767’ ev xpovw; Andoc. II. 21.12, ev rq Tore 
xpovy ; Plat. Critias 111 E; Legg. 679 A; 683 C; Ep. 333 C; 339 D; 
345 D; 355 E, etc.; Soph. Ph. 1224, & rq rpiv xpovw; Thuc. IV. 41. 3, 
etc.; Katamep &v TH Tpdcbe Xpovw, ‘just as in the former time’; Hdt. 9. 
26. 6,12 & rm weraéd xpovw, Plat. Rep. 450 C (but not temporal, Tim. 
66 E, & 76 werakd rovrwy, i. e., air and water, v. supra sub év peéon fin.); 
év yap T@ érvovTe xpovm, Plat. Symp. 219 B. 

Cf. év oNiyw, temporal, Pind. Py. VIII. 92=brevi; Thuc. IV. 55. 3, 
‘within a short time’; Plat. Apol. 22 B;}8 similar is Act. Ap. 26. 28; 
Xen. Hell. 4. 4. 12 might be either of time or space, 7o7€ your ovTws ev 
oALyw TodXol Execov. For spatial uses of év odtyw v. infra, p. 190. 

c. Expressions for various periods of life: 

& yadaxre, yarak, Eur. H. F. 1266, é7’ ev yaXaxti 7’ dvtu ‘when I was 
still at the breast’; cf. Plat. Tim. 81 C; Legg. 887 D, é yanaée rpedo- 
mevor = ev yadake ovtes.'*4 

év tpodaicw, Aesch. Sept. 665, or’ & rpopaiaw, or’ épnBnoarta Tw, 
‘while in the nursery,’ opp. to ‘coming to early manhood;’ 666, o¥r’ 
é&y yevelou Ev\NoyD Tptx@maros ‘in the first harvest of a beard.’ 

év Buotov mporedetos, Aesch. Ag. 720,'* ‘in the prelude,’ i. e. the 
beginning of life’ (fig. from preliminary sacrifice offered before mar- 
riage or any important undertaking). 

év maoly etvat, ‘in childhood,’ Plat. Rep. 494 B, ev@ts & ratotv; 
Aeschin. I. 157, trav &v racoiv ere kal vov dvtwy; II. 99, &v waoi pev yap 
jv. . . & Taldwy 6€ admadd\aTTOuevos . . . avip dé ~yevomevos 
(cf. éx); cf. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7.6, & marci . . . & veavioxots, ; 
év avdpact, so Plat. Rep. 413 E, but 431 C, & maoi ‘among caldeeay 


132For usages of this kind w. xpévw in the Orators, v. Lutz/. c. p. 30. 

13Cf, also &v Bpaxéi, Hdt. 5. 24. 3, etc., v. infra, p. 187. 

134y, Stallb. ad loc. who cites also Aelian V. H. VIII. 8 where it is used fig. 
of the art of painting, rhy Téxvqv ypadixny . . . Tpdtoy Twa & oTapyavots 
kal ydadatw otoay, so also X. 10. Such an extreme development of an early prep. 
id. is characteristic of late writers. & orapydvos goes back to Aesch. Ag. 1606, 
Chor 5298/55. 

35Cf. Ag. 65, dcaxvacouévns 7’ ev mporedetous / Kapaxos ‘in the beginning of the shiy- 
ering of the spear,’ i. e., ‘in the preliminary conflicts.’ 


PART V & 173 


cf. 433 D, etc. Szng.in Marc. Aur. Ant. 1. 1, kai 76 ypawar duaddoyous ev 
mavot, ‘when I was a child.’ 

év TH veornrt, ‘in youth, Plat. Rep. 329 A, etc. Cf. éwic. gen. and &. 

Expressions for the prime of life:!* 

év 78n, Eur. Cycl. 2, viv xar’ ev 4Bn robpuov nidever devas ; frg. 284. 10; 
Aeschin. ep. 11. 7, etc. Cf. Eur. Alc. 316, #8ns év dxug, w. wh. cf. 
Xen. Cyr. VII. 2. 20, & axun rov Biov ;7 Reip. Lac. 1. 6, év akwats rav 
TWUATWV TOS Yauous Trovetofa, and (also pl.) without gen., Isocr. VII. 
37, &v rabrats Tats akuats, Cf. eis axunv eMwv, Eur. H. F. 532. 

év nAtkia =HBy, of the flower or prime of life, from about seventeen 
to forty-five: Pind. Py. XI. 51, é adcxia ‘in my life’s bloom’; cf. Nem. 
9. 42, & ddixia mpwra. & HdiKia ely ‘to be of age,’ of women, Plat. 
Rep. 461 B, trav & jduxig yuvatkav ; of men, ‘of age for service,’ Thuc. 
VI. 24. 3, of & rn HAtKia, so VIII. 75. 3; Xen. Hell. I. 6. 24; cf. Mem. 
IV. 2. 3; Plat. Charm. 154 A, add’ ow év AAuKia jv, ‘he had not yet 
come out,’ cf. B; Lach. 200 C; Legg. 924 E, éav & ndcxia mpos &ddndous 
qo; Isae.- Il. 6; Aeschin. I. 63,.155; Dem. 17.28; 42. 7; 141. 40; 
287. 177; 361. 65; cf. 545. 95, éorparevpevos ardcas Tas év®8 yduKia oTpa- 
teias, etc. Cf. Plat. Ep. 316 C, & ruxia peon te Kal xabeornkvia.)? 

ev wpa, Plat. Meno 76 B, éws dv év dpa wor, ‘while they are in their 
prime’; Rep. 474 D, martes of év Opa; cf. 475 A; Phaedr. 240 D. But 
év pa also adv. v. infra, p. 183. But é& a@paiw . . . Biov, Eur. 
Phoen. 968 refers to old age, although a similar expression might have 
been used for the bloom of life, aids 6’, & wpaiw yap éoraper Biov, / 
OvnoKery €Toimos matploos éxduTnptov.'9 

Of old age, &v tw ynpa, Plat. Rep. 329 C et al. 

d. General phrases of time: 

ev[ai|@vc], in all their life-time,’ Bacchyl. XII. 61." 

&v apxn, apxais, Sing. ‘in the beginning,’ also rarely pl. v. wfra. Cf. 
éé, awd; kara w. pl. Eur. Med. 60, & dpxn mnua xovderw yecot. Thuc. 

136y, Aesch. Sept. 666 supra, p. 172. 

87Later than 487, about forty, the prime of strength and achievement, rather 
than of youthful beauty. Cf. & aku eivac, Thuc. IV. 2. 1, mply rov otrov eivar & 
axun, ‘before the grain was ripe’; but cf. ém’ dxuns cue . . . ide, Eur. Hel. 
897, ‘I am on the point of seeing.’ 

88So the MSS. Blass cum Apsin. é’ 7Acxias. 

189Cf. Thuc. II. 36. 3, of viv Ere dvTes wadtoTa & TH KabecrnKvia 7ALKia, ‘those of 
middle age,’ as above. 

40F liptical, and a disputed passage; although @vyjcxew belongs directly w. 
érowuos it is felt also w. & wpaiw . . . Biov, ‘in a ripe season of life,’ i. e., ‘my 
time of life is ripe to die.’ 

M41For text see edd., Jebb, etc. 


174 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


I. 35. 5, womep ev apxn vreirouev; Isocr. IV. 40, of & apxn 
éyxanéoavres=qui primi; VI. 103; XII. 21, 239, 266; XIII. 1; XV. 
63; XIX. 46; Plat. Symp. 197 B; Phaedr. 237 Cicugenrs 259 Ce 258 AG 
266 D; Alcib. II. 140 D, 148 B; Euthyd. 291 B; Prot. 344 C; Rep. 
453 B; Tim. 28 -B;-Lege. /92 CDem, 213,83; 215, 145 397-478-444, 
311; 522. 23; 644. 74; 734. 108; 973. 23; 1098. 60; 1109. 26; 1415. 46 
et al.; pl. Plat. Legg. 671 A, kal dep 6 dOyos ev apxais EBoudnOy ; Ep. 
344 B, dmep ev apxats eirov. For é& apxats ‘in power,’ ‘in office,’ v. 
supra, p. 166. 

év yauw, ‘at the time of her marriage,’ Bacchyl. XVI. 115. 

ev eipyvy, often in ‘time of peace,’ but sometimes=adv. ‘peace- 
fully,’ Bacchyl. V. Col. 11. 200, cf. XII. 188 (Jebb). Ken. Hell. 2. 4. 
22, e&ov 5 yuiv ev elpnvn modtrevecOar, cf. 3. 2.9; 4. 4.1; 5. 1. 13, domep & 
elpnvy ; Plat. Theaet. 172 D; Symp. 189 B; Lach. 179 C; Rep. 333 A 
(bis); cf. 575 B; Legg. 640 B; Dem. 390. 156, etc. Cf. & zodéuy, 
supra, p. 152. Cf. also & omovéais, Thuc. III. 56. 2, karadapBavovras 
év orovdats Kai mpocere tepounvia, ‘trying to seize our city in a time of 
peace and further at a holy season’; Thuc. VII. 18. 2, & crovéais 
‘in the time of truce’ et al. 

ev Tn movn, Xen. An. 5. 1. 5, 60a wor obv doKei Katpds Eivar Tovety ev TH 
Movyn, TavTa épw; w. the verbal noun cf. artic. inf. An. 3. 3. 12, émevdy 
EMPWY UGS EV TG MEVELY KAKS MEV TAOXOVTAS. 

ev rats puyais, Ar. Eccl. 243, év rais puyais uera Tavdpos wKno’ ev wuKvi, 
‘at the time of the flight’ (of the country people of Attica into the 
city in the Pelopon. war), here used with a familiar tone; note also 
pl. for sing., as & deirvors Soph. O T 779 supra, p. 151 n. 60, cf. sing. 
év gvyn v. & Todeuw, p. 152. 

e. Pronominal: 

ev tmde, Eur. Phoen. 1429, év rade untnp 7 Tadawa mpooritve, ‘at 
this moment’; so 1465, but the text is doubtful. 

ev rotot, Hdt. 2. 161, én’ érea revte Kai eixoor dpéas, &v Totor 
ve, ‘within, during these years.’ 

ev dow, ‘while,’ or ‘until,’ v. infra, p. 203. So also & 4, v. p. 203. 

f. W. participle in adverbial force: 

& Tw vuv TapaTerTwxort, Plat. Legg. 857 C, &s ye & T@ viv Taparen- 
TwKoTe eye, ‘as I may say in passing.’ 

“But Rep. 372 D=adv. ‘peacefully,’ ‘quietly,’ so prob. Ar. Pax 439, & eipnvn 
duayayetv tov Biov, v. Sobol. Praep. p. 23. The two meanings are so closely asso- 


ciated as to make distinction sometimes difficult and some of above passages may 
be better adv. 


PART V év Li Bo 


év tT@ TaparuxovTt, Thuc. III. 82. 7, ‘ina favorable opportunity,’ 
i. e., ‘when chance offered’; V. 38. 1, 7 unv & TE TH TaparvxdvTe apuvev 
T@ Seouevw, ‘to defend the one in need as circumstances required,’ cf. 
mpos TO Tapatuyxavoyv, Thuc. I. 122. 1. 

év T® TapeoTari, Plat. Rep. 452 B, yedotov yap ay, ws ye &Y TH TapEC- 
Tat. pavein, ‘at any rate under present conditions.’ 

& T@ mapovtTt, very frequent, sometimes, ‘under present circum- 
stances,’ more often, ‘for the present,’ ‘now,’ ‘at present,’ ‘at the 
moment.’ Frequently an intruding 6¢, so 6’ ovv, occasionally yap, ye ; 
also used w. modifying temporal adv., ré7e (Thuc. 1. 95, 7), most 
often w. viv (Plat. Phaed. 67 C opp. to & 7@ érera; Cratyl. 400 C, 
etc.). Also used adjectively, Plat. Menex. 240 D, riv & 7@ mapovre 
gwrnpiav). Cf. & Tav Tapovtwy supra, p. 74; also pds. In late Greek 
éml Tov wapovros ‘for the present,’ also occurs. & Tw tapovrt, Hdt. 1. 88; 
2: 161, 172; 3. 75; 8. 14. Thuc. twenty-eight times or more,™ I. 
95. 7, kal odiow év T@ TOTE TapovTt EriTnoetovs. Andoc. I. 1.5; 1V. 29. 1; 
Lys. 30. 25; frg. 75; Isocr. about eighteen times, VI. 15, & yap Tq 7. ; 
Men. Hell: 7. 4. 12 (@ 6¢7@ x.): Symp. 8. 4; An. 2. 5. 8; Cyr. 3. 1. 29; 
4.5. 15; 5. 4. 30; Plat. saepe, fifty-five or more times; Phaed. 73 A, 
ov yap oddpa ev TH TapovTt peuvnuac; 76 B, ok exw . .  .  THT. 
éhecba: ‘at the moment’; Parm. 135 C, & ye rw 7.; Phileb. 20 A, oy uy 
duvaiuel’ av tkavyy amoxpiow & T@ 7. dddvar cot, ‘at the moment,’ ‘off- 
hand,’ ci. Charm. 158 C e¢ al.; Hipp. Min. 372 E, vuvi 6é €v 7@ 7. ‘for the 
moment’; Menex. 248 B, ef det reNevray €v Tw 7. ‘now’; Rep. 532 D, 
év t@ viv 7. et al.; Tim. 50 C, é& 6’ oty rm w.; Aeschin. II. 118, 122; 
Wenn 193512; 196: 22 232.21: 286. 176; 427. 269; 527. 40; 1169. 7; 
123073 1250 12 14222-01459 2 1444 41458. Hyper: ire. 71, 
eles’ 

“Thue. I. 32. 3, 41. 1, 132. 1, 136. 4; IT. 62. 2, 63. 2, 64. 5, 88. 1; IV. 1. 3, 11. 4, 
SOrayOln= Vie lind. 41. 2,05, 4° Viole: 4. 24.3292 35.2 88. 1,23 VEL. 42. 3, 
(SaOm Villon ler2 Au oon Seeiils leusiia As 

M“Tsocr. IE. 26; V..153; VI: 15: VII. 38; VIL. 18; 121, 142; IX. 80; XT. 2; XIE. 
4, Ol, 1035 1285 VV. 55, 164; 2315 <VI. 39; Ep. 7. 10: 

45Plat. Crito 46 C, Phaed. 67 C, 73 A, 76 B, 91 A (bis), 95 E,114C, 115 C, Cratyl. 
400 C, Theaet. 158 B, 188 A, 197 A, 200 D, Soph. 260 A, Pol. 277 D, Parm. 
135 C, Symp. 176 E, 177 C, 193 D, 200 C, D, Phaedr. 230 E, 252 A, Charm. 158 C, 
Euthyd. 287 B, Meno 71 C, Hipp. Mai. 297 E, Hipp. Min. 372 E (bis), Menex. 
240 D, 248 B, Rep. 379 A, 392 A, 398 C, 435 D, 454 A, 509 C, 532 D, 536 B, 
584 B, 611 C, Tim. 38 B, 43 C, 50 C, Legg. 642 A, 696 A, 754 B, 768 D, 770 A, 
838 A, 887 B, epi dperns 376 Ay 

M6Cf. és ra mapovra Arr. Anab. 1. 13. 5 et al. Ib. 5. 22. 5, wadtora mpds 7a Tra- 
povTa & Kaipe@ ot édpaivero. 


176 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


g. With articular adverb without xpévw: 

év T@ &prt, of time just past (€e7, more commonly of the present, in 
late writers also of the future): Plat. Meno 89 C, adnXa (sc. I fear lest) 
by ovK €V TH ApTt povoy én a’To doxetv Kada@s AEyecMar, GAG Kal Ev TH vu 
Kal €v T@ EretTa. 

ey ro. abrixa, Thuc. ILf. 82. 7;4V. 108. 6; VIL. 42.2: Vili 27, S, ete: 

év Tw eta, Plat. Meno 89 C (supra); Rep. 498 A; cf. Phaed. 67 C. 

év 7T@ viv, Plat. Meno 89 C (supra); Phileb. 23 D; Legg. 643 A, 
685 A, 752 B. 

v7 mapourixa; "Lhuc, 1 iio 7 VIL 11. iomen. Cyr. vile 2 2a. 
Plat. Phaedr. 240 B; Rep. 558 A, ‘for the moment.’ 

év tw TO7TE, Thuc. I. 92; III 36. 6, tw Te bquw rapa TOAD &v TH TOTE TLVAYw- 
raros; TV..12;.3: VIL. 86.053 Andee ile 21) 14, 15s Plat-7ehaeds: 
241 A; Legg. 678 E; 699 D, etc. 

h. W. artic. adverb partly temporal, partly spatial, év zw, rots 
mpoabev. Temporal: mainly in Plato, commonly ‘before’ of an ear- 
lier point in the discussion or argument: Plat. Theaet. 200 E, Polit. 
265 A, dep & Tw pdabev Ed€eyouey et saepe; Phileb. 25 C, 32 B, ci. 35 A, 
‘neither now nor before,’ py7’ &y Te viv Xpovw . . «nT & T@ 
mpooGe; Phaedr. 255 A, 273 A; Charm. 162 C; Lach. 193 D; Meno 
93 Ae Rep: 4237 €, -5029D.3.519-C, 521) Ee $33); Lege ide vos 
: veav Kal doixnTov ev Tw Tpoobev roy, ‘heretofore,’ ‘formerly,’ 
cf. Ep. 345 C. Plural: é rots rpdcfev may usually be explained by 
supplying elpnuévors, but is so familiar in Plato that the ellipsis was 
doubtless forgotten:'7 Plat. Phaed. 86 E, 94 C; Cratyl. 410 D, 438 
A; Theaet. 182 B, 191 E, 193 D, 197 D, 199 C; Soph. 264 D; Polit. 
302 E; Phileb. 39 D, 41 B, adda pip eiwouey . . . OdLYOY EY Tots 
mpoobev, ‘a little while since,’ a pure adv. no different in meaning from 
éumpoobev alone in 41 D; cf. Theaet. 207 B, év rots rpoafe; Alcib. I. 
134 D; Gorg. 481 B (intrusive ye, so also elsewhere), 489 B, 492 A; 
Meno 98 A; Rep. 391 E, 465 E, 478 D, 485 B, 576 A; Tim. 40 B, 64 B, 
65 C, 67 C, (cf. 67 C, & Tots tarepov AexPnoouevors Which might have 
developed into a similar phrase, omitting the ptc. if it had been 
frequently used); Critias 110 A, 113 B, Minos 321 B; Legg. 707 D, 
709 E, 733 C, 797 A, 896 C, 918 A. Cf. & rq eurpoober, Plat. Euthy- 
phro 15 C; Crito 46 B, 49 A; Phaed. 108 A; Prot. 328 E; Gorg. 477 C, 
etc. é Tots éumpocbev, Isocr. XII. 191; Plat. Apol. 28 A; Phaed. 
86 E, 103 D; Cratyl. 394 D; Polit. 279 B; Euthyd. 279 D; Prot. 
326 E; 332.E, 359 E; 361, AcgGorg..473 A; 513°; Rep, 502-5; 50701; 


u“7Thirty-seven or more times. 


PART V &v Dik 


Legg. 881 B. Spatial: Thuc. VI. 67. 1, & 7 mpdcber, ‘in the van’; 
VII. 78. 4 (sc. xwpiw) ‘in the country which lay before them’; cf. 
78. 5, 81. 3; Lysias XIII. 37 c. gen., dvo 6€ rparefar ev TH pdcbev TaV 
Tptaxovra éxeioOnv ‘there were two tables set before the Thirty’; Xen. 
Hell. 7. 2. 7 c. gen., of wodeutor Eudxovto ev T@ Tpdcbev Tav eis THY TOW 
gepovoav tud\@v; So Cyr. 5. 3.52; but ib. 57 without gen. ‘because 
the enemy were in front’; Plat. Prot. 315 B (c. gen.), evAaBoivro 
underoTe EuTrodwy ev TH Tpdcbev civa IIpwraydpov, ‘in front of Prot.’; 
Rep. 614 C opp. & 7@ émobev, ‘in front’ and ‘behind,’ here usually 
translated ‘on their foreheads’ and ‘on their backs.’ W. & r@ rpdc6ev 
loc. cf. other adv. phr. of direction infra, p. 192. 


VII. Adverbdial 

a. With nouns: 

év aioa, Aesch. Suppl. 545™° ‘fitly,’ ‘duly’ (Schol. & eiuapyevp) 
cf. év potpa, infra, p. 181. 

év apxn, V. sub temporal phr. p. 173 f. 

év aocxodia, Plat. Theaet. 172 D, of 6€ & doxodia TE del EyouTL 
(cf. and contr. émi ocxoAns just preceding); Rep. 406 B, & acxonria 

mravrw, cf. & w. abstractions znfra. 

év deovrt, ev tm deovTt, Hdt. 2. 159, & rq deovrt, Lat. opportune, ‘in 
good time’; so, without art. Eur. Alc. 817, ovx #dOes ev déovrs béEacBar 
doors; so, (w. neg.) Hipp. 923; (affrm.) Med. 1277; Or. 212, ws db 
pou tpoonOes év Seovti ye ; so in Diels, Vorsokr.? 644. 25; 645. 1 (w. art.); 
Bre Pa 272. Niue, Fl. 89.8; Xen: Cyr. §. £. 20) Cw. art:). Plat. Rep. 
414 B; repi diuxaiov 375 A (w. art. four times, so also ib. B); Dem. 
271. 133, & ov deovr.; Prooem. 52. 1458, év déovr.; Isocr. IIT. 19, ev r@ 
deovrt. Cf. eis déov freq. w. the same meaning, v. supra, p. 110. Cf. & 
Kaup@, €v Kad@, pp. 178, 188 f. Cf. Com. Frg. Adesp. 248 K, Anpeis év ob 
déovTe Katpw didocodav. 

ev Snuocios opp. ev idios,#® Plat. Legg. 910 E et saepe. Cf. sing. 
without prep. Thuc. I. 141; 3. 45 e¢ al.; & 7@ Snuooiw of the public 
treasury Andoc. 1. [79]. Cf. é Andoc. 1. 41, 92, etc. Cf. & xowg, 
etc., infra, p. 189. 

év dtxn, Lat. zuste. Pind. Ol. II. 18; VI. 12; Nem. V. 14; Py. V. 14 
(cf. €v adabeia Ol. VII. 69; Bovdais ev dpPator Ol. IT. 83); in Aesch. Ag. 
1615, é dixp is ambiguous and may mean either ‘justly,’ or ‘before the 
court’ as in Cho. 987; Soph. Tr. 1069 ‘justly,’ so Ar. Eq. 258; Nub. 


M48This is the MS. reading, but Tucker rejects it. 
49Cf. kar’ idiay ‘in private,’ ‘privately’ Plut. 2. 120 E. 


178 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


1332, karomave ye vy Aia/as év dikyn o” EruTtov, so 1333, 1379, cf. 1380 
where adv. éuxaiws is used in precisely the same way in the same 
connection; Pax 628; Thesm. 830: Vesp. 421; Plat. Euthyphro 4 
B (bis); 6 A; Cratyl. 419 D; Soph. 220 A; Phaedr. 266 A, 275 E, 
277 D; Rep. 475 C, 478 E, 605 B; Tim. 62 D; Legg. 682 D balanced 
w. adv., ov kadas ovd’ ev dixn; 768 A, 777 E, 929 A (bis), 945 D, but 
949 A ‘in a law-suit.’ Cf. & voyos infra, p. 182. 

ev novxta,! begins in Hom. h. Merc. 356. Eur. Or. 1284, ri wedre’ of 
kat’ olxov év novxia/opay.a powiooe ; cf. infra other cases of transference 
of local meaning to an abstraction, p. 196. Eur. frg. 775. 56, éxeuw 
xpn/oron’ ev novxia; but Hdt. 5. 92. y., rovro etxov & Hovyin, ‘kept it 
quiet,’ i. e., ‘did not speak of it’; 5. 93, eixov &v novxin cdéas atrods, 
‘they kept quiet,’ i. e., were silent; Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 8, 6 Kpirwy é 
novxia 7v; Plat. Phaedr. 229 A, & jovxia Kabiénooueba; Rep. 575 B, 
éav 6 ev eipavyn Te kal jovxia yerwyrar; Dem. 143. 46, 76 5’ & Hovxia 
dtaye ;? but Thuc. 3. 12, & 77 jovxig ‘in time of peace’ opp. toév T@ 
modéum. Cf. c. dra, emi, kara, wera. Cf. bc’ qovxins eitvar ‘to keep quiet,’ 
Hdt. 1. 206, etc. Cf. w. adj. Soph. O C 82, & jobxw ‘in quiet case’ 
nearly =jovxws. But in O C 197, & jovxaia is an adj. and belongs w. 
Bace Baow appooa two verses below.'? 

ev xaip@, Lat. opportune: cf. eis p. 111, eri, xara, rapa c. dat., mpos, 
otv (late).%4 Pind. frg. 168 (150). 5, qv duaxpivac iddvra roddds ev KaLp@ 
xpovos ; (cf. kara xarpov, Pind. three times, so xapov alone Py. I. 80; 
Opp. mapa xapov three times); Bacchyl. (Jebb) frg.21, tpaccovras & 
kato ‘faring opportunely,’ cf. eb rparrev; Aesch. Pr. 379, ‘in season’; 
Soph. O C 809, raira 6’ & xarpm eyes; Eur. Bacch. 1287, ws & ob 
Kaipw Taper; Rhes. 443, 7Mov ev kare; frg. 745, 6 yap & karpm moxOos = 
kaiptos ; Ar. Ran. 358; Democr. frg. 229, Diels, Vorsokr.? 426.7; Thuc. 
P21 iV. 59.3, pay ey Kaipe, “unseasonably 5. V161- 22,0 \ ees 
Andoc, E. 145-\tsocr. TL. 50; 1V, 9; ip. 3235 xen. Hellas ge 
katp@ yévoito; 5. 1. 18; 7. 4. 8; cf. c. gen. Apol. 7., é xarp@ rns HAuKias ; 


*°But Apol. 38 E ‘before the court,’ ote yap & dixn or’ & Todeum. 

1Cf, metaph. use of yadqvn the stillness of the sea for calm, quiet, Soph. EI. 
899, ws 6’ ev yadnvn wart’ E&epKdunv Tomov (sc. dvta), ‘but when I saw that all the 
place was in stillness, i. e., was quiet.’ 

Contr. & tapaxn ylyveobar, Dem. 144. 51. 

3p yovxta MSS.: corr. Reisig. 

b4Opp. to amd, Gvev, Tapa C. acc., Tpo. 

%Thuc. III. 56. 5 looks a little like a phr., but is not, & xaupots ols omavioy jv 
Tav ‘EX\pvwr twa aperhy TH Zepto duvaue avriraéacOa, ‘at a time when it was rare,’ 
Cte: 


PART V év 179 


An. 3. 1. 39, ravd & karpm; Cyr. 3. 3. 8, of &v T@ Katp@ movor; cf. 6. 1. 38; 
cf. Plat. Crito 44 A, xwduvebers &v karp@ ru ovk éyetpai pe; ev Katpw, Soph. 
260 A; Polit. 307 A; Rep. 370 C; cf. Legg. 916 D; “Opa 413 E; zrepi 
duxatov 375 B (w. art.); Dem. 27. 30; 260. 102; 1169. 7, cf. & xara, 
déovTe. 

év kehadalw, kepadaious, cf. c. dua, eri. €v alone or ws ev; cf. w. 
nearly the same meaning, ws & ritw, & TiTw, TiTw elTeiv: ‘to speak 
in summary, summarily,’ ‘to sum up’: sing.: Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 18, 
TO TANOOS Hu Tpawrov eiwé &Y Kehadraiw; cf. Plat. Soph. 232 E; Symp. 
186 C, as & Kepadaiw eizew et al.; 196 E; Phaedr. 267 D; Euthyd. 
280 B (‘we agreed in general that this is so’); 281 D; Hipp. Min. 366 
Beawonwol Es Rep. 522 Cy Fim 52 D:\ Kp. 312 )C; Aeschin. Tad 77; 
Dems 108. (6; 50/-, 1635640. 63; 701.5; 1483. 37; etc: \Pl.: Thue: 
VI. 87, & xepadaiows brouvnoartes; Lys. XIII. 34, bu & Kedadaiors 
amodetéew : Isocr. I]. 9, Evxepadaios . . . mepthdBapev; Xen. Ages. 
11. 1; Plat. Phaedr. 228 D, év xe@adaious épeens Sieyue; Tim. 19 A, 26 C; 
Dem. 845. 7, viv 5’ ws & Kepadaios axnxoate. Cf. Plat. Rep. 414 A, 
as ev Tim, un du’ akpiBetas elpnaOat, ‘in outline,’ ‘in general’; so Ar. Pol. 
13235 10. V. infra, p- 208. 

év koouw, ‘in an orderly manner,’ Plat. Prot. 315 B; cf. Symp. 
223 B, ovxere ev kdopy oidevi; Legg. 898 B, und’ ev koopw pnd’ & rake; 
but cf. Dem. 1400. 36, éxeivos trait’ av ein wadtor’ & Koouw Kal TL, 
‘this would be the greatest credit and honor to them.’ Cf. & rater, 
infra, p. 181. Cf. kara kdouov; cf. use of dat. adv. xooyw without 
prep. -wescune o2le (Ch, isp. M1, 

év kbkdw, Ar. Av. 118, ‘all around,’ ‘round about’; Lys. 267; Plut. 
679, 708 (cf. without prep. kikAw Thesm. 662); Soph. Ai. 723; Thuc. 
IIT. 18. 4; c. gen. 74. 2%; Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 8; Plat. Soph. 286 E e? al.; 
Protaots By Vim./63)-A; Critias 117 1; Metagenes, 6. 11. K.; Hubul. 
108 K., & dé kikdw. Cf. es p. 111. 

ev pera pbeyyeoOar, ‘in tune,’ ‘harmoniously,’ Plat. Soph. 227 D; cf. 
mapa pédos id. Phileb. 28 B, Legg. 696 D ‘out of tune,’ ‘inopportune- 
lywet<Pind. N. 7; 69: 

év pepe, wolpa, take are classed here because of their adv. uses, 
since in general it has proved more convenient to place together the 
various uses of the same word. They are grouped together because 
of their similar use c. gen.: 

év pepe, Lat. vicissim, per vices: Aesch. Ag. 332 ‘in turn,’ i. e. 
‘one after another,’ ‘by turns,’ ‘in succession’; so 1192; Cho. 332, 


b6Thuc. III. 74. 2, éumimpacr ras oikias ras év KiKkAw THs ayopas. 


180 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


K\vbe sw ww & peper; Eum. 198, 436, 586; (not in Soph.); Eur. 
Andr. 216; Hec. 1130; Her. 182; Cycl. 180; Rhes. 473 (cf. Or. 452 w. 
art. év r@ péper ‘in one’s turn,’ so Hdt. 5. 70); Phoen. 1433; Ar. Vesp. 
1319, ‘one after another’=xaé’ éxaorov, but Av. 1228, axpoaréov tuiv 
éy pepe. Tav Kpetrovev ‘you in your turn,’ similarly with the article 
apparently metri causa Lys. 540; so Ran. 32 ‘in your turn’, 497 ‘in 
my turn.’ Diels, Vorsokr. 182 fr. 26 Empedocles, é pépe; Hat. 1. 
26; 7. 212; cf. & 7@ pepe 5. 70; Thuc. IV. 11. 3, & 7@ wéper ‘by turns,’%” 
so VILL 86.3; without’ art: »93;'2; (Gw. vatt:)5 Andocs i, 167123: 
without art. Lysias II. 33; Isocr. IV. 96, 164; Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 5; 
7. 1. 14 (bis); An. 3. 4. 23, & 7@ pepe ‘each in turn’; 7. 6. 36, & 7 p. 
kal mapa 7O peépos ‘in and out of turn’; Cyr. 2. 3. 18, & pepe; Plat. 
Theaet. 179 E, 189 E, 190 C; Cratyl. 410 D; Soph. 242 E; 252 B; 
Pol. 265 A; Symp. 214 B; Prot. 347 D, & pepe . . . Kkoopiws; 
Gorg. 474 A, B (w. art.); 496 B (éer); often strengthened by éxao7os 
as Rep. 520 D, ékaoror év w.; 80540 B, 577 C, 581 C; 615 A, 617 C; 
Legg. 819 B, & pepe kai épeens Kai ws wedixacr yiyvecBar ; 876 B, éxare- 
pov vy w.; so 947 B et al.; Parm. 150 A, & d\m . . . & pepe; 
Demodoc. 383 E; Isae. IX. 24; Aeschin. II. 41; III. 2, 4; Dem. 
25. 24; 907. 1 (w. art.). Nicomach. 1. 40 (K. III p. 387); Com. 
Frg. Adesp. 568, 1249 K, & 7@ wépe. But é pepe c. gen. and a verb, 
riévat, rroveicbar, katabecOa, AaBeiv, etc., is almost a periphrasis, ‘to 
put in the category, the class of . .  .’, ‘to consider as,’ so & poipg, 
é&y peptic, ev rater, ev NOyw TWevar, woeicHa g. v. Also w. eivac or without 
vb. ‘in the category of’, Isocr. IX. 24, jyouuevous obx oidv 7’ elvan 
Tov ToLovToy Ti plow ev idimrov peéper duayayerv; Plat. Rep. 347 A, 
ws & puobov péper elpnxas (rHv Cyuiav); 348 E, ei & aperns Kal codias 
TlOns weper THY ddixiay; Cf. as variant 349 A, émedn ye Kal & apeTn avTo 
kal copia érodunoas Oetvac; 370 B (no verb), wy & rapéepyou pepe (cf. 
& mapepyw p. 182); 424 D, ws ev madids ye weper; Aeschin. I. 126, 
éy okwppatos meper ‘by way of a joke’;’ ib. 151, & evxns péeper Tov 
épwra movobuevos ‘as a prayer’; Alexis, 240. 2. K, wore unr’ &v avOpwmov 
peper/unr’ év Oeov (nv ; Hyper. V. 10, ev rpoobjxns wéper ‘as an appendage,’ 
so Dem. 154. 8;%9 37. 31, & danperov Kal mpooOpkns pepe yeyernode, 

67Cf, Pind. & duelBovre supra, p. 161. Cf. & mepitporg, ‘by turns,’ ‘one after 
another’ (lit. a turning about, changing): Hdt. 2. 168, rade 6é & repitpory ExaprovvTo 
‘they reap the fruit of these lands in turn,’ so 3. 69. 

158Sq Diog. L. II. 111. 

169Cf. Dem. 22. 14, S F B, & pév rpocbjky wepis, vulg. rpooOnxns ueper, Rehdantz- 
Blass, Gram. u. Lexik. Index S. 71, vielleicht kaum zu sichern durch & mpoo@Hxn 
vyevécOwr, Aristeid. 1. 663 Dind., é& rapaxaradjxy b radavra Polyb. 33. 12. 2. 


PART V év 181 


so 175. 31; cf. 207. 19, & Kxarnyoplas pepe moveioOa; cf. 286. 176, 
avrots ws ev TH T@V ExOpav ovow peplde; cf. 323.292, &Y Tw TaV EvarTiwv pEpEL 
retaxOar; 465, 27, didor’ ev Tins meper ravra, ‘as an honor’; cf. 568. 
165; cf. 166 (vb. expressed), rovr’ ev evepyecias apiOunoer peper 515 
638. 56; 668. 148 (dis), ob TiOnue ev aduxnwaros péper.? Dem. 23. 18, 
év ovdevos elvar méper TOV ToLtovTov, ‘such a man was as no one’;!® 1095. 
64, ev rexunplou méper TrovetoOar ; Cf. rifecOar év, p. 198, rrovetoar &v, p. 197 f. 

év woipa=adv. as in Hom: Il. 19. 186; Od. 22. 54, ‘rightly,’ ‘fitly,’ 
cf. kara potpay in Hom., Plat. Legg. 775 C. But more commonly c. 
gen. like & wep Plat. Phileb. 54 C (w. art.), & 77 Tov ayabod poipa 
éxeivo éo7t ‘is to be considered in the light of a good,’ i. e., ‘as a good’; 
Dem. 639. 61, & modeuiou poipa; c. ws or worep Plat. Legg. 656 B, 
Wéeyn 6€ ws &v radias poipa, Lat. tamquam per lusum. cf. Rep. 424 B; 
cf. Plut. de lib. ed. 6 E, aX’ as & dapyaxou polpa TovTo Tointéov Eo, 
‘by way of remedy’; Luc. Zeux. 2. 840, worep & rpocbjkns potpa (cf. 
supra ev mpocbiKns mépet). 

év rager has three uses: a. most frequently quasi-technical as a 
military term; b. equiv. to adv. like & xédoum supra; c. metaph. 
c. gen. ‘in the rank of,’ ‘position of’ like é pépe, é poipa c. gen. 
(a.) ‘in battle array,’ ‘in order,’ also ‘at his post’ in the line of battle. 
This is really an adverbial use and the transition from the military 
sense to the general meaning ‘in order,’ is so easy that sometimes it is 
difficult to draw a sharp line between them. Thuc. IV. 72. 2; V. 
66. 1: VI. 34. 4:-Vil, 78.1; VII. 69/1; Xen: Hell: 5. 2.. 42; 4°43; 
7. 2. 22; Oec. 8. 8 (quater); An. 5. 1. 2, & rage ay ‘in line of battle’; 
A. 24, 8.13; 7. 1. 22, 0écBe Ta dra & Take ws TaxXLOTA, ‘in battle array’; 
Cyr Oye ea oe Ly a: 199, Oh, Oo. 04. Plat. lach? 
182 A ‘in battle array’; 190 E, & 77 rager wévwy ‘remaining at his post,’ 
so 191 A; Dem. 558. 133, ‘in battle array’; but 331. 320 ‘each at his 
post’; 1394. 24 (bzs) ‘at their post’; but Plat. Rep. 617 D, 620 D 
‘in order’ of orderly succession; Theaet. 153 E, ‘in order’ may con- 
tain a suggestion of the military notion ‘at its post,’ ‘in its appointed 
place,’ 76n yap av ein re Snwou & Take Kal pévor Kal oK av &Y yevéoe Yiy- 
voto; Legg. 898 B, und’ é&v Koopw pnd’ & rate ;' 637 E is a clear case 

10Cf. as variant, Dem. 650. 89, é& dwpeas rake. 

161Rehdantz-Blass cf. Cic. Phil. 11. 1. 3, mors in beneficit parte numeretur. 

1Rehdantz=Hyp. f. Eux. c. 36. 25, ay ra. « «-yeyovdra & dduKquare 
Yndlonobe eivar. 

163Cf. Paus. 10. 28. 4, xpucdv uév kal apyupor év obdevds peplde ErounoarTo. 


164Cf. ptc. phr. é& 7@ rerayperw supra, p. 161. 
165Cf, without prep. as a military term, kdopw kal raéer, Thuc. IV. 126. 6. 


182 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


of the (b.) adverbial use, xp@vrau kal rats G\Aats Tpupats . . 1 
Tager 5é waddov rolrwy ‘in a more orderly manner;’ here it has become 
a pure adv. and is compared by means of the adv. modifier uadnov. 
(c.) c. gen. Dem. 229. 13, & émnpeias rake,’ ‘by way of insult’; 481. 
81. ndOev ev ExOpov rake ‘he came as an enemy’; cf. 246. 63; 650. 89, 
ev dbwpeads . . «rater (cf. ev peper 568. 165); (w. art.) Hyper. III. 
XL. 30, iduwrnv 8 dvra Kpivers &v TH TOV pHTopos TakeL. 

éy perp, Plat. Rep. 380°C, 601 Bs Xen; Memo) 2. 20 ete Ck. 
év t@ werpw, Aeschin. I. 141; & rots weérpos, Isocr. XV. 47. Cf. & 
pv0ue, infra. 

év polpa, Vv. supra, p. 181. 

év vouows, ‘according to the laws,’ ‘legal,’ ‘legally,’ Plat. Critias 
121 B; (w. art.) Lycurg. 1; Dem. 504. 154 et al. But cf. Plat. Prot. 
327 C, Trav & vouots Kal avOparos TeApaypevwy (J., ‘those who have been 
brought up in laws and humanities’). Cf. & ee. 

& Te matdtais kal &y orovdats, ‘in jest and in earnest,’ Plat. Legg. 
647 D; Cratyl. 406 C, & maéva ‘in jest,’ but Legg. 798 C, & sais 
madcais ‘in their games.’ Cf. xara c. pl. Legg. 732 D; cf. aa6 orovéns 
‘in earnest,’ ‘seriously,’ Il. 7. 359; 12. 233, so wera orovdys, cf. opp. & 
Tats Tavdvats Xen. Symp. 1. 1. 

év mapepyw, ‘as a bye-work,’ ‘a secondary, subordinate matter,’ 
Lat. obiter, Ger. nebenbei. Soph. Ph. 473, ad\X’ & rapépyw Bod pe 
(very idiomatic), ‘give me a passing thought’ (cf. infra, rifecOar ev 
p. 198)=é rapépyou wep, Plat. Rep. 370 C; Eur. I. T. 514, as & 
mapepyw THs éuns dvorpagias; cf. Thuc. 6. 69. 3 (L. and S. sc. eevro); 
Plat. Theaet. 184 A, eive tus ev mapepyw oxeperar; Symp. 222 C, as 
év mapepyw 57 A€ywv Emil TedevTHS ald EOnxas; Tim. 89 E, 70 6’ ev rap- 
épyw . . . é€mouevos contr. dv’ axpiBeias . . . duedOeiw; cf. Legg. 
921 D. Cf. & p. 67, first in Thuc. 1. 142. 9, Cf. Arist. Poli 1336," 
24, ev mapadpoun movetcOa tov doyor, ‘cursorily,’ Lat. obiter. So ék 
rapodov, Arist. Coel. 306.” 27, G. A. 757.212. Cf. de sensu et sensili 
444,* 28. 

év pvduw, cf. ev uerpw supra. Verg. in numerum: Xen.Symp. 2. 8; 
An, 5. 4:/14;°6. 2.8, 10; 193° Cyrn i. 3.10; Plate sRepa sO je1C sere 
601 B; Legg. 670 B, Baivew & prbuq, etc. 

év 6€ orovdy, ‘in haste,’ Xen. Cyr. 4. 3. 13, so dat. adv. without 
prep. Cf. dua Eur. Bacch. 212. 


16Cf. Com. Fr. (Kock I 672) Ameips. 9, kar’ émqpevay ‘in a spirit of wanton 
insolence,’ ‘insolently.’ 


PART V & 183 


év oxepg, ‘in a line,’ ‘continuously,’ ‘uninterruptedly,’ Pind. Nem. 
I. 69;1°7 XI. 39; Is. V. (VI.) 22. cxepds found only in this phrase.1® 
Cf. epic adv. émoxepw. 

év taker, v. supra, p. 181 f. 

év raxer, confestim, Pind. Nem. V. 35; Aesch. Pr. 747 ‘at once’; 
Ag. 1240, 1448; Soph. O C 500; Ai. 804; El. 16, 387; frg. 808; Eur. 
El. 641, wapéorar 5’ &y rayxeu!™ Boivny Err; Ar. Vesp. 1439; Thuc. I. 79, 
ToNeunrea eivar ev TaxeL; 86, TLwpnTea Ev TAaXEL Kal TavTi cbever; 90. 5; 
Pe en 200 et PV, LOG: ob. t2d0 43 Ve ST. ob, O45 Le VI, 3S.) Sx 
91. 4, 92. 1; VIII. 95. 2 (cf. in same sentence xara raxos); Xen. Cyr. 
6. 1. 12; Ages. 1. 18, et al. Cf. amd, 614, eis, Kara, wera, obv w. this noun. 

év rédet, Eur. Bacch. 860, etc., v. supra p. 167. Cf. & redev77; 
cf. w. other preps. v. eis, pp. 86, 111. é 7edevrn, Pind. O. VII. 27, 
routo 6’ auaxavov evpeiv,/dT. viv ev Kal TedevTAa HEepTatov avdpi TuxeElr. 
But c. gen. without idiomatic force, Aesch. Sept. 937, veixeos & redeurq, 
cf. 578. Cf. & rede; cf. w. other preps. v. eis, pp. 86, 112. 

ev tixn, Aesch. Ag. 685, yAaooapr év rixa véevwr ‘guiding the tongue 
by good hap’;!”° Eur. Hel. 1374, xaddora 54 745’ Hpwac’ & Tixn Toots 
‘in good fortune’; Thuc. IV. 73. 3, otk av & rixn yiyvecPa cdhiow, 
etc. Cf. dd, dua, xara. 

& Spa, Lat. tempestive, ‘in due time,’ ‘in good season,’ (first in 
Hom. Od. 17.176, -v; supra; p.-140);_ Pind. Ol..6: 28; Hdt. 1. 31; 
Ar. Vesp. 242,17 689; Pax 122; Nub. 1117; Eccl. 395, ottws & ape; 
cf. Xen. Oec. 5. 4; Plat. Phaedr. 240 D. But cf. c. gen. of 7p, Nub. 
1008, jpos év dpa, ‘in the spring-time,’ so with other names of seasons. 
Cf. also p. 173; cf. eis, p. 107. 

b. With adjectives: 

1. A frequent and interesting use is év c. éo7i, expressed or under- 
stood, and a neut. adj., e. g., ‘it is opportune, easy, holy, safe,’ etc.,!” 
a favorite usage of Euripides. Soph. El. 384, viv yap ev kako dpoveiv,'” 


167But v. Fennell ad Joc. for discussion of MSS. reading. 

168Cf. Ap. Rhod. 1. 912, &waoxepw, etc. 

169°Text doubtful. 

79But Soph O T 80, slightly different, dvat "Aro\ov, «i yap & Tixn é TY/ 
owript Bain A\aumpos Gorep Supart, Jebb: & rixy nearly =pera rixns, ‘invested by,’ 
‘attended by.’ 

171A pparently here either ‘exactly at the season,’ or ‘early in the morning.’ 

1724 characteristic group of these phrases will be discussed separately, but 
others will be cited under specific adjectives. 

173Schol. evxatpov; so Soph. Ph. 1155 xadév=xaipiov, O T 78 cis kadov=xatpiws 
Jebb. 


184 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 
‘now is the time to be wise,’ so Eur. Her. 971, otxouv é’ éoriv & kad@ 
dovvar dixnv; cf. Ar. Eccl. 321 (a difficult case to distinguish, but 
probably of time and idiomatic); Plat. Rep. 571 B, Oixotv, 4 8 3s, 
ér’ év xad@; cf. p. 188 f. Eur. I. A. 969, & ebuapet re Spay re kal py 
dpav kadas (sc. éore), ‘it is easy’;! Eur. Hel. 1277, é eboeBei you vouma 
uy KNerre vexpov, “it is holy,’ i. e., ‘it is a matter of piety.’ A rare 
and peculiar instance of the same idiom is Eur. El. 550, adn’ etyeveis 
mev, &v dé Ki Bd Aw 7dde, ‘but this may be false.’ To be compared with 
these phrases,!” is Soph. Ant. 1097, 76 7’ eixadeiv yap dewov, avricravra 
dé/ary maraéat Oupov ev dew@ mapa. (Jebb: ‘tis a dire choice.’)!” Cf. 
further év aédn\orepw Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 8; (v. ddndw), &v drow Democr. 
frg. (v. p. 185, drdpw), ev dodadei g. v., €v tow Eur. I. A. 1199, etc. 

2. Adj. c. rovetoba év, TifecOar ev, etc., ‘to hold, regard, consider 
a thing in acertain way.’ For similar phr. w. nouns v. infra, pp. 197, 
198. Soph. Ph. 498, rotyov ev cyixp@ peépos /rovobpever ‘holding in slight 
account’;!”” Hdt. 1. 118, ov & éhadpe éexorebunv, ‘I did not count it a 
light matter,’ i. e., ‘I bore it ill’; but 3. 154, ‘counting it a light matter, 
i. e., making light of it, he maimed himself,’ é& ékadp@ rornodpevos. 
Soph. Ph. 875, ravra ratr’ & evxepet /eOov, ‘thou didst count all these 
things easy’; Eur. Hec. 806, rair’ otv & aicxpw Oéuevos, ‘counting this 
shameful.’ An interesting variation of verb, and of number from 
sing. to pl., is seen in Soph. O T 287, adAX’ obx & apyots oidé TovT’ 
érpakayunv. It appears as if this phr. started with ‘I did not fail todo 
this,’ ‘did not leave it among the things undone’ and was fused with 
such idioms as those cited above, ‘I did not treat even this as a neg- 
ligible thing.’!78 

14Cf. Lat. in promptu est, Tac. Agr. 19. 5, Ov. M. 2. 86; 13. 161, but Tac. H. 
5. 5. 2 ‘in readiness’; cf. Theocr. 22. 61, & érolyeléori]. Cf. Ar. Meteor. 356.” 19, 
év mpoxeipw yap Tobrov TH aitiay ideiv (sc. éore), ‘it is easy.’ Cf. also Lat. Plaut. 
Capt. 336, im proclivi, Ter. Andr. 701; but ex proclivo, Plaut. Mil. 1018. Cf. 
other cases of this Gk. idiom in Tac. in aperto esse, Agr. 1. 2; 33. 5; Hist. III. 56; 
in ambiguo fuit, Agr. 5. 3. 

1Cf. further Epicur. Sentent. select. 1 ap. Diog. X. 139 (p. 71 Us.)R P §469, 
a, &v dobevet yap may 76 To.wvToy, ‘involves weakness’; cf. superl. (w. art.) Thuc. 
NOE SASS 

176Jebb’s explanation seems to be the right one: ‘it is open to me as a dread- 
ful alternative,’ lit. as a thing in the region of 76 devév, a fusing of tapeorw and 
év dav@ éorw. For textual conjectures v. Jebb crit. n. But & dev dvra Thuc. 
VII. 8. 1 (pl.); 48. 4 (pl.) means simply ‘being in danger,’ so Xen. An. 2. 3. 22; 
3. 2. 10 (pl.), nav & dSevots dor. 

But cf. without rovetoOar, Theocr. 22.212, otrw Tuvdapidars roreutteuer obk 
éhadpe. Cf. Lat. in levi habitum, Tac. H. 2. 21; Ann. 3. 54. 


178S0 ebb . Uy for use of tpacoecbar (midd.) and ap yots. & ap yots occurs only 
? q 
here. 


PART V é&v 185 


3. Other adv. phr. with adjectives: 

ev adndw, Lat. in obscuro, Antiphon V. 6, 7a év déndw er’ ovra 
‘being uncertain’; cf. (compar.) Xen. Hell. 7. 5. 8, &6’ 

Kal Tots moAeulors ev adnAoTEpw 6 TL TpaTTorro “where the enemy were 
more uncertain as to what he would do’; Thuc. 1. 78, érorépws éorat 
e& adnrw xwdvveverat ; Plat. Rep. 460 C (v. sud amoppirw). Cf. é€, p. 69. 

ev aioxpw, V. supra, p. 184. 

ev aupioByrnoiuw, Dem. 274. 139, oikér’ &v audioBnrnciuw ra mpdyyar’ 
nv, ‘doubtful.’ 

& apport, Thuc. II. 76. 3, kal & dudiBorw uaddov yiyvecba, 
‘they would be more exposed (or attacked) on both sides,’ i. e.,= 
Eng. ‘between two fires’; cf. Aesch. Sept. 298, rol 5’ én’ dudiBddorow / 
iamrovor moXtras/xXepuad’ dxpidecoay ‘on either hand’; but cf. Luc. 
dial. mort. 1. 1. & dupiBdrw oor Ere 6 yédws Hv ‘your laughter was doubt- 
ful,’ like & dugioByrncivw. Cf. eis Thuc. IV. 18. 

. & dmoppyty, ‘in secret,’ ‘secretly,’ Andoc. I. 45;!7° IT. 19, 21; Lys. 
XIII. 21; Plat. Theaet. 152 C; Rep. 460 C, & azopphrw re kal adnrw 
(sc. rom); Dem. 1372. 80;'7° Xen. An. 7. 6. 43, & axoppitw roinodpe- 
vos ‘forbidding him to speak of it.’ Cf. (pl.) Plat. Phaed. 62 B; Arist. 
Oec. 1348.” 1, Aoyous émoujoaro . . . & admoppyros; id. frg. 612. 
1581.* 42, ev amoppyrois pudarrew ‘to keep as a secret.’ Cf. dud, p. 26. 

é& anopw, frg. Democr. Diels, Vorsokr.? 388. 12 (R P, §204), 
erent olov ekaoTov yryvwoKev év amopur éori'®® (cf. neut. adj. c. éore 
supra, p. 183); Thuc. I. 25. 1, & amopy etxovro bécOa 76 rapdv, ‘they 
were at a loss how to manage the present conditions’; III. 22. 6, 
adr’ & aropw joav eixacar TO yryvouevov, Cf. & aropia txecbar, elva, 
p. 193. But Thuc. II. 62. 5, edmidc . «os & TH ardpw % icxbs 
(sc. éore). But (pl.) Xen. An. 7. 6. 11, dxovwv (ipas) ev ardpors eivar, 
‘hearing that you were in great straits,’ so Cyr. 1. 6. 3.18! 

& ampocdoxynt@, with é& ampocdoxntov supra, p. 69, cf. Luc. Tox. 
41, ei kal é€v Tw ArpocdoKnTw TOTE bTEpEeTXOV. 

év apyots, v. p. 184. 

& Tw aobeveotarw, Thuc. III. 52. 3, c. eivar, ‘already they were in 
the last stage of weakness’ (so Smythe, who compares Dio C. Ixxiv. 


7Tutz overlooks these cases and states that the expression is found in the 
Orr. only in Andoc. II. 19, 21 and Lys. XIII. 21. 

180Ap, Sext. Math. VII. 137, ywackew &v arépw éori ‘it is difficult to know.’ 

181Cf, Alex. 234 K., ebrépous/é rois amépo.s, but texts differ; another reading is 
evmépous, j & 5 droplats Bdérovtas eis GOAwTEpous. 


186 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


12. 52, & r@ dobevertatw eyevovro, Paus. IX. 7. 6, és 76 dobevécrarov 
mponxOnaar. ) 

& aodanrei, cf. other adj. c. eivar, yiyvecbar év and similar verbs. 
é&v dodadet means a, ‘it is safe,’ cf. supra neut. adj. c. éoti, p. 183 f. 
b. More frequently, ‘in safety,’ ‘ina safe place, occasionally ‘in time 
of safety.’ c. c. gen. of artic. inf. usually w. neg., ‘safe from,’ etc. 
It is used both w. and without art., but the latter twice as frequently. 
Xen. has compar. three times and superl. twice without art. (a.) Eur. 
Hec. 981, xwpetr’? & dodadet yap #6’ Epyuia; I. T. 762; Hipp. 785, 
rai® zodNG rpdocev ovk év dodadet Biov ‘to act the part of a busybody, 
i. e., to be officious, is not safe;’ here the idiom is confused by the use 
of Blov so that it seems to be a cross between two uses, ‘is not safe’ 
and ‘is not in safety of life’; Thuc. I. 137. 4, ered) & ro aodadet yey 
Euol, exelvy dé ev éxixivdlyw Tad 7 aroKopLdn Eyiyvero, ‘was safe for me, 
but dangerous for him’; Andoc. II. 21, éefaunv 6’ av avti ravtw 
Xpnuatwv eivar év dodadei Ppdoar pos buas Akal TH Bouhn & aroppynTw 
elotyyyevda ; cf. Antiphanes 204. 14K. Dem. 388. 152; 425. 262, éws 
ow ér’ & acdhadei, dvrdEacbe ‘while it is still safe’, but a personal verb 
might be supplied = ‘while you are still in safety.’ Cf. Xen. Hell. 7. 
5.°8 (compar.)'® (b.) Eur. Her. 397, moig- . . ./ev adogpadet Te 
tod’ idpbicera xOoves, ‘in safety,’ ‘safely’; Thuc. IV. 126. 6=‘in time 
of safety,’ ‘when there is no danger’; VIII. 39. 4, &s & dodadet dyes 
(personal, ‘in safety,’ i. e., ‘safe’);'* similar are Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 28 
(with article) :°7..4. 21¢:An. 5.6.33; Cyt. "6. 4: 23:0 Aces 2a 1 an wy 
art.); Cyr. 7. 1.21 (comp.); so: An. ‘3; 2/36) ‘im aesater positions. 
(posit. w. art.) An. 4.7. 8* Cyr..7. 5.658. 7, 27; Cyr. 7; 1-16 (Super), 
so An. 1. 8. 22; Plat. Legg. 892 E, 893 A; Hyper. VI. XI. 31, & 7 
dodanei yeyernobat (cf. & dogadeta III. XLV. 36, some texts &y aoganet). 
Cf. &v éxupd infra. (c.) Xen. Cyr. 3.3. 31 eiddres Orr &Y aoparet eiot 
Tov pndev wafer ‘safe from suffering anything’, ib. 2. 4. 13, & dopadet 
elvat TOU pH adrds ye Uroxelptos yevécOar ; cf. Menand. Samia 25 (Capps), 
the same constr. in the affirm., & dogadet /eivar vouioaca Tov Nadet ‘safe 
in talking’. (Capps: ‘the gen. defines the scope of the safety’). 

év apavei, opp. & Tm davepw infra, p. 191. Thuc. I. 42, & adavet 
ére xetrar; 138. 3 (w. art.), so ITI. 23. 4; VII. 75. 4, wepi rev & adpavet 


182). 70. 

18This might be either ‘where it (i. e., the camp) was safer’ or ‘was in a safer 
place,’ but the parallelism with & aémdorépw indicates the neut. adv. use, &6’ & 
achareotéepy Te Hv 7 el EEw EctpatomedeveTo Kal Tols ToAEuLOLS Ev GONAOTEPH 6 TL TPATTOLTO. 

18Cf, Hiero 2. 10, 6 6¢ rhoavvos ob5 «ww AKLvObY® EoTiv. 


PART V &v 187 


dedudTas ; but Plat. Legg. 954 D, éay 6’ . . . & addavet KéexTnTAaL, 
‘secretly’; cf. Lat. Liv. Praef. in obscuro sit. Cf. w. noun Antiphon 
5. 59, ob 6’ éuée ev adavet Noyw (nreis awodeoa. Cf. ex, p. 70; els, 
p. 113. Adv. adaras. 

év Bpaxet, Bpaxéor, Bpaxvrépors, Bpaxutatw, Bpaxuvtaros: Pind. Py. 
I. 82 ‘in brief compass’ (sc. Aoyw or piOw, although the phr. is appar- 
ently so well established as not to need the expression of the noun); 
Pind. also has superl., Is. V. (VI.) 59, elpnoerai ma x’ & Bpaxiartots ; 
Aesch. Pers. 713 expresses \6yw,—7dvTa yap, Aapet, axovon midov ev 
Bpaxet Noyw;! Soph. El. 673, & Bpaxet Evvbels Keyw ‘in brief com- 
pass’; but O C 586 must be taken in connection with the following 
line, GH. ad’ & Bpaxet 6) THvde ww’ EEarTed xapwv./OI. dpa ye wav’ ov 
opixpds, odx, ayav bée, ‘But this is a small favor which you ask of 
me,’ i. e., is in small compass.’ ‘Yet see, this contest is no slight 
one.”!8 © C 1581, otf’ 6 piOos év Bpaxet/dpaca rapecrw. Eur. Hel. 
1522, ws ay év Bpaxet wabys ; Suppl. 566; I. A. 829; Or. 734; frg. 28, 
the same lines assigned to Eur. in Ar. Thesm. 177, édo71s & Bpaxet/ 
qoAnovs Kaas olds Te ovvTéuvery Noyous; Xen. Ages. 7. 1, ws ev Bpaxet 
eiveiy 5187 Dem. 1459. Prooe. 53. (cf. Eur. Phoen. 917, év Bpaxet dovw, 
Suppl. 478, & Bpax.dvev). & Bpaxéor, Dem. 258. 95, dueéeNOety, kal Tav7’ 
év Bpaxéor 3 304. 229; 594.3;703. 10. & Bpaxvrépos, Plat. Prot. 334 E; 
so Gorg. 449 B.188 éy Bpaxurarw, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 15; 8. 2. 5, rov & 
BpaxuTaty diarpiBovra. ev Bpaxvtaros, Antiphon I. 18, ws & Bpaxvtaras, 
(sc. Adyous); so Dem. 1009. 5. (Cf. dra Bpaxéwr, etc., p. 26f. Also 
corresponding adv. Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 5, Bpaxéws amodoyeioOa. Cf. 
also in similar meaning, év dAlyous, EXaxloTw, éAaxiorors). 

But temporal, Hdt. 5. 24. 3, & Bpaxei (sc. xpévw); so Thuc. III. 
46. 2, ev Bpaxutarw; cf. Plat. Symp. 217 A, aore rounréov eivar ev 
Bpaxet 6 Te KeNevor DwKparyns. Cf. & ddlyw. 

ev deivw, V. Supra, p. 184. 

év €Xadpw, Vv. Supra, p. 184. 

év éXaxiorTw, Edaxiorous, Hdt. 2. 24, as wey viv ev EMaxlorw dnrwacat, 
cf. év Bpaxet, Bpaxutaty, etc., supra, so pl. Isocr. V. 154. But purely 


But M has xpévw which Sidgwick retains. 

185, Jebb ad loc. 

187Cf. Diels, Vorsokr.2 605. 4. Antiph. fr. 91, éu Bpaxet avti rod amdas xal ev 
Kkepadaiwr. 

183F or similar thought expressed by & and an abstraction, cf. Plat. Prot. 335 B, 
kai &v waxpodoyla kal &v Bpaxvdoyia olds 7’ ef cuvovaias Tovetobat. 


188 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


lit. local use Thuc. VII. 70. 4. (Cf. é ddiyw in same sentence); cf. 
Tsocr. I. 40.189 

ey: rp. éudavei, Thuc. 2. 21. 2: Xen. An. 2. 5. 25. "Ci. es, p. 113, 
ex, p. 70. Like & r@ gavepw, g.v. Adv. eudavas cf. karadavei, etc. 

év éernkow, Xen. An. VII. 6. 8, kal & érnkdw elornKer Exwy Epunved. 
Cf. eis éxjxoov, v. supra, p.113. Also later, é€ érnxdov, Luc. Contempl. 
20; eis id. conv. 21; eis c. superl. and art. Icarom. 23, v. p. 113. 

év érxivdivw, v. supra, p. 186. 


2 > 


év émiTédw, Vv. infra, p. 191. 


év etuapel, Vv. supra, p. 184. 

év eloeBei, v. supra, p. 184. 

év evovdaKTw, v. supra, p. 165, év dvdakp, ftn. 111. 

év elxepel, v. Supra, p. 184. 

év éxupe@, allied to & dodadei g. v. p. 186, Thuc. VII. 77. 6, 46 
vouitere ev TH exup@ etvat, ‘in safety’; Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 27, 7o & éxup@ 
eivac; cf. Oec. 9. 3; Cyr. 1. 6. 26, Tatra repmpefa ws Ev ExupwraTw 
movetcbar. Adv. éxupas. 

ev novxw, Vv. Supra, p. 178. 

& Oapoadéw, Thuc. II. 51. 6, dra 76 mpoedevar te Kal abroi Hdn Ev TH 
Bapoadéw eivar; Lys. XII. 94, byeis viv & T@ Oappadéw dvres, So id. XXI. 
25. Adv. dappadews. 

v icorédw, v. infra, p. 191. 

v tow, Eur. I. A. 1199, & tow yap jv 768’, ‘this would have been 
fair,’ cf. neut. adj. c. éori, supra, p. 183 {. But Thuc. I. 133, mport- 
unbein 5’ &v tow Tois ToAdOis THY StaKovwy arroPaveiy, ‘he had been select- 
ed as a victim equally with many’; II. 53.4, mavras . .« « & tow 
amoddvuévous, ‘all perishing alike’ (cf. é& duoiw in same passage); ib. 
60:6, & tow Kal el Ol. 4: TV. 65. 4: VI. 78. 13°87. 3; Gv. art.) Were: 
4.106. 1; Xen. An. 1. 8. 11, jovyn & iow kal Bpadéws rpoojoar, ‘they 
advanced evenly, i. e., in even line, in (equal) step, and slowly’ (some 
commentators sc. Byyart, but it seems unnecessary. Note juxtaposi- 
tion of dat. adv., prep. phr., and adv. Cf. also in similar connection, 
adv. duadas ib. 8. 14, 76 uev BapBapixdy orparevya cuarws mpofer); cf. 
Cyr. 7. 1. 4; ib. 8, & tow robre 76 immudy Exwv cuurapérov. Cf. amo, 
p. 45, é&, p. 71, émi, xara (Hom.), eis, p. 113. 

& Kad@, a. Cc. éori impers. v. supra, p. 184. b. Temporal, like 
év katp@, déov7t, etc., Lat. opportune, Eur. I. A. 1106, év kad o” e&w 
déuwv /nipnx’, ‘well met’; Or. 579, év ob Kadr@ per euvnoOny Oecv ; ‘in a 


; 
€ 
, 
€ 


89But Ar. Eth. N. 1131." 15, éore 6¢ 76 icov & Edaxiorors Svaiv, ‘equality is between 
two things at least.’ 


PART V ev 189 


favorable place or under favorable circumstances,’ Thuc. 5. 59, 4; 
60. 2; c. purely local: Ar. Thesm. 292, rov mov Kabéfwu’ ev Kar@ 
(sc. romw); so Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 25; 4. 3. 5; c. gen. 6. 2. 9, ev karw (dis) 
i. « & kaNNlorw); Ages. 2: 3; cf. Plat: Com. frg. 183 K, & xadg, 
‘in a fine situation’ (of the tomb of Themistocles) ;!% Com. Fr. Adesp. 
340. 5 K. c. gen. (in a passage praising Athens) ‘has a fine situation 
as regards climate.”!*! év caddiom, Dem. 185. 28, obdapov yap év kad- 
Nove cwforro Ty wodeL, Cf. eis KaNOv, etc., p. 113. | 

év tw Katadavet, cf. ev To havepw, eudavet. Adv. xatrapavas Xen. 
Cyr. 7. 1. 5, as 6’ &v Tm katapavet TavTes GAANNOLS EvEvorTO, ‘visible.’ 

ev kevois, nearly =xevas, Soph. Ai. 971, mpés ravr’ ’Odvaceds ev Kevots 
bBprferw.1 Cf. dud xevns, p. 26. 

év KLBdnAw, V. Supra, p. 184. 

év kom, ‘in common.” a. In a fig. and id. expression, Pind. Ol. 
XIII. 49, éya@ 6é ¢idvos év xow@ oradeis, (v. Gildersleeve). Idiomatic, 
Eur. Or. 27, €@ rovr’ acades ev xoww oxoreiv, Eng. ‘leave it an open 
question.” b. Other adj. and adverbial uses: Eur. Alc. 265, ois 
59 mevOos év Kom 76de, ‘a common grief’; frg. 362. 43, éxetvo 6 od 76 
TAEtoTov év Kom pwépos ; 901. 10, ddoxov ev KoLv@ TE AUTNS HOovnS 7’ ExELV 
mépos. Ib. 636. 2, kal yap év kowm Peyew/ amract KeicPar dvatvxés KovK 
eumvess Ci Andoc, At, 20/6 (w.art.): Xen. Cyr. 2-.3. 8. Ci.. Dem. 
331. 320, ébauiddov ris eis tiv rarpld’ ebvolas ev KoW@ THOU KeELevns. 
Cf. év péow xetoOa, supra, p. 158 f. Cf. Isocr. VI. 3; Id. XI. 35, viv 
6’ &v Kow@ Tov Tpayuatay dvtwy; Plat. Gorg. 490 B, july 7 & Kow@ 
moAAa outia Kai mora; Isae. XI. 50; Dem. 317. 273, det 6’ ev Kom Td 
auudepov 7 wots mpovTibe: cxomerv. c. But with the art. and some- 
times without, é xow@ is used of the public treasury: Hdt. 7. 144, 
YEvOMEVwY XpNUaTwV pEeyadwy ev TW KoL-W@; SO Thuc. 6. 6. 3, Ev TH KOM 


190Cf. Rhett. Spengel I. 182. 8, xp7 6€ Tots & Toheum TeAEUT@OW eis TaPHy TL 
xwplov Snudciov &Y Kad@ pd THs TOEwWs adwpiopévoy, ‘in a fine situation.’ 

191Cf. further, Diels, Vorsokr.? II. 640. 25 Dialexeis, é kad@ not in the sense of 
‘opportunely,’ but ‘in the category of beautiful things’ (if the text is genuine = 
mpos Hdovnv.) Cf. Theocr. 15. 73, 74, Oapoe yivar & Kadr@ eipés / Prax. xeis dpas, 
KHreta, pid’ avipav, &y Kad@ eins, /dppe wepicte\dwv. (Lang): ‘Courage, lady, allis 
well with us now.’ (they are through the worst of the crowd). Prax. “Both 
this year and forever may all be well with you, my dear sir, for your care of us.’ 

19%y + Kev@, aS xevovy with other preps., is used tech. of the void. v. Arist. on 
Leucipp. Diels,? p. 344. 25, etc. 

19S9 Arist. Met. 987.” 7, apetoav & xow® fnreiv. So in Lat. Cic. Coel. 20. 48. 
totum in medio relinquam; Sall. Cat. 19, nos eam rem in medio relinquemus, i. e., 
‘leave it undetermined.’ 


190 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


nal év trois tepois; cf. 6. 8. 2;°8. 1. 2; Ar. Eq: 775, cf. Eccl.-661; Dem: 
690. 209; Dinarch. I. 101 (bis); Arist. Pol. 1271. 11; but Xen. Hell. 
7. 4. 34, publico in concilio, i. e., by the Ten Thousand. Also of 
the public treasury, without the art. Thuc. 1. 80 contr. w. e Tap 
idiwy ; cf. 1.141. 3, obre idla or’ ev Kowe ypnuataéoriv aitois ‘neither 
have they private nor public money’ (transitional bet. the two 
uses). For contrast ‘in public’ . . . ‘in private’ cf. Dem. 464. 
24; also Andoc. IV. 33. 35, éyw rotvuy & Te TH KoWS KExplumal TETPA- 
xis, dia re, etc. Cf. eis, p. 114, amd, p. 45, éx, p. 72. 

ev vv, allied to év xowm: Pind. Py. IX. 93 (101), 76 y’ & Ev@ 
merrovnuevov ev ‘in the common interest,’ ‘for the common weal,’ but 
frg. 124 (89). 2=in communi conventu. 

év oNyw. a. temporal, v. supra, p. 172; b. spatial: Hdt. 8. 11, 
ev Odiyw Tep aTodaudbertes (sc. xwpw), ‘although they were shut up 
within a small space’; cf. 9. 70 (xwpw is here expressed); Thuc. II. 
84. 3, ai vnes &v dALyH Hon otoaL; 86. 5, THY Ev OdLywH vavpaxiar; cf. IV. 
26. 3; so 96. 3; VII. 67. 3; 70. 4 (cf. in same sentence and same use 
év édaxiorw); Ken. An. 3. 3. 15, év ddtyw ‘within a short distance.’ 
c. But pl. sc. Ndyous, Hdt. 4. 36, &v odiyouor yap Eye Onrwow, cf. supra, 
év €haxiotw, Ehaxioros p. 187 f, and & Bpaxel, etc., p. 187. d. But 
Isocr. XV. 155=Lat. im tenut re, ‘in straitened circumstances,’ 
dhws pev ody ovdels ebpeOnoeTaL TOV KadovLEVwWY GOdpLaTwY TOAAG KPHMaTa 
ovdreEduevos, ANN’ ot yey Ev dNLyots, of 6’ Ev TavU perpiors (note phr. ‘in very 
moderate circumstances’) Tov Biov diayayovres. e. Usually, however, 
év ONiyous, ‘one among few’ = ‘exceedingly,’ ‘remarkably,’ Hdt. 4. 52, 
éovTa ToTapuov év odLyotot peyav; 9. 41, ds ev dAlyouot Tlepoéwy Hv avipp 
doxiwos mapa Zépéy and later’. But Plat. Rep. 431 C, & ddriyos 
simply ‘among a small number,’ ‘among few.’ 

év T@ Ouad@, V. infra, p. 191. 

év ouolw, Hdt. 7. 138. 1, of "EAAnves ovk ev Guoiw TavTes TATA EroLEdYTO; 
so 8. 109. 3 (cf. rovetofar ev c. other adj. p. 184 and c. nouns p. 197 f.). 
Cf. Thuc. IT. 53. 4, dedv 6€ hdBos 7 avOparwv vouos ovdels ametpye, TO 
Mev KpivovTes Ev duolwm Kal oeBev Kal ut ex TOU TavTas Opay ev tow aToNAv- 
mévous (cf. év tow); IT. 49. 5, kal év Tm dmoiw KabeorhKxer TO TE TAEOV Kal 
éXacoov rorov, ‘equally’ (Jowett: ‘thirst, which was not in the least 
assuaged whether they drank little or much’); IV. 106. 1 (cf. & To 
tom in same passage); VI. 11. 1; 16. 4; 21. 2, ‘to fight with equal 
advantages’; but VIII. 58. 7, é duolw xatadveobar ‘to make peace on 


14So & ddtyats Heliod. 3. 1; édtyous, Plut. Lucull. 28. 13; id. Pomp. 10. 4; 
Galba 19. 2, etc., w. same meaning ody dALyous érawebjvar Plut. Galba 3. 


PART V & 191 


the same terms.’ Allied phrases, but purely spatial; Xen. Hell. 
6.4. 14, ob mavu & éxuTédw, AAA Tpds dpbiw, ‘not quite on a level.’ 
Ib. 7. 5. 11, & re icorédw waxeiobar; (w. art.) Cyr. 1. 6. 41, note paral- 
lelism with ék rov éu@avovs. cf. Thuc. V. 65. 4, & T@ duarw THY waxny 
tovetobar. 

év wdelou, Thuc. I. 72, add’ & mdelom oxerreov. Cf. Hdt. 2. 25, 
cos 6¢ ev TAEOVL NOVY Snraooat. Cf. eis, p.96. ex, p. 74. and use of other preps. 
C. mA€tov. 

éy Hpéua mpooayret, ‘on a gentle slope,’ Plat. Phaedr. 230 C. 

& tuuatw, Soph. O C 1675, ‘at the last,’ i. e., ‘at his death.’ Cf. 
év redevty, p. 183; cf. Il. 11. 65, & rupuaroror ‘in the rear.’ 

év ouikpw, V. Supra, p. 184. 

éy ouvortw, Aeschin. Ep. 1. 4, ws dé &v cuvdrtw jue Hdn “as we were 
within sight of land,’ cf. é& drérrov, Soph. Ph. 467 supra, p. 69. Cf. 
later év arémrw éxew ‘in sight’ Arr. An. 2. 10. 3; cf. Joseph. A. J. 13. 
14.2, éoruopevos . . . & da. in conspicuo loco. Cf. & amrope 
ywoueba Anth. P. 9. 412; Strabo 256, cist? . . . & amdper TAaca. 

év torépw, later.’ Thuc. III. 13; VIII. 27. 2; 68.2. Cf. & p. 72. 

év 7m havep@, adv. davepas, ‘openly,’ manifestly,’ etc.; usually w. 
art., but without art. in the following instances: Thuc. IV. 73. 2, 
é&v davepa tbertay; Xen. Ages. 5. 7 (Lat. in propatulo, ‘in the open’); 
AlsouaAristot. Bhet, 1372. 24-.1384:*.35:-1385.* 8: Tsocr., IL. 30; ras 
Tyas &v Tm havepp . . . Yyryvouevas; but XI. 27, & rots pavepots 
is different, a mere substantive use of the neut. adj.; év r@ davepa, 
‘openly’ Xen. Hell. 2. 3. 43; 5. 3. 16; 6. 4. 16 (cf..e péow Plat. Rep. 
558 A quoted above, & péow 3. b. p. 158); Mem. 1. 1. 10 (of Socrates) 
éxeivos ye del wey fv & To davep@ (Lat. in propatulo); An. 1. 3. 21, ovée 
evraida Hxovcey obdels &Y ye TO havepg@, ‘at any rate openly,’ ‘in public’; 
Cyr. 7. 5. 55; Eq. Mag. 5. 7. opp. eis 76 &dndov ; Dem. 306. 235, ob8’ ev 
7@ davep& Bovdevouevos ; Aristot. H. A. 510. 9; ib. 533.? 4; Poet. 1452”. 
12. Cf. Lat. in aperto esse. Cf. aad, p. 45, eis, p. 117, &, p. 73, 
also c. éwi, kata. Cf. supra, év Tm eudavet, karapavet. 

c. With articular adverbs (v. also sub adv. phr. of direction): 
& T@ rapaxphua (rapaxpjua itself a prep. cpd. for mapa 7d xpnua), 
‘on the spot,’ ‘offhand,’ ‘immediately,’ ‘for the moment.’ Antiphon 
V. 73 (opp. to phr. é& 7@ émoxeiv); Andoc. II. 22: 19; Xen. Cyr. 
2. 4. 13, aweav ev rH 7. &v dodadrei eivar; Plat. Pol. 310 C; Phileb. 21 
C, rns 7’ &v T@ 7. HOovnS TpoomiTTovcns, ‘for the moment,’ ‘momentary, 
immediate pleasure,’ Lat. im praesentia; so Prot. 353 D; 354 B; 
Menex. 235 B (bis) tyobmevos év To 7. peitwr Kal yevvaorepos Kai KaNNlLwv 


192 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


yeyovevau . . . .> cEeuvotepos ev TH T. Yiyvouat, ‘at once’; Rep. 
408 B, 455 A; Legg. 799 D; 915 D; Lat. dlico. Cf. amd, p. 45, ets, p. 
i it ee o eos 

d. Adverbial phrases of direction: 

ev de&a, Eur. Bacch. 943, but Cycl. 682 c. gen. & dea cov; Hat. 
(219: Dhuce dT: 24.13 41 492-98.) il. 2a ae OG, ake een 
Vil. is Xen. Hell. 4,45 21256. 53 2 7cAns 1b dy oases 
5. 2e24 (bishs 1. Se 12s Cyri2s ae 16 Gwe art2)ee2 ses 2 eatin a, 
Plat. Phaed. 89 A c. gen.; Phaedr. 266 A; Critias 110 E; Legg. 749 
E; 795 A, et al. 

év dpiorepa, Hdt. 7. 42; 217; Thuc. II. 81. 3; 98. 2; 100. 4; III. 
106. 1; VI. 62. 2; VII. 1; VIII. 101. 1 (cf. III. 107. 4, & ro eiwvipa) ; 
Xen. Hell 4.16.24 4. 1wAn 2 eee as GN 5 2. 2030, ule 
14 Cyr.2: 12 16 (waartsis: 2-5-0 le ob lat. Euthyd:.273.b; Cras 
110 E; Legg. 794 E; 795 A e¢ al. 

év T@ avtirépas, Thuc. VIII. 101. 2 c. gen. 

év 7 Gvw, Plat. Rep. 614 C. 

év tm éréxeva, Thuc. VII. 58. 1; VIII. 104. 5 c. gen. 

év tT@ Katavret, Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 37, ‘down-hill’=adv. xaravra; so 
amo, p. 46, eis, p. 118, éxi Plat. Tim. 77 D. 

év T@ Katavrixpv, Plat. Lys. 203 B, Euthyd. 274 C, Tim. 62 D; cf. 
Prot. 315 :Ce “Ct, pp: 76, 118: 

év t@ dticbev, Plat. Rep. 614 C, cf. & 7@ mpdobev, supra, p. 177. 

év Tq mwepav, Xen. An. 4. 3. 11, 29. 


VIII. Periphrasis type 


Under this general heading are included a large number of uses 
of nouns with eiva: &, yiyveoOa &v and other colorless verbs, some of 
which are clearly periphrasis for which an equivalent verb may be 
readily substituted, others which are nearly but not quite periphrasis, 
and still others which are more conveniently placed here because of 
their use with this class of verbs. Some cases have been already 
noted under earlier groups. It is not always possible to draw a sharp 
distinction. eivau év with abstractions varies from periphrasis directly 
equivalent to a verb, or to an adverb, through less clear cases, to a 
mere transference of the local use to abstractions. With verbal nouns 
the preposition usually adds some evident force (e. g., eivar ev Tha, 
év opuy ‘on the point of sailing, starting, etc.). Certain other verbs 
occur frequently with é in periphrasis and allied phenomena with 
more or less idiomatic tone. 


PART V ev 193 


1. a. Abstractions with eiva éy, yiyvecOa &, etc., 

év aBpornrt, v. infra, sub aloxbrp. 

év aduxnuatt, Hyper. Eux. XXXVI.25,éa» . . . . Ta 
yeyovora ev adixjuarte Wndionobe elvac= pred. adj. 

év aOuuia, Thuc. VI. 46. 2, & advyia qoav; cf. VII. 55. 1, & ravri 
67) aOupias joay, (v. p. 159); Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17, & aOupia dvTos Pidou 
‘when his friend is in despair.’ 

& aivy, Hdt. 9. 16. 4, rotor wer’ exeivoy & alvy éovor Tepoéwr ; cf. 
3. 74; 8. 112, &v aivy peyiorn éwv ; cf. év dua Body yevouevos Lys. XIX. 34, 
ef ee VO Plat. Ep. 313 C. 

év aicxivn, etc., v. also infra, p. 196. Two striking and some- 
what peculiar instances in Eur. are Phoen. 1276, AN. aidobue’ dxXov. 
10. otk & aicxivy 7a od, ‘your situation does not permit of shame’ 
(probably slightly colloquial); so Ion. 1397, IQ. ciya ob woddy kai 
mapoler oOa por. /KP. ovx év cwwrp Tada. The nearest parallel to these 
expressions is I. A. 1343, odx ev a&Bpérnre Keioar mpds Ta VOY TETTWKOTA 
‘thou dost not lie in luxury with reference to the present plight.’ 
Editors also compare Phoen. 1265, otx é& xopeias ode rapbevebuace/ 
viv col Tpoxwpet Saruovwv kaTtaotaots.* But neither of these are exact 
parallels. 

év avaykn, Lysias 6. 8, tuiv ev avarykn éori Bovdeboacba; Xen. 
Hell. 6. 4. 22, &y avayxy éyeveobe; cf. An. 2. 5. 21, & dvaykn Exouerwv 
‘constrained by necessity,’ ‘compelled,’ et al. 

év agwyart, Thuc. VI. 15. 3, dv yap év a&iwyare bro TaY aoTaV 
‘being held in high esteem by his fellow-citizens.’ Cf. é 60& eivat, 
supra, p. 148;!% cf. of év d&impare tech. p. 166. 

év amopia, cf. év amépw, etc., supra, p. 185, ‘to be in perplexity, 
doubt, difficulty, distress, straits’: Hdt. 4. 131, Aapetés re &v aropinat 
eixeTo; 9. 98. 1, év amopin re eixovTo 6 Te Tovéwor; cf. (w. adj.) Antiphon 
V. 65; Lys. XIII. 11 (like Hdt. 4. 131 supra); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 29, 
év amopia joay, cf. 6. 2. 8 (w. mod. adj.), so An. 3. 1. 2; [Plat.]’Av- 
tepaotat 135 A; Lach. 200 E, Legg. 919 A; Euthyd. 306 D, & azopia 
elut, ti det adrois xphoacba. cf. Phaed. 108 C; Gorg. 522 B. Cf. 
as variant pl. without prep. w. verb compounded w. & Hdt. 1. 190, 
Kupos 6€ amopinat éveixero. 

év apxais, of being in power, in office, v. tech. phr. p. 166. 

ev atiia, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 51, v. p. 153. 


1%Powell translates é here and in 1276 ‘there is no help in.’ 
1%Cf. Plat. Phaed. 117 E, & eipnule xpx) TedeuTar. 


194 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


év Baby, Thuc. V. 52. 2, ois jv év BAaBy Terx.cbev, ‘to whom the 
fortification would have been injurious.’ 

ev duvauer etvar, Plat. Rep. 328 C, v. p. 166. 

év duopevela, Soph. El. 1124, ob yap ws /év duvopeveia y’ ovo’ erartetrac 
TaOE. 

ev er, Thuc. II. 64. 2, ravra yap év er rHde TH TONEL TpOTEPOY TE HV 
‘this was formerly the custom of the city,’ cf. Diod. 13. 83. 4; cf. 
Aeschin. I. 25, 6 vuvi mavres év er tpatrouev; cf. Rhett. Graec. Spengel 
III. 59. 17, kai yap 6 codouxropos eEaddayy Tov év er éaTiv, et al. 

ev evieiars, etc., Isocr. VIII. 90, ot7’ & évéelats ob’ & brepBorais 
OvTES. 

év exOupia, Plat. Prot. 318 A, & émfuuia adv; Legg. 841 C, cf. 
pl. Rep. 429 D, cf. év aOupia supra. 

év épyuta, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 19, adda cal dore ev Epnuta etev (opp. to 
oréTe UO THY avOpwrwY dp@vTc); but with more idiomatic tone, ib. 
2. 2. 14, eira ev épnula ditwy avadarzys. 

év evrabeinor, Hdt. 1. 22, & evrafeinar éovras ‘enjoying themselves,’ 
‘making merry,’ so 191; cf. 8. 99, abrol joav év Ovoinai Te Kal evrabeigo. 

év evpvxwpia, Plat. Theaet. 194 D, & ebpvxwpia dvra, ‘having plenty 
of room.’ 

ev evppootvas, Xen. Ages. 9. 4, &v péoats Tals elppoobvars avaaTpe- 
deobar. 

ev Oadinor, Hdt. 3. 27, noav & Padinor, this noun has come to mean 
‘festivities’ in pl., (cf. Hes. Th. 65) but the phr. is allied to & ebra- 
Geiger etvar, supra. 

év Oabuart, Oapart, Hdt. 1. 68, & Owopare qv; id. 3. 3; 7. 218. 2; 
9. 11; cf. 8. 135. 3, kal robs pév éexouevovs Tov OnBaiwy ev Owparte éxecOar 
axovovTas BapBapov ykwoons ; cf. 7. 128 (w. adj., so 9. 37); Thuc. VIII. 
14. 2; but cf. Xen. Symp. 2. 1, ws & Oabyarr; cf. &v Oabpate rovetobar 
Plut..Pomips 14: (Cfiieisp. 122 

é€v Ovoinot, Vv. supra, év ebrabeigar. 

év KaTaoKeun, V. Tapackevy. év xataxpjoe, Proleg. Plat. Phil. V., 
el yap jv ev KaTaxpnoe ‘misuse’ (of a word). é& vocous, v. Tevia, p. 195. 

ev oveibee, Plat. Symp. 189 E, év dveider dvowa Keiwevov; cf. ws ev 
oveider, Pp. 208. é& otcia, Dem. 118. 30, év ovcia roddn yeyovws. 

ev mapacxeun, Thuc. II. 80. 3, ro wey vavtexdv. . . . & Tapa- 
oxeun Hv “was in preparation,’ cf. 101. 2; VI. 26. 2; Aeschin. II. 103; 
cf. c. gen. Thuc. VIIL 14..3\‘in preparation for war’; ci, VILE 5.1; 
éy KaTtaoKevn Tov wodheuov; II. 17. 5, of wey & TovTw TapacKevns hoa 
‘they were in this state of preparation.’ But cf. Plat. Gorg. 477 B, 


PART V €v 195 


éy xpnuatwy katackxevy (L. and S. ‘in the matter of money’); ib. & 
odparos katacxevy. Cf. further, Ar. Rhet. 1382. 3. 

év mwevia, Plat. Rep. 613 A, éav 7’ &v revia yiyynra: ay 7’ ev vooos. 
évy 700m, (periphr., idiom.) Soph. O C 1678, ws wadtor’ av & 1OOy 
aos, ‘just as thou mightest wish.’ é orp, v. aioxtyp p. 193. 

év oxepe, Plat. Legg. 858 A, aA’ abrods ev oxePer yevouévous. ev 
owrnpin ceiver, Hdt. 6. 104. & riwwpia, Plat. Gorg. 525 B, rpoojke 5é 
jwavTi T® év Tiuwpia dvTt. & gidia, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 9, ws Ere ev Hidig 
éopev, etc. év dpovnuart, Thuc. V. 40. 3, adr’ ev dpovnuare ovres THs 
TleXorovyjocov aynoecOa, ‘aspiring to be leaders of the Peloponnese.’ 

év dpovrid, Hdt. 2. 104, ws 6€ wor év dpovrids eyevero [ro rpnyual, 
‘as I was thinking of the matter,’ but also of a person, Xen. Cyr. 
5.2. 5., 6 mev 6% Kipos &y dporridc qv; cf. 6. 2. 12; Hell. 6. 5. 33; cf. 
Hdt. 1. 111, joav 6é &v dpovrids éuddtepor AAAHAWY Tepe ; Diphilus 108 K., 
av & dpovriow (note pl.). But cf. év dpovriéc OéoAa, ‘lay to heart’ 
Porphyr. vit. Pythag. 40 ( R P §94), like els Quudv Bader, év Ovum Bad- 
AevOar, etc., v. supra, p. 149. 

évy xopetas, Vv. aloxivy, p. 193. ev Wita, Plat. Tim. 85 D, aiuaros 
év Pbte Te dvros, i. e., ‘congealed.’ év wpedeig, Xen. Vect. 4. 35, ravra 
év apedeia Eora ‘this will be useful, advantageous.’ 

With these usages cf. Lat. Plaut. Trin. 278, Negue tibi ero in 
mora; Ter. Andr. 467, ne in mora illi sis; Verg. Aen. 12. 10, etc. 
Cf. idiomatic and adv. uses of adj. c. efvas, etc., p. 183 ff. 

b. Similarly verbal nouns and expressions: 

év xatadnWer, Thuc. III. 33. 3, as 6’ ovxere ev Karadiwer edaivero 
(sc. elvac), ‘no longer did it appear within his grasp.’ 

ey Kivyoe, Phuc. TEM. 75272; xevre.. .  . vaus 3. .* okare= 
Auretv, STwWs Hooov TL ev KLVHoEL Wow of EvayTio, ‘that the enemy might 
be less inclined to stir.’ 

év opun, Xen. An. 2. 1. 3, & dpuq dvrwy ‘on the point of starting.’ 
Cf. Arist. Rhet. 1393.* 3, év dpun eivae Tov rrovety. 

év tm wabeiv, Thuc. VI. 38. 2, mpiv ev tm mabeiv duev ‘before we 
suffer.’ 

év wavAn, Thuc. VI. 60. 2, oik & ratdp édpaivero, ‘there seemed to 
be no end of it.’ év mepitarw, Xen. An. 2. 4. 15, éruxov év wepuratw 
dvres Cf. eis, p. 128. 

év oxeng, c. gen. Hdt. 7. 172.2; wa . . .  cipraca FH ‘EXAas 
Tov modeuou, ‘in shelter, protection from,’ so 7. 215; cf. 1. 143, joav & 
oxen Tou doBov. (Cf. Ael. N. A. 9. 57, & oxeéry Tov xpvous.) 


196 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


c. é& réxvn and allied phrases with év of a pursuit or calling: 
slightly idiomatic, Soph. O T 562, 767’ otv 6 wavres otros jv ev TH TEXVD | 
so Plat. Meno 91 E, rerrapaxovra dé & 7H TéExvy GvTa, ‘he practised his 
profession forty years’; Prot. 317 C (Protag. of himself as a coguaras), 
TOAAG Ye ETN HON eiul Ev TH TEXVN; Cf. Prot. 319 C, wepi pev ody dv otovrar 
év réxvy eivat, ‘matters of professional interest’; cf. Hdt. 2. 82, rav 
‘EAAjvwr of ev mounoe yevouevor; Thuc. III. 28, of & rots rpayyac; 
so Dem. 125. 56; cf. of év réder, etc., supra, p. 167. Isocr. III. 18, 
of év rails ddvyapxtats Kal Snuoxpariass (meaning the administrators 
thereof); Plat. Phaed. 59 A (et saepe) ws év dirocodia huay dvTwr ; 
63 E; 68 C; Theaet. 174 A; Rep. 489 B; cf. 561 D; Epist. 311 E, etc., 
Legg. 762 A, trav &v rats yewpyias. Really not different from the fol- 
lowing class. 

2. Local use transferred to Abstractions; (mostly é of circum- 
stance or condition): 

év aicxbvy, Dem. 736. 115, & aicxtvy &nv, but cf. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 36, 
év aicxivy dewas éxovta; cf. also Eur. Phoen. 1276 v. p. 193. But cf. 
Eur. Suppl. 164, év per aicxbvars ayw, ‘among shameful things,’ i. e., 
‘I count it a shameful thing,’ cf. 7ifecOau &. 

év adpootvy, Soph. Ant. 383, kal év adpootvy Kkabedovtes, ‘taken in 
folly.’ 

& éricw, Soph. Ant. 897, ev edricow tpedw/Pidn pev Hkew rarpi 
(periphr.=xdpr’ édwifw); Eur. El. 352, & €\ricw ravr’ doderis 
gebywv avnp, ‘this rests on hope’;!*” Eur. frg. 412, €v edlow xp7 robs 
cogovs éxew Biov; (cf. sing. w. eivar c. inf.) Thuc. IV. 70. 2, \eyov & 
édrride eivar avadaBeiv Nioarav; cf. Xen. Hell. 5. 4. 43; 7. 2. 10. 

év jovxia, v. supra, p. 178. 

év xaxots, familiar phr. of tragedy, Aesch. Ag. 1612, tGpifev ev 
kakotow ov céBw; but ib. 765 c. gen., ved /fovcay ev Kakots Bporay /tBpw ; 
Soph. O T 127, ‘in our troubles; El. 308, @ 701 kaxots, 3351 cf. Eur. 
Alc. 772, dpa rov Eevov/aoTvy@ Sikaiws, év KaKois aduypevov; Hec. 663; 
but Soph. Ant. 495, yérav & xakoici ris /ddobs, ‘when one is caught 
in wickedness.’!% Cf. & bras, etc., Plat. Rep. 429 D, ro & Te 
brats SvTa dragwfecbar ad’THy Kal Ev HOovais Kal Ev EriOupiats Kal Ev PoPots. 

197Cf{. Shakespeare, Merch. of Ven. Act 1 Sc. 3, ‘Yet his means are in supposi- 
tion.’ 

198Cf, further, Soph. El. 1056, 1287, cf. 1329; O C 592; Ai. 272, cf. 532; 1118, 
1151; Ph. 313, 471; cf. Ant. 463; 495; cf. 540, 1076; 1326; frg. 530. 3; 600; 842; 
866 (Nauck). 


9But cf. Democr. frg. 173 (Diels, Vorsokr.2 I. 417), ob Sixarov ey kakotor Ta 
roudde Kplvew, &\\N’ & ayaboiow Gv, ‘to count as evils, among evils.’ 


PART V & 197 


Cf. & méovw, rovors and similar expressions: Pind. N. 10. 78, 
mavpo. 6’ év rovy mioTol Bpotav ;°° Soph. O T 1205, év rovors ; cf. 1319, 
év tocoicde mhuaoww, cf. O C 1358, ev rovw; cf. Thuc. VI. 34. 2; Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 2. 1, otr’ & révois ob’ ev Kdvbvors, etc. 

Comparable also are some of the uses of e& éoxaros, Lat. in ex- 
tremis: Plat. Legg. 881 A, Oavaros pév oby obk éoriv Eoxaror, of bé ev “Atdov 
ToUTOLOL NEeyOuevor TOvOL ETL TE TOUTWY™! Eliot MaddOV Ev EcxaToLs, 1. e., ‘are 
far worse’; Dem. 287. 178, ws éxeivwy dvTwy ev Tois éoxatos; but Plat. 
Rep. 523 D (sing.) is simply local of the end of the finger, éav re & 
Méow Oparar Edy 7’ ev ETXATY. 

Cf. ev wevOer, (cf. Il. 22. 483, oruyepm evi revOet): Soph. El. 270, 
® dvabeov pionua, col povy wathp/TeOvynkev ; GAdos 6’ otis Ev TEVOEL BpoTar, 
‘hast thou alone lost a father, and is there no other mourner in the 
world?’ but in 847, édavn yap wedeTwp/audi tov ev revOer, it refers to 
the dead man, ‘an avenger appeared for the one in grief’; Eur. Hel. 
1325, pimrer 6’ & wevOer/ TéTpL_a KaTa Spia wodvyidea’ ‘she flung herself 
ingher eriet; etc.) st. Plat. Rep: 605. D5 ‘Opnpou x, -.. ... pepov- 
bévou TLWd THY hopwwy & Teva ovTa; Cf. 395 D, yuwaika . . . 
Evidopais re kal mevOeot Kal Opjvors Exouevnv. Cf. ev ouudopais, etc. 
Soph. Ant. 1229, & 7@ cuudopas dePapys ‘in what calamity hast 
thou lost thy reason?’ but here é really=‘by’ or ‘because of? (cf. 
causal and instr. év ); cf. Soph. Ai. 314, xavnper’ &v To Tpayuartos Kupot 
moré, ‘I asked in what strange plight he was’; Eur. Hel. 1195, & 7@ 6€ 
Keloat ouudopas ; Xen. Hell. 4. 8. 4, ey cupdopais yevouerwy ; cf. (sing.) 
Dem. 413. 230. 

év omam, Hdt. 5. 58, xoré & ord BiBdwy ‘in lack of papyrus’; 
cf. Dem. 389. 153, xpnuatwy 7’ ev omdver . . . abrov Kataothoe.2® 
Cf. xabiornu ev, p. 199. & réxvp, etc., v. p. 196. ev xnpeia, Thuc. 
II. 45, dcac viv &v xnpeia Eoovrar ‘as many as shall be in widowhood.’ 

3. Affinity of certain other verbs for év in periphrasis and allied 
phenomena: 

a. Abstractions c. éxewv, wovetcPa, etc., ‘to hold, regard, consider 
as’: Hdt. 9. 42. 2, & ddein dé od rovevwévwy To A€yerv, ‘not considering 
it safe to speak’; cf. 8. 120, ws év ddein wv. Hadt. 5. 106. 2, & airia 


200Cf. Theogn. 79, ravpous ebpnoas . . . avdpas éralpous /microds & xaderois 
TpHnyumace Ywopwevous. 

20'The meaning of rotrwy is debated, v. Ast and Stallb. who contests Ast’s 
interpretation and maintains that rotrwy refers to @avaros, the pl. being used in a 
general sense, for which he refers to Matthias, Gr. Gr. §472. 5. 

202Cf. adj. w. art. used as abstraction, Ar. Rhet. 1429.” 32, ai rocadrar rpates 
& T@ oraviw yeyovacw, olas 6é ob Neves, ToANGKts, ‘are rare,’ cf. adj. c. eivar &. 


198 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


éxew; Thuc. I. 35 (v. sub legal phr. p. 165); Thuc. II. 59. 1, xai rev 
pev Ilepuxdéa év airia eixov, cf. V. 60. 2, 4,5; 65. 5; VII. 81. 1; Xen. 
Mem. 2. 8. 6, etc., Hdt. 2. 141, & ddoyinar Exew ‘to have no regard, 
respect for,’ cf. 6. 75. 3, abré 76 Gdoos ev adoyin Exwv everpnoe; 7. 226, 
éy adoyin Tovebmevoy Td THY Mydwv wdr7O0s.2% Hdt. 3. 3, rormvie pévror 
éue waldwy pntépa eovoay Kipos & ariuin exe, thy b€ am’ Alyirrov 
érixrnrov év Typ TieTar. €&v Pabuare torotpevos, Plut. Pomp. 14. Hdt. 
2.1216, & xépdet rovevpévous c. inf.; so 6. 13. 2 (Lat. Hor. lucro ap- 
ponere, C. 1.9.15). Hdt. 1. 131, ev vouw rovevpeévous c. inf. ‘consider- 
ing it as legal’ (v. also év vouos, p. 182). Thuc. 4. 5, ruvOavopevor 
év dd\vywpia éxovovyto ‘they took no heed,’ so 7. 3.1. Thuc. IT. 21. 3, 
rov Iepixdéa év opyn eixov, ‘they were angry at Pericles,’ so Dem. 14. 
16, wodddkis byuets ov Tods aitious, GANG TOs VaoTaTOUS TEpl THY TpAay- 
patwv eirovtas €v opyn moretobe.2* Thuc. II. 89. 1, otk abiav ra wn 
dea év dppwoia exe. Hdt. 1. 88, & roddy rpopnbin eixe. Lys. IV. 
18, & brohoyw Taras Tas mpoKAjoets TovecoOat ; Aeschin. I. 10, & welorn 
browia Tovovmevos. 

b. révar, TiWecOar ev, ‘reckon, regard, consider as.’ The earliest 
case is Tyrt. 10. 1, ob7’ év Noy dvdpa TiHeiuny ap. Plat. Legg. 660 E, ‘I 
would not consider a man of any account’ (v. & ddyw, p. 149 f.); 
Aesch. Prom. 239, @vytobs 5’ év olxre Oeyevos; Soph. Ph. 473, adn’ & 
mapépyw Oov pe (v. ev Tapepye, p. 182);?° Hdt. 3. 3, rua ev rin TiecBan 
(v. & typ, p. 153, opp. &y ariutin Exe); 8. 99, Mapddmov & aitin riWerres 
(v. p. 165); Thuc. 1. 35. 3, év aétxquare Onoovra, ci. Dem. 668. 148, 
ov ribny’ év ddiknparos pepe (Vv. év pepe c. gen. p. 180); cf. Xen. Mem. 
1. 4. 15, adda povoy cé EEarpovvTes EV dpedela KataTievra ‘treat you 
negligently’; Plat. Rep. 349 A, & dpern atro kai copia érddunoas Betvar 
‘in the category of’ (a variant of é& pepe c. gen. p. 180); cf. Aeschin. 
III. 202, & dpern rové’ buav pndels katadoyifeobw, ‘let no one of you 
consider this a virtue,’ ‘impute it to yourselves as a virtue;’ cf. Plat. 
Rep. 475 D, &s y’ & gdidocdgors riBévar (7a); Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 4, 
ods & rots idous Cecav; cf. Plat. Lys. 223 B, kal eué yap ey byiv riOnue 
‘I reckon myself among you, in your number.’ Menander, frg. 160 
K., av 8’ abrés rons /tamewov abto (=76 odv tuam condicionem) Kai 7Ops 


éy pndevi. Cf. eis Plat. Soph. 235 A, cf. 264 C, etc. 


203Cf. other similar expressions c. tovetoOat év, W. adj. v. p. 184, w. Aoyw, v. p. 149, 
w. duolw, v. p. 190. W. éxew in periphrasis cf. Tac. Ger. 5, in prelio habent. 

24But cf. Isocr. Ep. II. 11 (active) rots 6’ éxOpots & edict peyadats Tronoes, 
‘All the enemy with great hopes.’ 

25 Cf. w. adj. Soph. Ph. 875; Eur. Hec. 806 supra, p. 184. 


PART V &y 199 


c. KaSiornue év: Trans. ‘to bring into a certain state,’ like els 
supra, q. v. Antiphon V. 61, & aya Kal kuvdbvm peyadw Katacrhoavte 
éxetvov ; Isocr. IX. 30, ev aopadela kataornoas ; cf. Hyper. III. 
XLV. SO; Ve,0p> Loo}, en. Cyr 4: .5..27, 29, ce 6000. 2 eponibbwy 
Kadeoravar eonte: Tous pidous ev axcvdivw"> kafioracr; Plat. Menex. 242 A, 
Thvee THY WON «Ow Sw OY TONE TOis “EAANoL KatéoTyoe, etc. Intr. 
‘to come into, virtually=to be in a certain state’: Hdt. 7. 138. 2, 
év deiuare peyadw katéoracay ; 8. 36. 1; Dem. 471. 49, robs per ev xivdbyvw 
kaBeotnKoTas contr. ro’s 6’ & amacyn Kabeorava doxovvTas evdatuovia, 
practically =eivar. Cf. Menand. Perik. 165 (Capps) v. é zodéuw, 
pe i52: 

d. & vow éxew, frequent: ‘to have in mind, intend’: Hdt. 1. 10, 
Pino Ot 4 1255 6044 48-072 1575/1 8y te 22 8.82 be 9: 11, 52, 
Poe emue/diVicO-, 05122. 269.5; Ve 455 Siete, Ken, An.3:. 3. 2: 
5. 13; Cyr. 6. 1.3; Plat. Apol. 20 B; Crito 50 A; Symp. 188 E, 189 C, 
214 B; Alcib. I. 104 D, 113 C, 120 A, 123 C (bis), 124 A; II. 143 A, 
15073; Puthyd. 272.5, .6 274 A, 282); Prot. 311 C, D; Rep. 344 
D (dts), 362 D; Legg. 712 B, e¢ al. Cf. c. eivar instead of éxew, Hdt. 
1. 109, ri co & vow ere Tovey; ‘what do you intend to do?’ c. 
yiyvecOa id. 9. 46. But vow exe without év, ‘to keep in mind,’ Hdt. 
5. 92 » 1; Plat. Rep. 490 A, etc. Cf. éri, Hdt. 1. 27, ai yap rovro Geol 
Touncevay eri voov vnowwryor éMety, ‘would that the gods would put it 
into the minds of the islanders to come’; so 1. 71; 3. 21. Cf. also 
kata voov. Cf. w. & vow Exe, Hdt. 3. 78, érvxyov . . . Ta amd 
IIpngaomeos yevoueva ev Boudn exovres.2°7 

e. ainrev év: Pind. Is. III. 41, év trvw yap récev cf. old Eng. 
‘fall on sleep’; so simply trvw, Aesch. Eum. 68. Cf. also eis, p. 126. 
mimtew év ‘to fall violently upon,’ ‘to attack,’ Soph. Ai. 375, & 8’ 
éXixeoor/Bovol Kai KduTois Teowy aimodios ; cf. Ant. 781. Cf. emi, mpds, 


disor ome Moissy 142, 


IX. Noteworthy uses of preposition: 


1. Instrumental: 
Aesch. Suppl. 935, 70 veikos 6’ ovk év apyupot AaBn /édvoev ‘in, i. e., 
by the taking of silver.’ 


206Cf. éx tov axiwdbvov, Thuc. III. 40. 4. 

207Cf. xarnuevos & Owxw, ‘sitting in council,’ Hdt. 6. 63; 9. 94. 1. 

208Cf. for & trvw, Hdt. 9. 44. 1, cal wadiora of GvOpwror elvar & ivy, also, ‘in 
sleep,’ ‘in a dream,’ Eur. I. T. 44; Plat. Rep. 476 C; & rois tavos ib. 572 B; Isocr. 
BX 2 1; 


200 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Soph. Tr. 886, orovdevtos ev Trowa odapov ‘by the stroke of the 
sword that causes sorrow.’ 

Soph. O T 654, & dpxw peyay ‘strong in his oath,’ i. e., by means 
of,’ ‘in virtue of’=61a rov dpxov (half causal) ;?9 cf. Ai. 488, cbevdvros 
év tXovTw, and for pl. Eur. Suppl. 1229, xai rovd’ ev dpxors CebEouar. 

Instrumental and plastic: Aeschin. II. 76, dedeuevov év rédars, et al. 

Soph. Ai. 732, Ajnye 6’ Epis dpamotoa Tov tpocwratw /avipay yepovTwy 
év Euvaddayn doyou, ‘the strife is brought to an end by the recon- 
ciling words of the elders,”!° cf. without prep. Eur. Suppl. 602, 
da dopods eiras, 7) AOywv ~Evvaddayais 34 but in a different sense of 
auvaddayal, Soph. O T 34, avdpay 6€ rparov &v TE ovudopais Biov /Kpivov- 
Tes &y Te Oatuovwv ovvaddayais, ‘in the dealings of men with immortals’ 
contrasted with the ordinary chances of life.?” 

Cf. further for instr. év: Soph. Ph. 1393, ri 6y7’ av tueis Spq@per, 
el o€ y’ & Oyos /TeEicey Suvnodueba pNdev GY hEyw; SO id. 60, ev ALTAIs, 
‘by prayers’; 102, ev dddw ‘by guile,’ etc. 

2. Circumstantial, but mainly causal, Thuc. VII. 16. 1., drws uy 
movos év aodeveia TadarTwpoin. 

Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 26, ev vuxti re kal €v PoBw amvovTes ; etc. 

3. e of attendant circumstance: 

Soph. Ph. 1134, addov 8’ & peraddXaya /?8roduunxavou avipos Epeéccet, 
‘in a change of ownership thou art plied, i. e., wielded, by a man 
of many wiles.’ 

Eur. H. F. 932, 6 6’ ovxeé’ abros Av,/adX’ & oTpopatow oppaTtwv 
epOapyevos, ‘with rolling eyes,’ (civ might have been used, or no 
prep.) Edd. cf. Bacch. 1166, & dvacrpodors /docos. 

4. ev=Lat. coram: 

Thuc. IV. 59. 2, & eiddou ‘in the presence of those who know,’ 
(substantive use of ptc. without art. slightly idiomatic). 


209Tebb: cf. without &, Eur. Tro. 674, wdobrw re kdvédpeia peyay, and for e&, 
Soph. Ph. 185, & 7’ ddbvais duot /Aus 7’ oixrpéds, ‘piteous alike in his torments and 
his hunger.’ 

210 Cf. Aesch. Ag. 482, érer’ / &\\ayaG Adyou Kaye, ‘to suffer in change of 
report’; but the text is very doubtful; this is Klausen’s reading, the MSS. put 
év in the following line where Porson and others delete it. 

217. and S. quote this with prep. for which there appears to be no MS. authori- 
ty. It is possible that the preposition is used or omitted simply metrz causa. 

22Cf. without prep. O T 960, rérepg déXoLowr, 4 vocou Evvadday7q, ‘by intervention 
of disease’; Tr. 845, d\epiator cvvaddayais, ‘in fatal converse.’ 

"3Cf. in a different sense, of changes in nature, Epicharmus, Diels, Vorsokr’. 
I, 90 (B.2), 6 nev yap avted’, 6 6€ ya wey pOlve / & peraddrayat 5 ravres Evri TavTa TOV 
xpoévor. 


PART V &v 201 


Ar. Nub. 892, rodd yap waddéov a’ /év tots roddotor AEywY aoa, 
‘before this large audience’ (Merry); so Eur. Hipp. 610, 7a rou Kad’ 
év mo\otoe KaAALOV EYeLY. 

Andoc. I. 37, & tyuiv joav of Noyou, ‘in your presence.’ Cf. év raat. 

Probably related to this in origin are such cases as, Lys. XII. 6, 
év Tols Tptaxovra’ at the meetings of the Thirty,’ etc., cf. 69, & Trois 
avrTov 7oNiTats. 

5. Closely akin to év=coram is what Jebb calls the forensic év 
denoting the tribunal or company before whom one is judged. 

Soph. Ant. 459, rovrwy éyw otk Eueddov, avdpos ovdevos /Ppdvnua 
deicac’, ev Beotor tiv dixny /dwoev, cf. 925; so O T 677, & dé roid’ icos 
‘but in the sight of these I am just’; and, more boldly, O C 1213, 
oxatoctvay puddcowr év Evol (me iudice) karadndos éorar; so, Eur. Hipp. 
988, of yap ev codois /Pavdor wap’ dxAw movotKwTEpor Eye ; ib. 1320, od 8’ 
ev 7 Exeivy Kav euol paiver xaxds ; Plat. Legg. 916 B, draducalecOw 6é & rae 
tov iatpwv; Gorg. 464 D, e déou & ratol diaywvifeca ;?* Lys. XIII. 
35, 6 d€ Sqpos “ev TH Sixacryply & dioxiNlows” &lpdioro ; cf. Isocr. XVII. 
29, rods ayavas rods ev buiv; Dem. 1303. 14, or’ &600n 4) Wndos ev araon, 
‘the vote was not taken in a full house’; so of submitting a case to 
or settling it by the arbitration of friends, Andoc. I. 16. 122, dixyv 
6’ év rots didors dovvai wor Tv Teronuévwv ; Dem. 864. 2, & Trois Pidous 
dradixaoacbar Ta pods Eye. 

6. ev=Lat. penes, ‘it is in one’s power,’ ‘depends upon some one 
or some thing.’ These expressions do not fall strictly under our 
definition of phrases, but the use of the prep. in other thana physical 
sense easily glides over into a prep. phr. and such cases must have been 
felt as familiar. 

Soph. O T 314, & col yap éouev ‘we are in thy hand’; O C 247, & 
Dupe yap ws ew /KeiweOa TAapoves ; cf. 392, 422, 1443; Ai. 519, év coi rao’ 
eywye owfouar; Ph. 963, €v col kal 7d rreiv Huas, dvat,/Hdn ore ‘it de- 
pends on thee’; Eur. Alc. 278, év coi 5’ éopev kai (qv Kal wh (note personal 
use as in Soph. O T 314; O C 247); I. T. 1057, kai rap’ év tyiv éorw; 
Phoen. 1250; cf. Med. 228.75 An extension of this use with an ellip- 
sis of the verb is seen in Soph. O C 153, adN’ ob av & y’ euol/mpoo- 
Onoe Ta06 apas, ‘so far as depends on me,’ ‘at least if I can help it’; 
cf. Eur. Hel. 996; 1425; I. A. 1273, edevOépay yap det vv dcov & aol, 
rexvoy, /Kayolt yeveobar; cf. 1379; Hdt. 3. 85; 6. 109. 3; 8. 60. a; cf. 


*4Cf. &y matdious Gorg. 521 E. 
But differently Eur. Rhes. 859, é coi 5’ &p’ apxepuecda ; ‘should we begin with 
thee?’ Lysias frg. 15, 7d dé dv (yévos) & ool raberat. 


202 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Dem. 622. 4; Thuc. I. 74, év rats vavoi trav ‘EXXjvwv Ta TpayyaTa EVE 
vero 6 Andoc. I. 4. 39; Xen. Oec. 7. 14; Cyr. 8. 7. 11; cf. Plat. Prot. 
313 A; 354 E; Dem. 292. 193, & yap tw ew 76 TovTou TEos HY, ObK 
éuol.27 Cf. Diels, Vorsokr.? 642. 2 (Dialexeis), ras owrnpias &v xphuacw 
éoboas ‘dependent upon money’; cf. Lysias XXVII. 3, ooray & 
xphpacw 7.28 Cf. Lat. Plaut. Capt. 670 e¢ al. 

7. Of the object of the action or feeling: Soph. Ant. 551, adyouea 
pev dnT,’ eb yer@ y’, & col yedw; Cf. Aesch. Cho. 222, add’ év kaxotot Tots 
guois yedav Géders, (usually éi c. dat. in the sense of ‘laugh at,’ or dat. 
alone, also eis Soph. Ai. 79); cf. Soph. Ai. 1092, uy =. .  ,/eir’ abrés 
év Oavovow bBproris yever, ‘an outrage against the dead’; 1315, év euol 
Opacts. 

8. Idiomatic. a. Instead of é. A peculiar use is cited in some of 
the lexicons for Xen. An. 6. 1.4, iyi & rornpiw but most edd. read 
éxwov ék Kepativwy mornpiwy and there seems to be no sufficient 
authority for év. Xen. elsewhere uses é, Cyr. 5. 3. 3, so Plat. 
Euthyd. 299 E, Rep. 417 A, which was the regular usage until later 
Greek. Ath. XI. 476 C quotes Xen. An. 6.1. 4 c. dat. without prep. 
Later é& is used like the common Fr. idiom, boire dans un verre, 
Luc. dial. deor. 6. 2,6 6€ Hre & abr@ exeivy (i. €., Exma@par) Tle; de 
merc. cond. 26, del &v apylpw 7% xpvow rive; also Diog. L. 1. 104. 
b. Xen. An. 5. 2. 15, xaraQéuevos Ta btra eV XLT@M povoy avEBn.71* 
Cf. év dopBed, Ar. Vesp. 582, v. p. 168. ; 

9. Plastic: Pind. Ol. II. 69 (63), & xepés axua, ‘in strength of 
hand’; cf. Aesch. Pers. 1060 (without prep.), axun xepav ; cf. also Pind. 
Is. VII. (VIII.). 37, éxuq rodav (but Christ reads ax-yav modav). 

Soph. Ai. 1038, d7w 6€ ui a8’ Eoriv ev yraun pidra (pleonastic and 
plastic). Aesch. Eum. 679, & 6€ xapdia/Pnpov pépovres dpxov aidetabe, 
is a little more than plastic. 


X. Pronominal Expressions 


1. Personal pronouns, v. supra, p. 201 f. IX. 6 w=Lat. penes. 
Colloquial and familiar: Plat. Prot. 309 A, ds y’ & abrots nu elpnobat 
‘between ourselves.’ 

2. Demonstratives: 


26Contrast Thuc. I]. 64, viv re wy & buy KwrvOp. 

17But Plat. Apol. 28 A is quite different, obdey 5€ Sewdv, pr & enol or7, ‘there is 
no danger lest it stop in my case.’ 

18This is one of the meanings of & mentioned by Aristot. Phys. 210°. 21 ff. 

219Cf, expressions in the Orr. cited by Lutz, p. 33. 


PART V év 203 


Soph. Ant. 39, ei rad’ é robrous, ‘in these circumstances’ ;”° cf. 
Xen. Hell. 5. 1. 4; Cyr. 3. 1. 1; 3. 3. 43 e¢ al. & robrw, ‘meanwhile,’ 
as an introductory tag constant in Thuc. (more than 25 cases have 
been noted) cf. 7. 30, and Xen. (thirty-five times and more), Mem. 
2. 1. 27, etc.; also Dem. 390. 156, etc. Ar. Plut. 399, otx éori tw Ta 
mpaypuat év tovTw, ‘at this pass.’ Thuc. VII. 33. 6, émednrep ev robTw 
Tixns eici, ‘since they are at this point of fortune.’ Dem. 127. 65, 
KaiTou un yevoiTo ev, @ avdpes ’AOnvator, Ta Tpayuat’ ev ToUTw, ‘and yet, 
heaven grant that your affairs may not be in this condition’; etc.; 
Abi bs pombs Xen. Cyt: 4. 2.36 (et Phuc. 2:.8): et. Plat. Prot. 
310 D, ei yap . . . & TobTw ein, ‘would that it were at this point, 
or, ‘that it depended on this thing’; ‘at this time’ Thuc. IV. 14. 2; 
Men. Cyr. 4. 6.1.4: 5. 1. 7; ‘hereupon,’ Plat. Euthyd. 275 E; 276 E, 
Prot. 317 E, 350 D, et al. é roiode, ‘under these circumstances,’ 
Soph. O T 893; (cf., w. noun 1319, év rocotcde mhuacw). év Tw ToLwde, 
‘under such circumstances, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 35, 38, etc. So, fre- 
quently, év rootros, Soph. El. 307; Andoc. I. 15. 118, év rots rovovrass ; 
liven eke Plat. hep. o24 A Be Xen- Hell. 4. 8:7 (Go-art.), -etc,, 
w. correl. é ois following, Dem. 1483. 35 ef al. & rowtTw, év To 
rowvrw, often vaguely, with the same meaning, ‘under such circum- 
stances, ‘in such a condition,’ ‘in such a strait or plight’: Thuc. 
PhS VAL G9) 2; cl. Ant. V/.93; Bys. X11... 13: Xen. An... 7.5; 
Cyr. 1. 4. 22; 6. 41; 4. 2.21; Plat: Theaet. 198 E, Phileb. 38. A;42 E; 
ibysis 212'C (67s) Reps 470.D,492 C563 "A, 571. €, 572. A,-590: A: 
Legg.676 B, etc. (cf. év olw infra). Of place: Xen. Ages. 6. 7; Eq. 
ASUAEtC: 

3. Relatives: 

év dom, ‘while,’ Ar. Pax 943, cf. Thuc. IIT. 81. 2; VIII. 61. 1; 87. 2, 
47 wen Hel 6. oS» 16; 7.5. 4; Dem 50: 37; 1212. 18; ‘Antiphanes 
ioeke sosipat. 21K. ete, “until” “Thue! Ti, 28) 1s 52:3) ete: 

év @, ‘while,’ Hdt. 6. 97 et saepe. (Cf. ib. 7. 26. 1 w. correl. é& 
tovtw following, so Xen. Hell. 4. 2. 13; 5. 2. 29; et al.) Thuc. VII. 
inet ewen- Hele 8.7 FA. t. 10; 105,27 2-994) 25 19Senl a7 > 
7. 1. 15 (cf. An. 1. 2. 20 ‘during this time,’ note lack of agreement 
w. logical antecedent jyépas rpets); Cyr. 2. 2. 21; 4. 2. 18; Plat. Phaed. 
67 A, & @ av fapev. 

=0Yebb: the phr. é rotvros means either ‘in these circumstances,’ as here and 
in Plat. Phaed. 101 C, or ‘meanwhile’, ’inter haec, as Plat. Symp. 220B. The 
singular é rotbrw usually =‘meanwhile,’ more rarely, ‘in this case’ (Thuc. 1. 37), 
cf. 1. 81, or ‘at this point’ (id. 2. 8). 


204 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


év 7, instr. Xen. An. 2. 5. 17, ‘by means of which.’ 

év olw, Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 12, viv dé dpare 69 & olw éoré, ‘in what 
sort of plight you are,’ etc. 

4. & rots with superlatives, etc.: 

Hadt. 7. 137, rovrd jor &v rotor Oevdtatov paiverar yevecbar, ‘one of the 
most marvelous things’; Thuc. I. 6. 3, €& rots rpa@rou ‘among the first’; 
VII. 19. 4; VIII. 89. 2; cf. p. 160; cf. VII. 24. 3, weyeordv re Kai ev 
Tols MpWToV EKaKwoe TO OTpaTevwa, ‘one of the greatest and severest 
blows’; cf. Dinarch. I. 91. 11, & rots mpérepov; used w. feminine nouns 
with no change of gender, Thuc. III. 17, & rots mXetorar 64 v7es, 
‘about the greatest number of ships’; 82. 1, d:dru ev Tots tpwrn eyevero 
(sc. } ordous). 

Also with adverbs: Thuc. VIII. 90, év rots wadtora, Lat. ut qui 
maxime, so Plat. Crito 52 A (bis); Theaet. 186 A; Symp. 173 B. 
év trois wadiota Tov Tore; Thuc. VII. 71. 3, év rots xaderwrara; cf. 


Plat. Crito 43 C; Meno 93 E; Epist. 358 C.#! 


XI. Local Designations 


1. Noun of place omitted: 

a. Sc. xwpiw: Archil. 26, év wadworiw; Thuc. II. 81. 4, éws eorpa- 
roredevoayro év ériTnoelw; so VI. 64. 1; cf. IV. 97. 3, & BeBrrAw, ‘in an 
unconsecrated place’; Xen. An. 4. 8. 26, & oxdjpw, ‘in a rough or 
uneven place’; Cyr. 3. 3. 28, of ev ’Acoipin . . .  éoTparo- 
medevovTo . «Sw OY «TEpLTETAdpevpEVW wey KaTadavet 5é, 6 dé Kupos ws 
é6bvato év adavertatw, et al. b. Sc. xwpa: Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 4, od8’ 
év rn éavra@y ; cf. Plat. Euthyd. 279 B; Xen. An. 7. 7. 33, ws ev rodeuig ; 
Cyr. 2. 1. 15, tpeis kat pure & TH aiTn tiv Kal érpadnte; etal. c. Sc. 
kdtvy, of which the only suggestion is in the verb and the context and 
the gender of the art.: Plat. Symp. 185 D, & 7p xatw yap avrov rdv 
iatpov ’Epvtiuaxov karaxeitoOa, ‘for Eryximachus the physician was 
reclining on the couch below him.’ 

2. Half phrases or tags (slightly familiar): 

éy 66@, Hdt. 1. 114, érauge 5é wer’ GAAwy HAlkwy & 664; a little dif- 
ferent is Thuc. II. 12, dpavres obas Hon ev 66m dvTas, so 13. 1; Xen. 
Cyr. 4. 3. 13; 5. 3. 54 (bis). & rH mapddw, Thuc. I. 126. 11.7% 


221Tn late pr. also with positives, & rots wada, ravu, opd5pa, etc. Dion. H. Ant, 
1. 19, & rots ravu péya Te Kal dpxaiov, cf. 1. 60. v. H. §652; Kiihn.-G. 349, b, 7, 
i. Matth. Gr. Gr. §289. 

222Cf. Menand. Epitrep. 25 (Capps), & 7@ dace; here the adj. really =a noun. 
In many such cases it is unnecessary to supply the noun. 

23Cf. Polyb. 5. 68. 8; xara 7Hv mapodoy id. 22. 27 12, and as an adv. phr.=Lat. 
obiter, ‘by the way,’ ‘cursorily,’ é wapddov, év rapadpouy v. p. 182. 


PART V ev 205 


év rpiBw, Hdt. 8. 140. 2, deuaivw rep buewy ev rpiBw re wddioTa 
olknuévwv TOY ovppaxwv wavTwy, ‘since you, most of all the allies, live 
on the high road, the highway.’ Cf. Dion. H. 6. 34, cio cuppaxetv 
év TpiBw Tov mTod—uou KELuévots. 

év mopw, ‘in the passage-way’ (of ships): Hdt. 7. 183, éov & mépy 
Madtora; so Thuc. I. 120; VI. 48, & mépw yap padtora Kal rpocBodp 
elvat avtovs Tns Lixedias (L. and S. & rpoaBorn eiva, ‘to be a general 
place for ships to touch at’); cf. Hdt. 8. 76 (where the battle was 
fought), ev yap 69 ropw [THs] vavyaxins. 

Cf. év o7i8w, which might easily have become a phr. but did not: 
Eur. Ion 351, qv 6€ cradaypos ev oriBw Tis atwaros (purely lit.); cf. I. T. 
67, dpa, diAace wn TLs Ev OTB Bporar, ‘look, watch, that no one be in 
the path.’ But xara oriBov w. slight id. touch, ‘to be on the path 
Gi some one, i. €:>, ‘in pursuit,’ Hdt. 5. 102; cf. 4. 122; 9. 59 ef al. 
(cf, Ap. Rhod. 1. 1253 ai.) 

év 6xAw, ‘In a crowd,’ Xen. Symp. 2. 18; An. 5. 4. 34, & Te yap 
dxAw dvTes Erolouv Arep (dv) avOpwror Ev Epnuia romoeay; Plat. Gorg. 
458 E, 459 A (dis), etc., cf. ev wAnOer 456 C. 

Ar. Eq. 771, xaraxvnodeinv év puttwr@, (nearly lit.). 

3. Places in the Athenian market colloquially named from the 
articles sold:”4 & rots ixOtow, Ar. Vesp. 789; Antiphan. 125 K.; 
Alexis 56 K.; id. 78 K. Cf. Ran. 1068 zepi (or rapa) rods ixOvs. é 
tots Aaxavorow, Ar. Lys. 557, v. infra; Alexis 46 K. €év rots Abxvotot, 
Cratin. 196 K. éy rais puppivas, Ar. Thesm. 448. & rw wbpw, Ar. 
Rg miss 5; bherect,,2 K:;) Polyzelus tl KK. ;\Alexis, 60K.) ser. gots 
otedavos, Antiphan. 83 K.  & Tots oreparvwyaow, Ar. Eccl. 303. 
Pherecr. 2 K.  év ratou xvrpaus kal rots Naxavorow, Ar. Lys. 557. 

Similiter of the theatre: Dem. de Cor. 234. 28, addX’ év row dvotv 
oBorotv ewpovy av, ‘in the two-obol seats.’ 

4. Omission of article: (w. familiar and frequent nouns of place, 
mainly tags). 

év ayopa: Ar. Ach. 21, of 5’ & ayopa Aadovor, cf. 533, (but w. art. 
728, 838, 848, 855); Eq. 293, &v ayopa kaya TréOpaypar; cf. 1009, 1245, 
(but 677, 1258, 1373 w. art.); Nub. 1055, ei’ & ayopa tiv darpiByy 
peyes; Vesp. 492,2% 1372; Plut. 787, frg. 111; Thuc. V. 47. 11 (cf. 


*4Cf. other preps., eis v. p. 131, &, v. p. 81, v. Blaydes ad Ar. Eq. 1375, Vesp. 
789. For the custom cf. ‘‘Shoe Lane” in modern Athens. 

*5y. Starkie for criticism of the statement of Meisterhans, Gram. Inschr. p. 187, 
‘attische Lokalnamen, welche die Geltung von Eigennamen haben, stehen in der 
klassischen Zeit gewdhnlich ohne Artikel, so dyopa, axpédrods, BovevTjptov, vewpior, 


206 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


w. art. in same paragr.); Xen. Hell. 5. 2. 29, & ry & ayopa arog; 
Plat. Apol. 17 C; Gorg. 447 A; Hipp. Min. 368 B, év ayopa émi rais 
tparéfas ; Rep. 371 C, xadnuevos ev ayopa (with a slight suggestion in 
the Greek of sitting idle); cf. D, iSpupevous ev ayopa; Legg. 762 C, 
874 A, 881 C, 917 B, 935 B. Antiph. 190 K.; 253 K, rao rots xhpvéw 
év ayopa dpdoa (rt); Hyper. V. IX. 19; Dem. 446. 330; 1068. 57; 
1258. 7; 1266. 31; Dinarch. I. 95. 43; Philemon 100 K.., etc. 

ev ayp@, Ar. Pax 1249; frg. 387. 2 K.; Lysias I. 20; XX. 11; XX XI. 
8; Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4, 7 Te GAO TeV ev ayp@ Yryvouévwv Xpnoiwwy pods 
tov Biov; Plat. Rep. 372 C (pl.); Legg. 844 C; Dem. 1247. 4 (ter); 
1276. 17; 1278. 23; 1319. 65; Anaxilas 16 K. rpédw yap ev dypa 
xwpiov; Philemon 71. 6 K.; 103 K., etc. é& aiysado, Xen. Hell. 2. 1. 
25, also év Ament. 

év dxopomo\er, Andoc. I. 6. 42; Xen. Hell. 6. 4. 20; Plat. Meno 
89 B; Isae. V. 42; Dem. 741. 129; 771. 4 ef al. (Frequent in inscrr. 
Dittenb. Syil.2 88. 21 et saepe). 

ev aore, Ar. Av. 494; Andoc. I. 7. 45; Isocr. VII. 68, trav év aore 
Mewvavrwy (tech. of the oligarchical party at the time of the expulsion 
of the Thirty, so often in Lysias, etc.); Xen. Hell. 2. 4. 24; 3. 5. 9; 
Plat. Phaedr. 227 B; Legg. 844 C, 848 E, 849 A, 954 D; Epist. 324 C; 
Dem: 1238. 8; 1276: 17; Isae. Vs 29; VI.335 VIL. 353X144 Aesehin: 
I. 43, (tech.) Acovicua ra ev adore, ef al.; ib. 98; III. 41, 46; Dinarch. 
I. 99. 69, etc. 

év Bovdeurnpiw, Plat. Gorg. 452 E, etc. év Bovdn, Ar. Eq. 722 et al. 
év yaig, Ar. Av. 1064; & yn, Plat. Soph. 265 C; Pol. 271 B, 274 A; 
Rep. 529 C; Tim. 52 B, et saepe al. 

év damédq@, ‘on the floor’ (cf. Od. 11. 577, ‘on the ground’), Xen. 
Oec. 8.17. & duxaornpiw, Xen. Hell. 1. 7. 2, 22; Plat. Phaed. 63 B; 
Gorg. 452 E; Legg. 935 B; Aeschin. I. 45, 65, etc. 

év dduos, Aesch. Pers. 776; Ag. 606, 1397; Cho. 101, 348, 537, 654, 
805; Eum. 723, etc. év dououow, Ar. Ach. 543, etc. Cf. otkw, infra. 
éy dapaot, Pind. Py. IV: 113; Bacehyl: V. Col. 112473: 

év éxkAnoia, Xen Hell. 2. 2. 16; Plat. Gorg 452 E, 456 B et al. 


mods (in der Bedeutung Burg von Athen), rpvravetov’. Starkie notes that this is 
too broad a statement, for they invariably take the article except after Jocal prepo- 
sitions, and even then, in Comedy motives of convenience dictated whether the 
article should be present or absent. He adds a complete account of the evidence in 
Aristophanes; but his citation of év ayopa Eq. 1371 should be 1373 and the text is 
is doubtful, R has the article; to mé\cs (=Acropolis) should be added & zédews, 
Eq. 1093. He finds no instance in Ar. of the art. w. wéXcs in this sense after a local 
prep. v. also Gildersleeve, Syntax, Pt. II. §569. 


PART V & 207 


év Oadarrn, Ar. Ach. 534 (so ib. & qzelpw); Eq. 610; Xen. Cyr. 1. 
6. 21; Plat. Ion 540 B; Rep. 529 C; Legg. 707 A; Aeschin. Ep. 1. 4 
et saepe. 

év pecoyeia, mecoyaia, Xen. Hell. 4. 7. 1; VII. 1. 8; Plat. Phaed. 
111 A. & pakdpwr vioos, Ar. Vesp. 639; Plat. Menex. 235 C (which 
Starkie thinks a reminiscence of Vesp. 639); Rep. 519 C. (Cf. 
éx, eis, Gorg. 523 B et al.) 

év oixig, Ar. Ach. 975; Xen. Oec. 8. 18; Cyr. 7. 5. 34; 8. 5. 7; Plat. 
Legg. 808 A, 931 A, (b7s); Anaxandr. 28 K., etc. 

év olxw, olkows, sing.: Archil. 62. 5, wyre vixnOels ev olkw KaTameowv 
ddvpeo; Hes. Op. 364, obd€ 76 y’ ety otkw KaTaxeluevoy avepa knoe. Aesch. 
Cho. 579, ray oixw; Antiphon II. A. 6. 8; Xen. Hell. 1. 5. 16, of de ev 
olxw ’AOnvator; so 7. 1; Cyr. 1. 6. 12, of & otkw oixérar, etc., pl.: Aesch. 
Sept. 773; Eum. 417; Soph. O T 112, & otkos 4} ’v aypois, etc. 

év 6pate@, Plat. Phaed. 80 C, 76 weév dparov abtov, TO c@pa, Kal &v dpaT@ 
keiuevov ; Rep. 529 C. 

ev tavnylpa, Aesch. Ag. 845. 

ev Tlecpaet, Ar. Pax 145, 165, et al. év Ilevpavet, freq. in Orr., Lys. 
Deunh oo etc.) lat, Bp. 324 C; Din: 1.99; 69) etc. 

év mputaveiw, Ar. Pax 1084; Plat. Apol. 36 D, 37 A; Dem. 446. 
S502 Dine £2.95: 43; 103. 101, ete: 

Tols ev mpwpa . . . Tots év rpbuvy, Xen. An. 5. 8. 20. 

év IIvOoi, Plat. Gorg. 472 A, etc. 

év wuxvi, Ar. Eccl. 243 (but eis w. art. 281, 283, 384). 

év tUAaus, Aesch. Sept. 160, 213, 249, 376, cf. mpds c. dat. 377, 456, 
462, 500, 570, cf. 56, mpds midas; ex 476; expansion, 33, 58, ruAap 
én’ €£ddo1s, so Eur. Rhes. 514; év c. dat. Eubul. 15 K. 

Xen. Symp. 2. 18, cai xeudvos udev & oreyn (‘in my chamber’) 
yupvacouat, bray 6€ &yay katua F, év occa (‘in the shade’). 

év orparia, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 17 e¢ al. 

Tovs €v waxpw Tetxer, Andoc. I. 7. 45. 

év Ppearrot, tech. of a court in the Peiraeus for trial of homicides, 
in which the defendants were on board ship, the judges on shore, 
Dem. 645. 77, dukacrnpiov &\No . =. SCwSOTO Ev Ppearroi; cf. 646. 78; 
Arist. Pol. 1300.” 29. 

5. Fig. and semi-tech. of citation of an author or his work: 

ev Aicxidw, Ar. Lys. 188; & ’Odvoceia, Plat. Phaed. 94 D et al. 
év Thiddu, Plat. Ion 539B (cf. in D). Cf. Diels, Vorsokr.* 642. 12, 
év waXar TavTa, of a quotation from an ancient author. 

6. Descriptive prep. phr.: 


208 STUDIES IN GREEK PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES 


Plat. Gorg. 516 E, MiAriadny 5€ tov €v Mapafar., Miltiades, the 
hero at Marathon.’ 

Tay Lauw, Ar. Vesp. 283, xal/rav Layw mpwros xareiro. ‘he was the 
first to tell you what was going on at Samos,’ a type of phr. of which 
a few examples will serve as illustrations. Cf. rami Opdxns, which is 
more of a phr. historically, Vesp. 288 (v. Starkie, éri Opaxys, of the 
Thracian border), Av. 1369, cf. Pax 283, etc. Cf. rav Opaxy, Dem. 
391. 161, etc.,”° and similar expressions cited above XI. 4. 7a & 
madatorpa Xen. Reip. Lac. 2. 


XII. Phrases of Comparison 
doep év is frequent to mark the field of metaphor, so sometimes 


vs €V, Olov EV: 

a. From the field of games: Eur. Suppl. 409, & wév 708’ juir, 
domrep év mecoots, dtdws/Kpetooov ‘you have given our side a better 
piece, as at chess.’ Cf. Arist. Pol. 1253." 7, agvé dv worep & TeTTots 
(this passage is not yet satisfactorily explained, v. Newman ad loc.). 
Cf. as a variant Ar. Eccl. 987, 988, 7m BovAopevm ye, KaTa TOV EV TeET- 
Tots vouov. /adX’ ovbe deTvEts KaTa TOV EV TETTOLS VOMOV. 

awoTep tv trace KiBwv, Plat. Rep. 604 C. 

b. From painting: Aesch. Ag. 241, mrpérovea 8 ws & ypadats ; 
so Eur. Ion 271, didwor 6’, dorep év ypadn vouiterat; so Eur. Phoen. 
129, yiyavre ynyevera mpocdmuotos /aorepwrds ev ypadatouy. 

c. From various fields: 

Xen. Hell. 3. 2. 4, Gorep & atXiw onkacbertas. 

Plat. Rep. 421 B, worep ev ravnyipe add’ obK ev TONEL EoTLATOpPAS 
eVdatuovas, ‘as at a festival,’ etc. Cf. 641 E, oiov & mavnyipe xata- 
oxnvacba. 

Plat. Phaedr. 255 D, womep 6é év xaTomTpw & TH EpwvTL éavTOV 
opav ede, etc. 

d. ws & introducing an expression with adv. force: 

Plat. Gorg. 512 C, ws & dveider aroxadeoas av wnxavoro.y, ‘you 
would call him an engineer as a term of reproach,’ ‘sneeringly’; cf. 
Rep. 431 A, ws év dveider Weve. Cf. & dveidee supra, p. 194. Cf. 
Rep. 389 B, as év dapyakou elder ‘by way of medicine’ (quoted without 
as, 459 D); cf. Rep. 414 A, as év riz, wy Ov axpiBeias, ‘in outline,’ 
‘in general,’ cf. Arist. Pol. 1323." 10, Eth. N. 1129.* 11 e¢ al. v. supra, 
p- 179, so ws &v kepadalw v. p. 179, etc. 


226. Gildersleeve, Syntax, Pt. II, §554. 


PART V & 209 


XIII. Expansions and tags 


Phrases for ‘in battle,’ ‘in the crisis’ or ‘the rout of battle’: 

Aesch. Ag. 439, év uaxn dopds (cf. Soph. Ant. 674, obv waxn dopés,”? 
and Eur. Cycl. 5, aud! ynyevn waxnv dopds). Aesch. Ag. 1237, domep 
év paxns tporn (cf. other cases of aorep ev to mark a metaphor, p. 208); 
Soph. Ai. 1275, & rporn dopds, i. e., ‘in the rout caused by the spear,’ 
so Eur. Rhes. 82; different is 116 of one army definitely in rout, 
TGs yap Tepacer oxoNoTas év TpoTn otpatos; Soph. Ant. 670, dopds év 
xetu@ve ‘in the storm of battle.’ 


27Text doubtful; some read cupmaxov. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 
Grammar and Etymology 

Brugmann, Karl, Griechische Grammatik, 3te Aufl. pp. 429-57. Miinchen, 1900 
(Miiller Handbuch). 

Brugmann, Karl, Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik, (v. Bibliography, 594.) 
Bd. II. Teil II. 2te Aufl. pp. 758-930. Strassburg, 1911. 

Brugmann, Karl, Kurze vergleichende Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen. 
pp. 457-80. Strassburg, 1905. 

Gildersleeve, Basil L. (Codp. C. W. E. Miller), Syntax of Classical Greek from Homer 
to Demosthenes, Part Il. American Book Company, 1911. 

Hadley-Allen, Greek Grammar. 

Goodwin, W. W., Greek Grammar. 

Kiihner-Gerth, Ausftihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache, Part I, Vol. I, 
p. 448 ff. Leipzig, 1898. 

Monro, D. B., A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. 

Prellwitz, Walther, Etymologisches Worterbuch der griechischen S prache, Gottingen, 1905. 

Walde, Lateinisches Etymologisches Worterbuch, 2te Aufl. Heidelberg, 1910. 


Aeschylus 
Lalin, Esaias, De praepositionum usu apud Aeschylum. Upsala, 1885. 57 pp. 
Part I, de praepositionibus cum dativo coniunctis. (No more published.) 
Menge, Hermann, De praepositionum usu apud Aeschylum. Part I. (No more 
published.) Géttingen, 1863. 86 pp. 


Aristophanes 
Montijn, J. F. L., De praepositionum usu apud Aristophanem, diss. Troj. ad Rhenum. 
1887. 
Sobolewski, Sergyei, De praepositionum usu aristophaneo. diss. Moscow, 1890. 
Vogelreuter, O. De praepositionibus quae cum ternis casibus construuntur apud Aristo- 
phanem. diss. Regimonti, 1884. 


Euripides 
Schumacher, J., De praepositionum cum tribus casibus coniunctarum usu euripideo. 
Part I. (No more published.) diss. Bonn, 1884. 
Herodotus 


Helbing, Robert, Die Prépositionen bei Herodot und andern Historikern. Wurzburg, 
1904. 


Homer 
Ansems, Bernard, Bedeutung und Gebrauch von 6a bei Homer. diss. Miinchen, 1883. 
79 pp. 
Haggett, A. S., On the uses of prepositions in Homer. In Studies in Honor of Basil L. 
Gildersleeve. pp. 181-87. 
Oswald, Michael M. F., The use of the prepositions in Apollonius Rhodius compared | 
with their use in Homer. diss. Notre Dame, Ind., 1904. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 211 


Orators 


Blackert, August, De praepositionum apud oratores alticos usu quaestiones selectae. 
diss. Marpurgi Catt., 1894. 

Koch, Max, Der Gebrauch der Pra positionen bei Isokrates. Part I. (No more published.) 
Berlin, 1889. (Die einfalligen Prap. mit Einschluss der Prapositions-Adverbia.) 

Lutz; Leonhard, Die Pra positionen bei den attischen Rednern. Neustadt, 1887. 


Plato 

Lina, Theodor, De praepositionum usu Platonico quaestiones selectae. Marburg, 1889. 

73 pp. 
Thucydides 

Golisch, E. J., De praepositionum usu Thucydideo. Five parts. I. és, II. ev, IIT. a6, IV. 
éx, V. avri, mpd, ava, tbv, wera, brd. Schweidnitz, progr. 1859-1877. 

Holmes, David Hull, Die mit Prapositionen zusammengesetzten V erben bei Thucydides. 
Pp. 47. Johns Hopkins diss. Berlin, 1895. 


General 


Adams, F. A., Greek Prepositions, studied from their original meanings as designations 
of space. New York, 1885. 

Auden, H. W., Greck Prose Phrase-book based on Thucydides, Xenophon, Demosthenes, 
Plato. London, 1899. 

Brugmann, K., Der Kompositionsty pus, €v-Oeos. IF XVIII. 1, 2, pp. 127-129. 

Delbceuf, Joseph, Des prépositions en grec. Rev. de Vinstruction publ. en Belgique 
XXXVI, 5 pp. 301-15. Also separately. Gaud., 1893. 

Fuegner, F., De nominibus Graecis cum pracp. copulatis capita selecta. Leipzig, 64 pp. 

Geyer, Mauritius, Observationes epigraphicae de praepositionum graecarum forma et 
usu. Altenburgi, 1880. 34 pp. 

Giinther, Richard, Die Praepositionen in den griechischen Dialektinschriften. Strass- 
burg, 1906. 163 pp. 

Harrison, Gessner, A treatise on the Greek prepositions and on the cases of nouns with 
which they are used. Philadelphia, 1858. 

Kuhring, Gaulterus, De praepositionum Graecarum in chartis Aegyptiis usu quaestiones 
selectae. Bonn, 1906. Pp. 57. 

Mommsen, Tycho, Beitrége zu der Lehre von den griechischen Pripositionen, (pera, 

obvv, dua). Berlin, 1886-1895. 

Rossberg, Conr., De praepositionum Graecarum in chartis Ptolemacorum aetatis aegyptiis 
usu. Jena, 1909. 

Solmsen, Felix, Pra positionsgebrauch in griechischen Mundarten. Rh. Mus. 61, (1906) 
491-510. 

Vigeri, Francisci, De praecipuis Graecae dictionis idiotismis liber. Ed. Hermann. 
Leipzig, 1834. 

Wrede, Franz, De Pracpositione eis. Part I (No more published.) K6ln, 1887. 
pp. 1-15. 

v. Jahresbericht, 1912. 157-159, 10 and 11. S. 303-3(5. 








9.) 7 ¥ nd Sas 
gr oe pe 
- 











14 DAY USE 
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 


LOAN DEPT. 


This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
on the date to which renewed. 


Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 








General Library f 


LD 21A—50m-8,’61 A i = 5 
? University of California 
(C1795s10)476B Berkel 





| 


i] 
16544 


=———— 


Ww 

— 
—S=>= = 
L==Sa5 
—_=j}]v 


| 





tl 














“ . 

no 

, ’ ; ‘ 
2: ’ j 

; 2 ‘ 

t 
-2 ; % # ~ 
r ? t 
¥ ; 
» , 





